Solicitation For - Amazon AWS

Solicitation For Construction of the New VA Medical Center (VAMC) Project in Louisville, KY

P2: 453413

Design-Bid-Build RFP

Specifications Phase B Volume 4 Div. 22

Certified Final Design

03 December 2020 W912QR21R0008

ARIMS: 200A Disposition: Maintain for 15yrs after construction

W912QR21R0008_Specs_PhaseB_Vol4-0000

Replacement VA Medical CenterLouisville, Kentucky

Project Managers

Cynthia K. Pozolo, FAIAURS/SmithGroup Joint Venture Project ManagerSmithGroup500 Griswold Street, Suite 1700 Detroit, Michigan 48226t 313.983.3600

Randy L. Kirschner, AIA, NCARB URS/SmithGroup Joint Venture Project ManagerAECOM277 Nationwide Blvd. Columbus, Ohio 43215t 614.464.4500

CERTIFIED FINALVA101CFM-P-0157/603-320 USACE P2 No. 453413

Phase B New Hospital BuildingsSpecifications 22-05-11 — 22-70-00 (Vol. 4)

03 December 2020


VA 603-320, P2 453413 Louisville VAMC Replacement Phase B

00 01 10-1

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 00 01 10

VOLUME 1

DIVISION 00 - SPECIAL SECTIONS

00 01 07 Seals Page 00 01 10 Table of Contents 00 31 32 Geotechnical Data 00 31 32a 9-12-14 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Rev 1

00 31 32b Supplemental Recommendations Summary Report of Geotechnical

Exploration (REV 1) 01 November 2018

00 31 32c Louisville VA Hospital Geophysical Report 2 29 16

00 80 00.00 06

Special Provisions

00 80 00.01 06

Construction Project Sign Details

00 80 00.02 06

Communication Systems Matrix

00 80 00.03 06

LOD Matrix

00 80 00.04 06

Initial Facility Maintenance Data (COBie) Workbooks (FMDW) – Provided under separate cover as .XLS spreadsheets (a-e)

00 80 00.04a 06

Hospital Building Medical Center – Provided under separate cover as .XLS spreadsheets (a-e)

00 80 00.04b 06

Central Utility Plan (CUP) – Laundry – Provided under separate cover as .XLS spreadsheets (a-e)

00 80 00.04c 06

North Parking Structure (Garage) – Provided under separate cover as .XLS spreadsheets (a-e)

00 80 00.04d 06

Miscellaneous – Provided under separate cover as .XLS spreadsheets (a-e)

00 80 00.04e 06

South Parking Structure (Garage) – Provided under separate cover as .XLS spreadsheets (a-e)

00 80 00.05 06

Project Submittal Register – Phase A

00 80 00.06 06

Project Submittal Register – Phase B

00 80 00.07 06

Delegated Design List – Phase A

00 80 00.08 06

Delegated Design List – Phase B

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 32 01.00 06

Project Schedule

01 33 00.00 06

Submittal Procedures

01 35 26.00 06

Government Safety Requirements



00 01 10-2

01 35 26.01 06

FORM 16-1 Certificate of Compliance for LHE and Rigging

01 35 26.02 06

CELRL FORM 1259 Activity Hazards Analysis

01 43 39 Exterior Wall Mockups 01 45 00.15 10

Resident Management System Contractor Mode (RMS CM)

01 45 04.10 06

Contractor Quality Control

01 45 29 Testing Laboratory Services 01 45 35 Special Inspections 01 50 00 Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls 01 50 00.01 Federal Airport Authority (FAA) and/or Kentucky Airport Zoning

Commission (KAZC) Determination and Permit – Antenna Tower and Building

01 50 00.02 Federal Airport Authority (FAA) and/or Kentucky Airport Zoning Commission (KAZC) Determination and Permit – Elevated Water Tank

01 50 00.03 Property Transfers with KYTC 01 57 19.00 06

Temporary Environmental Controls and Permits

01 57 19.01 06

Permit Matrix

01 74 19 Construction and Demolition Waste Management 01 78 23 Operations and Maintenance Manuals 01 78 24.00 10

Facility Maintenance (FM)Data Requirements

01 79 00 Operations and Maintenance Training 01 81 11 Exterior Shell Air-Blast Performance Requirements 01 81 13 Sustainable Construction Requirements 01 91 00 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 00a Appendix A Commissioning Status Tracking 01 91 00b Appendix B Commissioning Schedule Activities 01 91 18 Commissioning of Building Envelope Systems DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS NOT USED DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03 30 01 Cast-in-Place Concrete for Garage Structures 03 30 02 Cast-in-Place Concrete for Site Structures 03 41 33 Precast Structural Pretension Concrete 03 45 00 Precast Architectural Concrete 03 45 00.02 Precast Architectural Concrete (Parking Structure) DIVISION 04 – MASONRY 04 05 13 Masonry Mortaring 04 05 16 Masonry Grouting 04 20 00 Unit Masonry DIVISION 05 – METALS 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 12 13 Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel Framing 05 21 00 Steel Joist Framing



00 01 10-3

05 31 00 Steel Decking 05 36 00 Composite Metal Decking 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05 43 13 Medical Equipment Support Systems 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 50 00.02 Metal Fabrications (Parking Structure) 05 50 11 Metal Fabrications for Fall Protection Systems 05 51 00 Metal Stairs 05 52 20 Barrier Cable Systems 05 58 13 Column and Beam Covers 05 70 10 Decorative Metal Grilles 05 73 13 Glazed Decorative Railing Systems DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 16 63 Sheathing 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry 06 61 16 Solid Surface Fabrications VOLUME 2 DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 05 23 Pressure Testing an Air Barrier System for Air Tightness 07 05 23a Appendix A Air Leakage Test Form Example 07 05 23b Appendix B Air Leakage Test Results Form 07 05 23c Appendix C Test Agency Qualifications Sheet 07 11 13 Bituminous Damproofing O7 13 00 Sheet Waterproofing 07 13 26 Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 07 13 54 Thermoplastic Sheet Waterproofing O7 14 13 Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing 07 16 19 Metal Oxide Waterproofing 07 18 00.02 Traffic Coatings (Parking Structure) 07 18 13 Pedestrian Traffic Coatings 07 21 13 Thermal Insulation 07 22 00 Roof and Deck Insulation 07 27 27 Fluid-Applied Membrane Air Barriers, Vapor Retarding 07 40 00.02 Roofing and Siding Panels (Parking Structure) 07 42 00 Metal Wall Panels 07 42 13 16.02

Metal Plate Wall Panels (Parking Structure)

07 42 29 Terra Cotta Panel Rain Screen Systems 07 42 53 Glass Exterior Rain and Wind Screen Systems 07 42 53.02 Glass Exterior Rain and Wind Screen Systems (Parking Structure) 07 54 19 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 07 54 19a Appendix A Example RRO Report 07 60 00 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 07 76 16 Roof Decking Pavers 07 81 00 Applied Fireproofing 07 81 23 Intumescent Fireproofing 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies



00 01 10-4

07 95 13 19.02

Parking Deck Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies (Parking Structure)

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 14 00 Interior Wood Doors 08 17 10 Integrated Door Assemblies 08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames 08 33 00 Coiling Doors and Grilles 08 33 00.02 Coiling Grilles (Parking Structure) 08 33 13 Coiling Counter Doors 08 34 53 Security Doors and Frames 08 34 59 Vault Doors and Day Gates 08 35 13.23 Accordion Folding Fire Doors 08 41 13 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08 41 13.02 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts (Parking Structure) 08 41 26.01 Custom All-Glass Wall and Door System 08 42 29.23 Sliding and Bi-Folding Automatic Entrances 08 42 33 Revolving Door Entrances 08 42 43 Intensive Care Unit (ICU) Entrances 08 44 13 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls 08 44 13.02 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls (Parking Structure) 08 51 13 Aluminum Windows 08 56 19 Pass Windows 08 56 53 Blast and Ballistic Resistant Windows 08 56 59 Service and Teller Window Units 08 56 66 Security Window Screens 08 62 00 Unit Skylights 08 63 00 Metal-Framed Skylights 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 71 13 Automatic Door Operators 08 71 13.11 Low Energy Power Assist Door Operators 08 80 00 Glazing 08 88 16 Vision Control Glass 08 90 00 Louvers and Vents DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 09 05 16 Subsurface Preparation for Floor Finishes 09 22 16 Non-Structural Metal Framing 09 23 00 Gypsum Plastering 09 24 00 Portland Cement Plastering 09 26 00 Veneer Plastering 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 13 Ceramic / Porcelain Tiling 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 54 26 Linear Wood Wall and Ceiling Systems 09 54 81 Custom Interior Aluminum Beams and Fins 09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories 09 65 16 Resilient Sheet Flooring 09 65 16.33 Rubber Sheet Flooring 09 65 19 Resilient Tile Flooring 09 65 66 Resilient Athletic Flooring 09 66 16 Terrazzo Floor Tile 09 67 23.20 Resinous (Epoxy Based) With Vinyl Chip Broadcast (RES-2)



00 01 10-5

09 67 23.30 Resinous (Epoxy Based) High Performance Mortar Flooring (RES-3) 09 67 23.40 Resinous Poured in Place Resilient Flooring (RES-4) 09 67 23.50 Resinous Terrazzo Flooring (RES-5) 09 67 23.60 Resinous Urethane and Epoxy Mortar Flooring (RES-6A and RES-6B) 09 67 23.70 Epoxy Floor Coating (EPY-01, EPY-02) 09 68 13 Tile Carpeting 09 69 00 Access Flooring 09 77 01 Interior Glass Wall Panel System 09 77 14 Wood Veneer Acoustic Wall Panels 09 84 33 Sound-Absorbing Wall Units 09 91 00 Painting 09 96 59 Resinous Specialty Glazed Coating Systems for Walls, Ceilings,

Wallboard, and Block CMU (RES-W1, RES-W2) 09 96 59.10 High Build Glazed Specialty Coating (SC-01) VOLUME 3 DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 10 11 13 Chalkboards and Markerboards 10 11 23 Tackboards 10 13 00 Directories 10 14 00 Signage 10 21 13 Toilet Compartments 10 21 16 Shower and Dressing Compartments 10 21 23 Cubicle Curtain Tracks 10 22 13 Interior Wire Mesh Partitions 10 22 13.02 Exterior Wire Mesh Partitions (Parking Structure) 10 22 39 Folding Panel Partitions 10 22 39.01 Automatic Operable Vertically Retractable Acoustic Wall 10 25 13 Patient Bed Service Walls (PBSW) 10 26 00 Wall and Door Protections 10 26 41 Bullet Resistant Panels 10 28 00 Toilet Bath and Laundry Accessories 10 44 13 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets 10 44 13.02 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets (Parking Structure) 10 55 00.16 Private-Delivery Postal Specialties 10 56 26 Manual Mobile and Fixed Shelving 10 75 00 Flagpoles 10 82 19 Exterior Acoustical Barrier Screen Walls DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT 11 05 12 General Motor Requirements for Equipment 11 06 00 Medical Equipment Schedule 11 06 01 Project Room Contents Report 11 08 00 Commissioning of Equipment 11 11 00 Laundry Equipment 11 12 00 Parking Control Equipment - Parking/Barrier Gate Operators 11 12 00.02 Parking Control Equipment (Parking Structure) 11 13 00 Loading Dock Equipment 11 17 36 Package Transfer Units 11 24 11 Horizontal Lifeline Fall Protection Systems 11 24 14 Suspended Façade Access Equipment 11 40 11 Custom Fabricated Foodservice Equipment 11 40 21 Foodservice Equipment - Utility Distribution System 11 41 00 Food Storage Equipment



00 01 10-6

11 41 21 Walk-In Coolers and Freezers 11 44 00 Food Cooking Equipment 11 45 00 Miscellaneous Food Service Equipment 11 48 00 Cleaning and Disposal Equipment 11 53 00 Laboratory Equipment 11 53 13 Laboratory Fume Hoods 11 53 53 Biological Safety Cabinets and Laminar Airflow Workstations 11 53 61 Custom Fabricated Laboratory Equipment 11 71 00 Healthcare Equipment 11 71 01 Medical Washing and Sterilizing Equipment 11 71 02 Laboratory Washing and Sterilizing Equipment 11 73 00 Ceiling Mounted Patient Lift System 11 73 11 Patient ICU Service Boom Systems 11 74 00 Dental Equipment 11 78 00 Mortuary Equipment 11 78 13 Mortuary Refrigerators 11 82 00 Waste Handling Equipment DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS 12 24 00 Window Shades 12 24 00.01 Motorized Window Shades 12 31 00 Manufactured Metal Casework 12 32 00 Manufactured Wood Casework 12 35 53 Adaptable Laboratory Casework Systems 12 36 00 Laboratory Countertops and Accessories 12 36 61.16 Solid Surfacing Countertops 12 48 13 Entrance Floor Mats DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13 01 00 Radiofrequency (RF) MRI Shielding System 13 01 01 DC MRI Magnetic Shielding System 13 05 41 Seismic Restraint Requirements for Non-Structural Components 13 21 13.34 Automatic Clean Room Swinging Doors and Fixed Windows 13 21 13.38 Clean Room Pass-Through Chambers 13 21 29 Constant Temperature Rooms 13 49 00 Radiation Protection 13 49 00 A Radiation Shielding Plan Review Report (Level 1) 13 49 00 B Radiation Shielding Plan Review Report (Level 2) 13 49 00 C Radiation Shielding Plan Review Report (Level 3) 13 49 00 D Radiation Shielding Plan Review Report (Level 4) 13 49 23 AC ELF Magnetic Shielding Systems 13 49 25 Main Computer Room Shielding DIVISION 14– CONVEYING EQUIPEMENT 14 08 00 Commissioning of Conveying Equipment 14 21 00 Electric Traction Elevators 14 24 00 Hydraulic Elevators 14 91 33 Laundry and Linen Chutes 14 91 82 Trash Chutes 14 92 00 Pneumatic Tube System DIVISION 21- FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 08 00 Commissioning of Fire Suppression System



00 01 10-7

21 12 00 Manual Dry Standpipe Systems 21 13 13 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 21 13 16 Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 21 22 00 Clean Agent Fire Suppression Systems 21 30 13 Electric-Driven, Fire Pumps VOLUME 4 DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 22 05 11 Common Work Results for Plumbing 22 05 12 General Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment 22 05 19 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 33 Heat Tracing for Plumbing Piping 22 07 11 Plumbing Insulation 22 08 00 Commissioning of Plumbing Systems 22 08 00a Division 22 Sample PFC 22 08 00b Division 22 Sample FPT 22 11 00 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 23 Domestic Water Pumps 22 13 00 Facility Sanitary and Vent Piping 22 13 23 Sanitary Waste Interceptors 22 13 29 Sanitary Sewerage Pumps 22 14 00 Facility Storm Drainage 22 14 29 Sump Pumps 22 15 00 General Service Compressed-Air Systems 22 20 00 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 22 31 11 Water Softeners 22 33 00 Electric Domestic Water Heaters 22 35 00 Domestic Water Heat Exchangers 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 61 13.74 Dental Compressed-Air Piping 22 61 19.74 Dental Compressed-Air Equipment 22 62 00 Vacuum Systems for Laboratory and Healthcare Facilities 22 62 19.74 Dental Vacuum and Evacuation Equipment 22 63 00 Gas Systems for Laboratory and Healthcare Facilities 22 66 00 Chemical-Waste Systems for Laboratory and Healthcare Facilities 22 67 19.16 Reverse-Osmosis Water Equipment 22 70 00 Facility Fuel Oil Systems VOLUME 5 DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 05 10 Common Work Results for Boiler Plant and Steam Generation 23 05 11 Common Work Results for HVAC 23 05 12 General Motor Requirements for HVAC and Steam Generation

Equipment 23 05 14 Variable Frequency Drives 23 05 41 Noise and Vibration Control for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 51 Noise and Vibration Control for Boiler Plant 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 11 HVAC and Boiler Plant Insulation 23 08 00 Commissioning of HVAC Systems 23 08 00a Division 23 Sample PFC 23 08 00b Division 23 Sample FPT 23 08 11 Demonstrations and Tests for Boiler Plant



00 01 10-8

23 08 11a Attachment A VHA Boiler and Associated Plant Safety Device Testing Manual Fifth Edition

23 08 11b Attachment B Appendix B of VHA Directive 1810 23 09 11 Instrumentation and Control for Boiler Plant 23 09 23 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC 23 21 11 Boiler Plant Piping Systems 23 21 13 Hydronic Piping 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps 23 22 13 Steam and Condensate Heating Piping 23 22 23 Steam Condensate Pumps 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping 23 25 00 HVAC Water Treatment 23 31 00 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 34 00 HVAC Fans 23 35 03 Dryer Vent Exhaust System 23 36 00 Air Terminal Units 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 40 00 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices 23 50 11 Boiler Plant Mechanical Equipment 23 51 00 Breechings, Chimneys, and Stacks 23 52 39 Fire-Tube Boilers 23 64 00 Packaged Water Chillers 23 64 20 Heat Recovery Chillers 23 65 00 Cooling Towers 23 73 00 Indoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units 23 81 00 Decentralized Unitary HVAC Equipment 23 81 23 Computer-Room Air-Conditioners 23 81 43 Air-Source Unitary Heat Pumps 23 82 00 Convection Heating and Cooling Units 23 82 16 Air Coils DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 25 10 10 Advanced Utility Metering System 25 08 00 Commissioning of Advanced Utility Metering Systems VOLUME 6 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 05 11 Requirements for Electrical Installations 26 05 13 Medium-Voltage Cables 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 36.26 Wireways for Radiology Equipment 26 05 41 Underground Electrical Construction 26 05 73 Overcurrent Protective Device Study 26 08 00 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 26 08 00a Division 26 Sample PFC 26 08 00b Division 26 FPT 26 09 23 Lighting Controls 26 11 16 Secondary Unit Substations 26 13 13 Medium-Voltage Circuit Breaker Switchgear 26 13 16 Medium-Voltage Fusible Interrupter Switches 26 20 11 Isolated Power Systems 26 22 00 Low-Voltage Transformers



00 01 10-9

26 23 00 Low-Voltage Switchgear 26 23 13 Generator Paralleling Controls 26 24 13 Distribution Switchboards 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 24 19 Motor Control Centers 26 25 11 Busways 26 26 10 Emergency Power Off System 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 29 11 Motor Controllers 26 29 21 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 32 13 Engine Generators 26 33 53 Static Uninterruptible Power Supply 26 36 23 Automatic Transfer Switches 26 41 00 Facility Lightning Protection 26 43 13 Surge Protective Devices 26 51 00 Interior Lighting 26 56 00 Exterior Lighting DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 11 Requirements for Communications Installations 27 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 27 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Communications Systems 27 08 00 Commissioning of Communications Systems 27 10 00 Control, Communication and Signal Wiring 27 11 00 Telecommunications Room Fittings 27 15 00 Communications Structured Cabling 27 41 31 Cable Television Distribution System 27 51 16 Public Address (Overhead Paging) System 27 51 23 Clinical Intercom 27 51 25 Limited Area Networked Sound Masking System 27 52 23 Nurse Call and Code Blue System 27 53 13 Clock Systems 27 53 19 Distributed Antenna System DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 Common Work Results for Electronic Safety and Security 28 05 13 Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and Security 28 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electronic Safety and Security 28 05 28.33 Conduits and Backboxes for Electronic Safety and Security 28 08 00 Commissioning of Electronic Safety and Security Systems 28 13 00 Physical Access Control and Security Management System 28 13 53 Security Access Detection 28 16 00 Intrusion Detection System 28 23 00 Video Surveillance 28 26 00 Electronic Personal Protection System 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm 28 52 31 Emergency Communications Systems VOLUME 7 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 20 00 Earthwork 31 23 19 Dewatering 31 23 23.33 Flowable Fill



00 01 10-10

31 31 16 Termite Control 31 63 26 Drilled Pier 31 68 14 Soil and Rock Anchors for VA Medical Center (Building B)

Structure DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 32 14 13 Precast Concrete Unit Paving 32 17 13 Parking Bumpers 32 17 23 Pavement Markings 32 17 26 Tactile Warning Surfacing 32 31 13.02 Chain Link Fences and Gates (Parking Structure) 32 31 53 Perimeter Security Fences and Gates 32 33 13 Exterior Site Furnishings 32 84 00 Planting Irrigation 32 90 00 Planting 32 97 00 Vegetated Roof Assemblies DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 33 08 00 Commissioning of Site Utility Systems 33 10 00 Water Utilities 33 16 19 Elevated Water Storage Tank Structure 33 16 23 Ground Water Storage Tank Structure 33 30 00 Sanitary Sewer Utilities 33 40 00 Storm Sewer Utilities 33 40 13 Stormwater Pump Station 33 46 13 Foundation Drainage 33 51 00 Natural-Gas Distribution DIVISION 34 – TRANSPORTATION 34 08 00 Commissioning of Active Vehicle Barriers 34 71 13 Vehicle Barriers 34 75 13.13 Active Vehicle Barriers DIVISION 48 – ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION 48 08 00 Commissioning of Solar Energy Electrical Power Generation Systems 48 14 00 Solar Energy Electrical Power Generation Systems



22 05 11 - 1

SECTION 22 05 11 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The requirements of this Section shall apply to all sections of

Division 22.

B. Definitions:

1. Exposed: Piping and equipment exposed to view in finished rooms.

C. Abbreviations/Acronyms:

1. ABS: Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene

2. AC: Alternating Current

3. ACR: Air Conditioning and Refrigeration

4. AI: Analog Input

5. AISI: American Iron and Steel Institute

6. AO: Analog Output

7. AWG: American Wire Gauge

8. BACnet: Building Automation and Control Network

9. BAg: Silver-Copper-Zinc Brazing Alloy

10. BAS: Building Automation System

11. BCuP: Silver-Copper-Phosphorus Brazing Alloy

12. BSG: Borosilicate Glass Pipe

13. CDA: Copper Development Association

14. C: Celsius

15. CLR: Color

16. CO: Carbon Monoxide

17. COR: Contracting Officer’s Representative

18. CPVC: Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride

19. CR: Chloroprene

20. CRS: Corrosion Resistant Steel

21. CWP: Cold Working Pressure

22. CxA: Commissioning Agent

23. db(A): Decibels (A weighted)

24. DDC: Direct Digital Control

25. DI: Digital Input

26. DISS: Diameter Index Safety System

27. DO: Digital Output

28. DVD: Digital Video Disc

29. DN: Diameter Nominal



22 05 11 - 2

30. DWV: Drainage, Waste and Vent

31. ECC: Engineering Control Center

32. EPDM: Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer

33. EPT: Ethylene Propylene Terpolymer

34. ETO: Ethylene Oxide

35. F: Fahrenheit

36. FAR: Federal Acquisition Regulations

37. FD: Floor Drain

38. FED: Federal

39. FG: Fiberglass

40. FNPT: Female National Pipe Thread

41. FPM: Fluoroelastomer Polymer

42. GPM: Gallons Per Minute

43. HDPE: High Density Polyethylene

44. Hg: Mercury

45. HOA: Hands-Off-Automatic

46. HP: Horsepower

47. HVE: High Volume Evacuation

48. ID: Inside Diameter

49. IPS: Iron Pipe Size

50. Kg: Kilogram

51. kPa: Kilopascal

52. lb: Pound

53. L/s: Liters Per Second

54. L/min: Liters Per Minute

55. MAWP: Maximum Allowable Working Pressure

56. MAX: Maximum

57. MED: Medical

58. m: Meter

59. MFG: Manufacturer

60. mg: Milligram

61. mg/L: Milligrams per Liter

62. ml: Milliliter

63. mm: Millimeter

64. MIN: Minimum

65. NF: Oil Free Dry (Nitrogen)

66. NPTF: National Pipe Thread Female

67. NPS: Nominal Pipe Size



22 05 11 - 3

68. NPT: Nominal Pipe Thread

69. OD: Outside Diameter

70. OSD: Open Sight Drain

71. OS&Y: Outside Stem and Yoke

72. OXY: Oxygen

73. PBPU: Prefabricated Bedside Patient Units

74. PH: Power of Hydrogen

75. PLC: Programmable Logic Controllers

76. PP: Polypropylene

77. PPM: Parts per Million

78. PSIG: Pounds per Square Inch

79. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene

80. PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride

81. PVDF: Polyvinylidene Fluoride

82. RAD: Radians

83. RO: Reverse Osmosis

84. RPM: Revolutions Per Minute

85. RTRP: Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe

86. SCFM: Standard Cubic Feet Per Minute

87. SDI: Silt Density Index

88. SPEC: Specification

89. SPS: Sterile Processing Services

90. STD: Standard

91. SUS: Saybolt Universal Second

92. SWP: Steam Working Pressure

93. TEFC: Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled

94. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene

95. THHN: Thermoplastic High-Heat Resistant Nylon Coated Wire

96. THWN: Thermoplastic Heat & Water Resistant Nylon Coated Wire

97. T/P: Temperature and Pressure

98. USDA: U.S. Department of Agriculture

99. V: Volt

100. VAC: Vacuum

101. VA: Veterans Administration

102. VAMC: Veterans Administration Medical Center

103. VAC: Voltage in Alternating Current

104. WAGD: Waste Anesthesia Gas Disposal

105. WOG: Water, Oil, Gas



22 05 11 - 4

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01 3300, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES..

B. Section 01 74 19, CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT.

C. Section 01 79 00, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING.

D. Section 01 81 13, SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

E. Section 01 91 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.

F. Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Concrete and Grout.

G. Section 05 31 00, STEEL DECKING: Building Components for Attachment of

Hangers.

H. Section 05 36 00, COMPOSITE METAL DECKING: Building Components for

Attachment of Hangers.

I. Section 05 50 00, METAL FABRICATIONS.

J. Section 07 60 00, FLASHING AND SHEET METAL: Flashing for Wall and Roof

Penetrations.

K. Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.

L. Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.

M. Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.

N. Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL

COMPONENTS.//

O. Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.

P. Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.

Q. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

R. Section 23 09 23, DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC.

S. Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.

T. Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

U. Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS.

V. Section 31 20 00, EARTH MOVING: Excavation and Backfill.

1.3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. The publications listed below shall form a part of this specification

to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text

by the basic designation only.

B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -

BPVC Section IX-2013....Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications

B31.1-2012..............Power Piping

C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

A36/A36M-2012...........Standard Specification for Carbon Structural

Steel



22 05 11 - 5

A575-96(R2013)e1........Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon,

Merchant Quality, M-Grades

E84-2013a...............Standard Test Method for Surface Burning

Characteristics of Building Materials

E119-2012a..............Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of

Building Construction and Materials

F1760-01(R2011).........Standard Specification for Coextruded

Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Non-Pressure Plastic

Pipe Having Reprocessed-Recycled Content

D. International Code Council, (ICC):

IBC-2015................International Building Code

IPC-2015................International Plumbing Code

E. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fittings

Industry, Inc:

SP-58-2009..............Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design,

Manufacture, Selection, Application and

Installation

SP-69-2003..............Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and

Application

F. Military Specifications (MIL):

P-21035B................Paint High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing

Repair (Metric)

G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

MG 1-2011...............Motors and Generators

H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

51B-2014................Standard for Fire Prevention During Welding,

Cutting and Other Hot Work

54-2012.................National Fuel Gas Code

70-2014.................National Electrical Code (NEC)

I. NSF International (NSF):

5-2012..................Water Heaters, Hot Water Supply Boilers, and

Heat Recovery Equipment

14-2012.................Plastic Piping System Components and Related

Materials

61-2012.................Drinking Water System Components – Health

Effects

372-2011................Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content



22 05 11 - 6

J. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA):

PG-18-10................Plumbing Design Manual

PG-18-13-2011...........Barrier Free Design Guide

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals, including number of required copies, shall be submitted in

accordance with Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.

B. Information and material submitted under this section shall be marked

"SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING",

with applicable paragraph identification.

C. Contractor shall make all necessary field measurements and

investigations to assure that the equipment and assemblies will meet

contract requirements and will fit the space available.

D. If equipment is submitted which differs in arrangement from that shown,

provide drawings that show the rearrangement of all associated systems.

Approval will be given only if all features of the equipment and

associated systems, including accessibility, are equivalent to that

required by the contract.

E. Prior to submitting shop drawings for approval, contractor shall

certify in writing that manufacturers of all major items of equipment

have each reviewed drawings and specifications, and have jointly

coordinated and properly integrated their equipment and controls to

provide a complete and efficient installation.

F. Installing Contractor shall provide lists of previous installations for

selected items of equipment. Contact persons who will serve as

references, with telephone numbers and e-mail addresses shall be

submitted with the references.

G. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Manufacturer’s literature shall be

submitted under the pertinent section rather than under this section.

1. Electric motor data and variable speed drive data shall be submitted

with the driven equipment.

2. Equipment and materials identification.

3. Firestopping materials.

4. Hangers, inserts, supports and bracing. Provide load calculations

for variable spring and constant support hangers.

5. Wall, floor, and ceiling plates.

H. Submittals and shop drawings for interdependent items, containing

applicable descriptive information, shall be furnished together and

complete in a group. Coordinate and properly integrate materials and



22 05 11 - 7

equipment in each group to provide a completely compatible and

efficient installation. Final review and approvals will be made only by

groups.

I. Coordination Drawings: Complete consolidated and coordinated layout

drawings shall be submitted for all new systems, and for existing

systems that are in the same areas. The drawings shall include plan

views, elevations and sections of all systems and shall be on a scale

of not less than 1:32 (3/8 inch equal to one foot). Clearly identify

and dimension the proposed locations of the principal items of

equipment. The drawings shall clearly show the proposed location and

adequate clearance for all equipment, controls, piping, pumps, valves

and other items. All valves, trap primer valves, water hammer

arrestors, strainers, and equipment requiring service shall be provided

with an access door sized for the complete removal of plumbing device,

component, or equipment. Equipment foundations shall not be installed

until equipment or piping layout drawings have been approved. Detailed

layout drawings shall be provided for all piping systems. In addition,

details of the following shall be provided.

1. Mechanical equipment rooms.

2. Interstitial space.

3. Hangers, inserts, supports, and bracing.

4. Pipe sleeves.

5. Equipment penetrations of floors, walls, ceilings, or roofs.

J. Maintenance Data and Operating Instructions:

1. Maintenance and operating manuals in accordance with Division 1,

Article, INSTRUCTIONS, for systems and equipment. Include complete

list indicating all components of the systems with diagrams of the

internal wiring for each item of equipment.

2. Include listing of recommended replacement parts for keeping in

stock supply, including sources of supply, for equipment shall be

provided. The listing shall include belts for equipment: Belt

manufacturer, model number, size and style, and distinguished

whether of multiple belt sets.

K. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning

Agent and completed by the contractor, signed by a qualified technician

and dated on the date of completion, in accordance with the

requirements of Section 22 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.



22 05 11 - 8

L. Submit training plans, trainer qualifications and instructor

qualifications in accordance with the requirements of Section 22 08 00

COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Products Criteria:

1. Standard Products: Material and equipment shall be the standard

products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture,

supply and servicing of the specified products for at least 5 years.

However, digital electronics devices, software and systems such as

controls, instruments, computer work station, shall be the current

generation of technology and basic design that has a proven

satisfactory service record of at least 5 years.

2. Equipment Service: There shall be permanent service organizations,

authorized and trained by manufacturers of the equipment supplied,

located within 100 miles of the project. These organizations shall

come to the site and provide acceptable service to restore

operations within four hours of receipt of notification by phone, e-

mail or fax in event of an emergency, such as the shut-down of

equipment; or within 24 hours in a non-emergency. Names, mail and e-

mail addresses and phone numbers of service organizations providing

service under these conditions for (as applicable to the project):

pumps, compressors, water heaters, critical instrumentation,

computer workstation and programming shall be submitted for project

record and inserted into the operations and maintenance manual.

3. All items furnished shall be free from defects that would adversely

affect the performance, maintainability and appearance of individual

components and overall assembly.

4. The products and execution of work specified in Division 22 shall

conform to the referenced codes and standards as required by the

specifications. Local codes and amendments enforced by the local

code official shall be enforced, if required by local authorities

such as the natural gas supplier. If the local codes are more

stringent, then the local code shall apply. Any conflicts shall be

brought to the attention of the Contracting Officer.

5. Multiple Units: When two or more units of materials or equipment of

the same type or class are required, these units shall be products

of one manufacturer.



22 05 11 - 9

6. Assembled Units: Manufacturers of equipment assemblies, which use

components made by others, assume complete responsibility for the

final assembled product.

7. Nameplates: Nameplate bearing manufacturer's name or identifiable

trademark shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on

equipment, or name or trademark cast integrally with equipment,

stamped or otherwise permanently marked on each item of equipment.

8. Asbestos products or equipment or materials containing asbestos

shall not be used.

9. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-

Preferred Program, provide products that meet or exceed USDA

recommendations for bio-based content, so long as products meet all

performance requirements in this specifications section. For more

information regarding the product categories covered by the Bio-

Preferred Program, visit http://www.biopreferred.gov .

B. Welding: Before any welding is performed, contractor shall submit a

certificate certifying that welders comply with the following

requirements:

1. Qualify welding processes and operators for piping according to ASME

"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing

Qualifications".

2. Comply with provisions of ASME B31 series "Code for Pressure

Piping".

3. Certify that each welder and welding operator has passed American

Welding Society (AWS) qualification tests for the welding processes

involved, and that certification is current.

4. All welds shall be stamped according to the provisions of the

American Welding Society.

C. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Where installation procedures or any

part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations

of the manufacturer of the material being installed, printed copies of

these recommendations shall be furnished to the Contracting Officer

prior to installation. Installation of the item will not be allowed to

proceed until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish

these recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material.

D. Execution (Installation, Construction) Quality:

1. All items shall be applied and installed in accordance with

manufacturer's written instructions. Conflicts between the



22 05 11 - 10

manufacturer's instructions and the contract documents shall be

referred to the Contracting Officer for resolution. Printed copies

or electronic files of manufacturer’s installation instructions

shall be provided to the Contracting Officer at least 10 working

days prior to commencing installation of any item.

2. All items that require access, such as for operating, cleaning,

servicing, maintenance, and calibration, shall be easily and safely

accessible by persons standing at floor level, or standing on

permanent platforms, without the use of portable ladders. Examples

of these items include, but are not limited to: all types of valves,

filters and strainers, transmitters, and control devices. Prior to

commencing installation work, refer conflicts between this

requirement and contract documents to Contracting Officer for

resolution.

3. Complete layout drawings shall be required by Paragraph, SUBMITTALS.

Construction work shall not start on any system until the layout

drawings have been approved by VA.

4. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be licensed and shall

provide evidence of the successful completion of at least five

projects of equal or greater size and complexity. Provide tradesmen

skilled in the appropriate trade.

5. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Contracting Officer, the

Contractor shall correct the installation at no additional cost or

additional time to the Government.

E. Guaranty: Warranty of Construction, FAR clause 52.246-21.

F. Plumbing Systems: IPC, International Plumbing Code. Unless otherwise

required herein, perform plumbing work in accordance with the latest

version of the IPC. For IPC codes referenced in the contract documents,

advisory provisions shall be considered mandatory, the word “should”

shall be interpreted as “shall”. Reference to the “code official” or

“owner” shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Officer.

G. Cleanliness of Piping and Equipment Systems:

1. Care shall be exercised in the storage and handling of equipment and

piping material to be incorporated in the work. Debris arising from

cutting, threading and welding of piping shall be removed.

2. Piping systems shall be flushed, blown or pigged as necessary to

deliver clean systems.



22 05 11 - 11

3. The interior of all tanks shall be cleaned prior to delivery and

beneficial use by the Government. All piping shall be tested in

accordance with the specifications and the International Plumbing

Code (IPC). All filters, strainers, fixture faucets shall be flushed

of debris prior to final acceptance.

4. Contractor shall be fully responsible for all costs, damage, and

delay arising from failure to provide clean systems.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Protection of Equipment:

1. Equipment and material placed on the job site shall remain in the

custody of the Contractor until phased acceptance, whether or not

the Government has reimbursed the Contractor for the equipment and

material. The Contractor is solely responsible for the protection of

such equipment and material against any damage.

2. Damaged equipment shall be replaced with an identical unit as

determined and directed by the Contracting Officer. Such replacement

shall be at no additional cost or additional time to the Government.

3. Interiors of new equipment and piping systems shall be protected

against entry of foreign matter. Both inside and outside shall be

cleaned before painting or placing equipment in operation.

4. Existing equipment and piping being worked on by the Contractor

shall be under the custody and responsibility of the Contractor and

shall be protected as required for new work.

1.7 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION

A. Submit manufacturer’s literature and data updated to include submittal

review comments and any equipment substitutions.

B. Submit operation and maintenance data updated to include submittal

review comments, substitutions and construction revisions shall be

inserted into a three ring binder. All aspects of system operation and

maintenance procedures, including piping isometrics, wiring diagrams of

all circuits, a written description of system design, control logic,

and sequence of operation shall be included in the operation and

maintenance manual. The operations and maintenance manual shall include

troubleshooting techniques and procedures for emergency situations.

Notes on all special systems or devices such as damper and door closure

interlocks shall be included. A List of recommended spare parts

(manufacturer, model number, and quantity) shall be furnished.



22 05 11 - 12

Information explaining any special knowledge or tools the owner will be

required to employ shall be inserted into the As-Built documentation.

C. The installing contractor shall maintain as-built drawings of each

completed phase for verification; and, shall provide the complete set

at the time of final systems certification testing. As-built drawings

are to be provided, and a copy of them on Auto-Cad version 2014

provided on compact disk or DVD. Should the installing contractor

engage the testing company to provide as-built or any portion thereof,

it shall not be deemed a conflict of interest or breach of the ‘third

party testing company’ requirement.

D. Certification documentation shall be provided prior to submitting the

request for final inspection. The documentation shall include all test

results, the names of individuals performing work for the testing

agency on this project, detailed procedures followed for all tests, and

a certification that all results of tests were within limits specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS FOR VARIOUS SERVICES

A. Steel pipe shall contain a minimum of 25 percent recycled content.

B. Plastic pipe, fittings and solvent cement shall meet NSF 14 and shall

bear the NSF seal “NSF-PW”. Polypropylene pipe and fittings shall

comply with NSF 14 and NSF 61. Solder or flux containing lead shall not

be used with copper pipe.

C. Material or equipment containing a weighted average of greater than

0.25 percent lead shall not be used in any potable water system

intended for human consumption, and shall be certified in accordance

with NSF 61 or NSF 372.

D. In-line devices such as water meters, building valves, check valves,

stops, valves, fittings, tanks and backflow preventers shall comply

with NSF 61 and NSF 372.

E. End point devices such as drinking fountains, lavatory faucets, kitchen

and bar faucets, ice makers supply stops, and end-point control valves

used to dispense drinking water must meet requirements of NSF 61 and

NSF 372.

2.2 FACTORY-ASSEMBLED PRODUCTS

A. Standardization of components shall be maximized to reduce spare part

requirements.

B. Manufacturers of equipment assemblies that include components made by

others shall assume complete responsibility for final assembled unit.



22 05 11 - 13

1. All components of an assembled unit need not be products of same

manufacturer.

2. Constituent parts that are alike shall be products of a single

manufacturer.

3. Components shall be compatible with each other and with the total

assembly for intended service.

4. Contractor shall guarantee performance of assemblies of components,

and shall repair or replace elements of the assemblies as required

to deliver specified performance of the complete assembly at no

additional cost or time to the Government.

C. Components of equipment shall bear manufacturer's name and trademark,

model number, serial number and performance data on a name plate

securely affixed in a conspicuous place, or cast integral with, stamped

or otherwise permanently marked upon the components of the equipment.

D. Major items of equipment, which serve the same function, shall be the

same make and model.

2.3 COMPATIBILITY OF RELATED EQUIPMENT

A. Equipment and materials installed shall be compatible in all respects

with other items being furnished and with existing items so that the

result will be a complete and fully operational system that conforms to

contract requirements.

2.4 SAFETY GUARDS

A. Pump shafts and couplings shall be fully guarded by a sheet steel

guard, covering coupling and shaft but not bearings. Material shall be

minimum 16-gage sheet steel; ends shall be braked and drilled and

attached to pump base with minimum of four 1/4 inch bolts. Reinforce

guard as necessary to prevent side play forcing guard onto couplings.

B. All Equipment shall have moving parts protected from personal injury.

2.5 LIFTING ATTACHMENTS

A. Equipment shall be provided with suitable lifting attachments to enable

equipment to be lifted in its normal position. Lifting attachments

shall withstand any handling conditions that might be encountered,

without bending or distortion of shape, such as rapid lowering and

braking of load.

2.6 ELECTRIC MOTORS, MOTOR CONTROL, CONTROL WIRING

A. All material and equipment furnished and installation methods used

shall conform to the requirements of Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR

REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT; Section 26 29 11, MOTOR



22 05 11 - 14

CONTROLLERS; and, Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. All electrical wiring, conduit, and devices

necessary for the proper connection, protection and operation of the

systems shall be provided. Premium efficient motors shall be provided.

Unless otherwise specified for a particular application, electric

motors shall have the following requirements.

B. Special Requirements:

1. Where motor power requirements of equipment furnished deviate from

power shown on plans, provide electrical service designed under the

requirements of NFPA 70 without additional cost or time to the

Government.

2. Assemblies of motors, starters, and controls and interlocks on

factory assembled and wired devices shall be in accordance with the

requirements of this specification.

3. Wire and cable materials specified in the electrical division of the

specifications shall be modified as follows:

a. Wiring material located where temperatures can exceed 160° F

shall be stranded copper with Teflon FEP insulation with jacket.

This includes wiring on the boilers and water heaters.

b. Other wiring at boilers and water heaters, and to control panels,

shall be NFPA 70 designation THWN.

c. Shielded conductors or wiring in separate conduits for all

instrumentation and control systems shall be provided where

recommended by manufacturer of equipment.

4. Motor sizes shall be selected so that the motors do not operate into

the service factor at maximum required loads on the driven

equipment. Motors on pumps shall be sized for non-overloading at all

points on the pump performance curves.

5. Motors utilized with variable frequency drives shall be rated

“inverter-ready” per NEMA Standard, MG1.

C. Motor Efficiency and Power Factor: All motors, when specified as “high

efficiency or Premium Efficiency” by the project specifications on

driven equipment, shall conform to efficiency and power factor

requirements in Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, with no consideration of annual service hours.

Motor manufacturers generally define these efficiency requirements as

“NEMA premium efficient” and the requirements generally exceed those of



22 05 11 - 15

the Energy Policy Act (EPACT), revised 2005. Motors not specified as

“high efficiency or premium efficient” shall comply with EPACT.

D. Single-phase Motors: Capacitor-start type for hard starting

applications. Motors for centrifugal pumps may be split phase or

permanent split capacitor (PSC).

E. Poly-phase Motors: NEMA Design B, Squirrel cage, induction type. Each

two-speed motor shall have two separate windings. A time delay (20

seconds minimum) relay shall be provided for switching from high to low

speed.

F. Rating: Rating shall be continuous duty at 100 percent capacity in an

ambient temperature of 104° F; minimum horsepower as shown on drawings;

maximum horsepower in normal operation shall not exceed nameplate

rating without service factor.

G. Insulation Resistance: Not less than one-half meg-ohm between stator

conductors and frame shall be measured at the time of final inspection.

2.7 VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROLLERS

A. Refer to Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

and Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS for specifications.

B. The combination of controller and motor shall be provided by the

respective pump manufacturer, and shall be rated for 100 percent output

performance. Multiple units of the same class of equipment, i.e. pumps,

shall be product of a single manufacturer.

C. Motors shall be premium efficient type, “invertor duty”, and be

approved by the motor controller manufacturer. The controller-motor

combination shall be guaranteed to provide full motor nameplate

horsepower in variable frequency operation. Both driving and driven

motor sheaves shall be fixed pitch.

D. Controller shall not add any current or voltage transients to the input

AC power distribution system, DDC controls, sensitive medical

equipment, etc., nor shall be affected from other devices on the AC

power system.

2.8 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION

A. Use symbols, nomenclature and equipment numbers specified, shown on the

drawings, or shown in the maintenance manuals. Coordinate equipment and

valve identification with local VAMC shops. In addition, provide bar

code identification nameplate for all equipment which will allow the

equipment identification code to be scanned into the system for



22 05 11 - 16

maintenance and inventory tracking. Identification for piping is

specified in Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.

B. Interior (Indoor) Equipment: Engraved nameplates, with letters not less

than 3/16 inch high of brass with black-filled letters, or rigid black

plastic with white letters specified in Section 09 91 00, PAINTING

shall be permanently fastened to the equipment. Unit components such as

water heaters, tanks, coils, filters, etc. shall be identified.

C. Exterior (Outdoor) Equipment: Brass nameplates, with engraved black

filled letters, not less than 3/16 inch high riveted or bolted to the

equipment.

D. Control Items: All temperature, pressure, and controllers shall be

labeled and the component’s function identified. Identify and label

each item as they appear on the control diagrams.

E. Valve Tags and Lists:

1. Plumbing: All valves shall be provided with valve tags and listed on

a valve list (Fixture stops not included).

2. Valve tags: Engraved black filled numbers and letters not less than

1/2 inch high for number designation, and not less than 1/4 inch for

service designation on 19 gage, 1-1/2 inches round brass disc,

attached with brass "S" hook or brass chain.

3. Valve lists: Valve lists shall be created using a word processing

program and printed on plastic coated cards. The plastic coated

valve list card(s), sized 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches shall show valve

tag number, valve function and area of control for each service or

system. The valve list shall be in a punched 3-ring binder notebook.

An additional copy of the valve list shall be mounted in picture

frames for mounting to a wall. Contracting Officer shall instruct

contractor where frames shall be mounted.

4. A detailed plan for each floor of the building indicating the

location and valve number for each valve shall be provided in the

3-ring binder notebook. Each valve location shall be identified with

a color coded sticker or thumb tack in ceiling or access door.

2.9 FIRESTOPPING

A. Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING specifies an effective barrier against

the spread of fire, smoke and gases where penetrations occur for

piping. Refer to Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION, for pipe

insulation.



22 05 11 - 17

2.10 GALVANIZED REPAIR COMPOUND

A. Mil. Spec. DOD-P-21035B, paint.

2.11 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS

A. In lieu of the paragraph which follows, suspended equipment support and

restraints may be designed and installed in accordance with the

International Building Code (IBC) and Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC

RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. Submittals based

on the International Building Code (IBC) and Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC

RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS requirements, or

the following paragraphs of this Section shall be stamped and signed by

a professional engineer registered in the state where the project is

located. The Support system of suspended equipment over 500 pounds

shall be submitted for approval of the Contracting Officer in all

cases. See the above specifications for lateral force design

requirements.

B. Type Numbers Specified: For materials, design, manufacture, selection,

application, and installation refer to MSS SP-58. For selection and

application refer to MSS SP-69. Refer to Section 05 50 00, METAL

FABRICATIONS, for miscellaneous metal support materials and prime coat

painting.

C. For Attachment to Concrete Construction:

1. Concrete insert: Type 18, MSS SP-58.

2. Self-drilling expansion shields and machine bolt expansion anchors:

Permitted in concrete not less than 4 inches thick when approved by

the Contracting Officer for each job condition.

3. Power-driven fasteners: Permitted in existing concrete or masonry

not less than 4 inches thick when approved by the Contracting

Officer for each job condition.

D. For Attachment to Steel Construction: MSS SP-58.

1. Welded attachment: Type 22.

2. Beam clamps: Types 20, 21, 28 or 29. Type 23 C-clamp may be used for

individual copper tubing up to 7/8 inch outside diameter.

E. Attachment to Metal Pan or Deck: As required for materials specified in

Section 05 31 00, STEEL DECKING. Section 05 36 00, COMPOSITE METAL

DECKING.

F. For Attachment to Wood Construction: Wood screws or lag bolts.

G. Hanger Rods: Hot-rolled steel, ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A575 for allowable

load listed in MSS SP-58. For piping, provide adjustment means for



22 05 11 - 18

controlling level or slope. Types 13 or 15 turn-buckles shall provide

1-1/2 inches minimum of adjustment and incorporate locknuts. All-thread

rods are acceptable.

H. Multiple (Trapeze) Hangers: Galvanized, cold formed, lipped steel

channel horizontal member, not less than 1-5/8 inches by 1-5/8 inches,

No. 12 gage, designed to accept special spring held, hardened steel

nuts.

1. Allowable hanger load: Manufacturers rating less 91kg (200 pounds).

2. Guide individual pipes on the horizontal member of every other

trapeze hanger with 1/4 inch U-bolt fabricated from steel rod.

Provide Type 40 insulation shield, secured by two 1/2 inch

galvanized steel bands, or insulated calcium silicate shield for

insulated piping at each hanger.

I. Pipe Hangers and Supports: (MSS SP-58), use hangers sized to encircle

insulation on insulated piping. Refer to Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING

INSULATION for insulation thickness. To protect insulation, provide

Type 39 saddles for roller type supports or insulated calcium silicate

shields. Provide Type 40 insulation shield or insulated calcium

silicate shield at all other types of supports and hangers including

those for insulated piping.

1. General Types (MSS SP-58):

a. Standard clevis hanger: Type 1; provide locknut.

b. Riser clamps: Type 8.

c. Wall brackets: Types 31, 32 or 33.

d. Roller supports: Type 41, 43, 44 and 46.

e. Saddle support: Type 36, 37 or 38.

f. Turnbuckle: Types 13 or 15.

g. U-bolt clamp: Type 24.

h. Copper Tube:

1) Hangers, clamps and other support material in contact with

tubing shall be painted with copper colored epoxy paint,

copper-coated, plastic coated or taped with isolation tape to

prevent electrolysis.

2) For vertical runs use epoxy painted, copper-coated or plastic

coated riser clamps.

3) For supporting tube to strut: Provide epoxy painted pipe

straps for copper tube or plastic inserted vibration isolation

clamps.



22 05 11 - 19

4) Insulated Lines: Provide pre-insulated calcium silicate

shields sized for copper tube.

i. Supports for plastic or glass piping: As recommended by the pipe

manufacturer with black rubber tape extending one inch beyond

steel support or clamp. Spring Supports (Expansion and

contraction of vertical piping):

1) Movement up to 3/4 inch: Type 51 or 52 variable spring unit

with integral turn buckle and load indicator.

2) Movement more than 3/4 inch: Type 54 or 55 constant support

unit with integral adjusting nut, turn buckle and travel

position indicator.

j. Spring hangers are required on all plumbing system pumps one

horsepower and greater.

2. Plumbing Piping (Other Than General Types):

a. Horizontal piping: Type 1, 5, 7, 9, and 10.

b. Chrome plated piping: Chrome plated supports.

c. Hangers and supports in pipe chase: Prefabricated system ABS

self-extinguishing material, not subject to electrolytic action,

to hold piping, prevent vibration and compensate for all static

and operational conditions.

d. Blocking, stays and bracing: Angle iron or preformed metal

channel shapes, 18 gage minimum.

J. Pre-insulated Calcium Silicate Shields:

1. Provide 360 degree water resistant high density 140 psig compressive

strength calcium silicate shields encased in galvanized metal.

2. Pre-insulated calcium silicate shields to be installed at the point

of support during erection.

3. Shield thickness shall match the pipe insulation.

4. The type of shield is selected by the temperature of the pipe, the

load it must carry, and the type of support it will be used with.

a. Shields for supporting cold water shall have insulation that

extends a minimum of 1 inch past the sheet metal.

b. The insulated calcium silicate shield shall support the maximum

allowable water filled span as indicated in MSS SP-69. To support

the load, the shields shall have one or more of the following

features: structural inserts 600 psig compressive strength, an

extra bottom metal shield, or formed structural steel (ASTM

A36/A36M) wear plates welded to the bottom sheet metal jacket.



22 05 11 - 20

5. Shields may be used on steel clevis hanger type supports, trapeze

hangers, roller supports or flat surfaces.

K. Seismic Restraint of Piping: Refer to Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC

RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS.

2.12 PIPE PENETRATIONS

A. Pipe penetration sleeves shall be installed for all pipe other than

rectangular blocked out floor openings for risers in mechanical bays.

B. Pipe penetration sleeve materials shall comply with all firestopping

requirements for each penetration.

C. To prevent accidental liquid spills from passing to a lower level,

provide the following:

1. For sleeves: Extend sleeve 1 inch above finished floor and provide

sealant for watertight joint.

2. For blocked out floor openings: Provide 1-1/2 inch angle set in

silicone adhesive around opening.

3. For drilled penetrations: Provide 1-1/2 inch angle ring or square

set in silicone adhesive around penetration.

D. Penetrations are not allowed through beams or ribs, but may be

installed in concrete beam flanges, with structural engineer prior

approval. Any deviation from these requirements must receive prior

approval of Contracting Officer.

E. Sheet metal, plastic, or moisture resistant fiber sleeves shall be

provided for pipe passing through floors, interior walls, and

partitions, unless brass or steel pipe sleeves are specifically called

for below.

F. Cast iron or zinc coated pipe sleeves shall be provided for pipe

passing through exterior walls below grade. The space between the

sleeve and pipe shall be made watertight with a modular or link rubber

seal. The link seal shall be applied at both ends of the sleeve.

G. Galvanized steel or an alternate black iron pipe with asphalt coating

sleeves shall be for pipe passing through concrete beam flanges, except

where brass pipe sleeves are called for. A galvanized steel sleeve

shall be provided for pipe passing through floor of mechanical rooms,

laundry work rooms, and animal rooms above basement. Except in

mechanical rooms, sleeves shall be connected with a floor plate.

H. Brass Pipe Sleeves shall be provided for pipe passing through quarry

tile, terrazzo or ceramic tile floors. The sleeve shall be connected

with a floor plate.



22 05 11 - 21

I. Sleeve clearance through floors, walls, partitions, and beam flanges

shall be 1 inch greater in diameter than external diameter of pipe.

Sleeve for pipe with insulation shall be large enough to accommodate

the insulation plus 1 inch in diameter. Interior openings shall be

caulked tight with firestopping material and sealant to prevent the

spread of fire, smoke, water and gases.

J. Sealant and Adhesives: Shall be as specified in Section 07 92 00, JOINT

SEALANTS. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.

K. Pipe passing through roof shall be installed through a 4.9 kg per

square meter copper flashing with an integral skirt or flange. Skirt or

flange shall extend not less than 8 inches from the pipe and set in a

solid coating of bituminous cement. Extend flashing a minimum of 10

inches up the pipe. Pipe passing through a waterproofing membrane shall

be provided with a clamping flange. The annular space between the

sleeve and pipe shall be sealed watertight.

2.13 TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS

A. Furnish, and turn over to the Contracting Officer, special tools not

readily available commercially, that are required for disassembly or

adjustment of equipment and machinery furnished.

B. Grease Guns with Attachments for Applicable Fittings: One for each type

of grease required for each motor or other equipment.

C. Tool Containers: metal, permanently identified for intended service and

mounted, or located, where directed by the Contracting Officer.

D. Lubricants: A minimum of 1 quart of oil, and 1 pound of grease, of

equipment manufacturer's recommended grade and type, in unopened

containers and properly identified as to use for each different

application. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.

2.14 WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES

A. Material and Type: Chrome plated brass or chrome plated steel, one

piece or split type with concealed hinge, with set screw for fastening

to pipe, or sleeve. Use plates that fit tight around pipes, cover

openings around pipes and cover the entire pipe sleeve projection.

B. Thickness: Not less than 3/32 inch for floor plates. For wall and

ceiling plates, not less than 0.025 inch for up to 3 inch pipe, 0.035

inch for larger pipe.

C. Locations: Use where pipe penetrates floors, walls and ceilings in

exposed locations, in finished areas only. Wall plates shall be used

where insulation ends on exposed water supply pipe drop from overhead.



22 05 11 - 22

A watertight joint shall be provided in spaces where brass or steel

pipe sleeves are specified.

2.15 ASBESTOS

A. Materials containing asbestos are not permitted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ARRANGEMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING

A. Location of piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, and equipment, access

provisions shall be coordinated with the work of all trades. Piping,

sleeves, inserts, hangers, and equipment shall be located clear of

windows, doors, openings, light outlets, and other services and

utilities. Equipment layout drawings shall be prepared to coordinate

proper location and personnel access of all facilities. The drawings

shall be submitted for review.

B. Manufacturer's published recommendations shall be followed for

installation methods not otherwise specified.

C. Operating Personnel Access and Observation Provisions: All equipment

and systems shall be arranged to provide clear view and easy access,

without use of portable ladders, for maintenance, testing and operation

of all devices including, but not limited to: all equipment items,

valves, backflow preventers, filters, strainers, transmitters, sensors,

meters and control devices. All gages and indicators shall be clearly

visible by personnel standing on the floor or on permanent platforms.

Maintenance and operating space and access provisions that are shown on

the drawings shall not be changed nor reduced.

D. Structural systems necessary for pipe and equipment support shall be

coordinated to permit proper installation.

E. Location of pipe sleeves, trenches and chases shall be accurately

coordinated with equipment and piping locations.

F. Cutting Holes:

1. Holes shall be located to avoid interference with structural members

such as beams or grade beams. Holes shall be laid out in advance and

drilling done only after approval by Contracting Officer. If the

Contractor considers it necessary to drill through structural

members, this matter shall be referred to Contracting Officer for

approval.

2. Waterproof membrane shall not be penetrated. Pipe floor penetration

block outs shall be provided outside the extents of the waterproof

membrane.



22 05 11 - 23

3. Holes through concrete and masonry shall be cut by rotary core

drill. Pneumatic hammer, impact electric, and hand or manual hammer

type drill will not be allowed, except as permitted by Contracting

Officer where working area space is limited.

G. Minor Piping: Generally, small diameter pipe runs from drips and

drains, water cooling, and other services are not shown but must be

provided.

H. Minor Piping: Generally, small diameter pipe runs from drips and

drains, water cooling, and other service are not shown but must be

provided.

I. Protection and Cleaning:

1. Equipment and materials shall be carefully handled, properly stored,

and adequately protected to prevent damage before and during

installation, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations

and as approved by the Contracting Officer. Damaged or defective

items in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, shall be replaced

at no additional cost or time to the Government.

2. Protect all finished parts of equipment, such as shafts and bearings

where accessible, from rust prior to operation by means of

protective grease coating and wrapping. Close pipe openings with

caps or plugs during installation. Pipe openings, equipment, and

plumbing fixtures shall be tightly covered against dirt or

mechanical injury. At completion of all work thoroughly clean

fixtures, exposed materials and equipment.

J. Concrete and Grout: Concrete and shrink compensating grout 25 MPa (3000

psig) minimum, specified in Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE,

shall be used for all pad or floor mounted equipment.

K. Gages, thermometers, valves and other devices shall be installed with

due regard for ease in reading or operating and maintaining said

devices. Thermometers and gages shall be located and positioned to be

easily read by operator or staff standing on floor or walkway provided.

Servicing shall not require dismantling adjacent equipment or pipe

work.

L. Interconnection of Controls and Instruments: Electrical interconnection

is generally not shown but shall be provided. This includes

interconnections of sensors, transmitters, transducers, control

devices, control and instrumentation panels, alarms, instruments and

computer workstations. Comply with NFPA 70.



22 05 11 - 24

M. Many plumbing systems interface with the HVAC control system. See the

HVAC control points list and Section 23 09 23, DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL

SYSTEM FOR HVAC.

N. Work in bathrooms, restrooms, housekeeping closets: All pipe

penetrations behind escutcheons shall be sealed with plumbers putty.

O. Switchgear Drip Protection: Every effort shall be made to eliminate the

installation of pipe above data equipment, and electrical and telephone

switchgear. If this is not possible, encase pipe in a second pipe with

a minimum of joints. Drain valve shall be provided in low point of

casement pipe.

P. Inaccessible Equipment:

1. Where the Government determines that the Contractor has installed

equipment not conveniently accessible for operation and maintenance,

equipment shall be removed and reinstalled or remedial action

performed as directed at no additional cost or additional time to

the Government.

2. The term "conveniently accessible" is defined as capable of being

reached without the use of ladders, or without climbing or crawling

under or over obstacles such as electrical conduit, motors, fans,

pumps, belt guards, transformers, high voltage lines, piping, and

ductwork.

3.2 TEMPORARY PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

A. The Contractor shall provide all required facilities in accordance with

the requirements of phased construction and maintenance of service. All

piping and equipment shall be properly supported, sloped to drain,

operate without excessive stress, and shall be insulated where injury

can occur to personnel by contact with operating facilities. The

requirements of paragraph 3.1 shall apply.

B. Temporary facilities and piping shall be completely removed back to the

nearest active distribution branch or main pipe line and any openings

in structures sealed. Dead legs are not allowed in potable water

systems. Necessary blind flanges and caps shall be provided to seal

open piping remaining in service.

3.3 RIGGING

A. Openings in building structures shall be planned to accommodate design

scheme.



22 05 11 - 25

B. Alternative methods of equipment delivery may be offered and will be

considered by Government under specified restrictions of phasing and

service requirements as well as structural integrity of the building.

C. All openings in the building shall be closed when not required for

rigging operations to maintain proper environment in the facility for

Government operation and maintenance of service.

D. Contractor shall provide all facilities required to deliver specified

equipment and place on foundations. Attachments to structures for

rigging purposes and support of equipment on structures shall be

Contractor's full responsibility.

E. Contractor shall check all clearances, weight limitations and shall

provide a rigging plan designed by a Registered Professional Engineer.

All modifications to structures, including reinforcement thereof, shall

be at Contractor's cost, time and responsibility.

F. Rigging plan and methods shall be referred to Contracting Officer for

evaluation prior to actual work.

3.4 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. Where hanger spacing does not correspond with joist or rib spacing, use

structural steel channels secured directly to joist and rib structure

that will correspond to the required hanger spacing, and then suspend

the equipment and piping from the channels. Holes shall be drilled or

burned in structural steel ONLY with the prior written approval of the

Contracting Officer.

B. The use of chain pipe supports, wire or strap hangers; wood for

blocking, stays and bracing, or hangers suspended from piping above

shall not be permitted. Rusty products shall be replaced.

C. Hanger rods shall be used that are straight and vertical. Turnbuckles

for vertical adjustments may be omitted where limited space prevents

use. A minimum of 1/2 inch clearance between pipe or piping covering

and adjacent work shall be provided.

D. For horizontal and vertical plumbing pipe supports, refer to the

International Plumbing Code (IPC) and these specifications.

E. Overhead Supports:

1. The basic structural system of the building is designed to sustain

the loads imposed by equipment and piping to be supported overhead.

2. Provide steel structural members, in addition to those shown, of

adequate capability to support the imposed loads, located in

accordance with the final approved layout of equipment and piping.



22 05 11 - 26

3. Tubing and capillary systems shall be supported in channel troughs.

F. Floor Supports:

1. Provide concrete bases, concrete anchor blocks and pedestals, and

structural steel systems for support of equipment and piping.

Concrete bases and structural systems shall be anchored and doweled

to resist forces under operating and seismic conditions (if

applicable) without excessive displacement or structural failure.

2. Bases and supports shall not be located and installed until

equipment mounted thereon has been approved. Bases shall be sized to

match equipment mounted thereon plus 2 inch excess on all edges.

Structural drawings shall be reviewed for additional requirements.

Bases shall be neatly finished and smoothed, shall have chamfered

edges at the top, and shall be suitable for painting.

3. All equipment shall be shimmed, leveled, firmly anchored, and

grouted with epoxy grout. Anchor bolts shall be placed in sleeves,

anchored to the bases. Fill the annular space between sleeves and

bolts with a grout material to permit alignment and realignment.

4. For seismic anchoring, refer to Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT

REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS.

3.5 LUBRICATION

A. All equipment and devices requiring lubrication shall be lubricated

prior to initial operation. All devices and equipment shall be field

checked for proper lubrication.

B. All devices and equipment shall be equipped with required lubrication

fittings. A minimum of one quart of oil and 1 pound of grease of

manufacturer's recommended grade and type for each different

application shall be provided. All materials shall be delivered to

Contracting Officer in unopened containers that are properly identified

as to application.

C. A separate grease gun with attachments for applicable fittings shall be

provided for each type of grease applied.

D. All lubrication points shall be accessible without disassembling

equipment, except to remove access plates.

E. All lubrication points shall be extended to one side of the equipment.

3.6 CLEANING AND PAINTING

A. Prior to final inspection and acceptance of the plant and facilities

for beneficial use by the Government, the plant facilities, equipment



22 05 11 - 27

and systems shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted. Refer to Section

09 91 00, PAINTING.

B. In addition, the following special conditions apply:

1. Cleaning shall be thorough. Solvents, cleaning materials and methods

recommended by the manufacturers shall be used for the specific

tasks. All rust shall be removed prior to painting and from surfaces

to remain unpainted. Scratches, scuffs, and abrasions shall be

repaired prior to applying prime and finish coats.

2. The following Material and Equipment shall NOT be painted:

a. Motors, controllers, control switches, and safety switches.

b. Control and interlock devices.

c. Regulators.

d. Pressure reducing valves.

e. Control valves and thermostatic elements.

f. Lubrication devices and grease fittings.

g. Copper, brass, aluminum, stainless steel and bronze surfaces.

h. Valve stems and rotating shafts.

i. Pressure gages and thermometers.

j. Glass.

k. Name plates.

3. Control and instrument panels shall be cleaned and damaged surfaces

repaired. Touch-up painting shall be made with matching paint type

and color obtained from manufacturer or computer matched.

4. Pumps, motors, steel and cast iron bases, and coupling guards shall

be cleaned, and shall be touched-up with the same paint type and

color as utilized by the pump manufacturer.

5. Temporary Facilities: Apply paint to surfaces that do not have

existing finish coats per Section 09 91 00, Painting.

6. The final result shall be a smooth, even-colored, even-textured

factory finish on all items. The entire piece of equipment shall be

repainted, if necessary, to achieve this. Lead based paints shall

not be used.

3.7 IDENTIFICATION SIGNS

A. Laminated plastic signs, with engraved lettering not less than 3/16

inch high, shall be provided that designates equipment function, for

all equipment, switches, motor controllers, relays, meters, control

devices, including automatic control valves. Nomenclature and

identification symbols shall correspond to that used in maintenance



22 05 11 - 28

manual, and in diagrams specified elsewhere. Attach by chain, adhesive,

or screws.

B. Factory Built Equipment: Metal plate, securely attached, with name and

address of manufacturer, serial number, model number, size, and

performance data shall be placed on factory built equipment.

C. Pipe Identification: Refer to Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.

3.8 STARTUP AND TEMPORARY OPERATION

A. Startup of equipment shall be performed as described in the equipment

specifications. Vibration within specified tolerance shall be verified

prior to extended operation. Temporary use of equipment is specified in

Division 1,Article, TEMPORARY USE OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL

EQUIPMENT.

B. The commissioning Agent will observe startup and contractor testing of

selected equipment. Coordinate the startup and contractor testing

schedules with the Contracting Officer’s Representative and

Commissioning Agent. Provide a minimum of two weeks prior notice.

3.9 OPERATING AND PERFORMANCE TESTS

A. Prior to the final inspection, all required tests shall be performed as

specified in Division 1, Article, TESTS and submit the test reports and

records to the Contracting Officer.

B. Should evidence of malfunction in any tested system, or piece of

equipment or component part thereof, occur during or as a result of

tests, make proper corrections, repairs or replacements, and repeat

tests at no additional cost to the Government.

C. When completion of certain work or systems occurs at a time when final

control settings and adjustments cannot be properly made to make

performance tests, then conduct such performance tests and finalize

control settings during the first actual seasonal use of the respective

systems following completion of work. Rescheduling of these tests shall

be requested in writing to Contracting Officer for approval.

D. Perform tests as required for commissioning provisions in accordance

with Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS and Section 01

91 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.

3.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. All new and temporary equipment and all elements of each assembly shall

be included.



22 05 11 - 29

B. Data sheet on each device listing model, size, capacity, pressure,

speed, horsepower, impeller size, and other information shall be

included.

C. Manufacturer’s installation, maintenance, repair, and operation

instructions for each device shall be included. Assembly drawings and

parts lists shall also be included. A summary of operating precautions

and reasons for precautions shall be included in the Operations and

Maintenance Manual.

D. Lubrication instructions, type and quantity of lubricant shall be

included.

E. Schematic diagrams and wiring diagrams of all control systems corrected

to include all field modifications shall be included.

F. Set points of all interlock devices shall be listed.

G. Trouble-shooting guide for the control system troubleshooting shall be

inserted into the Operations and Maintenance Manual.

H. The control system sequence of operation corrected with submittal

review comments shall be inserted into the Operations and Maintenance

Manual.

I. Emergency procedures for shutdown and startup of equipment and systems.

3.11 COMMISSIONING

A. Provide commissioning documentation in accordance with the requirements

of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

B. Components provided under this section of the specification will be

tested as part of a larger system.

3.12 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. Provide services of manufacturer’s technical representative to

instruct VA Personnel in operation and maintenance of the various

plumbing systems. Time frame for instruction to be determined based on

the complexity of the plumbing system.

B. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with

the requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS

and Section 01 79 00 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING.

- - - E N D - - -



22 05 12 - 1

SECTION 22 05 12 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the general motor requirements for plumbing

equipment and applies to all sections of Division 22.

B. A complete listing of all acronyms and abbreviations are included in

Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.

B. Section 01 81 13, SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

C. Section 01 91 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.

D. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

E. Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.

F. Section 26 24 19, MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS: Motor Control Centers.

G. Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS: Starters, control and protection

of motors.


A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the

basic designation only.

B. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA):

ABMA 9–1990 (R2008).....Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings

C. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE):

841-2009................IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical

Industry-Premium-Efficiency, Severe-Duty,

Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel

Cage Induction Motors--Up to and Including 370

kW (500 HP)

D. International Code Council (ICC):


E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

MG 1-2011...............Motors and Generators

MG 2-2001 (R2007).......Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for

Selection, Installation and Use of Electric

Motors and Generators

250-2008................Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts

Maximum)



22 05 12 - 2

F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):


1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT”, with applicable paragraph identification.

C. Shop Drawings:

1. Sufficient information, clearly presented, shall be included to

determine compliance with drawings and specifications.

2. Motor nameplate information shall be submitted including electrical

ratings, dimensions, mounting details, materials, horsepower, power

factor, current as a function of speed, current efficiency, speed as

a function of load, RPM, enclosure, starting characteristics, torque

characteristics, code letter, full load and locked rotor current,

service factor, and lubrication method.

3. Motor parameters required for the determination of the Reed Critical

Frequency of vertical hollow shaft motors shall be submitted.

D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Companion copies of complete

maintenance and operating manuals, including technical data sheets and

application data shall be submitted simultaneously with the shop

drawings. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring

diagrams, technical data sheets and information for ordering

replaceable parts:

1. Include complete list indicating all components of the systems.

2. Include complete diagrams of the internal wiring for each item of

equipment.

3. Diagrams shall have their terminals identified to facilitate

installation, operation and maintenance.

E. Certification: Two weeks prior to final inspection, unless otherwise

noted, the following certification shall be submitted to the


1. Certification shall be submitted stating that the motors have been

properly applied, installed, adjusted, lubricated, and tested.


A. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-




22 05 12 - 3





PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MOTORS

A. For alternating current, fractional and integral horsepower motors,

NEMA MG 1 and NEMA MG 2 shall apply.

B. For severe duty totally enclosed motors, IEEE 841 shall apply.

C. Voltage ratings shall be as follows:

1. Single phase:

a. Motors connected to 120-volt systems: 115 volts.

b. Motors connected to 208-volt systems: 200 volts.

c. Motors connected to 240-volt or 480-volt systems: 230/460 volts,

dual connection.

2. Three phase:

a. Motors connected to 208-volt systems: 200 volts.

b. Motors, less than 100 HP, connected to 240-volt or 480-volt

systems: 230/460 volts, dual connection.

c. Motors, 100 HP or larger, connected to 240-volt systems: 230

volts.

d. Motors, 100 HP or larger, connected to 480-volt systems: 460

volts.

e. Motors connected to high voltage systems: Shall conform to NEMA

MG 1 Standards for connection to the nominal system voltage shown

on the drawings.

D. Number of phases shall be as follows:

1. Motors, less than 1/2 HP: Single phase.

2. Motors, 1/2 HP and larger: 3 phase.

3. Exceptions:

a. Hermetically sealed motors.

b. Motors for equipment assemblies, less than 746 W (1 HP), may be

single phase provided the manufacturer of the proposed assemblies

cannot supply the assemblies with three phase motors.

E. Horsepower ratings shall be adequate for operating the connected loads

continuously in the prevailing ambient temperatures in areas where the

motors are installed, without exceeding the NEMA standard temperature

rises for the motor insulation.



22 05 12 - 4

F. Motor designs, as indicated by the NEMA code letters, shall be

coordinated with the connected loads to assure adequate starting,

acceleration and running torque without exceeding nameplate ratings or

considering service factor.

G. Motor Enclosures:

1. Shall be the NEMA types shown on the drawings for the motors.

2. Where the types of motor enclosures are not shown on the drawings,

they shall be the NEMA types per NEMA 250, which are most suitable

for the environmental conditions where the motors are being

installed.

3. Enclosures shall be primed and finish coated at the factory with

manufacturer's prime coat and standard finish.

4. All motors in hazardous locations shall be approved for the

application and meet the Class and Group as required by the area

classification.

H. Electrical Design Requirements:

1. Motors shall be continuous duty.

2. The insulation system shall be rated minimum of Class B, 266 degrees

3. The maximum temperature rise by resistance at rated power shall not

exceed Class B limits, 144 degrees F.

4. The speed/torque and speed/current characteristics shall comply with

NEMA Design A or B, as specified.

5. Motors shall be suitable for full voltage starting, unless otherwise

noted. Coordinate motor features with applicable motor controllers.

6. Motors for variable frequency drive applications shall adhere to

NEMA MG 1, Part 30, Application Considerations for Constant Speed

Motors Used on a Sinusoidal Bus with Harmonic Content and General

Purpose Motors Used with Adjustable Voltage or Adjustable Frequency

Controls, or both, or NEMA MG 1, Part 31, Definite Purpose Inverter

Fed Polyphase Motors.

I. Mechanical Design Requirements:

1. Bearings shall be rated for a minimum fatigue life of 26,280 hours

for belt-driven loads and 100,000 hours for direct-drive loads based

on L10 (Basic Rating Life) at full load direct coupled, except

vertical high thrust motors which require a 40,000 hour rating. A

minimum fatigue life of 40,000 hours is required for VFD drives.

2. Vertical motors shall be capable of withstanding a momentary up

thrust of at least 30 percent of normal down thrust.



22 05 12 - 5

3. Grease lubricated bearings shall be designed for electric motor use.

Grease shall be capable of the temperatures associated with electric

motors and shall be compatible with Polyurea based greases.

4. Grease fittings, if provided, shall be Alemite type or equivalent.

5. Oil lubricated bearings, when specified, shall have an externally

visible sight glass to view oil level.

6. Vibration shall not exceed 0.15 inch per second, unfiltered peak.

7. Noise level shall meet the requirements of the application.

8. Motors on 180 frames and larger shall have provisions for lifting

eyes or lugs capable of a safety factor of 5.

9. All external fasteners shall be corrosion resistant.

10. Condensation heaters, when specified, shall keep motor windings at

least 9 degrees F above ambient temperature.

11. Winding thermostats, when specified shall be normally closed,

connected in series.

12. Grounding provisions shall be in the main terminal box.

J. Additional requirements for specific motors, as indicated in other

sections, shall also apply.

K. NEMA Premium Efficiency Electric Motors, Motor Efficiencies: All

permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 HP or more shall meet the

minimum full-load efficiencies as indicated in the following table, and

as specified in this specification. Motors of 1 HP or more with open,

drip-proof or totally enclosed fan-cooled enclosures shall be NEMA

premium efficiency type, unless otherwise indicated. Motors provided as

an integral part of motor driven equipment are excluded from this

requirement if a minimum seasonal or overall efficiency requirement is

indicated for that equipment by the provisions of another section.



22 05 12 - 6

Minimum Efficiencies

Open Drip-Proof

Minimum Efficiencies

Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled

Rating HP

1200 RPM

1800 RPM

3600 RPM

Rating HP

1200 RPM

1800 RPM

3600 RPM

1 82.5% 85.5% 77.0% 1 82.5% 85.5% 77.0%

1.5 86.5% 86.5% 84.0% 1.5 87.5% 86.5% 84.0%

2 87.5% 86.5% 85.5% 2 88.5% 86.5% 85.5%

3 88.5% 89.5% 85.5% 3 89.5% 89.5% 86.5%

5 89.5% 89.5% 86.5% 5 89.5% 89.5% 88.5%

7.5 90.2% 91.0% 88.5% 7.5 91.0% 91.7% 89.5%

10 91.7% 91.7% 89.5% 10 91.0% 91.7% 90.2%

15 91.7% 93.0% 90.2% 15 91.7% 92.4% 91.0%

20 92.4% 93.0% 91.0% 20 91.7% 93.0% 91.0%

25 93.0% 93.6% 91.7% 25 93.0% 93.6% 91.7%

30 93.6% 94.1% 91.7% 30 93.0% 93.6% 91.7%

40 94.1% 94.1% 92.4% 40 94.1% 94.1% 92.4%

50 94.1% 94.5% 93.0% 50 94.1% 94.5% 93.0%

60 94.5% 95.0% 93.6% 60 94.5% 95.0% 93.6%

75 94.5% 95.0% 93.6% 75 94.5% 95.4% 93.6%

100 95.0% 95.4% 93.6% 100 95.0% 95.4% 94.1%

125 95.0% 95.4% 94.1% 125 95.0% 95.4% 95.0%

150 95.4% 95.8% 94.1% 150 95.8% 95.8% 95.0%

200 95.4% 95.8% 95.0% 200 95.8% 96.2% 95.4%

L. Minimum Power Factor at Full Load and Rated Voltage: 90 percent at 1200

RPM, 1800 RPM and 3600 RPM. Power factor correction capacitors shall be

installed unless the motor is controlled by a variable frequency drive.

The power factor correction capacitors shall be able to withstand high

voltage transients and power line variations without breakdown.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install motors in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, the

NEC, NEMA, as shown on the drawings and/or as required by other

sections of these specifications.

B. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Contracting Officer, the

Contractor shall correct the installation at no cost to the Government.



22 05 12 - 7

3.2 FIELD TESTS

A. Megger all motors after installation, before start-up. All shall test

free from grounds.

3.3 COMMISSIONING





- - - E N D - - -



22 05 19 - 1

SECTION 22 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirements for water meters and gages

primarily used for troubleshooting the system and to indicate system

performance.



1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE.


C. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

D. Section 25 10 10, ADVANCED UTILITY METERING SYSTEM.






B40.100-2013............Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments

B40.200-2008............Thermometers, Direct Reading and Remote Reading

C. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

C700-2009...............Standard for Cold Water Meters, Displacement

Type, Bronze Main Case

C701-2012...............Cold Water Meters-Turbine Type, for Customer

Service

C702-2010...............Cold Water Meters – Compound Type

C706-2010...............Direct-Reading, Remote-Registration Systems for

Cold-Water Meters

D. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE):

C2–2012.................National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)

E. International Code Council (ICC):



70–2011.................National Electrical Code (NEC)

G. NSF International (NSF):


Effects




22 05 19 - 2

1.4 SUBMITTALS


accordance with Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES..


“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 05 19, METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING

PIPING”, with applicable paragraph identification.

C. Manufacturer's Literature and Data including: Full item description and

optional features and accessories. Include dimensions, weights,

materials, applications, standard compliance, model numbers, size, and

capacity.

1. Water Meter.

2. Pressure Gages.

3. Thermometers.

4. Product certificates for each type of meter and gage.

5. BACnet communication protocol.

D. Operations and Maintenance manual shall include:

1. System Description.

2. Major assembly block diagrams.

3. Troubleshooting and preventive maintenance guidelines.

4. Spare parts information.

E. Shop Drawings shall include the following: One line, wiring and

terminal diagrams including terminals identified, protocol or

communication modules, and Ethernet connections.




B. Submit copies of complete operation and maintenance data updated to

include submittal review comments, substitutions and construction

revisions shall be inserted into a three ring binder per the

requirements of Section 01 33 00, SUMBITTAL PROCEDURES. All aspects of

system operation and maintenance procedures, including piping

isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written description of

system design, control logic, and sequence of operation shall be

included in the operation and maintenance manual. The operations and

maintenance manual shall include troubleshooting techniques and

procedures for emergency situations. A list of recommended spare parts




22 05 19 - 3



PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 DISPLACEMENT WATER METER

A. For pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller, the water meter shall be

displacement type, full size nutating disc, magnetic drive, sealed

register, and fully conform to AWWA C700. Peak domestic flow shall be

34 gpm. The meter register shall indicate flow in U.S. gallons.

B. The water meter shall be rated for use at temperatures ranging from -40

degrees F and 158 degrees F and operate at a working pressure of 150

psig.

C. The meter case, bottom caps, and register box lids shall be constructed

from cast bronze.

D. The meter shall register plus or minus 3 percent of the water actually

passing through it at any rate of flow within the normal test flow

limits specified in AWWA 700.

E. The water meter shall conform to NSF 61and NSF 372.

2.2 COMPOUND WATER METER

A. The compound water meter shall be a combination of a main line meter of

the turbine type and a meter of appropriate size for measuring low

rates of flow. The compound meter shall have an automatic valve

mechanism for diverting low rates of flow through the bypass meter.

Both metering devices shall be provided with registers contained in the

same case. The operating characteristics shall fully conform to AWWA

C702. Peak domestic flow rate for meters shall be as scheduled on the

____L/s (____ gpm). Each Register shall indicate in U.S. gallons.

B. The water meter shall be rated for use at temperatures ranging from -40

degrees F and 158 degrees F and operate at a working pressure of 150

psig.

C. The main case shall be made of copper alloy containing no less than 75

percent copper.

D. The register box rings and lids shall be made of a cast copper alloy.

E. The measuring chambers shall be made of a copper alloy containing not

less than 84 percent copper.

F. The measuring turbines shall be made of a suitable synthetic polymer

with specific gravity approximately equal to that of water or stainless

steel. The measuring turbines shall have sufficient dimensional

stability to retain operating clearances at working temperatures.



22 05 19 - 4

G. The turbine meter shall have flanged ends and supplied with companion

flanges, gaskets, and with bolts and nuts. The companion flanges shall

be made of cast iron.

H. The meter shall register plus or minus 3 percent of the water actually

passing through it at any rate of flow within the normal test flow

limits specified in AWWA C702 except in the registration of flows

within the changeover period from bypass meter to main meter.

I. The water meter shall conform to NSF 61 and NSF 372.

2.3 WATER METER STRAINER

A. All meters shall be fitted with a factory installed integral strainer

or bronze inlet strainer with top access. The strainer shall conform to

AWWA C702.

B. The water meter strainer shall conform to NSF 61 and NSF 372.

2.4 WATER METER PROGRAMMING

A. All meters 2 inches and above shall be programmable with software

supplied by the meter manufacturer.

B. The software shall have a Microsoft based interface and operate on the

latest Windows operating system. The software shall allow the user to

configure the meter, troubleshoot the meter, query and display meter

parameters, and configure data and stored values.

C. The meter firmware shall be upgradeable through one of the

communication ports without removing the unit from service.

D. The meter shall include output for analog 4-20 milliamp signals and

binary output.

E. The meter shall have two dry contact relays outputs for alarm or

control functions.

2.5 WATER METER COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL

A. The meter shall use a native BACnet Ethernet communication protocol

supporting Modbus. The communications shall be protected against surges

induced on its communications channels.

2.6 REMOTE READOUT REGISTER

A. All meters shall be equipped with a remote readout register in

accordance with AWWA C706.

2.7 PRESSURE GAGES FOR WATER AND SEWAGE USAGE

A. ASME B40.100 all metal case 4-1/2 inches diameter, bottom connected

throughout, graduated as required for service, and identity labeled.

Range shall be 0 to 200 psig gage.



22 05 19 - 5

B. The pressure element assembly shall be bourdon tube. The mechanical

movement shall be lined to pressure element and connected to pointer.

C. The dial shall be non-reflective aluminum with permanently etched scale

markings graduated in psig.

D. The pointer shall be dark colored metal.

E. The window shall be glass.

F. The ring shall be brass or stainless steel.

G. The accuracy shall be grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half

of scale range.

H. The pressure gage for water domestic use shall conform to NSF 61 and

NSF 372.

2.8 THERMOMETERS

A. Accuracy; Plus or minus 1% of range span, or plus or minus one scale

division to maximum of 1.5% of range span

1. Scale Range: Temperature ranges for services listed as follows:

a. Domestic, Non-potable and Soft Hot Water: 30 deg to 240 deg F

with 2 deg scale divisions.

b. Domestic, Non-potable and Soft Cold Water: 0 deg to 100 deg F

with 2 deg scale divisions.

B. Case: Die-cast, aluminum finished in baked epoxy enamel, glass front,

spring-secured, 9 inches long.

C. Adjustable Joint: Finished to match case, 180-degree adjustment in

vertical plane, 360-degree adjustment in horizontal plane, with locking

device.

D. Tube: Red reading, organic liquid-filled magnifying lens.

E. Scale: Satin-faced, non-reflective aluminum, with permanently etched

markings.

F. Stem: Copper-plated steel, aluminum or brass, for separable socket,

length to suit installation.

2.9 THERMOMETER WELLS

A. Brass or stainless steel, pressure-rated to match piping system design

pressure; with 2-inch extension for insulated piping and threaded cap

nut with chain permanently fastened to well and cap.

2.10 TEST PLUGS

A. Test plugs shall be nickel-plated brass body, with 1/2-inch NPS fitting

and 2 self-sealing valve-type core inserts suitable for inserting a

1/8-inch O.D. probe assembly from a dial-type thermometer or pressure

gauge. Test plug shall have gasketed and threaded cap with retention



22 05 19 - 6

chain and body of length to extend beyond insulation. Pressure rating

shall be 500 psig.

B. Core Material: Conform to the following for fluid and temperature

range:

1. Air, Water, Oil, and Gas, 20 deg to 200 deg F: Neoprene.

2. Air and Water, minus 30 deg to 275 deg F: EPDM.

C. Ranges of pressure gauge and thermometers shall be approximately two

times systems operating conditions.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Direct mounted pressure gages shall be installed in piping tees with

pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position.

B. Valves and snubbers shall be installed in piping for each pressure

gage.

C. Test plugs shall be installed on the inlet and outlet pipes of all heat

exchangers or water heaters serving more than one plumbing fixture.

D. Pressure gages shall be installed where indicated on the drawings and

at the following locations:

1. Building water service entrance into building.

2. Inlet and outlet of each pressure reducing valve.

3. Suction and discharge of each domestic water pump or re-circulating

hot water return pump.

E. Water meter installation shall conform to AWWA C700, AWWA C701, and

AWWA C702. Electrical installations shall conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70,

and to the requirements specified herein. New materials shall be

provided.

F. Remote readout register shall be mounted at the location indicated on

the drawings or as directed by the Contracting Officer.

G. Thermometers shall be installed on the water heater inlet and outlet

piping, thermostatic mixing valve outlet piping, and the hot water

circulation pump inlet piping.

H. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Contracting Officer, the


3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. The meter assembly shall be visually inspected and operationally

tested. The correct multiplier placement on the face of the meter shall

be verified.



22 05 19 - 7

3.3 TRAINING

A. A training course shall be provided to the medical center on meter

configuration and maintenance. Training manuals shall be supplied for

all attendees with four additional copies supplied. The training course

shall cover meter configuration, troubleshooting, and diagnostic

procedures.

B Provide Training in accordance with requirements in Section 01 79 00,

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING.

- - - E N D - - -



22 05 23 - 1

SECTION 22 05 23 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirements for general-duty valves for

domestic water and sewer systems.



1.2 RELATED WORK




D. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

E. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.






A112.14.1-2003..........Backwater Valves

C. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE):

1001-2008...............Performance Requirements for Atmospheric Type

Vacuum Breakers

1003-2009...............Performance Requirements for Water Pressure

Reducing Valves for Domestic Water Distribution

Systems

1011-2004...............Performance Requirements for Hose Connection

Vacuum Breakers

1013-2011...............Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure

Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced

Pressure Principle Fire Protection Backflow

Preventers

1015-2011...............Performance Requirements for Double Check

Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Check

Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies

1017-2009...............Performance Requirements for Temperature

Actuated Mixing Valves for Hot Water

Distribution Systems



22 05 23 - 2

1020-2004...............Performance Requirements for Pressure Vacuum

Breaker Assembly

1035-2008...............Performance Requirements for Laboratory Faucet

Backflow Preventers

1069-2005...............Performance Requirements for Automatic

Temperature Control Mixing Valves

1070-2004...............Performance Requirements for Water Temperature

Limiting Devices

1071-2012...............Performance Requirements for Temperature

Actuated Mixing Valves for Plumbed Emergency

Equipment

D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

A126-2004(R2009)........Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings

for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings

A276-2013a..............Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars

and Shapes

A536-1984(R2009)........Standard Specification for Ductile Iron

Castings

B62-2009................Standard Specification for Composition Bronze

or Ounce Metal Castings

B584-2013...............Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand

Castings for General Applications



F. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings

Industry, Inc. (MSS):

SP-25-2008..............Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings,

Flanges and Unions

SP-67-2011..............Butterfly Valves

SP-70-2011..............Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded

Ends

SP-71-2011..............Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and

Threaded Ends

SP-80-2013..............Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check Valves

SP-85-2011..............Gray Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and

Threaded Ends

SP-110-2010.............Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder

Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends



22 05 23 - 3

G. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB):

7th Edition 2005 Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting,

Balancing of Environmental Systems

H. NSF International (NSF):


Effects


I. University of Southern California Foundation for Cross Connection

Control and Hydraulic Research (USC FCCCHR):

9th Edition.............Manual of Cross-Connection Control

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 05 23, GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING

PIPING”, with applicable paragraph identification.

C. Manufacturer's Literature and Data Including: Full item description and



capacity.

1. Ball Valves.

2. Gate Valves.

3. Butterfly Valves.

4. Balancing Valves.

5. Check Valves.

6. Globe Valves.

7. Water Pressure Reducing Valves and Connections.

8. Backwater Valves.

9. Backflow Preventers.

10. Chainwheels.

11. Thermostatic Mixing Valves.

D. Test and Balance reports for balancing valves.

E. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,

technical data sheets and information for ordering replaceable parts:



equipment.



22 05 23 - 4



4. Piping diagrams of thermostatic mixing valves to be installed.

F. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning

Agent and completed by the Contractor, signed by a qualified technician


requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

G. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with

the requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING

SYSTEMS.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Valves shall be prepared for shipping as follows:

1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.

2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.

3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling.

4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional

surfaces.

5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open.

6. Block check valves in either closed or open position.

B. Valves shall be prepared for storage as follows:

1. Maintain valve end protection.

2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point

temperature.

C. A sling shall be used for large valves. The sling shall be rigged to

avoid damage to exposed parts. Hand wheels or stems shall not be used

as lifting or rigging points.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 VALVES, GENERAL

A. Asbestos packing and gaskets are prohibited.

B. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification resistant materials.

Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15

percent zinc shall not be permitted.

C. Valves in insulated piping shall have 2 inch stem extensions and

extended handles of non-thermal conductive material that allows

operating the valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing the

insulation. Memory stops shall be fully adjustable after insulation is

applied.



22 05 23 - 5

D. Exposed Valves over 2-1/2 inches installed at an elevation over 12 feet

shall have a chain-wheel attachment to valve hand-wheel, stem, or other

actuator.

E. All valves used to supply potable water shall meet the requirements of

NSF 61 and NSF 372.

F. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-






2.2 SHUT-OFF VALVES

A. Cold, Hot and Re-circulating Hot Water:

1. DN50 2 inches and smaller: Ball, MSS SP-110, Ball valve shall be

full port three piece or two piece with a union design with

adjustable stem package. Threaded stem designs are not allowed. The

ball valve shall have a SWP rating of 150 psig and a CWP rating of

600 psig. The body material shall be Bronze ASTM B584, Alloy C844.

The ends shall be non-lead solder.

2. Less than 4 inches: Butterfly shall have an iron body with EPDM seal

and aluminum bronze disc. The butterfly valve shall meet MSS SP-67,

type I standard. The butterfly valve shall have a SWP rating of 200

psig. The valve design shall be lug type suitable for bidirectional

dead-end service at rated pressure. The body material shall meet

ASTM A536, ductile iron.

3. 4 inches and larger:

a. Class 125, OS&Y, Cast Iron Gate Valve. The gate valve shall meet

MSS SP-70 type I standard. The gate valve shall have a CWP rating

of 200 psig. The valve materials shall meet ASTM A126, grey iron

with bolted bonnet, flanged ends, bronze trim, and positive-seal

resilient solid wedge disc. The gate valve shall be gear operated

for sizes under 8 inches and crank operated for sizes 8 inches

and above.

b. Single flange, ductile iron butterfly valves: The single flanged

butterfly valve shall meet the MSS SP-67 standard. The butterfly

valve shall have a CWP rating of 200 psig. The butterfly valve

shall be lug type, suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at

rated pressure without use of downstream flange. The body



22 05 23 - 6

material shall comply with ASTM A536 ductile iron. The seat shall

be EPDM with stainless steel disc and stem.

c. Grooved end, ductile iron butterfly valves. The grooved butterfly

valve shall meet the MSS SP-67 standard. The grooved butterfly

valve shall have a CWP rating of 200 psig. The valve materials

shall be epoxy coated ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 with

two piece stainless steel stem, Buna-N encapsulated ductile iron

disc, and EPDM seal. The butterfly valve shall be gear operated.

B. Reagent Grade Water: Valves for reagent grade, reverse osmosis, or

deionized water service shall be ball type of same material as used for

pipe.

2.3 BALANCING VALVES

A. Hot Water Re-circulating, 3 inches and smaller manual balancing valve

shall be of bronze body, brass ball construction with glass and carbon

filled TFE seat rings and designed for positive shutoff. The manual

balancing valve shall have differential pressure read-out ports across

the valve seat area. The read out ports shall be fitting with internal

EPT inserts and check valves. The valve body shall have 1/4 inch NPT

tapped drain and purge port. The valves shall have memory stops that

allow the valve to close for service and then reopened to set point

without disturbing the balance position. All valves shall have

calibrated nameplates to assure specific valve settings.

B. Larger than 3 inches: Manual balancing valves shall be of heavy duty

cast iron flanged construction with 125 psig flange connections. The

flanged manual balancing valves shall have either a brass ball with

glass and carbon filled TFE seal rings or fitted with a bronze seat,

replaceable bronze disc with EPDM seal insert and stainless steel stem.

The design pressure shall be 175 psig at 250 degrees F.

2.4 CHECK VALVES

A. 75 mm or DN75 (3 inches) and smaller shall be Class 125, bronze swing

check valves with non-metallic disc suitable for type of service. The

check valve shall meet MSS SP-80 Type 4 standard. The check valve shall

have a CWP rating of 200 psig. The check valve shall have a Y pattern

horizontal body design with bronze body material conforming to ASTM

B62, solder joints, and PTFE or TFE disc.

B. 4 inches and larger:

1. Check valves shall be Class 125, iron swing check valve with lever

and weight closure control. The check valve shall meet MSS SP-71



22 05 23 - 7

Type I standard. The check valve shall have a CWP rating of 200

psig. The check valve shall have a clear or full waterway body

design with gray iron body material conforming to ASTM A126, bolted

bonnet, flanged ends, bronze trim.

2. All check valves on the discharge side of submersible sump pumps

shall have factory installed exterior level and weight with

sufficient weight to prevent the check valve from hammering against

the seat when the sump pump stops.

2.5 GLOBE VALVES

A. 3 inches or smaller: Class 150, bronze globe valve with non-metallic

disc. The globe valve shall meet MSS SP-80, Type 2 standard. The globe

valve shall have a CWP rating of 300 psig. The valve material shall be

bronze with integral seal and union ring bonnet conforming to ASTM B62

with solder ends, copper-silicon bronze stem, PTFE or TFE disc, and

malleable iron hand wheel.

B. Larger than 3 inches: Similar to above, except with cast iron body and

bronze trim, Class 125, iron globe valve. The globe valve shall meet

MSS SP-85, Type 1 standard. The globe valve shall have a CWP rating of

200 psig. The valve material shall be gray iron with bolted bonnet

conforming to ASTM A126 with flanged ends, bronze trim, and malleable

iron handwheel.

2.6 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE AND CONNECTIONS

A. 3 inches or smaller: The pressure reducing valve shall consist of a

bronze body and bell housing, a separate access cover for the plunger,

and a bolt to adjust the downstream pressure. The pressure reducing

valve shall meet ASSE 1003. The bronze bell housing and access cap

shall be threaded to the body and shall not require the use of ferrous

screws. The assembly shall be of the balanced piston design and shall

reduce pressure in both flow and no flow conditions. The assembly shall

be accessible for maintenance without having to remove the body from

the line.

B. 4 inches and larger: The pressure reducing valve shall consist of a

flanged cast iron body and rated to 200 psig. The valve shall have a

large elastomer diaphragm for sensitive response. The pressure reducing

valve shall meet ASSE 1003.

C. The regulator shall have a tap for pressure gauge.



22 05 23 - 8

D. The regulator shall have a temperature rating of 212 degrees F for hot

water or hot water return service. Pressure regulators shall have

accurate pressure regulation to +/- 1 psig.

E. Setting: Entering water pressure, discharge pressure, capacity, size,

and related measurements shall be as shown on the drawings.

F. Connections Valves and Strainers: Shut off valves shall be installed on

each side of reducing valve and a bypass line equal in size to the

regulator inlet pipe shall be installed with a normally closed globe

valve. A strainer shall be installed on inlet side of, and same size as

pressure reducing valve. A pressure gage shall be installed on the

inlet and outlet of the valve.

2.7 BACKWATER VALVE

A. The backwater valve shall have a cast iron body, automatic

thermoplastic type valve seat and flapper suited for water service. The

flapper shall be slightly open during periods of non-operation. The

pressure reducing valve shall meet ASME A112.14.1. The cleanout shall

be extended to the finish floor and fit with a threaded countersunk

plug. A clamping device shall be included when the cleanout extends

through the waterproofing membrane.

B. When the backwater valve is installed greater than 24 inches below the

finish floor elevation, a pit or manhole large enough for a repair

person can enter to service the backwater valve shall be installed.

2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

A. A backflow prevention assembly shall be installed at any point in the

plumbing system where the potable water supply comes in contact with a

potential source of contamination. The backflow prevention assembly

shall be approved by the University of Southern California Foundation

for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research (USCFCCC).

B. The reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly shall be

ASSE listed 1013 with full port OS&Y positive-seal resilient gate

valves and an integral relief monitor switch. The main body and access

cover shall be epoxy coated ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 grade

4. The seat ring and check valve shall be the thermoplastic type suited

for water service. The stem shall be stainless steel conforming to ASTM

A276. The seat disc shall be the elastomer type suited for water

service. The checks and the relief valve shall be accessible for

maintenance without removing the device from the line. An epoxy coated

wye type strainer with flanged connections shall be installed on the



22 05 23 - 9

inlet. Reduced pressure backflow preventers shall be installed in the

following applications.

1. Sterilizers.

2. Dialysis, Deionized or Reverse Osmosis Water Systems.

3. Water make up to heating systems, cooling tower, chilled water

system, generators, and similar equipment consuming water.

4. Water service entrance from loop system.

5. Dental equipment.

6. Power washer.

7. Medical equipment.

8. Process equipment.

9. Autopsy, on each hot and cold water outlet at each table or sink.

10. Reclaimed water systems.

C. The pipe applied or integral atmospheric vacuum breaker shall be ASSE

listed 1001. The main body shall be cast bronze. The seat disc shall be

the elastomer type suited for water service. The device shall be

accessible for maintenance without removing the device from the service

line. The installation shall not be in a concealed or inaccessible

location or where the venting of water from the device during normal

operation is deemed objectionable. Atmospheric vacuum breakers shall be

installed in the following applications.

1. Hose bibs and sinks with threaded outlets.

2. Disposers.

3. Showers (telephone/handheld type).

4. All kitchen equipment, if not protected by air gap.

5. Ventilating hoods with wash down system.

6. Film processor.

7. Detergent system.

8. Fume hoods.

9. Glassware washers.

10. Service sinks (integral with faucet only).

11. Laundry tubs (integral with faucet only).

D. The hose connection vacuum breaker shall be ASSE listed 1011. The main

body shall be cast brass with stainless steel working parts. The

diaphragm and disc shall be the elastomer type suited for water

service. The device shall permit the attachment of portable hoses to

hose thread outlets. Hose connection vacuum breakers shall be installed

in the following locations requiring non-continuous pressure:



22 05 23 - 10

1. Hose bibbs and wall hydrants.

E. The pressure vacuum breaker shall be ASSE listed 1020. The main body

shall be brass. The disc and O-ring seal shall be the elastomer type.

The valve seat and disc float shall be the thermoplastic type. Tee

handle or lever handle shut-off ball valves. Test cocks for testing and

draining where freezing conditions occur. All materials shall be

suitable for water service. The device shall be accessible for

maintenance without removing the device from the service line. The

installation shall not be in a concealed or inaccessible location or

where the venting of water from the device during normal operation is

deemed objectionable. Pressure vacuum breakers shall be installed in

the following locations requiring continuous pressure and no

backpressure including equipment with submerged inlet connections:

1. Lawn Irrigation.

F. The laboratory faucet vacuum breaker shall be ASSE listed 1035. The

main body shall be cast brass. Dual check valves with stainless steel

working parts. The diaphragm and disc shall be the elastomer type

suited for water service. The device shall permit the attachment of

portable hoses to laboratory faucets for non-continuous pressure

applications.

G. The double check backflow prevention assembly shall be ASSE listed 1015

and supply with full port, OS&Y, positive-seal, resilient gate valves.

The main body and access cover shall be epoxy coated ductile iron

conforming to ASTM A536 grade. The seat ring and check valve shall be

the thermoplastic type suited for water service. The stem shall be

stainless steel conforming to ASTM A276. The seat disc shall be the

elastomer type suited for water service. The first and second check

valve shall be accessible for maintenance without removing the device

from the line. Double check valves shall be installed in the following

location requiring continuous pressure subject to backpressure and back

sphonage conditions.

1. Lawn Irrigation.

2. Food Processing Equipment.

3. Laundry equipment.

2.9 CHAIN WHEELS

A. Valve chain wheel assembly with sprocket rim brackets and chain shall

be constructed according to the following:



22 05 23 - 11

1. Brackets: Type, number, size, and fasteners required to mount

actuator on valve.

2. Attachment: For connection to butterfly valve stem.

3. Sprocket rim with chain guides: Ductile or cast iron //Aluminum//

//Bronze// of type and size required for valve with zinc coating.

4. Chain: Hot dipped galvanized steel or stainless steel of size

required to fit sprocket rim.

2.10 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES

A. Thermostatic Mixing Valves shall comply with the following general

performance requirements:

1. Shall meet ASSE requirements for water temperature control.

2. The body shall be cast bronze or brass with corrosion resistant

internal parts preventing scale and biofilm build-up. Provide

chrome-plated finish in exposed areas.

3. No special tool shall be required for temperature adjustment,

maintenance, replacing parts and disinfecting operations.

4. Valve shall be able to be placed in various positions without making

temperature adjustment or reading difficult.

5. Valve finish shall be chrome plated in exposed areas.

6. Valve shall allow easy temperature adjustments to allow hot water

circulation. Internal parts shall be able to withstand disinfecting

operations of chemical and thermal treatment of water temperatures

up to 180°F for 30 minutes or 50 ppm chlorine residual concentration

for 24 hours.

7. Parts shall be easily removed or replaced without dismantling the

valves, for easy scale removal and disinfecting of parts.

8. Valve shall have a manual adjustable temperature control with

locking mechanism to prevent tampering by end user. Outlet

temperature shall be visible to ensure outlet temperature does not

exceed specified limits, particularly after thermal eradication

procedures.

9. Provide mixing valves with integral check valves with screens and

stop valves.

B. Master Thermostatic Water Mixing Valves:

1. Application: Tempered water distribution from hot water source.

2. Standard: ASSE 1017.

3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig.



22 05 23 - 12

4. Type: Exposed-mounting or Cabinet-type, as indicated, digital

thermostatically controlled water mixing valve.

5. Connections: Flanged or threaded union inlets and outlet.

6. Cabinet: Factory-fabricated, stainless steel, for recessed or

surface mounting and with hinged, stainless-steel door.

7. Thermometers shall be provided to indicate mixed water temperature.

8. Provide a high temperature alarm device to detect mixing valve

failure and to automatically stop the flow of hot water upon cold

water inlet supply failure.

9. Programmable set point range of 81-151 deg. F, thermal disinfection

mode, high/low temperature alarm display and temperature error level

for safety shutdown. Mixing valve shall be powered by 120 volt, 1

phase, capable of BAS interface with Modbus or Bacnet and also have

an LCD display.

10. Packaged assembly shall be mounted on frame inclusive of digital

displays and interface module, strainers, shut-off and check valves,

balancing valves, thermometers, pressure gauges, etc. Entire

assembly in contact with water shall be lead free.

C. Hi-Lo Water-Mixing-Valve Assemblies:

1. Application: Tempered water distribution from hot water source

covering a wide range of flow.

2. Description: Factory-fabricated, cabinet-type or exposed-mounting,

thermostatically controlled, water-mixing-valve assembly in two-

valve parallel arrangement including pressure regulators, pressure

gages and thermometer.

3. Large-Flow Parallel: Master thermostatic water mixing valve and

downstream pressure regulator with pressure gages on inlet and

outlet.

4. Small-Flow Parallel: Master thermostatic water mixing valve.

5. Master Thermostatic Mixing Valves: Comply with ASSE 1017.

6. Water Regulator(s): Comply with ASSE 1003. Include pressure gage on

inlet and outlet.

7. Component Pressure Ratings: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise

indicated.



9. Connections: Soldered or threaded union inlets and outlet.




22 05 23 - 13

11. Provide a high temperature alarm device to detect mixing valve

failure.

D. Water Temperature Limiting Devices:

1. Application: Single plumbing fixture point-of-use such as sinks or

lavatories.


3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig.

4. Type: Thermostatically controlled water mixing valve set at 110

degrees F.

5. Connections: Threaded union, compression or soldered inlets and

outlet.

6. Upon cold water supply failure the hot water flow shall

automatically be reduced to 0.2 gpm maximum.

7. Integral thermal disinfection mode built into valve.

E. Temperature Activated Mixing Valves:

1. Application: Emergency eye/face/drench shower equipment.


3. Pressure Rating125 psig.

4. Type: Thermostatically controlled water mixing valve set at 75-85

degrees F.

5. Connections: Soldered or threaded union inlets and outlet.




8. Upon cold water supply failure the hot water flow shall

automatically be reduced to 0.5 gpm maximum.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Valve interior shall be examined for cleanliness, freedom from foreign

matter, and corrosion. Special packing materials shall be removed, such

as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling.

B. Valves shall be operated in positions from fully open to fully closed.

Guides and seats shall be examined and made accessible by such

operations.

C. Threads on valve and mating pipe shall be examined for form and

cleanliness.

D. Mating flange faces shall be examined for conditions that might cause

leakage. Bolting shall be checked for proper size, length, and



22 05 23 - 14

material. Gaskets shall be verified for proper size and that its

material composition is suitable for service and free from defects and

damage.

E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment

arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without

system shutdown.

B. Valves shall be located for easy access and shall be provide with

separate support. Valves shall be accessible with access doors when

installed inside partitions or above hard ceilings.

C. Valves shall be installed in horizontal piping with stem at or above

center of pipe.

D. Valves shall be installed in a position to allow full stem movement.

E. Install chain wheels on operators for butterfly, gate and globe valves

4 inches and larger and more than 12 feet above floor. Chains shall be

extended to 60 inches above finished floor.

F. Check valves shall be installed for proper direction of flow and as

follows:

1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level and

on top of valve.

G. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical

equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may

be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having

jurisdiction. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected

equipment or system.

1. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain

connection with air-gap fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or

equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters

in drain piping and pipe to floor drain or to exterior of building

as noted on drawings. Locate air-gap device attached to or under

backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this

application.

H. Install pressure gages on outlet of backflow preventers.

I. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.

J. Install temperature-actuated water mixing valves with check stops or

shutoff valves on inlets.

1. Install thermometers if specified.



22 05 23 - 15

2. Install cabinet-type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as

specified.

K. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Contracting Officer, the


3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate

equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following:

1. Calibrated balancing valves.

2. Master, thermostatic, water mixing valves.

3. Manifold, thermostatic, water-mixing-valve assemblies.

B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational

requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of

hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Valve packing shall be adjusted or replaced after piping systems have

been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and

balancing. Valves shall be replaced if persistent leaking occurs.

B. Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves and record

data. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed

conditions. Permanently mark settings of valves and other adjustment

devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.

After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been

disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified.

C. Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated

water mixing valves.

D. Testing and adjusting of balancing valves shall be performed by an

independent NEBB Accredited Test and Balance Contractor. A final

settings and flow report shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer.

3.5 COMMISSIONING






A. Provide services of manufacturer’s technical representative for two

hours to instruct VA Personnel in operation and maintenance of the

system.



22 05 23 - 16



and Section 01 79 00, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING..

- - E N D - - -



22 05 33 - 1

SECTION 22 05 33 HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirement for supplying, installing, and

testing of the electric heat tracing system of the plumbing piping.

Freeze protection shall be utilized for domestic water piping in areas

subject to freezing temperatures. Ice and snow melting shall be

utilized for gutters, downspouts, roof drain bodies and roof drain

leaders exposed to snow and ice accumulation and located above areas

with ceilings.

B This section includes providing a hot water maintenance cable for hot

water systems that can’t be recirculated in order to maintain the hot

water temperature. These hot water systems serve Labs, SPS and HVAC

grease duct sumps.

C. A complete listing of all acronyms and abbreviations are included in


1.2 RELATED WORK





E. Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.

F. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

G. Section 26 05 19, LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.





B. The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE):

515.1-2012..............Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation,

and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Trace

Heating for Commercial Applications

C. International Code Council, (ICC):

IPC-2012015.............International Plumbing Code

D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

70–2011.................National Electrical Code (NEC)

E. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

508-99 (R2013)..........Standard For Industrial Control Equipment



22 05 33 - 2

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 05 33, HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING”,





capacity.

1. Rated capacity.

2. Length of cable.

3. Cable spacing.

4. Electrical power requirements.

5. Controls.

6. Enclosures.

7. Accessories.

D. The shop drawings shall include plans, sections, details, wiring

diagrams, and attachments to other work. The wiring diagrams shall

include power, signal, and control wiring.

E. Field quality control test reports shall be submitted.

F. Operation and Maintenance data in accordance with section 1.6.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Ten years’ experience in design,

engineering, manufacture and support of specified system and

components.

B. Product Requirements:

1. Pipe or tank tracing cable assembly shall be factory assembled,

immersed in water for a minimum of 12 hours, and then tested for

insulation resistance, high potential breakdown and continuity

before leaving the factory.

2. Factory Mutual approved heating cable that has the same wattage per

lineal foot (power output), throughout its entire length.

3. UL Listed, thermostat and contactor panel.

4. UL Listed Control/Monitor Panel.

C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as

defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for

intended location and application.



22 05 33 - 3

D. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-








review comments, construction revisions and any equipment

substitutions.


review comments shall be inserted into a three ring binder. All aspects

of system operation and maintenance procedures, including piping





procedures for emergency situations. Notes on all special systems or

devices such as damper and door closure interlocks shall be included. A

List of recommended spare parts (manufacturer, model number, and

quantity) shall be furnished. Information explaining any special

knowledge or tools the owner will be required to employ shall be

inserted into the As-Built documentation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SELF-REGULATING PARALLEL RESISTANCE HEATING CABLES

A. Self-regulating parallel resistance heating cables shall comply with

IEEE 515.1.

B. The heating element shall be a pair of parallel No. 16 AWG nickel

coated stranded copper bus wires embedded in cross linked conductive

polymer core, which varies heat output in response to temperature along

its length. Cables shall be terminated with waterproof, factory

assembled non heating leads with connects at one and seal the opposite

end watertight. The cable shall be capable of crossing over itself

without overheating.

C. The electrical insulating jacket shall be flame-retardant polyolefin.

D. The cable cover shall be tinned copper braid ,and polyolefin outer

jacket with UV inhibitor.



22 05 33 - 4

E. The maximum power on operating temperature shall be 65 degrees C (150

degrees F).

F. The maximum power off exposure temperature shall be 85 degrees C (185

degrees F).

G. The capacities and characteristics shall be:

1. Maximum heat output 5.0 W/foot.

2. Pipe Diameter: Varies.

3. Volts: 208.

4. Phase: Single.

5. Hertz: 60.

6. Full load amps: //INSERT VALUE//.

7. Minimum circuit ampacity: 20.

8. Maximum over current Protection: //INSERT VALUE//.

2.2 HOT WATER MAINTENANCE CABLE

A. The self-regulating cable shall consist of two 16 AWG nickel plated

copper bus wires embedded in a radiation-cross linked parallel

conductive polymer as the heating element, covered by a radiation-cross

linked, polyolefin, dielectric jacket, surrounded by a polymer-coated

aluminum vapor barrier wrap, enclosed in a tinned copper braid of 14

AWG wire. The braid shall be covered with a 40-mil polyolefin outer

jacket, color coded, and with a minimum cut-through resistance of 600

lb. per CSA 22.2 0.3 Cutting Test 4.14.

B. The heater shall vary its output all along its length to maintain

temperatures between 105 deg F and 140 deg F and operate on 208-240

volt power. Temperature shall be maintained by utilizing and

programmable electronic controller with straight runs of heating cable

on the pipe.

C. Single Circuit Local Digital Controller

1. Local digital controller.

2. Digital controller shall operate on 208 – 240 V.

3. Pre-programmed duty cycles based on ambient temperature ranging from

60-80 deg F.

4. The pre-programmed duty cycles shall be based on manufacturer’s

heating cables only. No other heating cables may be used with the

controller.

5. Flexible temperature control from 105-140 deg F.

6. Three programmable temperature set points for maximum energy

efficiency: Maintain, Economy and Off.



22 05 33 - 5

7. Controller shall have heat cycle setting.

8. Heating cable manufacturer shall provide a local digital controller

with 24/7 pre-programmed time based profiles specific to the

selected heating cable application.

9. Controller shall have remote temperature setting through 0 – 10 Vdc

BAS interface.

10. Controller shall have a water heater sensor and water heater

temperature alarm:

11. To maximize the energy efficiency of the system by verifying that

the hot water supply is at the correct temperature (low temperature

alarm).

12. To monitor and alarm if the supply water temperature is hotter than

intended (high temperature alarm).

13. Multiple controllers can be networked together (master/slave

association):

14. Allows BAS to interface with a master controller to control cloned

circuits.

15. Minimizes the number of controllers that must be individually

programmed.

16. Controller shall have 24 A switching capacity rating.

17. Enclosure type shall be NEMA 12 (ABS).

18. Controller shall have NO/NC alarm contacts. Controller shall alarm

on: Loss of power.

19. Controller reinitialized.

20. Internal controller temperature too high.

21. Water heater temperature too high.

22. Water heater temperature too low.

23. Master/slave error.

D. Digital controller shall have c-UL-us approvals specifically for use

with manufacturers heating cable. Power retention of the heating

element shall be a minimum of 90% after 30 cycles between 50 deg F and

212 deg F, and shall not decrease in resistance when powered at 208

volts and exposed to 400 deg F for 30 minutes.

E. Power connection, end seal, splice and tee components shall be applied

in the field, shall be NEMA 4X rated, shall be UL listed, shall not

require the Contractor to cut the heater core to expose bus wires,

shall be re-enterable for servicing. All components that make an

electrical connection shall be installed under this insulation.



22 05 33 - 6

2.3 CONTROLS

A. Pipe mounting thermostats for Freeze protection shall have be a remote

bulb unit with adjustable temperature range from minus 34 to 50 degrees

F. The thermostat shall be snap action, open-on-rise, single pole

switch with minimum current rating adequate for the connected cable.

The thermostat shall be remote bulb on capillary, resistance

temperature device, or thermistor for direct sensing of pipe wall

temperature. The control enclosure shall be corrosion resistant and

waterproof.

B. The precipitation and temperature sensor for snow melting on roofs and

in gutters shall be automatic based control with manual on, automatic,

and standby/reset switches. The precipitation and temperature sensors

shall sense the surface conditions of roof and/or gutters and shall be

programmed to energize the cable as follows:

1. Temperature span between 34 to 44 degrees F.

2. Adjustable delay off span between 30 and 90 minutes.

3. Following a two minute delay, the cables shall be energized if

ambient temperature is below set-point and precipitation is

detected.

4. The cables shall be de-energized upon detection of a dry surface

plus a time delay of 15 minutes.

C. The enclosure shall be the NEMA 4X type.

D. A minimum 30 amp contactor shall be provided to energize cable or close

other contactors. Provide relay with contacts to indicate operational

status, on/off, and for interface with central energy management and

control system.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Cable Installation Accessories: Fiberglass tape, heat-conductive putty,

cable ties, silicone end seals and splice kits, and installation clips

all furnished by manufacturer, or as recommended in writing by

manufacturer.

B. Warning Labels: Shall comply with NFPA 70.

C. Warning Tape: Continuously printed "Electrical Tracing"; vinyl, at

least 0.08 mm (3 mils) thick, and with pressure-sensitive, permanent,

waterproof, self-adhesive back.

1. Width for Markers on Pipes with Outside Dimension, Including

Insulation, Less Than 6 inches: 3/4 inch minimum.



22 05 33 - 7

2. Width for Markers on Pipes with Outside Dimension, Including

Insulation, 6 inches or Larger: 1-1/2 inches minimum.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Inspect surfaces and substrates of electric heating cables for

compliance with requirements of this specification. Ensure surfaces and

pipes in contact with electric heating cables are free of burrs and

sharp protrusions.

B. Notify Resident Engineer if the existing substrate conditions are

unsuitable for application of heating cables in accordance with

manufacturer’s recommendations.

C. If the installation of the heat tracing is unsatisfactory, then the


3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Electric heating cable shall be installed for the following

applications:

1. Snow and ice melting on designated roof drain bodies and roof drain

leaders as indicated on the drawings: Self-regulating parallel-

resistance heating cable.

2. Freeze protection of plumbing piping: Self-regulating parallel-

resistance heating cable.

3. Hot water maintenance cable serving the hot water systems in Labs,

Sterilization department and HVAC duct sumps.

B. Electric heating cable shall be installed across expansion,

construction, and control joints according to the manufacturer’s

recommendations using cable protection conduit and slack cable to allow

for movement without damage to cable.

C. The installation of electric heating cable for snow and ice melting on

roofs, and roof drain leaders shall be provided with clips furnished by

the manufacturer that are compatible with roof, and roof drain leaders.

D. Electric heating cable for pipe freeze protection shall be installed

according to the following:

1. Electric heating cables shall be installed after piping has been

tested and before insulation is installed.

2. Electric heat cables shall be installed according to IEEE 515.1

3. Insulation shall be installed or applied over piping with electric

cables. Refer to Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.



22 05 33 - 8

4. Warning tape shall be installed on pipe insulation where piping is

equipped with electric heating cables.

E. Field adjustable switches and circuit breaker trip ranges shall be set.

F. Heating cables including leads shall be protected from damage.

G. Equipment shall be grounded according to Section 26 05 19, LOW VOLTAGE

ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

H. Wiring shall be connected according to Section 26 05 19, LOW VOLTAGE

ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

I. Testing of the hot water maintenance cable shall be performed by

measuring the heater circuit continuity and the insulation resistance

between the braid and bus wires with a 2500-Vdc megohmmeter (megger).

The heater shall be deemed acceptable if the circuit is continuous and

megger readings shall be at least 20 megohms regardless of heater

length. Circuits yielding unacceptable readings must be repaired or

replaced. Submit records of the test data to the Resident Engineer.

J. The tests should be performed after the pipe insulation has been

installed and prior to installation of wall or ceiling panels, and

shall be witnessed by the Construction Manager and the manufacturer or

the manufacturer’s representative.

3.3 TESTS

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service

representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and

equipment installations, including connections.

B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a

factory-authorized service representative:

1. Perform tests after cable installation but before application of

coverings such as insulation, wall or ceiling construction, or

concrete.

2. Test cables for electrical continuity and insulation integrity

before energizing.

3. Test cables to verify rating and power input. Energize and measure

voltage and current simultaneously.

C. Repeat tests for continuity, insulation resistance, and input power

after applying thermal insulation on pipe-mounted cables.

D. If deficiency is found, Contractor shall correct all deficiencies at no

cost to the Government.

E. Prepare test and inspection reports.

- - - E N D - - -



22 07 11 - 1

SECTION 22 07 11 PLUMBING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Field applied insulation for thermal efficiency and condensation

control for the following:

1. Plumbing piping and equipment.

B. Definitions:

1. ASJ: All Service Jacket, Kraft paper, white finish facing or jacket.

2. Air conditioned space: Space having air temperature and/or humidity

controlled by mechanical equipment.

3. All insulation systems installed within supply, return, exhaust,

relief and ventilation air plenums shall be limited to uninhabited

crawl spaces, areas above a ceiling or below the floor, attic

spaces, interiors of air conditioned or heating ducts, and

mechanical equipment rooms shall be noncombustible or shall be

listed and labeled as having a flame spread indexes of not more than

25 and a smoke-developed index of not more than 50 when tested in

accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Note: ICC IMC, Section 602.2.1.

4. Cold: Equipment or piping handling media at design temperature of 60

degrees F or below.

5. Concealed: Piping above ceilings and in chases, interstitial space,

and pipe spaces.

6. Exposed: Piping and equipment exposed to view in finished areas

including mechanical equipment rooms or exposed to outdoor weather.

Shafts, chases, interstitial spaces, unfinished attics, crawl

spaces and pipe basements are not considered finished areas.

7. FSK: Foil-scrim-Kraft facing.

8. Hot: Plumbing equipment or piping handling media above 104 degrees

F.

9. Density: Pcf - pounds per cubic foot.

10. Thermal conductance: Heat flow rate through materials.

a. Flat surface: BTU per hour per square foot.

b. Pipe or Cylinder: BTU per hour per linear foot for a given

outside diameter.

11. Thermal Conductivity (kBTU - inch thickness, per hour, per square

foot, per degree F temperature difference.



22 07 11 - 2

12. Vapor Retarder (Vapor Barrier): A material which retards the

transmission (migration) of water vapor. Performance of the vapor

retarder is rated in terms of permeance (perms). For the purpose of

this specification, vapor retarders/vapor barriers shall have a

maximum published permeance of .02 perms.

13. DHWR: Hot Water Recirculating.

14. DCWR Cold Water Recirculating.

15. DCW: Cold water.

16. SCW: Soft water.

17. DHW: Hot water.

18. NPW: Non-potable water

19. SNPW: Softened non-potable water

20. PVDC: Polyvinylidene chloride vapor retarder jacketing, white.

1.2 RELATED WORK


B. Section 01 81 13, SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: Insulation

material and insulation production method.


D. Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING: Mineral fiber and bond breaker behind

sealant.

E. Section 11 41 21, WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS: Insulation used in

refrigerators and freezers//.

F. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING: General mechanical

requirements and items, which are common to more than one section of

Division 22.

G. Section 22 05 19, METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING: Hot and cold

water piping.

H. Section 22 05 23, GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING: Hot and cold

water piping.

I. Section 22 05 33, HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING: Insulation over

heating cables.

J. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

K. Section 23 21 13, HYDRONIC PIPING: electrical heat tracing systems.

L. Section 26 32 13, ENGINE GENERATORS: Exhaust stacks and muffler.



extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by basic

designation only.



22 07 11 - 3

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

B209-2014...............Standard Specification for Aluminum and

Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate

C411-2011...............Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface

Performance of High-Temperature Thermal

Insulation

C449-2007 (R2013).......Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber

Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and

Finishing Cement

C450-2008 (R2014).......Standard Practice for Fabrication of Thermal

Insulating Fitting Covers for NPS Piping, and

Vessel Lagging

Adjunct to C450.........Compilation of Tables that Provide Recommended

Dimensions for Prefab and Field Thermal

Insulating Covers, etc.

C533-2013...............Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate

Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation

C534/C534M-2014.........Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible

Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in

Sheet and Tubular Form

C547-2015...............Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe

Insulation

C552-2014...............Standard Specification for Cellular Glass

Thermal Insulation

C553-2013...............Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber

Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and

Industrial Applications

C591-2013...............Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed

Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal

Insulation

C680-2014...............Standard Practice for Estimate of the Heat Gain

or Loss and the Surface Temperatures of

Insulated Flat, Cylindrical, and Spherical

Systems by Use of Computer Programs

C612-2014...............Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block

and Board Thermal Insulation

C1126-2014..............Standard Specification for Faced or Unfaced

Rigid Cellular Phenolic Thermal Insulation



22 07 11 - 4

C1136-2012..............Standard Specification for Flexible, Low

Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal

Insulation

C1710-2011..............Standard Guide for Installation of Flexible

Closed Cell Preformed Insulation in Tube and

Sheet Form

D1668/D1668M-1997a (2014)e1 Standard Specification for Glass

Fabrics (Woven and Treated) for Roofing and

Waterproofing



E2231-2015..............Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and

Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation to Assess

Surface Burning Characteristics

C. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):

L-P-535E-1979...........Plastic Sheet (Sheeting): Plastic Strip; Poly

(Vinyl Chloride) and Poly (Vinyl Chloride -

Vinyl Acetate), Rigid.

D. International Code Council, (ICC):

IMC-2015................International Mechanical Code

IPC-2015----------------International Plumbing Code

E. Military Specifications (Mil. Spec.):

MIL-A-3316C (2)-1990....Adhesives, Fire-Resistant, Thermal Insulation

MIL-A-24179A (2)-1987...Adhesive, Flexible Unicellular-Plastic Thermal

Insulation

MIL-PRF-19565C (1)-1988.Coating Compounds, Thermal Insulation, Fire-and

Water-Resistant, Vapor-Barrier

MIL-C-20079H-1987.......Cloth, Glass; Tape, Textile Glass; and Thread,

Glass and Wire-Reinforced Glass


90A-2015................Standard for the Installation of Air-

Conditioning and Ventilating Systems

G. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL):

723-2008 (R2013)........Standard for Test for Surface Burning


1887-2004 (R2013).......Standard for Fire Test of Plastic Sprinkler

Pipe for Visible Flame and Smoke

Characteristics



22 07 11 - 5

H. 3E Plus® version 4.1 Insulation Thickness Computer Program: Available

from NAIMA with free download; http://.www.pipeinsulation.net

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION”, with

applicable paragraph identification.




capacity.

D. Shop Drawings:

1. All information, clearly presented, shall be included to determine

compliance with drawings and specifications and ASTM Designation,

Federal and Military specifications.

a. Insulation materials: Specify each type used and state surface

burning characteristics.

b. Insulation facings and jackets: Each type used and state surface

burning characteristics.

c. Insulation accessory materials: Each type used.

d. Manufacturer's installation and fitting fabrication instructions

for flexible unicellular insulation shall follow the guidelines

in accordance with ASTM C1710.

e. Make reference to applicable specification paragraph numbers for

coordination.

f. All insulation fittings (exception flexible unicellular

insulation) shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM C450 and

the referenced Adjunct to ASTM C450.

E. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the CxA and completed

by the contractor, signed by a qualified technician and dated on the

date of completion, in accordance with the requirements of Section 22

08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.


A. Refer to article QUALITY ASSURANCE, in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK

RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.



22 07 11 - 6

B. Criteria:

1. Comply with NFPA 90A, particularly paragraphs 4.3.3.1 through

4.3.3.6, 4.3.11.2.6, parts of which are quoted as follows:

4.3.3.1 Pipe and duct insulation and coverings, duct linings, vapor retarder facings, adhesives, fasteners, tapes, and supplementary materials added to air ducts, plenums, panels and duct silencers used in duct systems shall have, in the form in which they are used, a maximum flame spread index of 25 without evidence of continued progressive combustion and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 and appropriate mounting practice, e.g. ASTM E2231.

4.3.3.3 Coverings and linings for air ducts, pipes, plenums and panels including all pipe and duct insulation materials shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke when tested in accordance with a similar test for pipe covering, ASTM C411, Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation, at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be below 250 degrees F.

4.3.11.2.6.3 Nonferrous fire sprinkler piping shall be listed as having a maximum peak optical density of 0.5 or less, an average optical density of 0.15 or less, and a maximum flame spread distance of 5 ft or less when tested in accordance with UL 1887, Standard for Safety Fire Test of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and Smoke Characteristics.

4.3.11.2.6.8 Smoke detectors shall not be required to meet the provisions of Section 4.3.

2. Test methods: ASTM E84, UL 723, and ASTM E2231.

3. Specified k factors are at 75 degrees F mean temperature unless

stated otherwise. Where optional thermal insulation material is

used, select thickness to provide thermal conductance no greater

than that for the specified material. For pipe, use insulation

manufacturer's published heat flow tables. For domestic hot water

supply and return, run out insulation and condensation control

insulation, no thickness adjustment need be made.

4. All materials shall be compatible and suitable for service

temperature, and shall not contribute to corrosion or otherwise

attack surface to which applied in either the wet or dry state.

C. Every package or standard container of insulation or accessories

delivered to the job site for use shall have a manufacturer's stamp or

label giving the name of the manufacturer, description of the material,

and the production date or code.






22 07 11 - 7



Preferred Program, visit http://www.biopreferred.gov.





review comments, substitutions and construction revisions shall be in

electronic version on compact disc or DVD inserted into a three ring

binder. All aspects of system operation and maintenance procedures,

including piping isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written

description of system design, control logic, and sequence of operation

shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. The

operations and maintenance manual shall include troubleshooting

techniques and procedures for emergency situations. Notes on all

special systems or devices such as damper and door closure interlocks

shall be included. A List of recommended spare parts (manufacturer,

model number, and quantity) shall be furnished. Information explaining

any special knowledge or tools the owner will be required to employ

shall be inserted into the As-Built documentation.




are to be provided, and a copy of them in Auto-CAD version //2014___//









certification that all results of tests were within limits specified.

1.7 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIAL

A. Store materials in clean and dry environment, pipe insulation jackets

shall be clean and unmarred. Place adhesives in original containers.

Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions as required by printed



22 07 11 - 8

instructions of manufacturers of adhesives, mastics and finishing

cements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MINERAL FIBER OR FIBER GLASS

A. ASTM C612 (Board, Block), Class 1 or 2, density nominal 3 pcf, k = .26

at 75 degrees F, external insulation for temperatures up to 400 degrees

F.

B. ASTM C553 (Blanket, Flexible) Type I, Class B-3, Density nominal 1

pcf, k = 0.31 at 75 degrees F, for use at temperatures up to 400

degrees F.

C. ASTM C547 (Pipe Fitting Insulation and Preformed Pipe Insulation),

Class 1, k = 0.26 at 75 degrees F, for use at temperatures up to 446

degrees F with an all service vapor retarder jacket (ASJ) and with

polyvinyl chloride (PVC) premolded fitting covering.

2.2 MINERAL WOOL OR REFRACTORY FIBER

A. Comply with Standard ASTM C612, Class 3, 450 degrees C (842 degrees F).

2.3 RIGID CELLULAR PHENOLIC FOAM

A. Preformed (molded) pipe insulation, ASTM C1126, Type III, grade 1, k =

0.15 at 50 degrees F, for use at temperatures up to 250 degrees F with

vapor retarder and all service vapor retarder jacket (ASJ) and with PVC

premolded fitting covering.

B. Equipment Insulation, ASTM C1126, Type II, grade 1, k = 0.15 at 50

degrees F, for use at temperatures up to 250 degrees F with rigid

cellular phenolic insulation and covering, and all service vapor

retarder jacket (ASJ).

2.4 CELLULAR GLASS CLOSED-CELL

A. Comply with Standard ASTM C552, density 7.5 pcf nominal, k = 0.29at 75

degrees F.

B. Pipe insulation for use at process temperatures below ambient air to

900 degrees F with or without all service vapor retarder jacket (ASJ).

C. Pipe insulation for use at process temperatures for pipe and tube below

ambient air temperatures or where condensation control is necessary are

to be installed with a vapor retarder/barrier system of with or without

all service vapor retarder sealed jacket (ASJ) system. Without ASJ

shall require all longitudinal and circumferential joints to be vapor

sealed with vapor barrier mastic.

D. Cellular glass thermal insulation intended for use on surfaces

operating at temperatures between −450 and 900 degrees F. It is



22 07 11 - 9

possible that special fabrication or techniques for pipe insulation, or

both, shall be required for application in the temperature range from

250 to 800 degrees F.

2.5 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR THERMAL

A. ASTM C534/C534M, k = 0.27 at 75 degrees F, flame spread not over 25,

smoke developed not over 50, for temperatures from minus 40 degrees F

to 199 degrees F. Under high humidity exposures for condensation

control an external vapor retarder/barrier jacket is required. Consult

ASTM C1710.

2.6 CALCIUM SILICATE

A. Preformed pipe Insulation: ASTM C533, Type I and Type II with indicator

denoting asbestos-free material.

B. Premolded Pipe Fitting Insulation: ASTM C533, Type I and Type II with

indicator denoting asbestos-free material.

C. Equipment Insulation: ASTM C533, Type I and Type II.

D. Characteristics:

Insulation Characteristics

ITEMS TYPE I TYPE II

Surface Temperature, maximum degrees F

1200 1700

Density (dry), lb/ ft3 15 22

Thermal conductivity:

Min Btu in/h ft 2 degrees F@ mean temperature of 199 degrees F

0.45

0.540

Surface burning characteristics:

Flame spread Index, Maximum

0

0

Smoke Density index, Maximum 0 0

2.7 INSULATION FACINGS AND JACKETS

A. Vapor Retarder, higher strength with low water permeance = 0.02 or less

perm rating, Beach puncture 50 units for insulation facing on pipe

insulation jackets. Facings and jackets shall be ASJ or PVDC Vapor

Retarder jacketing.

B. ASJ shall be white finish (kraft paper) bonded to 1 mil thick aluminum

foil, fiberglass reinforced, with pressure sensitive adhesive closure.

Comply with ASTM C1136. Beach puncture is 50 units, suitable for

painting without sizing. Jackets shall have minimum 1-1/2 inch lap on



22 07 11 - 10

longitudinal joints and minimum 3 inch butt strip on end joints. Butt

strip material shall be same as the jacket. Lap and butt strips shall

be self-sealing type with factory-applied pressure sensitive adhesive.

C. Vapor Retarder medium strength with low water vapor permeance of 0.02

or less perm rating), Beach puncture 25 units: FSK or PVDC type for

concealed ductwork and equipment.

D. Except for flexible elastomeric cellular thermal insulation (not for

high humidity exposures), field applied vapor barrier jackets shall be

provided, in addition to the specified facings and jackets, on all

exterior piping as well as on interior piping exposed to outdoor air

(i.e.; in ventilated attics, piping in ventilated (not air conditioned)

spaces, etc.)in high humidity locations . The vapor barrier jacket

shall consist of a multi-layer laminated cladding with a maximum water

vapor permeance of 0.001 perms. The minimum puncture resistance shall

be 30 inch-pounds for interior locations and 80 inch-pounds for

exterior or exposed locations or where the insulation is subject to

damage.

E. Except for cellular glass thermal insulation, when all longitudinal and

circumferential joints are vapor sealed with a vapor barrier mastic or

caulking, vapor barrier jackets may not be provided. For aesthetic and

physical abuse applications, exterior jacketing is recommended.

Otherwise field applied vapor barrier jackets shall be provided, in

addition to the applicable specified facings and jackets, on all

exterior piping as well as on interior piping exposed to outdoor air

(i.e.; in ventilated attics, piping in ventilated (not air conditioned)

spaces, etc.) in high humidity locations conveying fluids below ambient

temperature. The vapor barrier jacket shall consist of a multi-layer

laminated cladding with a maximum water vapor permeance of 0.001 perms.

The minimum puncture resistance shall be 30 inch-pounds for interior

locations and 80 inch-pounds for exterior or exposed locations or where

the insulation is subject to damage.

F. Glass Cloth Jackets: Presized, minimum 7.8 ounces per square yard, 300

psig bursting strength with integral vapor retarder where required or

specified. Weather proof if utilized for outside service.

G. Pipe fitting insulation covering (jackets): Fitting covering shall be

premolded to match shape of fitting and shall be PVC conforming to Fed

Spec L-P-535E, composition A, Type II Grade GU, and Type III, minimum

thickness 0.03 inches. Provide color matching vapor retarder pressure



22 07 11 - 11

sensitive tape. Staples, tacks, or any other attachment that penetrates

the PVC covering is not allowed on any form of a vapor barrier system

in below ambient process temperature applications.

H. Aluminum Jacket-Piping systems and circular breeching and stacks: ASTM

B209, 3003 alloy, H-14 temper, 0.023 inch minimum thickness with

locking longitudinal joints. Jackets for elbows, tees and other

fittings shall be factory-fabricated or with cut aluminum gores to

match shape of fitting and of 0.024 inch minimum thickness aluminum.

Aluminum fittings shall be of same construction with an internal

moisture barrier as straight run jackets but need not be of the same

alloy. Factory-fabricated stainless steel bands with wing seals shall

be installed on all circumferential joints. Bands shall be 0.5 inch

wide on 18 inch centers. System shall be weatherproof if utilized for

outside service.

I. Aluminum jacket-Rectangular breeching: ASTM B209, 3003 alloy, H-14

temper, 0.020 inches thick with 1-1/4 inch corrugations or 0.032 inches

thick with no corrugations. System shall be weatherproof if used for

outside service.

2.8 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLES

A. Cold pipe support: Premolded pipe insulation 180 degrees (half-shells)

on bottom half of pipe at supports. Material shall be cellular glass

insulation of the same thickness as adjacent insulation.

Nominal Pipe Size and Accessories Material (Insert Blocks)

Nominal Pipe Size inches Insert Blocks inches

Up through 5 6 long

6 6 long

8, 10, 12 9 long

14, 16 12 long

450 through 600 (18 through 24) 14 long

B. Warm or hot pipe supports: Premolded pipe insulation (180 degree half-

shells) on bottom half of pipe at supports. Material shall be for

temperatures up to 300 degrees F, cellular glass or calcium silicate.

Insulation at supports shall have same thickness as adjacent

insulation.



22 07 11 - 12

2.9 ADHESIVE, MASTIC, CEMENT

A. Mil. Spec. MIL-A-3316, Class 1: Jacket and lap adhesive and protective

finish coating for insulation.

B. Mil. Spec. MIL-A-3316, Class 2: Adhesive for laps and for adhering

insulation to metal surfaces.

C. Mil. Spec. MIL-A-24179A, Type II Class 1: Adhesive for installing

flexible unicellular insulation and for laps and general use.

D. Mil. Spec. MIL-PRF-19565C, Type I: Protective finish for outdoor use.

E. Mil. Spec. MIL-PRFC-19565C, Type I or Type II: Vapor barrier compound

for indoor use.

F. ASTM C449: Mineral fiber hydraulic-setting thermal insulating and

finishing cement.

G. Other: Insulation manufacturers' published recommendations.

2.10 MECHANICAL FASTENERS

A. Pins, anchors: Welded pins, or metal or nylon anchors with galvanized

steel or fiber washer, or clips. Pin diameter shall be as recommended

by the insulation manufacturer.

B. Staples: Outward clinching galvanized steel. Staples are not allowed

for below ambient vapor barrier applications.

C. Wire: 18 gage thick soft annealed galvanized or 14 gage copper clad

steel or nickel copper alloy or stainless steel.

D. Bands: 1/2 inch nominal width, brass, galvanized steel, aluminum or

stainless steel.

E. Tacks, rivets, screws or any other attachment device capable of

penetrating the vapor retarder shall NOT be used to attach/close the

any type of vapor retarder jacketing. Thumb tacks sometimes used on PVC

jacketing and preformed fitting covers closures are not allowed for

below ambient vapor barrier applications.

2.11 REINFORCEMENT AND FINISHES

A. Glass fabric, open weave: ASTM D1668/D1668M, Type III (resin treated)

and Type I (asphalt or white resin treated).

B. Glass fiber fitting tape: Mil. Spec MIL-C-20079H, Type II, Class 1.

C. Tape for Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation: As recommended by

the insulation manufacturer.

D. Hexagonal wire netting: one inch) mesh, 22 gage thick galvanized steel.

E. Corner beads: 2 inch by 2 inch, 26 gag thick e) galvanized steel; or, 1

inch by 1 inch, 28 gage thick) aluminum angle adhered to 2 inch by 2

inch Kraft paper.



22 07 11 - 13

F. PVC fitting cover: Fed. Spec L-P-535E, Composition A, 11-86 Type II,

Grade GU, with Form B Mineral Fiber insert, for media temperature 50 to

250 degrees F. Below 50 degrees F and above 250 degrees F provide

mitered pipe insulation of the same type as insulating straight pipe.

Provide double layer insert. Provide vapor barrier pressure sensitive

tape matching the color of the PVC jacket.

2.12 FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL

A. Other than pipe insulation, refer to Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.

2.13 FLAME AND SMOKE

A. Unless shown otherwise all assembled systems shall meet flame spread 25

and smoke developed 50 rating as developed under ASTM and UL standards

and specifications. See paragraph "Quality Assurance".

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Required pressure tests of piping joints and connections shall be

completed and the work approved by the Contracting Officer’s

Representative (COR) for application of insulation. Surface shall be

clean and dry with all foreign materials, such as dirt, oil, loose

scale and rust removed.

B. Except for specific exceptions or as noted, insulate all specified

equipment, and piping (pipe, fittings, valves, accessories). Insulate

each pipe individually. Do not use scrap pieces of insulation where a

full length section will fit.

C. Insulation materials shall be installed with smooth and even surfaces,

with jackets and facings drawn tight and smoothly cemented down and

sealed at all laps. Insulation shall be continuous through all sleeves

and openings, except at fire dampers and duct heaters (NFPA 90A).

Maintain insulation thickness across all inline accessories (valves and

fittings).

D. Vapor retarders shall be continuous and uninterrupted throughout

systems with operating temperature 60 degrees F and below. Lap and seal

vapor barrier over ends and exposed edges of insulation. Anchors,

supports and other metal projections through insulation on cold

surfaces shall be insulated and vapor sealed for a minimum length of 6

inches.

E. Install vapor stops with operating temperature 60 degrees F and below

at all insulation terminations on either side of valves, pumps,

fittings, and equipment and particularly in straight lengths every



22 07 11 - 14

approx. 15 to 20 feet of pipe insulation. The annular space between the

pipe and pipe insulation of approx. 1 inch in length at every vapor

stop shall be sealed with appropriate vapor barrier sealant. Bio-based

materials shall be utilized when possible.

F. Construct insulation on parts of equipment such as cold water pumps and

heat exchangers that must be opened periodically for maintenance or

repair, so insulation can be removed and replaced without damage.

Install insulation with bolted 20 gage thick galvanized steel or

aluminum covers as complete units, or in sections, with all necessary

supports, and split to coincide with flange/split of the equipment. Do

not insulate over equipment nameplate data.

G. Insulation on hot piping and equipment shall be terminated square at

items not to be insulated, access openings and nameplates. Cover all

exposed raw insulation with white sealer coating (caution about

coating’s maximum temperature limit) or jacket material.

H. Protect all insulations outside of buildings with aluminum jacket using

lock joint or other approved system for a continuous weather tight

system. Access doors and other items requiring maintenance or access

shall be removable and sealable.

I. Plumbing work not to be insulated unless otherwise noted:

1. Piping and valves of fire protection system.

2. Chromium plated brass piping.

3. Water piping in contact with earth.

4. Reverse osmosis water piping.

J. Apply insulation materials subject to the manufacturer's recommended

temperature limits. Apply adhesives, mastic and coatings at the

manufacturer's recommended minimum wet or dry film thickness. Bio-based


K. Elbows, flanges and other fittings shall be insulated with the same

material as is used on the pipe straights. Use of polyurethane or

polyisocyanurate spray-foam to fill a PVC elbow jacket is prohibited on

cold applications.

L. Firestop Pipe insulation:

1. Provide firestopping insulation at fire and smoke barriers through

penetrations. Firestopping insulation shall be UL listed as defined

in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.

2. Pipe penetrations requiring fire stop insulation including, but not

limited to the following:



22 07 11 - 15

a. Pipe risers through floors

b. Pipe chase walls and floors

c. Smoke partitions

d. Fire partitions

e. Hourly rated walls

M. Freeze protection of above grade outdoor piping (over heat tracing

tape): 3/4 inch thick insulation, for all pipe sizes 3 inches and

smaller and 1 inch thick insulation for larger pipes. Provide metal

jackets for all pipe insulations. Provide freeze protection for cold

water make-up piping and equipment where indicated on the drawings as

described in Section 23 21 13, HYDRONIC PIPING (electrical heat tracing

systems).

N. Provide vapor barrier systems as follows:

1. All piping exposed to outdoor weather.

2. All interior piping conveying fluids exposed to outdoor air (i.e. in

attics, ventilated (not air conditioned) spaces, etc.).

O. Provide metal jackets over insulation as follows:

1. All plumbing piping exposed to outdoor weather.

2. Piping exposed in building, within 6 feet of the floor, that

connects to sterilizers, kitchen and laundry equipment. Jackets may

be applied with pop rivets except for cold pipe or tubing

applications. Provide aluminum angle ring escutcheons at wall,

ceiling or floor penetrations.

3. A 2 inch jacket overlap is required at longitudinal and

circumferential joints with the overlap at the bottom.

P. Provide PVC jackets over insulation as follows:

1. Piping exposed in building, within 6 feet of the floor, on piping

that is not precluded in previous sections.

2. A 2 inch jacket overlap is required at longitudinal and

circumferential joints with the overlap at the bottom.

3.2 INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Mineral Fiber Board:

1. Vapor retarder faced board: Apply board on pins spaced not more than

12 inches on center each way, and not less than 3 inches from each

edge of board. In addition to pins, apply insulation bonding

adhesive to entire underside of horizontal metal surfaces. (Bio-

based materials shall be utilized when possible.) Butt insulation

edges tightly and seal all joints with laps and butt strips. After



22 07 11 - 16

applying speed clips cut pins off flush and apply vapor seal patches

over clips.

2. Plain unfaced board:

a. Insulation shall be scored, beveled or mitered to provide tight

joints and be secured to equipment with bands spaced 9 inches on

center for irregular surfaces or with pins and clips on flat

surfaces. Use corner beads to protect edges of insulation.

b. For hot equipment: Stretch 1 inch mesh wire, with edges wire

laced together, over insulation and finish with insulating and

finishing cement applied in one coat, 1/4 inch thick, trowelled

to a smooth finish.

c. For cold equipment: Apply meshed glass fabric in a tack coat 60

to 70 square feet per gallon of vapor mastic and finish with

mastic at 12 to 15 square feet per gallon over the entire fabric

surface.

3. Cold equipment: 1-1/2inch thick insulation faced with vapor retarder

ASJ or FSK. Seal all facings, laps, and termination points and do

not use staples or other attachments that may puncture ASJ or FSK.

a. Water filter, chemical feeder pot or tank.

b. Pneumatic, cold storage water and surge tanks.

4. Hot equipment: 1-1/2 inch thick insulation faced with unsealed ASJ

or FSK.

a. Domestic water heaters and hot water storage tanks (not factory

insulated).

b. Booster water heaters for dietetics dish and pot washers and for

washdown grease-extracting hoods.

B. Molded Mineral Fiber Pipe and Tubing Covering:

1. Fit insulation to pipe, aligning all longitudinal joints. Seal

longitudinal joint laps and circumferential butt strips by rubbing

hard with a nylon sealing tool to assure a positive seal. Staples

may be used to assist in securing insulation except for cold piping.

Seal all vapor retarder penetrations on cold piping with a generous

application of vapor barrier mastic. Provide cellar glass inserts

and install with metal insulation shields at outside pipe supports.

Install freeze protection insulation over heating cable.

2. Contractor's options for fitting, flange and valve insulation:

a. Insulating and finishing cement for sizes less than 4 inches

operating at surface temperature of 60 degrees F or more.



22 07 11 - 17

b. Factory premolded, one piece PVC covers with mineral fiber, (Form

B), inserts surface temperature of above 40 degrees F to 250

degrees F. Provide mitered preformed insulation of the same type

as the installed straight pipe insulation for pipe temperatures

below 40 degrees F. Secure first layer of mineral fiber

insulation with twine. Seal seam edges with vapor barrier mastic

and secure with fitting tape.

c. Factory preformed, ASTM C547 or fabricated mitered sections,

joined with adhesive or (hot only) wired in place. (Bio-based

materials shall be utilized when possible.) For hot piping finish

with a smoothing coat of finishing cement. For cold fittings, 60

degrees F or less, vapor seal with a layer of glass fitting tape

imbedded between two 1/16 inch coats of vapor barrier mastic.

d. Fitting tape shall extend over the adjacent pipe insulation and

overlap on itself at least 2 inches.

3. Nominal thickness in millimeters and inches specified in the

schedule at the end of this section.

C. Rigid Cellular Phenolic Foam:

1. Rigid closed cell phenolic insulation may be provided, exterior

only, for piping, ductwork and equipment for temperatures up to 250

degrees F.

2. Note the ASTM E84 or UL 723 surface burning characteristics

requirements of maximum 25/50 indexes in paragraph "Quality

Assurance".

3. Provide secure attachment facilities such as welding pins.

4. Apply insulation with joints tightly drawn together.

5. Apply adhesives, coverings, neatly finished at fittings, and valves.

6. Final installation shall be smooth, tight, neatly finished at all

edges.

7. Minimum thickness in inches specified in the schedule at the end of

this section.

8. Condensation control insulation: Minimum 1 inch thick for all pipe

sizes depending on high humidity exposures.

a. Body of roof and overflow drains horizontal runs and offsets

(including elbows) of interior downspout piping in all areas

above pipe basement.

b. Waste piping from electric water coolers and icemakers to

drainage system.



22 07 11 - 18

c. Waste piping located above basement floor from ice making and

film developing equipment and air handling units, from equipment

(including trap) to main vertical waste pipe.

d. MRI quench vent piping.

e. Bedpan sanitizer atmospheric vent

f. Reagent grade water piping.

g. Cold water piping, exterior only.

D. Cellular Glass Insulation:

1. Pipe and tubing, covering nominal thickness in millimeters and

inches as specified in the schedule at the end of this section.

2. Underground piping other than or in lieu of that specified in

Section 22 11 00, FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION: Type II, factory

jacketed with a 3 mm laminate jacketing consisting of 10 ft x 10 ft

asphalt impreganted glass fabric, bituminous mastic and outside

protective plastic film.

a. 3 inches thick for hot water piping.

b. As scheduled at the end of this section for chilled water piping.

c. Underground piping: Apply insulation with joints tightly butted.

Seal longitudinal self-sealing lap. Use field fabricated or

factory made fittings. Seal butt joints and fitting with

jacketing as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. Use 4

inch wide strips to seal butt joints.

d. Provide expansion chambers for pipe loops, anchors and wall

penetrations as recommended by the insulation manufacturer.

e. Underground insulation shall be inspected and approved by the COR

as follows:

1) Insulation in place before coating.

2) After coating.

f. Sand bed and backfill: Minimum 3 inches all around insulated pipe

or tank, applied after coating has dried.

g. All piping up to 900 degrees F requiring protection from physical

heavy contact/abuse including in mechanical rooms and exposures

to the public.

3. Cold equipment: 2 inch thick insulation faced with ASJ.

E. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation:

1. Apply insulation and fabricate fittings in accordance with the

manufacturer's installation instructions and finish with two coats

of weather resistant finish as recommended by the insulation



22 07 11 - 19

manufacturer. External vapor barrier jacketing may be required for

expected or anticipated high humidity exposures. See ASTM C1710.

2. Pipe and tubing insulation:

a. Use proper size material. Do not stretch or strain insulation.

b. To avoid undue compression of insulation, use supports as

recommended by the elastomeric insulation manufacturer.

Insulation shields are specified under Section 22 05 11, COMMON

WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

c. Where possible, slip insulation over the pipe or tubing prior to

connection, and seal the butt joints with adhesive. Where the

slip-on technique is not possible, slit the insulation and apply

it to the pipe sealing the seam and joints with contact adhesive.

Optional tape sealing, as recommended by the manufacturer, may be

employed. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.

3. Apply sheet insulation to flat or large curved surfaces with 100

percent adhesive coverage. For fittings and large pipe, apply

adhesive to seams only.

4. Pipe insulation: nominal thickness in millimeters (inches as

specified in the schedule at the end of this section.

F. Calcium Silicate:

1. Minimum thickness in millimeter (inches) specified below for piping

other than in boiler plant.



22 07 11 - 20

Nominal Thickness Of Calcium Silicate Insulation

(Non-Boiler Plant)

Nominal Pipe Size Inches

Thru 25 1

1-1/4 to 3

4 to 8 8

199-500 degrees F(HPS, HPR)

4 5 6 6

2. MRI Quench Vent Insulation: Type I, class D, 6 inch nominal

thickness.

3.3 COMMISSIONING





3.4 PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE

A. Provide insulation for piping systems as scheduled below:

Insulation Thickness Inches

Nominal Pipe Size Inches

Operating Temperature Range/Service

Insulation Material

Less than 1

1 – 1¼ 1½ - 3 4

100-140 degrees F

(Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return)

Mineral Fiber (Above ground piping only)

1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0

38-60 degrees C 100-140 degrees F

(Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return

Rigid Cellular Phenolic Foam (exterior locations only)

1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0

100-140 degrees F

(Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return)

Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal (Above ground piping only)

1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0

100-140 degrees F

Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return

Cellular Glass

Thermal

1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0

40-60 degrees F

Ice water piping

Rigid Cellular Phenolic Foam (Above ground piping only)

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0



22 07 11 - 21

(exterior locations only)

Horizontal Storm Mineral Fiber N/A N/A (1.0) (1.0)

40-60 degrees F

Ice water piping and Roof Drain bodies

Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal (Above ground piping only)

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

40-60 degrees F

Cellular Glass

Thermal

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

40-90 degrees F Cold, Tepid, Non-Potable & Soft Cold Water

Mineral Fiber

(aboveground piping)

0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0

- - - E N D - - -



22 08 00 - 1

SECTION 22 08 00

COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The requirements of this Section apply to all sections of Division 22.

B. This project will have selected building systems commissioned. The

complete list of equipment and systems to be commissioned is specified

in Section 01 91 00 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. The

commissioning process, which the Contractor is responsible to execute,

is defined in Section 01 91 00 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIRMENTS. A

Commissioning Agent (CxA) appointed by the U.S Army Corp of Engineers

(USACE) and Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) will manage the

commissioning process.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

B. Section 01 91 00 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.

C. Section 01 33 23 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES D. Section 01 78 23 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS E. Section 01 79 00 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING F. ALL Division 22 Technical Specification Sections

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for commissioning the Plumbing

systems, subsystems and equipment. This Section supplements the

general requirements specified in Section 01 91 00

General Commissioning Requirements.

B. Refer to Section 01 91 00 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS for more

details regarding processes and procedures as well as roles and

responsibilities for all Commissioning Team members.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 01 91 00 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS for

definitions.

1.5 COMMISSIONED SYSTEMS

A. Commissioning of a system or systems specified in Division 22 is part

of the construction process. Documentation and testing of these

systems, as well as training of the VA’s Operation and Maintenance

personnel in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 91 00 and



22 08 00 - 2

01 78 23 and 01 79 00 and of Division 22, is required in cooperation

with USACE Field Representative, the VA SRE and the Commissioning

Agent.

B. The Plumbing systems commissioning will include the systems and

equipment listed in Section 01 91 00 General Commissioning

Requirement and in the 01 91 00 Appendix A Equipment and Systems

Tracking. 100% of the listed systems and equipment will be tested.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. The commissioning process requires review of selected Submittals. The

Commissioning Agent will provide a list of submittals that will be

reviewed by the Commissioning Agent. This list will be reviewed and

approved by the USACE Field Representative and the VA SRE prior to

forwarding to the Contractor. Refer to Section 01 33 23 SHOP DRAWINGS,

PRODUCT DATA, and SAMPLES for further details.

B. The commissioning process requires Submittal review simultaneously with

engineering review. Specific submittal requirements related to the

commissioning process are specified in Section 01 91 00 GENERAL

COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS

A. Commissioning of the building plumbing systems will require inspection of individual elements of the plumbing construction throughout the

construction period. The Contractor and equipment vendors shall

coordinate with the USACE Field Representative, the VA SRE and

Commissioning Agent in accordance with Section 01 91 00 and the

Commissioning plan to schedule inspections as required to support the

Commissioning Process.

3.2 PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS

A. The Contractor shall complete Pre-Functional and Start-Up Checklists to verify systems, subsystems, and equipment installation is complete and

systems are ready for Systems Functional Performance Testing.


22 08 00 - 3

The Commissioning Agent will prepare Pre-Functional and Start-Up

Checklists to be used to document equipment installation. The

Contractor and equipment vendors shall complete the checklists.

Completed checklists shall be submitted to the USACE Field

Representative , the VA SRE and to the Commissioning Agent for review.

The Commissioning Agent WILL spot check a sample of completed

checklists. If the Commissioning Agent determines that the information

provided on the checklists is not accurate, the Commissioning Agent

will return the marked-up checklist to the Contractor for correction

and resubmission. If the Commissioning Agent determines that a

significant number of completed checklists for similar equipment are

not accurate, the Commissioning Agent will select a broader sample of

checklists for review.

If the Commissioning Agent determines that a significant number of the

broader sample of checklists is also inaccurate, all the checklists

for the type of equipment will be returned to the Contractor for

correction and resubmission.

Refer to SECTION 01 91 00 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS for

submittal requirements for Pre-Functional Checklists, Equipment

Startup Reports, and other commissioning documents.

3.3 CONTRACTORS TESTS

A. Contractor tests as required by other sections of Division 22 shall be

scheduled and documented in accordance with Section 01 00 00 GENERAL

REQUIREMENTS. All testing shall be incorporated into the project

schedule. Contractor shall provide no less than 7 calendar days’

notice of testing to the USACE Field Representative , the VA SRE and

the Commissioning Agent.

The Commissioning Agent will witness selected Contractor tests at the

sole discretion of the Commissioning Agent. Contractor tests shall be

completed prior to scheduling Systems Functional Performance Testing.

3.4 SYSTEMS FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING

A. The Commissioning Process includes Systems Functional Performance

Testing that is intended to test systems functional performance under

steady state conditions, to test system reaction to changes in

operating conditions, and system performance under emergency

conditions. The Commissioning Agent will prepare detailed Systems

Functional Performance Test procedures for review and approval by the


22 08 00 - 4

USACE Field Representative and the VA SRE. The Contractor shall review

and comment on the tests prior to approval.

The Contractor shall provide the required labor, materials, and

test equipment identified in the test procedure to perform the tests.

The Commissioning Agent will witness and document the Functional

testing. 100% of the equipment and systems indicated to be

commissioned in Section 01 91 00 will be functionally tested. The

Contractor shall sign the test reports to verify tests were performed.

See Section 01 91 00 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS, for

additional details.

3.5 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION A. The Commissioning Process includes the provision of Operations and

Maintenance Documentation as detailed in the individual Division 22

Specification Sections and in accordance with Section 01 78 23.

B. The Contractor shall provide the necessary labor and materials to provide this Operations and Maintenance Documentation and shall

submit to the USACE COR and VA SRE and Commissioning Authority as

detailed in Section 01 78 23.

3.6 TRAINING OF VA PERSONNEL

A. Training of the VA operation and maintenance personnel is required in

cooperation with the USACE Field Representative, the VA SRE, and

Commissioning Agent. Provide competent, factory authorized personnel

to provide instruction to operation and maintenance personnel

concerning the location, operation, and troubleshooting of the

installed systems. Contractor shall submit training agendas and

trainer resumes in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 79

00 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING. The Training shall be

scheduled in coordination with the USACE Field Representative, the VA

SRE and the Commissioning Agent after submission and approval of

formal training plans by the USACE COR and the VA SRE and the

Commissioning Agent. Refer to Section 01 91 00 GENERAL COMMISSIONING

REQUIREMENTS, and Section 01 79 00 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE

TRAINING, and Division 22 Sections for additional Contractortraining

requirements.

B. Minimum Training Hours shall be the following:

1. GENERAL PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING- Two 8 Hour Classroom and Field

Sessions


22 08 00 - 5

2. PLUMBING METERS TRAINING- Two 4 Hour Classroom and Field Sessions

3. MIXING VALVE SYSTEMS TRAINING- Two 4 Hour Classroom and Field

Sessions

4. DOMESTIC WATER BOOSTER PUMP SYSTEMS TRAINING – Two- 4 Hour

Classroom and Field Sessions

5. SANITARY SEWER AND SUMP PUMP SYSTEMS TRAINING – Two- 4 Hour


6. INSTRUMENT COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS TRAINING – Two- 8 Hour Classroom and Field Sessions

7. WATER SOFTNER SYSTEMS TRAINING- Two- 4 Hour Classroom and Field Sessions

8. ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATER TRAINING-Two- 2 Hour Classroom and

Field Sessions

9. DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEAT EXCHANGER TRAINING- Two- 4 Hour Classroom

and Field Sessions

10. DENTAL COMPRESSED AIR AND VACUUM SYSTEMS TRAINING- Two- 8 Hour


11. MEDICAL COMPRESSED AIR AND VACUUM SYSTEMS TRAINING- Two- 8 Hour Classroom and Field Sessions

12. MEDICAL GAS SYSTEMS TRAINING- Two- 8 Hour Classroom and Field Sessions

13. CHEMICAL WASTE SYSTEMS TRAINING Two- 2 Hour Classroom and Field

Sessions

14. REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEMS TRAINING -Two- 4 Hour Classroom and Field

Sessions

15. FACILITY FUEL SYSTEMS TRAINING -TWO- 8 Hour Classroom and Field

Sessions

16. PLUMBING FIXURES TRAINNG – TWO- 4 Hour Classroom and Field Sessions

3.7 SAMPLE PFCs and FPTs (Attached are representative PFCs and FPTs for Division 22)

----- END -----


Division 22 – Plumbing

System Type PFC Name

Booster (Domestic Water) Booster Pump Duplex

Sump Pumps Sump Pump Elevator Pit

Fuel Oil Pumps Fuel Oil Polisher Re-Circulation

Recirculation Pumps None

Steam / Domestic Water Heaters Heat Exchanger Shell and Tube Steam to Water

Water Softeners None

RO Systems None

Expansion Tank Expansion Tank Floor Mounted

Heat Exchanger Heat Exchanger Shell and Tube Steam to Water

Instrument Air Compressor Air Compressor Rotary Screw

Medical Air Compressor Air Compressor Rotary Screw

General Air Compressor Air Compressor Rotary Screw

Medical Air Vacuum Vacuum Skid

Lab Air Compressor Air Compressor Rotary Screw

Lab Air Vacuum Vacuum Skid

Dental Air Compressor Air Compressor Rotary Screw

Dental Air Vacuum Vacuum Skid

Waste Anesthesia Gas Vacuum Vacuum Skid


Commissioning Pre-functional Checklist

JEG Project No: R2W63202 Page 1 of 4 PFC - ESP1-BVAMC Louisville KY

PROJECT: VAMC Louisville KY

PROJECT NUMBER: R2W63202

REPORT ID: PFC - ESP1-B

CHECKLIST DESCRIPTION: Sump Pump Elevator Pit

TAG NO: ESP1-B

SITE: VAMC Louisville BUILDING: VAMC Louisville ROOM: Elevator Shaft FLOOR: Various

This Pre-Functional Checklist is used during the Commissioning Process to ensure the correctmaterials are delivered, installed and properly started in preparation for Functional PerformanceTesting of related building systems. This Checklist does not take the place of the manufacturer'srecommended checkout and startup procedures.This Checklist is divided into 5 Sections and is to be completed by the Contractor in 5 separatephases.

SECTION 1: DELIVERY: The Contractor shall complete Section 1 upon delivery to the site. The purpose is to record the actualdesign parameters listed below along with the checklist items as indicated.

SECTION 2: INSTALLATION:The Contractor shall complete Section 2 when the installation is being performed. The purpose of thisSection is to verify all materials are installed to the Project Design and the Manufacturer'srecommendations. Immediately notify the Commissioning Authority should any item be checkedincomplete.

SECTION 3: START-UP:The Contractor shall complete Section 3 during the Start-up procedures for the equipment. Thepurpose of this Section is to document that proper start-up and check-out procedures were completedand documented.

SECTION 4: BAS CONTROL, POWER MONITORING & INTEGRATION: The Contractor shall complete Section 4 during the BAS controls and/or power monitoringconfiguration and integration process for the system. The purpose of this Section is to document thefull control and monitoring capabilities of the controls systems including alarms, trends and full rangeof the sequence of operations.

SECTION 5: COMPLETION & NOTIFICATION FOR TESTING: The Contractor shall complete Section 5 to confirm that this equipment or system is properly installed,is operational, and ready for functional performance testing.




DESIGN INFORMATION: ESP1-BPARAMETERS DESIGN ACTUALFlow Rate (GPM) 100.0 Head (ft) 38.0 Manufacturer Model Motor HP 0.5 RPM 3450.0 Serial Number Temperature (°F) 60.0 v/p 115/1

Tag ID: ESP1-BCHECKLIST ITEMS: Sect. ID Verified By Complete Description

Del

iver

y

1.001

All related submittals approved by A/E

1.002

Sump pump and pit thoroughly inspected for physical damage

1.003

System installation diagrams and details have been provided

1.004

All accessories received

1.005

Piping openings sealed and protected against debris

1.006

Equipment stored in a clean, dry location




Sect. ID Verified By Complete DescriptionIn

stal

latio

n

2.001

Proper maintenance access provided

2.002

Piping accessories installed per drawing details

2.003

Proper motor overload protection provided

2.004

All quality assurance testing complete and reports submitted

2.005

Piping system cleaned and flushed

2.006

Pumps mounted on specified vibration isolation

2.007

Piping supported to prevent strain on pump housing

2.008

Sump basin vented per drawing details

2.009

Correct number of level switches installed per contract document

2.010

Flexible pipe installed at pump connections.

2.011

Pipe union installed in pump discharge for maintenance access

2.012

Oil separator is installed where required

2.013

Check valve and isolation valve installed in discharge line

Sect. ID Verified By Complete Description

Star

t Up

3.001

Power supply is energized/identified

3.002

Pre-start inspection report submitted

3.003

Cx Authority has been notified of start-up

3.004

All manufacturer's startup checks have been performed and documented

3.005

All shipping blocks removed

3.006

All moving parts are properly lubricated

3.007

Overload relay is properly sized and set for motor

3.008

No unusual noise or vibration


BA

S C

ontr

ols

&

Inte

grat

ion

4.001

Level switches set to start and stop pump at specified liquid depth

4.002

All specified monitoring/alarm points available at building front end

4.003

Point-to-point verifications have been completed

4.004

The HOA switch properly activates and deactivates the unit under manual and automatic control




Sect. ID Verified By Complete DescriptionC

ompl

etio

n

5.001

System warranties are provided

5.002

Specified extra materials turned over to Owner

5.003

Operation & Maintenance manuals submitted and approved

5.004

Permanent labels affixed - all components labeled per specifications

5.005

Sump pit cleaned, all construction debris removed

5.006

System is operational and ready for functional testing

COMMENTS:

ATTACHMENTS:

Construction Manager / Subcontractor Completion:

The above contractors have verified all items associated with this system are complete and ready for functionalperformance testing by the Commissioning Authority.



JEG Project No: R2W63202 Page 1 of 4 PFC - LAC1-BVAMC Louisville KY



REPORT ID: PFC - LAC1-B

CHECKLIST DESCRIPTION: Air Compressor Rotary Screw

TAG NO: LAC1-B

SITE: VAMC Louisville BUILDING: VAMC Louisville ROOM: Area 5 FLOOR: Level 6










DESIGN INFORMATION: LAC1-BPARAMETERS DESIGN ACTUALDischarge Pressure (PSIG) 100.0 Manufacturer Model Reciever Capacity (gal) 200.0 Serial Number v/p 460/3

Tag ID: LAC1-BCHECKLIST ITEMS: Sect. ID Verified By Complete Description

Del

iver

y

1.001


1.002

All factory testing complete and reports submitted

1.003

Air compressor thoroughly inspected for physical damage

1.004


1.005


1.006

Pipe openings sealed and protected against debris

1.007


1.008

Concrete housekeeping pad is properly sized





stal

latio

n

2.001

Pressure and temperature gauges installed where shown on piping details

2.002

Isolation valves and balancing valves installed with handle extensions to clear insulation

2.003

Pneumatic piping system cleaned and flushed

2.004

All piping connections checked for leaks

2.005

Vibration isolators installed and properly tensioned

2.006

Storage tank drain piped to floor drain

2.007

Air drier condensate drain piped to floor drain

2.008

Pressure relief valve installed and piped to safe discharge location as indicated on drawings

2.009

Power supply energized and properly identified

2.010

Compressor oil levels checked

2.011

All moving parts properly lubricated

2.012


2.013



Star

t Up

3.001

Testing, adjusting, and balancing complete, and report submitted

3.002

Motor rotation correct and belt tension checked

3.003


3.004

All manufacturer's startup checks have been performed and documented

3.005

Compressed air system is operational


BA

S C

ontr

ols

&

Inte

grat

ion

4.001

All specified monitoring/control points available at building front end

4.002

Sequence of operations programmed per approved system submittal

4.003

System control set point confirmed with TAB contractor

4.004

System trending enabled





ompl

etio

n

5.001


5.002


5.003


5.004

System control and monitoring sensors labeled and location indicated on as-built documents

5.005

Filters changed after startup, clean filters installed

5.006


COMMENTS:

ATTACHMENTS:





JEG Project No: R2W63202 Page 1 of 3 PFC - LVP1-BVAMC Louisville KY



REPORT ID: PFC - LVP1-B

CHECKLIST DESCRIPTION: Vacuum Skid Vacuum Skid

TAG NO: LVP1-B











DESIGN INFORMATION: LVP1-BPARAMETERS DESIGN ACTUALManufacturer Model Reciever Capacity (gal) 120.0 Serial Number Vacuum Pressure (in HG) 19.0 v/p 460/3

Tag ID: LVP1-BCHECKLIST ITEMS: Sect. ID Verified By Complete Description

Del

iver

y

1.001


1.002

Equipment thoroughly inspected for physical damage

1.003

Equipment stored in clean and dry environment

1.004

Concrete housekeeping pad properly sized

1.005

All associated equipment and documentation including manufacturer's test reports included

1.006

Piping connections sealed and protected

1.007

Equipment/component wiring & installation diagrams have been provided

1.008



Inst

alla

tion

2.001

Proper clearance provided around all sides of pump skid and vacuum tanks

2.002

Vacuum skid placed on insulating pads furnished with the equipment

2.003

Proper motor overload protection provided.

2.004

Isolation valves installed to allow for service and maintenance work.

2.005

Zone valves provided in cabinets where indicated on plans and outside each Operating Room. A minimum one zone valve assembly for each 18 outlets.

2.006

Vacuum gage 40mm (1 1/2 inch) diameter line is installed downstream ofeach zone valve in cabinets.

2.007

Piping supported to prevent strain on equipment flanges.

2.008

Pump rotation is correct.

2.009

Sensors installed as indicated on drawings

2.010

Pump skid and vacuum tank installed per drawing details.

2.011

All quality assurance testing completed and reports submitted.




Sect. ID Verified By Complete DescriptionSt

art U

p

3.001

Manufacturers Rep on site for start-up.

3.002

Motor voltage balanced and within normal limit.

3.003

Motor amperage balanced and within normal limits.

3.004

Field leak testing has been completed. If repairs are made, re-testing hasbeen performed.


BA

S C

ontr

ols

&

Inte

grat

ion

4.001

Sequence of operations including all interlocks, safeties and alarms are functional per Basis of Design and Construction Documents.

4.002

Sensor sensitivity calibrated to maintain design vacuum levels

4.003

Vacuum system controls and demonstrate comply with requirements.

4.004

Vacuum skid properly networked to central control system

4.005

Specified points available at BAS front end for monitoring, scheduling, and control

4.006

Trend data of control variables show stable operation.


Com

plet

ion

5.001

Vacuum skid warranties are provided

5.002


5.003


5.004

Permanent labels affixed

5.005

Any scratches painted to match finish of surrounding materials per specification

5.006

All piping and tanks have been cleaned.

COMMENTS:

ATTACHMENTS:





JEG Project No: R2W63202 Page 1 of 4 PFC - SWH1-BVAMC Louisville KY



REPORT ID: PFC - SWH1-B

CHECKLIST DESCRIPTION: Heat Exchanger Shell and Tube Steam to Water

TAG NO: SWH1-B











DESIGN INFORMATION: SWH1-BPARAMETERS DESIGN ACTUALEnt. Control Valve (PSIG) 30.0 Ent. Heat Exchanger (PSIG) 15.0 Flow Rate (GPM) 50.0 Manufacturer Model Serial Number Steam Input (lbs/hr) 2620.0

Tag ID: SWH1-BCHECKLIST ITEMS: Sect. ID Verified By Complete Description

Del

iver

y

1.001


1.002

Heat exchanger thoroughly inspected for physical damage

1.003


1.004


1.005


1.006


1.007






stal

latio

n

2.001


2.002


2.003


2.004

Seismic restraints in place as required.

2.005


2.006

All piping connections checked for leaks

2.007

Venting is installed on water piping to remove air from the system

2.008

Steam condensate piped to proper discharge location

2.009

Steam vents piped to safe discharge location per drawing details

2.010

Piping supported to prevent strain on heat exchanger

2.011

Install all temperature and pressure gauges as required

2.012

Isolation valves and balancing valves installed with extensions to clear insulation

2.013

Pipe fittings and accessories installed with extensions for insulation


Star

t Up

3.001


3.002

All shipping blocks removed

3.003


3.004


3.005

System is filled with water and vented


BA

S C

ontr

ols

&

Inte

grat

ion

4.001

All specified sensors installed as indicated in contract documents

4.002

Sequence of operations programmed per approved system submittal

4.003

All specified monitoring/control points available at building front end

4.004

System trending enabled

4.005

Point-to-point verifications have been completed





ompl

etio

n

5.001


5.002


5.003


5.004


5.005

System control and monitoring sensors labeled and location indicated on as-built documents

5.006

Construction strainer removed, permanent strainer installed

5.007

Sequence of operations including all interlocks, safeties and alarms are functional per Basis of Design

5.008


COMMENTS:

ATTACHMENTS:




Commissioning PFC

JEG Project No: F3W80018 Page 1 of 3 PFC - DWP-1UTMB Health Education Center

PROJECT: UTMB Health Education Center

PROJECT NUMBER: F3W80018

REPORT ID: PFC - DWP-1

CHECKLIST DESCRIPTION: Booster Pump Duplex

TAG NO: DWP-1

SITE: UTMB HEC BUILDING: UTMB HEC ROOM: 2.222 FLOOR: Level-2Last Execution Date: This PFC is used during the Commissioning Process to ensure the correct materials are delivered,installed and properly started in preparation for Functional Performance Testing of related buildingsystems. This Checklist does not take the place of the manufacturer's recommended checkout andstartup procedures.This Checklist is divided into 5 Sections and is to be completed by the Contractor in 5 separatephases.



SECTION 3: START-UP: The Contractor shall complete Section 3 during the Start-up procedures for the equipment. Thepurpose of this Section is to document that proper start-up and check-out procedures were completedand documented.




Commissioning PFC


DESIGN INFORMATION:

PARAMETERS: Design ActualManufacturer

Model

Serial Number

Tag ID: DWP-1CHECKLIST ITEMS:

Sect. ID Verified By Complete Date Executed Description

Del

iver

y

1.001 All related submittals approved by A/E 1.002 Booster pump skid thoroughly inspected for physical damage 1.003 System installation diagrams and details have been provided 1.004 All accessories received 1.005 Piping openings sealed and protected 1.006 Equipment stored in a clean, dry location 1.007 Pump shafts periodically rotated by hand until started 1.008 Verify pump bearings are protected from sand, grit and

foreign matter 4.002 System set points entered to maintain correct pressure at

farthest fixtureSect. ID Verified By Complete Date Executed Description

Inst

alla

tion

2.001 Proper maintenance access provided 2.002 Piping accessories installed per drawing details 2.003 Proper motor overload protection provided 2.004 All quality assurance testing complete and reports submitted 2.005 Domestic water piping, including backflow preventers, is

installed, pressure testing completed, and reports submitted 2.006 Piping system cleaned and flushed 2.007 Vibration isolators are installed and properly compressed 2.008 Seismic restraints in place as required 2.009 Piping supported to prevent strain on pump skid 2.010 All pressure gauges installed as indicated in drawing details 2.011 Isolation valves and balancing valves installed with

extensions to clear insulation 2.012 Pipe fittings and accessories installed with extensions for

insulation 2.013 Air vents and bleeds at high points of systems functional 2.014 Pump seal drains piped to proper discharge point


Commissioning PFC



Star

t Up

3.001 Testing, adjusting, and balancing complete, and report submitted

3.002 Pump rotation correct 3.003 Power supply is energized/identified 3.004 All shipping blocks removed 3.005 Manufacturer start-up complete and reports submitted 3.006 Cx Authority has been notified of start-up 3.007 Motor voltages balanced and within normal limits 3.008 Motor amperages balanced and within normal limits 3.009 Overload relay is properly sized and set for skid 3.010 No unusual noise or vibration 3.011 All moving parts are properly lubricated


BA

S C

ontr

ols

&

Inte

grat

ion

4.001 All specified sensors installed as indicated in contract documents

4.003 All specified monitoring/control points available at building front end

4.004 Point-to-point verifications have been completed 4.005 The HOA switch properly activates and deactivates each

pump under manual and automatic control 4.006 Lead pump alternates per specified sequence 4.007 VFDs synchronized to operate pumps together 4.008 System trending enabled


Com

plet

ion

5.001 Specified extra materials turned over to Owner 5.002 Operation & Maintenance manuals submitted and approved 5.003 Permanent labels affixed - all components labeled per

specifications 5.004 System control and monitoring sensors labeled and location

indicated on as-built documents 5.005 System is operational and ready for functional testing 5.006 System warranties are provided

COMMENTS:

ATTACHMENTS:


The above contractors have verified all items associated with this system are complete and ready for functional performance testing by the Commissioning Authority.


Commissioning PFC

JEG Project No: R6W67502 Page 1 of 3 PFC - FOP-1Hidalgo County Courthouse

PROJECT: Hidalgo County Courthouse


REPORT ID: PFC - FOP-1

CHECKLIST DESCRIPTION: Fuel Oil Polisher Re-Circulation

TAG NO: FOP-1

SITE: Houston Project Site BUILDING: HIDALGO COUNTY COURTHOUSE ROOM: CUP FLOOR: CUPLast Execution Date: This PFC is used during the Commissioning Process to ensure the correct materials are delivered,installed and properly started in preparation for Functional Performance Testing of related buildingsystems. This Checklist does not take the place of the manufacturer's recommended checkout andstartup procedures.This Checklist is divided into 5 Sections and is to be completed by the Contractor in 5 separatephases.



SECTION 3: START-UP: The Contractor shall complete Section 3 during the Start-up procedures for the equipment. Thepurpose of this Section is to document that proper start-up and check-out procedures were completedand documented.




Commissioning PFC


DESIGN INFORMATION:

PARAMETERS: Design ActualManufacturer

Model

Serial Number

Tag ID: FOP-1CHECKLIST ITEMS:


Del

iver

y

1.001 Concrete housekeeping pad properly sized 1.002 Equipment stored in a clean, dry location 1.003 Proper maintenance access provided 1.004 All related submittals approved by A/E 1.005 Fuel oil pump thoroughly inspected for physical damage 1.006 All accessories received 1.007 Piping openings sealed and protected against debris


Inst

alla

tion

2.001 Piping accessories installed per drawing details 2.002 All quality assurance testing complete and reports submitted 2.003 Piping system cleaned and flushed 2.004 Vibration isolators installed and properly compressed 2.005 All piping connections checked for leaks 2.006 Piping supported to prevent strain on pump 2.007 All pressure and temperature gauges installed as required 2.008 Isolation valves installed in accessible location 2.009 Pipe fittings and accessories installed 2.010 Recirculating line with check valve installed per drawing

details 2.011 Strainer installed between oil storage tank and pump inlet 2.012 Fusible link emergency stop valve installed in oil supply line


Star

t Up

3.001 Pump rotation correct 3.002 Power supply is energized/identified 3.003 All shipping blocks removed 3.004 Clean oil filter installed 3.005 Manufacturer start-up complete and reports submitted 3.006 Cx Authority has been notified of start-up 3.007 All moving parts are properly lubricated 3.008 No unusual noise or vibration


Commissioning PFC



BA

S C

ontr

ols

&

Inte

grat

ion

4.001 All specified sensors installed as indicated in contract documents

4.002 Sequence of operations programmed per approved system submittal

4.003 All specified monitoring/control points available at building front end

4.004 System trending enabled 4.005 Point-to-point verifications have been completed 4.006 Pump interlocks with mechanical float 4.007 The HOA switch properly activates and deactivates the unit

under manual and automatic controlSect. ID Verified By Complete Date Executed Description

Com

plet

ion

5.001 Specified extra materials turned over to Owner 5.002 Operation & Maintenance manuals submitted and approved 5.003 Permanent labels affixed - all components labeled per

specifications 5.004 System control and monitoring sensors labeled and location

indicated on as-built documents 5.005 Construction strainer removed and clean strainer and filters

installed 5.006 System is operational and ready for functional testing

COMMENTS:

ATTACHMENTS:


The above contractors have verified all items associated with this system are complete and ready for functional performance testing by the Commissioning Authority.



JEG Project No: R2W63202 Page 1 of 3 PFC - ET1-BVAMC Louisville KY



REPORT ID: PFC - ET1-B

CHECKLIST DESCRIPTION: Expansion Tank Floor Mounted

TAG NO: ET1-B

SITE: VAMC Louisville BUILDING: VAMC Louisville ROOM: Various FLOOR: Various





SECTION 4: BAS CONTROL, POWER MONITORING & INTEGRATION: Not Applicable





DESIGN INFORMATION: ET1-BPARAMETERS DESIGN ACTUALInitial Pressure in Tank (PSIG) 55.0 Manufacturer Maximum Operating Pressure (PSIG)

150.0

Maximum Temperature (°F) 240.0 Minimum Acceptance Volume (gal) 35.0 Minimum Tank Volume (gal) 90.0 Minimum Temperature (°F) 32.0 Model Relief Valve (PSIG) 165.0 Serial Number

Tag ID: ET1-BCHECKLIST ITEMS: Sect. ID Verified By Complete Description

Del

iver

y

1.001


1.002

Expansion tank thoroughly inspected for physical damage

1.003


1.004


1.005


1.006



Inst

alla

tion

2.001


2.002


2.003

Piping supported to prevent strain on tank connections

2.004

Seismic restraints in place as required.

2.005

Hydronic piping, including relief valves, are installed, pressure testing completed, and reports submitted

2.006


2.007

Make up water piping installed and tested for leaks

2.008

Expansion tank is insulated per specifications

2.009

Isolation valves installed with extensions to clear insulation

2.010

ASME pressure vessel data sheet or certification tag posted and inspection complete for each expansion tank

2.011

Air vents and bleeds are functional




Sect. ID Verified By Complete DescriptionSt

art U

p

3.001


3.002

Power supply is energized/identified

3.003

Expansion tank charged to proper system pressure

3.004


3.005



Com

plet

ion

5.001


5.002


5.003


COMMENTS:

ATTACHMENTS:




Division 22 – Plumbing

System Type FPT Name

Booster (Domestic Water) FPT – Domestic Water Booster Pump

Sump Pumps FPT – Sump Pump

Fuel Oil Pumps Fuel Oil Pump FPT

Recirculation Pumps

FPT – Domestic Hot Water System (Integrated into

test)

Steam / Domestic Water Heaters FPT – Steam to Hot Water HX

Water Softeners None

RO Systems None

Expansion Tank

FPT – Domestic Water Booster Pump (Integrated

into test)

Heat Exchanger FPT – Steam to Hot Water HX

Instrument Air Compressor FPT – Medical Air System Air Compressor

Medical Air Compressor FPT – Medical Air System Air Compressor

General Air Compressor FPT – Medical Air System Air Compressor

Medical Air Vacuum FPT – Vacuum System

Lab Air Compressor FPT – Medical Air System Air Compressor

Lab Air Vacuum FPT – Vacuum System

Dental Air Compressor FPT – Medical Air System Air Compressor

Dental Air Vacuum FPT – Vacuum System

Waste Anesthesia Gas Vacuum FPT – Vacuum System


CommissioningFunctional Performance Test

Jacobs Project No: R2W63202 Page 1 of 5 FPT - Vacuum SystemVAMC Louisville KY



REPORT ID: FPT - Vacuum System

REPORT DESCRIPTION: Tag Number: LVP1-B

Date of Test:

Test Participant List:Participant Company / Agency

Design Information:Parameters Design ActualReciever Capacity (gal) 120.0Vacuum Pressure (in HG) 19.0v/p 460/3Manufacturer

Serial Number

Model

Sequence of Operations:

Functional Test Procedures:

PassY/N

No TEST PROCEDURE EXPECTED RESULTS

GENERAL SYSTEM READINESS1 Verify system has been operating at

stable, normal conditions1. Permanent power is connected2. Control system is operating and fully functional

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B2 Verify adequate access is provided to

all components that require periodic maintenance

No problems exist that interfere with equipment access

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B3 Provide trends for alarm points have

been programmedTrend data is required for a minimum of 3 consecutive business days sampled at ten minute intervals

The trend log data shows the system to be functioning normally with no present alarms




Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B

VERIFICATION OF ALARMS4 For each pump and while the vacuum

system is enabled, test the vacuum system failure alarm by switching the lead pump HOA from the "Auto" position to the "Off" positionVerify that the lag pump enables oncethe lead pump is disabledNote: Alternation of pumps will need to be performed in order to test the lag pump fault and standby control

1. Lead vacuum pump is disabled2. Lag pump is enabled3. Failure alarm is generated at the ECC workstation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B5 After failure alarms and standby

control has been verified, return both HOA switches back to the "Auto" positions

1. Failure alarms are cleared at the ECC workstation2. Vacuum system resumes normal operation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B6 For each pump and while the vacuum

system is enabled, test the Lag In Use alarm by switching the lag pump HOA from the "Auto" position to the "On" positionNote: Alternation of pumps will need to be performed in order to test the lag pump fault and standby control

1. Lag vacuum pump is enabled2. Lag In Use alarm is generated at the ECC workstation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B7 After failure alarms have been

verified, return both HOA switches back to the "Auto" positions

1. Failure alarms are cleared at the ECC workstation2. Vacuum system resumes normal operation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B




8 From the vacuum system local control panel, verify the high system pressure alarm by lowering the high pressure alarm setpoint below the actual system pressureVerify a fault condition is displayed at the local control panel

Fault alarm is displayed at the ECC workstation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B9 From the vacuum system local

control panel, return the high pressure alarm setpoint back to the origional value

Fault alarm is cleared at the ECC workstation

Actual Results:


control panel, verify the low system pressure alarm by raising the low pressure alarm setpoint below the actual system pressureVerify a fault condition is displayed at the local control panel


Actual Results:


control panel, return the low pressure alarm setpoint back to the origional value


Actual Results:


control panel, verify the high system temperature alarm by lowering the high temperature alarm setpoint below the actual system temperatureVerify a fault condition is displayed at the local control panel


Actual Results:


control panel, return the high temperature alarm setpoint back to the origional value





Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B

NORMAL OPERATION14 From the vacuum system bleed valve

and with the system pressure setpointsatisfied, verify system pressure control by slowly opening the bleed valve allowing the system pressure todecreaseObserve and record the pressure thatthe lead pump is enabledVerify that the lead pump enables at the "lead cut-in" pressure setpoint and continues to run for at least 10min

After the system pressure decreases to the "lead cut-in" pressure setpoint, the lead vacuum pump is enabled and continues to run for at least 10min

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B15 After verification of "lead cut-in" and

with the lead pump running, slowly close the bleed valve until the systempressure lowers below the "cut-out" setpointVerify that after a 10min delay, the lead pump is disabled

After the system pressure increases to the "lead cut-out" pressure setpoint, the lead vacuum pump is disabled

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B16 From the vacuum system bleed valve

and with the system pressure setpointsatisfied, verify system lead/lag control by slowly opening the bleed valve allowing the system pressure toincrease until the lead compressor is enabledContinue to bleed air back into the system until the lag compressor is enabledVerify that the lag pump enables at the "lag cut-in" pressure setpoint and continues to run for at least 10min

1. Lead vacuum pump is enabled at the lead cut-in setpoint.2. After the system pressure decreases to the "lag cut-in" pressure setpoint, the lag vacuum pump is enabled and continues to run for at least 10min

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B




17 After verification of " lag cut-in" and with the lead and lag pumps running, slowly close the bleed valve until the system pressure lowers below the "lag cut-out" setpointVerify that after a 10min delay, the lead and lag pumps disable at their cut-out setpoints.

After the system pressure increases to their cut-out pressures, both vacuum pumps are disabled

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B

RETURN TO NORMAL OPERATION18 From the vacuum system control

panel, return all manipulation and setpoints back to their original value vacuum system returns to normal operations.

Lab vacuum system resumes normal operation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LVP1-B

Documents Attached:

END OF TEST

Comments:

ACCEPTANCE OF TEST:

Owner Representative:

General Contractor Representative:

Mechanical Contractor Representative:

Controls Contractor Representative:

Commissioning Authority:



Jacobs Project No: R2W63202 Page 1 of 11 FPT - Medical Air System Air CompressorVAMC Louisville KY



REPORT ID: FPT - Medical Air System Air Compressor

REPORT DESCRIPTION: Tag Number: LAC1-B

Date of Test:


Design Information:Parameters Design ActualDischarge Pressure (PSIG) 100.0Reciever Capacity (gal) 200.0v/p 460/3Manufacturer

Serial Number

Model



PassY/N



stable, normal conditions.1. System status shall be normal operating conditions.2. Alarm history function shall be enabled.3. Service history function shall be enabled.4. MAC-1 compressors HOA switches shall be in the "automatic" position.5. MAC-1 outlet isolation valves to each compressor shall beopen.6. MAC-1 outlet isolation valves on each dryer unit shall be open.7. MAC-1 receiver isolation valves on the control/filter module shall be open.8. MAC-1 receiver bypass valve on the control/filter module shall be close.9. MAC-1 dew point transmitter isolation valve shall be open.10. MAC-1 discharge valve shall be closed.11. MAC-1 discharge valve sample valve shall be closed.12. HMI display screen shall be on.13. Service Due Alarm function shall be enabled.




Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B

NORMAL OPERATION2 Place MAC-1 into off mode via PLC

panel.1. MAC-1 shall de-energize.2. HOA indicating lights shall indicate MAC-1 compressors 1-3 are in the off position.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B3 While MAC-1 in off mode, turn HOA

switch momentarily into "hand" and "off" position to compressor 1 to verifycorrect rotation.

1. MAC-1 compressor 1 shall have correct rotation as listed in belt guard and compressor sheave.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B4 Turn HOA switch momentarily into

"hand" and "off" position to compressor 2 to verify correct rotation.


Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B5 Turn HOA switch momentarily into

"hand" and "off" position to compressor 3 to verify correct rotation.


Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B6 Return MAC-1 into automatic mode

via PLC panel.MAC-1 shall sequence compressors to maintain system pressure.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B7 While MAC-1 in auto mode, exhaust

system pressure such lead compressor (as recorded in step2) runs continuously for 17 minutes and allow system pressure not decrease less than __PSI.

1. After lead compressor runs continuously for 17 minutes, lag compressor 1 shall energize to maintain system pressure and lead compressor shall de-energize




Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B8 Continue to exhaust system pressure

such lag compressor 1 (as recorded in step 9) runs continuously for 17 minutes and allow system pressure not decrease less than __PSI.

1. After lag compressor 1 runs continuously for 17 minutes, lag compressor 2 shall energize to maintain system pressure and operating lag compressor 1 shall deenergize.

Actual Results:


such lag compressor 2 (as recorded in step 10) runs continuously for 17 minutes and allow system pressure not decrease less than __PSI.

1. After lag compressor 2 runs continuously for 17 minutes, lag compressor 3 shall energize to maintain system pressure and operating lag compressor 2 shall deenergize.

Actual Results:


(as recorded in step 10) and allow system pressure to decline to __PSI.

1. Lag compressor shall energize in conjunction with operating compressors to maintain system pressure.2. MAC-1 Lag (visual) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC and HMI Panel.3. MAC-1 Lag (auditory) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B12 Continue to decrease system

pressure (as recorded in step 10) andallow system pressure to decline to __PSI.


Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B13 Continue to decrease system



Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B




14 Suspend exhaust procedure and allow system pressure to achieve original system pressure set point.

1. MAC-1 compressors shall remain energized in conjunction with operating compressor until original system pressure set point been achieved.2. After system pressure set point has been achieved Audio and visual "MAC-1 Lag Alarm" shall be acknowledged and reset at the PLC and HMI Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B15 Exhaust system pressure such MAC-

1 energizes lead compressor.MAC-1 lead compressor shall be energized

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B16 While compressor energized, modify

High Air Temperature Shutdown alarm set point 50F below operating temperature to lead compressor via PLC Panel.

1. Lag compressor 1 shall energize to maintain original system pressure set point.2. Lead compressor (as recorded in step2) shall de-energize.3. MAC-1 High Air Temperature Shutdown (visual) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC and HMI Panel.4. MAC-1 High Air Temperature Shutdown (auditory)

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B17 Return modified lead compressor

"High Temperature Alarm" set point back to original alarm set point.

Audio and visual "MAC-1 High Air Temperature Shutdown Alarm" shall beacknowledged and reset at the PLC and HMI Panel

Actual Results:


such "energized" lag compressor 1 remains operating to maintain systempressure set point.

Lag compressor 1 shall be energized

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B19 While lag compressor energized,

modify High Air Temperature Shutdown alarm set point 50F below operating temperature.

1. Lag compressor 2 shall energize to maintain original system pressure set point.2. Lag compressor1 shall de-energize.3. MAC-1 High Air Temperature Shutdown (visual) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC and HMI Panel.4. MAC-1 High Air Temperature Shutdown (auditory) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B




20 Return modified lag compressor 2 "High Temperature Alarm" set point back to original alarm set point.

1. Audio and visual "MAC-1 High Air Temperature ShutdownAlarm" shall beacknowledged and reset at the PLC and HMI Panel.

Actual Results:


such "energized" lag compressor 2 remains operating to maintain systempressure set point.

1. Lag compressor 2 shall be energized.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B22 While lag compressor 2 energized,

modify High Air Temperature Shutdown alarm set point 50F below operating temperature

1. Lag compressor 3 shall energize to maintain original system pressure set point.2. Lag compressor2 shall de-energize.3. MAC-1 High Air Temperature Shutdown (visual) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC and HMI Panel.4. MAC-1 High Air Temperature Shutdown (auditory) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B23 Return modified lag compressor

"High Temperature Alarm" set point back to original alarm set point.

1. Audio and visual "MAC-1 High Air Temperature ShutdownAlarm" shall beacknowledged and reset at the PLC and HMI Panel.

Actual Results:


and allow system pressure to decline to __PSI.

1. MAC-1 compressors shall energize in conjunction with operating compressor to maintain system pressure.2. MAC-1 Lag (visual) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC and HMI Panel.3. MAC-1 Lag (auditory) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B




25 While compressors 1-3 are energizedto maintain system pressure, simulateMotor Overload Shutdown alarm to compressor 1 via disconnecting starter feedback signal to the HMI Panel.

1. MAC-1 shall de-energize compressor 1.2. MAC-1 shall disable compressor 1 out of normal sequence of operation.3. MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown (visual) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC and HMI Panel.4. MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown (auditory) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC Panel.5. MAC-1 Failed Start (visual) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC and HMI Panel.6. MAC-1 Failed Start (auditory) Alarm shall be generated atthe PLC Panel.7. MAC-1 Lag (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.8. MAC-1 Lag (auditory) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B26 While compressors 2 and 3 are

energized to maintain system pressure, simulate Motor Overload Shutdown alarm to compressor 2 via disconnecting starter feedback signal to the HMI Panel.

1. MAC-1 shall de-energize compressor 2.2. MAC-1 shall disable compressor 2 out of normal sequence of operation.3. MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.4. MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown (auditory) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC Panel.5. MAC-1 Lag (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.6. MAC-1 Lag (auditory) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC Panel.7. MAC-1 Failed Start (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.8. MAC-1 Failed Start (auditory) Alarm shall remain active atthe PLC Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B27 While compressor 3 is energized to

maintain system pressure, simulate Motor Overload Shutdown alarm to compressor 3 via disconnecting starter feedback signal to the HMI Panel.

1. MAC-1 shall de-energize compressor 3.2. MAC-1 shall disable compressor 3 out of normal sequence of operation.3. MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.4. MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown (auditory) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC Panel.5. MAC-1 Lag (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.6. MAC-1 Lag (auditory) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC Panel.7. MAC-1 Failed Start (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.8. MAC-1 Failed Start (auditory) Alarm shall remain active atthe PLC Panel.




Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B28 Suspend exhaust procedure and

return simulated Motor Overload Shutdown alarm via connecting starter feedback signal to the HMI Panel.

1. Compressors 1-3 shall be deenergized.2. MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.3. MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown (auditory) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC Panel.4. MAC-1 Lag (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.5. MAC-1 Lag (auditory) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC Panel.6. MAC-1 Failed Start (visual) Alarm shall remain active at the PLC and HMI Panel.7. MAC-1 Failed Start (auditory) Alarm shall remain active atthe PLC Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B29 Place MAC-1 into off mode and reset

compressors 1 thru #6 Overload Shutdown Alarm and Failed Start Alarm at HMI Panel.

1. Audio and visual "MAC-1 Lag Alarm" shall be acknowledged and cleared at the PLC and HMI Panel.2. Audio and visual "MAC-1 Motor Overload Shutdown Alarm" shall be acknowledged and cleared at the PLC and HMI Panel.3. Audio and visual "MAC-1 Failed Start Alarm" shall be acknowledged and cleared at the PLC and HMI Panel.4. MAC-1 shall be in off mode.5. MAC-1 HMI and PLC panel shall have no active alarms.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B30 While MAC-1 in off mode, place

compressor 1-3 HOA switches into the "off" position.

1. MAC-1 shall remain in off mode.2. MAC-1 compressors shall be disabled thru HOA switches.

Actual Results:


via PLC panel.1. MAC-1 compressors shall be disabled thru HOA switches.2. MAC-1 Failed Start (visual) Alarm shall be generated at the PLC and HMI Panel.3. MAC-1 Failed Start (auditory) Alarm shall be generated atthe PLC Panel.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B32 Return MAC-1 into off mode and

reset compressors 1 thru #6 Failed Start Alarm at HMI Panel.

1. Audio and visual "MAC-1 Failed Start Alarm" shall be acknowledged and cleared at the PLC and HMI Panel.




Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B33 Place MAC-1 into automatic mode via

PLC panel.1. MAC-1 compressors shall sequence to maintain original system pressure.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B

ALARMS10 Continue to decrease system


1. Lag compressor shall energize in conjunction with operating compressor tomaintain system pressure.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B48 Simulate "PLC Failure" via

disconnecting communications to PLC Panel.

1. MAC-1 shall continue to operate under normal conditions thru Backup Pressure Switch.2. MAC-1 system pressure value at HMI Panel shall read "0PSIG"

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B49 Exhaust system pressure to __PSI. 1. Compressors 1 and 3 shall energize after backup

pressure transducer detects __PSI differential pressure between system original pressure set point and actual system pressure value.2. MAC-1 compressor 3 shall remain disabled thru PLC Panel.

Actual Results:


allow compressors 1 and 3 to achievesystem pressure set point.

1. Compressors 1 and 2 shall remain energized until system pressure set point has been achieved.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B51 Return simulated "PLC Failure" via

reconnecting communications back toPLC Panel.

1. Pressure transducer signal at PLC Panel shall return to normal operating pressure value

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B




MANUAL OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION34 Place MAC-1 into off mode via PLC

panel.1. MAC-1 shall de-energize.2. HOA indicating lights shall indicate MAC-1 compressors are in the off position.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B35 Place compressor 1 HOA switch into

the hand position.1. Compressor 1 shall energize to maintain system pressureset point

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B36 Allow compressor 1 to achieve

system pressure set point.1. System pressure shall be normal.2. Compressor 1 shall de-energize after system pressure setpoint has been achieved.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B37 Exhaust system pressure to __PSI. 1. Compressor 1 shall energize after backup pressure

transducer detects __PSI differential pressure between system original pressure set point and actual system pressure value.

Actual Results:


allow compressor 1 to achieve system pressure set point after system pressure set point been achieved return compressor 1 HOA into auto position.

1. System pressure shall be normal.2. Compressor 1 shall de-energize after system pressure setpoint has been achieved.

Actual Results:


the hand position.1. Compressor 2 shall energize to maintain system pressureset point

Actual Results:






Actual Results:



Actual Results:


allow compressor 2 to achieve system pressure set point after system pressure set point been achieved return compressor 2 HOA into auto position.


Actual Results:


the hand position.1. Compressor 3 shall energize to maintain system pressureset point.

Actual Results:



Actual Results:



Actual Results:


allow compressor 3 to achieve system pressure set point after system pressure set point been achieved return compressor 3 HOA into automatic position.





Actual Results:


via PLC panel.1. MAC-1 compressors 1-3 HOA switches shall be in the automatic position.2. MAC-1 shall energize and sequence compressors to maintain system pressure.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B

RETURN TO NORMAL OPERATION52 Verify MAC-1 is operating under

stable normal conditions.1. MAC-1 shall be operating in normal stable conditions.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: LAC1-B

Documents Attached:

END OF TEST

Comments:

ACCEPTANCE OF TEST:








Jacobs Project No: R2W63202 Page 1 of 3 FPT - Sump PumpVAMC Louisville KY



REPORT ID: FPT - Sump Pump

REPORT DESCRIPTION: Tag Number: ESP1-B

Date of Test:


Design Information:Parameters Design ActualRPM 3450.0Motor HP 0.5Flow Rate (GPM) 100.0Head (ft) 38.0Temperature (°F) 60.0v/p 115/1Manufacturer

Serial Number

Model



PassY/N



stable, normal conditions1. Permanent power is connected2. Control system is operating and fully functional3. Record current water level

Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B2 Verify adequate access is provided to


No problems exist that interfere with equipment access




Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B3 Verify alarm panel is accessible from

elevator doorsNo problems exist that interfere with visual access to alarm LEDs

Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B

VERIFICATION OF ALARMS4 Verify individual LED indicator lights

are active for each condition1. LED for oil in the sump2. LED for high liquid level in the sump3. LED for high amps or locked rotor motor condition4. LED for electric power to the panel5. LED for pump activation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B

NORMAL OPERATION5 Add water to the sump to simulate

rising liquid level for pump activation1. Liquid rise in sump raises float switch2. Float switch activates pump3. LED indicates pump operation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B6 Add water to the sump to reach high

water alarm float level1. High water alarm activates2. LED indicates high liquid level in the sump3. Alarm signal is received at BAS4. High water level warning horn buzzer is activated5. If pump is not already on, pump activates on high water level6. High water level warning horn buzzer is silenced with alarm silencing switch

Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B7 All pump to remove water from sump

to reduce liquid level to reduce liquid level below the high water alarm level

1. High water alarm deactivates2. LED for high liquid level in the sump is off3. Alarm signal to BAS is off4. Pump remains on

Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B8 Remove water from sump to reduce

liquid level below the float level1. Pump turns off2. LED for pump activation is off




Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B

RETURN TO NORMAL OPERATION9 Verify the sump pump returns to

normal operationsReturn any changed parameters to their original value

1. Alarm LEDs are off2. Pump is off3. Liquid level is below float activation level

Actual Results:

Field Notes: ESP1-B

Documents Attached:

END OF TEST

Comments:

ACCEPTANCE OF TEST:







CommissioningFPT

Jacobs Project No: F3W80021 Page 1 of 9 FPT- Domestic Water Booster PumpUTMB Webster

PROJECT: UTMB Webster

PROJECT NUMBER: F3W80021

REPORT ID: FPT- Domestic Water Booster Pump

REPORT DESCRIPTION:

Design Information:Parameters Design Actual

References:

Procedures:

PassY/N


GENERAL SYSTEM READINESS1 Verify adequate access is provided to

all components that require periodic maintenance.

Unit and associated components are accessible for service

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 2 Verify system has been operating at

stable, normal conditions and all test pre-requisites have been satisfied

Trends provided.System has been operating at stable, normal conditions.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 3 If the system is integrated to the BAS,

verify trend graphs for each point listed below. Trend data is required for a minimum of 3 consecutive business days sampled at 5 minute intervals.

DWP-4 Speed/StatusDWP-5 Speed/StatusDWP-6 Speed/StatusDischarge PressureDischarge Pressure Set pointGeneral Alarm

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


VERIFICATION OF ALARMS4 At the pump skid human machine

interface (HMI), enter the system setup screen and notate the current low water pressure setpoint in field notes. Once the current setpoint is noted, adjust the low pressure set point higher than the current operating pressure.Verify that pump(s) enable and a low suction pressure alarm is received at the HMI, BAS, and that a local panel buzzer/strobe alarm enables in the space. Once verified, return the low pressuresetpoint back to its original value and ensure the unit resumes normal operation.

1. Low water pressure setpoint is noted in field notes below:____ 2. Low water pressure setpoint is adjusted above the currentoperating pressure:_____ 3. Booster set indexes 'fill mode and pump(s) enable:_____4. Low suction pressure alarm is indicated at the HMI:_____5. Low suction pressure alarm is indicated at the BAS:_____6. Common alarm received at the BAS:____7. Local panel buzzer/strobe activate in the space:____8. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:___ 9. Once pressure is established above the low pressure setpoint, alarm will clear and system will resume normal operation:_____

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 5 At the pump skid human machine

interface (HMI), enter the system setup screen and notate the current high water pressure setpoint in field notes. Once the current setpoint is noted, adjust the high pressure set point lower than the current operating pressure.Verify that pump(s) disable and a high discharge pressure alarm is received at the HMI, BAS, and that a local panel buzzer/strobe alarm enables in the space. Once verified, return the high pressure setpoint back to its original value and ensure the unit resumes normal operation.

1. High water pressure setpoint is noted in field notes below:____2. High water pressure setpoint is adjusted below the currentoperating pressure:_____3. Booster set disables operational pumps:_____4. High discharge pressure alarm is indicated at the HMI:_____5. High discharge pressure alarm is indicated at the BAS:_____6. Common alarm received at the BAS:_____7. Local panel buzzer/strobe activate in the space:_____8. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____9. Once pressure is established below the high pressure setpoint, alarm will clear and system will resume normal operation:____

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


6 At the pump skid human machine interface (HMI), disconnect the pressure transducer to simulate a loss of signal. Verify that the booster set disables, a transducer failure alarm is received atthe HMI, a general alarm is indicated at the BAS, and that a local panel buzzer/strobe alarm enables in the space. Once verified, reattach the pressure transducer and ensure the unit resumes normal operation.

1. Pressure transducer is disconnected and loss of signal occurs:_____2. Booster set disables any operational pump:_____ 3. Transducer failure alarm is indicated at the HMI:_____4. General alarm is indicated at the BAS:_____5. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____6. Once the pressure transducer signal is re- established, alarm will clear and system resumes normal operation:_____

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 7 At the pump skid, simulate a power

supply failure to the set. Verify that the system enables emergency mode, and verify if a general alarm is reported to the BAS, and that a local panel buzzer/strobe alarm enables in the space. Once verified, re-establish power to the unit and verify system is able to resume normal operation.

1. Power supply failure to the set is simulated:____2. Unit indexes emergency mode:____3. General alarm contact is activated:____4. General alarm is indicated at the BAS:_____5. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS6. Once power is re- established, alarm will clear and system resumes normal operation

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 8 At the pump skid, simulate a no flow

shutdown scenario by restricting flow at a discharge. Verify that pumps disable, a no flow alarm is reported at the HMI, a general alarm to the BAS, and that a local panel buzzer/strobe alarm enables in the space. Once verified, re-establish flow at the unit and verify system is able to resume normal operation.

1. Discharge flow is restricted:____2. All active pumps disable:____ 3. No flow alarm is activated:____4. General alarm is indicated at the BAS:____5. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____6. Once alarm is cleared, system resumes normal operation:_____

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


9 With system conditions satisfied and pumps disabled, place a pump VFD in hand and operate it at its minimum speed. Verify that a pump running alarm is reported to the BAS, and that a local panel buzzer/strobe alarm enables in the space. Once verified, set VFD back to auto and verify the system is able to resume normal operation.

1. Pump set is initially disabled:2. One pump VFD is placed in hand at its minimum allowable frequency:3. Pump running alarm is displayed at the HMI:4. Pump running alarm is indicated at the BAS.5. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:6. Once verified, pump VFD is placed back into auto, alarm will clear, and system resumes normal operation.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 10 With the system enabled and a pump

operating, set the associated pump VFD to OFF. Verify that a pump tripped alarm is reported to the BAS, a lag pump enables, and that a local panel buzzer/strobe alarm enables in the space. Ensure to test failure for all 3 pump, while ensuring a lag pump enables.Once verified, set VFD back to auto and verify the system is able to resume normal operation.

1. Pump set is initially enabled with a pump operational:____

2. The operational pump VFD is set to OFF:____3. Pump tripped alarm is displayed at the HMI:____4. Pump tripped alarm is indicated at the BAS:____5. Lag pump enables upon failure being reported:____6. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____7. Once verified, pump VFD is placed back into auto, alarm will clear, and system resumes normal operation:____

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

SENSOR VERIFICATION11 Verify the suction side pressure

sensor is functional and operational.Verify sensor is in the correct location, accessible for future maintenance, and calibrated.

Sensor in correct location, accessible, and calibrated:____

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 12 Verify the discharge side pressure

sensor is functional and operational.Verify sensor is in the correct location, accessible for future maintenance, and calibrated.


Actual Results:


CommissioningFPT


Field Notes: 13 Verify the remote pressure sensor is

functional and operational.Verify sensor is in the correct location, accessible for future maintenance, and calibrated.


Actual Results:

Field Notes:

MATERIAL START-UP14 With the system initially disabled,

verify that the booster set protection (remote stop and low water switch) features are not enabled, and that valves are open to ensure water circulation. Also, ensure the expansion tank valve is open and a part of the loop.

1. System is disabled:____2. Remote stop is not enabled:____3. Low water switch is not enabled:____4. Valves are open:____5. Expansion tank is integrated into the loop:____6. System is ready for operation:____

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 15 At the HMI system setup screen,

verify the current system operating values and note them below.

Pressure set point: _____ psiSoft Fill setpoint: ______ %Initial ramp time: _____ seconds

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 16 At the HMI pump arrangement

screen, verify the number of pumps associated with the system, and ensure the standby pump option is off. Also, record the frequency at which pumps operate when pressure transducer failure occurs.

Number of associated pumps: _____Standby Pump is set to OFF: ______ Y/NReference Loss Frequency: ___ % - Pumps disable during reference loss event.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 17 At the HMI pump head and sleep

function screen, note the system values currently programmed.

Installed system controls differ from O&M, this does not lookto be applicable.

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


18 At the HMI stage off/on mode screen,verify that stage off/on modes are set to auto. Also, note the Pump stage on frequencies, pump stage off frequencies, and the system sleep frequency below. Also note if/which break tank selector option is being utilized.

Stage on mode: ____% pump speed with 10 second delayStage off mode: ____%pump speed for 30 secondsStage on setpoint: ______ %Stage off setpoint: ______ %Sleep frequency: _______ HzBreak Tank Selector mode: _______

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 19 At the human machine interface

(HMI), extract the current min/max frequencies, and also the current PID settings and note them below.

Min frequency: ________ HzMax frequency: ________ HzGain:____%Speed up limit:____%Speed down limit:____%

Actual Results:


(HMI), record the current values usedfor the duty pump rotation function.

Boost period (helps force pump to sleep): ____ secDuty change: ____ hrsDelay start: ____ secDelay stop: ____ secHMI does not have similar setup as indicated on O&M – rotation will occur every 24 hrs.

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

NORMAL OPERATION21 At the skid, allow the system to

enable and record the current operating conditions of the pump skid.

Pressure set point: ______Current operating mode: ______Pump 1 status: ______Pump 2 status: ______ Pump 3 status: ______Common pump speed: ______

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 22 At the HMI, increase the pressure

setpoint and verify the operating VFD increases speed to achieve the desired setpoint.

1. Pressure setpoint is increased:____ Y/N2. Active pump increases speed to achieve pressure setpoint:_____Y/N3. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____ Y/N

Actual Results:


CommissioningFPT


Field Notes: 23 At the HMI, decrease the pressure

setpoint and verify the operating VFD decreases speed to achieve the desired setpoint.

1. Pressure setpoint is decreased:____ Y/N2. Active pump decreases speed to achieve pressure setpoint:____Y/N3. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____ Y/N

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 24 With only one pump operating, adjust

the stage on frequency to a value above the current pump speed. Verify that a lag pump enables.

1. System is operating utilizing only one pump:____Y/N2. Stage on frequency is decreased to a value above the current pump frequency:____Y/N3. Lag pump enables after any start delay expires:____Y/N4. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____Y/N

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 25 With two pumps operating, adjust the

stage on frequency to a value above the current pump speed. Verify that the lag lag pump enables.

1. System is operating utilizing two pumps:____Y/N2. Stage on frequency is decreased to a value above the current pump frequency:____Y/N3. Lag lag pump enables after any start delay expires, with pump speeds operating in unison:____Y/N4. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____Y/N

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 26 With three pumps operating, adjust

the stage off frequency to a value below the current pump speed. Verify that the lag lag pump disables.

1. System is operating utilizing two pumps:____Y/N2. Stage on frequency is decreased to a value above the current pump frequency:____Y/N3. Lag lag pump enables after any start delay expires, with pump speeds operating in unison:____Y/N4. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____Y/N

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 27 With two pumps operating, adjust the

stage off frequency to a value below the current pump speed. Verify that the lag pump disables.

1. System is operating utilizing two pumps:____Y/N2. Stage off frequency is decreased to a value below the current pump frequency:____Y/N3. Lag pump disables after any stop delay expires, with pump speeds operating in unison:____Y/N4. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____Y/N

Actual Results:


CommissioningFPT



(HMI), adjust stage on/off frequenciesback to their normal values.

Verify the system resumes normal operation.

1. System is operating utilizing only one pump: ____Y/N2. Stage on/off frequency setpoints are returned to normal operating values:____Y/N3. System resumes normal operation:____Y/N4. Setting are noted below:____Y/N

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

LEAD/LAG ROTATION CONTROL29 At the human machine interface

(HMI), simulate a pump rotation based on a sleep cycle occuring:Simulate this by decreasing demand, or adjusting the sleep frequency. Once system is in sleep mode, set the sleep frequency back to normal and ensure a different lead pump enables.

1. Lead pump is operational:____Y/N2. Demand is decreased, or sleep frequency is adjusted to ensure pump enters sleep mode:____Y/N 3. Pump disables:____Y/N4. Increase demand, or adjust sleep frequency setting again to wake the system:____Y/N5. A different lead pump enables:All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____Y/N

Actual Results:


(HMI), simulate a pump rotation based on a time cycle.Adjust the duty change runtime to theminimum allowed and ensure pump rotation occurs after the time delay has expired. Once verified, return the duty change time setpoint back to its original value.

1. Lead pump is enabled:____Y/N2. Duty change runtime is adjusted to its lowest value:____Y/N3. Based on run time, lead pump switchover occurs:____Y/N4. New lead pump operates to maintain pressure setpoint:____Y/N5. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI and BAS:____Y/N

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 31 With the system initially enabled,

verify if the pump set can be disabled remotely from the BAS operator workstation.

1. System is initially enabled:____Y/N2. Pump set is commanded off through the BAS workstation:____Y/N3. Pumps disable:____Y/N4. All points are accurately displayed at the HMI:____Y/N 5. Once verified, remove the remote disable command and verify the system resumes normal operation:____Y/N

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


RETURN TO NORMAL32 Return all program logic, set points,

instrumentation, and control devices back to normal operation.

Unit resumes normal operation.

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

Documents Attached:

END OF TEST

Comments:

ACCEPTANCE OF TEST:







Project No: R6W63300 Page 2 of 21 FPT_221113-01 BP Westlake 1 Central Utility Plant Phase 2 Duplex Fuel Oil Pump System

Functional Performance Test Prerequisites

Prerequisite Yes No Comments

1. Contractor QA/QC Testing Reports completed & submitted to CxA.

2. Factory Test Reports have been provided.

3. Pre Functional Checklist completed & signed off.

4. O&M Manuals submitted.

5. All circuits operated under load.

6. All 3rd Party NETA Testing has been completed.

7. Manufacturers startup has been completed

8. Coordination (Short Circuit) Study is completed, turned over to the Third party testing Agency and all breakers are set to correct settings.

Equipment Identification

Unit Identification Location (or Service)

DUPLEX FUEL OIL PUMP SYSTEM NORTH GARAGE RM-NG003


MorellF

Typewritten Text

FUEL OIL PUMP FPT


DIESEL FUEL PUMPING ASSEMBLY: Enclosed fuel transfer system shall consist of (2) supply pumps, (1) return pump, control panel, Enclosure and accessories for a complete operational package. Package shall include fully contained Free-standing weatherproof enclosure, UL508 listed controller with automatic operation, touch screen Graphical display, integral positive displacement fuel transfer pumps (3) each with inlet strainer and Gauges, integral differential pressure switch, flow proving controls, integral leak basin with leak switch, Sight flow indicator for quick operational assessment API 607 Fire safe isolation valves, schedule 40 Steel pipe and fittings. Pumps shall have a flow rate of 180 gallons per hour each at 50 psi, 1/2 HP, 115 volt single phase, 1” suction and 1” discharge connections, automatic alternator for (2) fuel supply Pumps complete with dry contacts for DDC connection for each pump status, enclosure shall be 48”Lx24”Wx48”H, manufactured by Cougar Sales, Inc. No. EFTS-180. Also, unit shall interface with Additional leak switch in drain pan for existing fuel pump box shown on the plumbing drawings. Provide dry contacts for leak detection to DDC system. Provide leak switch and all warring required for Complete operation system Sequence of operation: New fuel oil pumping system: Assembly shall interface with new emergency generator day tank. Assembly shall cut on (1) fuel Supply pump when generator cuts on. Fuel return pump shall cut on when generator day tank has Tank overflow level. The (2) fuel supply pumps shall alternate automatically with each run cycle. Supply Pumps shall cut off when generator cuts off. Return pump shall cut off when generator day tank Normal level is achieved (pumped down from overflow level). Leak detection interface with existing fuel oil pumping system: Panel shall cut off existing pumps if leak is detected in drain pan. The Existing pump controls shall be modified to incorporate the shutdown of pumps upon leak detection Indication.




Pass Y/N


GENERALSYSTEM READINESS

1 Verify Duplex pump controller with (2) supply pumps and (1) return pump has been installed fuel oil piping complete and electrical power provided and is ready for testing.

1. Duplex controller installed. Y N

2. (2) Supply pumps. Y N

3. (1) Return Pump. Y N

4. Fuel Oil Piping complete. Y N

5. Double wall piping. Y N

6. Piping connected to storage tank.

Y N

7. Piping connected to generator day tank.

Y N

8. Leak detection provided. Y N

9. Monitoring panel provided (Touch screen graphical display). Y N

10. 120vac circuit provided and connected to an emergency circuit. Y N

11. Ready for testing. Y N

Field Notes:

2 Verify all existing single wall piping has been replaced with new double wall piping.

Y N

Field Notes:

3 Verify (2) new 3” stainless steel drip pans with leak detection have been installed (1) at existing generator flexible fuel hoses and (1) at existing fuel oil pumping assembly.

1. Existing generator. Y N

2. Existing fuel oil pumping assembly.

Y N

Field Notes:

4 Verify (2) emergency vent fittings and (1) flash arrestor have been installed and mounted 12’ above ground level.

1. (2) Emergency vents fittings. Y N

2. (1) Flash arrestor. Y N

Field Notes:



Pass Y/N


5 Verify the Fire Safety Valve with limit switch has been installed in the supply line near tap connection at the 2000gal storage tank.

Y N

Field Notes:

6 Verify new foot valve has been installed at existing 2000gal fuel oil storage tank.

Y N

Field Notes:

7 Verify (4) strainers have been installed. 1. Supply pumps FOS 2-1. Y N

2. Supply pumps FOS 2-2. Y N

3. Return pumps FOR 2-1. Y N

4. Bypass fuel oil piping header solenoid valve side.

Y N

Field Notes:

8 Verify (3) check valves have been installed.




Field Notes:

9 Verify (5) manual isolation valves have been installed.




4. Bypass fuel oil piping header (2).

Y N

Field Notes:

10 Verify continuous read level transmitter has been installed.

Y N

Field Notes:



Pass Y/N


11 Verify solenoid valve has been installed in the bypass fuel oil header on the supply side.

Y N

Field Notes:

12 Verify pipe leak switch has been installed in double wall piping.

Y N

Field Notes:

13 Verify fuel detector switch has been installed.

Y N

Field Notes:

14 Verify sight glasses and flow gauges are installed.

Y N

Field Notes:

15 Verify fuel oil piping system has been hydrostatically tested at 100psi to check for leaks.

1. Tested for leaks at 100psi. Y N

2. System has no leaks. Y N

Field Notes:

16 1. Verify the fuel oil piping system has been thoroughly flushed with diesel fuel to remove all moisture and debris.

2. Fuel oil piping system after flushing has been filled with fuel with end valves closed.

1. Y N

2. Y N

Field Notes:

17 Verify generator installation is complete and the 2000gal fuel oil storage tank is full of fuel and ready for testing.

1. Generator installation complete.

Y N

2. Storage tank full of fuel. Y N

3. Ready for testing. Y N

Field Notes:



Pass Y/N


18 Verify Wiring to DDC has been installed from fuel oil pump controller for status and alarms.

Y N

Field Notes:

TOUCH SCREEN GRAPHICAL DISPLAY

19 Verify operation of touch screen graphical display.

1. Main screen display matches installed fuel oil piping system. Y N

2. Fuel oil piping system can be controlled from touch screen.

Y N

3. Alarm status is displayed correctly. Y N

4. Pump running status is displayed correctly. Y N

5. Day tank status is displayed correctly. Y N

6. Alarm history has been recorded and stored. Y N

Field Notes:

MANUAL OPERATION OF CONTROLLER AND PUMPS

20 Note: May need to pump the fuel of the day tank down using the FOR 2-1 Pump or manually using 50gal drums to the low level (pump start) position to insure enough time is allowed for pumps to be called for and run.

1. Verify Generator ATS-9 2000AF/1800AT Main feeder breaker is open and Lock out Tag Out is in place for fuel oil pump testing.

2. Verify ATS-FP1A 800amp Feeder breaker is open and Lock out Tag Out is in place for fuel oil pump testing.

3. Verify ATS-FP2A 800amp Feeder breaker is open and Lock out Tag Out is in place for fuel oil pump testing.

4. Verify ATS-FP3A 800amp Feeder

1. Y N

2. Y N

3. Y N

4. Y N



Pass Y/N


breaker is open and Lock out Tag Out is in place for fuel oil pump testing.

Field Notes:

21 1. With control panel in the manual mode does the DDC display a general alarm not in auto?

2. With the selector switch in the on position for FOS 2-1 does the pump run.

a. Is the run status light illuminated?

b. Did the solenoid valve open?

c. Is fuel flowing into the day tank?

i. Is pump pumping 300gph?

d. Is pump running status displayed at the DDC?

3. With the selector switch in the off position for FOS 2-1 does the pump turn off?

a. Is the run status light off?

b. Did the solenoid valve close?

c. Is the pump off?

d. Is pump off status displayed at the DDC?

4. With the selector switch in the on position for FOS 2-2 does the pump run.




i. Is pump pumping 300gph?

1. Y N

2. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

i. Y N

d. Y N

3. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

4. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

i. Y N



Pass Y/N



5. With the selector switch in the off position for FOS 2-2 does the pump turn off?



c. Is the pump off?


6. With the selector switch in the on position for FOR 2-1 does the pump run.


b. Is fuel flowing out of the day tank into the storage tank?

c. Is pump running status displayed at the DDC?

7. With the selector switch in the off position for FOR 2-1 does the pump turn off?


b. Is the pump off?

c. Is pump off status displayed at the DDC?

d. Y N

5. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

6. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

7. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

Field Notes:

AUTO OPERATION OF CONTROLLER AND PUMPS

22 Note: May need to pump the fuel of the day tank down using the FOR 2-1 Pump or manually using 50gal drums to the low level (pump start) position to insure enough time is allowed for pumps to be called for and run.

1. Place the duplex fuel oil pump controller in the AUTO mode.

2. From the ECM at the generator start

1. Y N

2. Y N



Pass Y/N


the generator.

3. Verify (1) of the fuel oil supply pumps (FOS 2-1) is running.





4. Once the fuel level has reached the cut-off level (approximately 7”) or verification from the controller that the day tank is full does the pump turn off?



c. Is the pump off?


5. From the ECM at the generator stop the generator.

3. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

4. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

5. Y N

Field Notes:

23

Note: This step will verify the alternating circuit of the controller.

Note: May need to pump the fuel of the day tank down using the FOR 2-1 Pump or manually using 50gal drums to the low level (pump start) position to insure enough time is allowed for pumps to be called for and run.

1. From the ECM at the generator start the generator.



1. Y N

2. Y N

a. Y N



Pass Y/N







b. Is the pump off?

c. Did the solenoid valve close?



b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

3. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

4. Y N

Field Notes:

24

Note:

1) This step will verify the pump failure operation of the supply pump FOS 2-1 by disconnecting the power source or disabling the pump.

2) May need to pump the fuel of the day tank down using the FOR 2-1 Pump or manually using 50gal drums to the low level (pump start) position to insure enough time is allowed for pumps to be called for and run.






1. Y N

2. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N



Pass Y/N



3. Simulate a pump failure by disconnecting the power source or disabling the pump FOS 2-1.


b. Is the pump off?

c. Did the solenoid valve open or remain open?

d. Is the local controller displaying a pump failure?

e. Is pump off status displayed at the BAS?

f. Is pump fail status displayed at the BAS?

4. Verify the alternate fuel oil supply pump (FOS 2-2) is running.


b. Did the solenoid valve open or remain open?


d. Is pump running status displayed at the BAS?



b. Is the pump off?


d. Is the local controller still displaying a pump failure for pump FOS 2-1?


f. Is pump fail status still displayed at the BAS for

d. Y N

3. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

e. Y N

f. Y N

4. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

5. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

e. Y N

f. Y N



Pass Y/N


pump FOS 2-1?


7. Re-connect the power source or enable the pump FOS 2-1.

a. Reset the pump controller to clear the alarm.

b. Did the pump failure go away at the local controller?

c. Did the pump fail status go away at the BAS for pump FOS 2-1?

6. Y N

7. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

Field Notes:

25 Note:

1) This step will verify the pump failure operation of the supply pump FOS 2-2 by disconnecting the power source or disabling the pump.

2) May need to pump the fuel of the day tank down to the low level (pump start) position to insure enough time is allowed for pumps to be called for and run.







3. Simulate a pump failure by disconnecting the power source or disabling the pump FOS 2-2.


b. Is the pump off?

1. Y N

2. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

3. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N



Pass Y/N


c. Did the solenoid valve open or remain open?

d. Is the local controller displaying a pump failure?


f. Is pump fail status displayed at the BAS?








b. Is the pump off?


d. Is the local controller still displaying a pump failure for pump FOS 2-2?


f. Is pump fail status still displayed at the BAS for pump FOS 2-2?


7. Re-connect the power source or enable the pump FOS 2-2.


b. Did the pump failure go

c. Y N

d. Y N

e. Y N

f. Y N

4. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

5. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

e. Y N

f. Y N

6. Y N

7. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N



Pass Y/N


away at the local controller?


c. Y N

Field Notes:

26 Note:

1) This step will verify the pump failure operation of the supply pump FOS 2-1 by shutting off the fuel supply to the day tank with the local valve.








3. Simulate a pump fuel flow failure of the supply pump FOS 2-1 by shutting off the fuel supply to the day tank with the local valve.

a. Is the run status light on?

b. Is the pump on?

c. Is the solenoid valve open?

d. Is the local controller displaying a pump fuel flow failure?

e. Is pump on status displayed at the BAS?

f. Is pump fuel flow fail status

1. Y N

2. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

3. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

e. Y N

f. Y N



Pass Y/N


displayed at the BAS?








b. Is the pump off?


d. Is the local controller still displaying a pump fuel flow failure for pump FOS 2-1?


f. Is pump fuel flow fail status still displayed at the BAS for pump FOS 2-1?


7. Restore pump fuel flow of the supply pump FOS 2-1 by opening the fuel supply to the day tank with the local valve.




4. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

5. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

e. Y N

f. Y N

6. Y N

7. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

Field Notes:



Pass Y/N


27 Note:

1) This step will verify the pump failure operation of the supply pump FOS 2-2 by shutting off the fuel supply to the day tank with the local valve.








3. Simulate a pump fuel flow failure of the supply pump FOS 2-2 by shutting off the fuel supply to the day tank with the local valve.

a. Is the run status light on?

b. Is the pump on?

c. Is the solenoid valve open?

d. Is the local controller displaying a pump fuel flow failure?

e. Is pump on status displayed at the BAS?

f. Is pump fuel flow fail status displayed at the BAS?



1. Y N

2. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

3. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

e. Y N

f. Y N

4. Y N

a. Y N



Pass Y/N







b. Is the pump off?


d. Is the local controller still displaying a pump fuel flow failure for pump FOS 2-2?


f. Is pump fuel flow fail status still displayed at the BAS for pump FOS 2-2?


7. Restore pump fuel flow of the supply pump FOS 2-2 by opening the fuel supply to the day tank with the local valve.




b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

5. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

d. Y N

e. Y N

f. Y N

6. Y N

7. Y N

a. Y N

b. Y N

c. Y N

Field Notes:

VERIFY THE LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM FOR THE NEW & EXISTING GENERATOR FUEL SYSTEMS

28 1. Verify the fuel leak switch for the new generator double wall piping

1. Switch was activated manually.

Y N



Pass Y/N


system is functioning properly by manually activating the switch.

2. Reset the leak switch.

a. Did an alarm display at the touch screen controller?

Y N

b. Did an alarm display at the DDC. Y N

c. Did the new fuel oil pumping system shut down?

Y N

2. Did the switch reset? Y N

a. Did the alarm at the touch screen clear? Y N

b. Did the alarm at the DDC clear? Y N

c. Did the new fuel oil pumps resume normal operation?

Y N

Field Notes:

29 1. Verify the fuel leak detection installed in the new 3” high stainless steel drip pan under the flexible fuel hoses to the existing generator will shut down the existing fuel oil pumping system when activated. Manually activate the leak detection.

2. Reset the leak detection. Note: This is an added feature only to shut down the existing fuel oil pumping system when a leak has accrued in the new drip pans at the existing generator. It is not clear if this will be monitored from the touch screen or the DDC.

1. Leak detection was activated manually.

Y N

a. Did an alarm display at the touch screen controller? Y N


c. Did the existing fuel oil pumping system shut down? Y N

2. Did the leak detection reset?


b. Did the alarm at the DDC clear? Y N

c. Did the existing fuel oil pumps resume normal operation?

Y N

Field Notes:



Pass Y/N


30 1. Verify the fuel leak detection installed in the new 3” high stainless steel drip pan under the fuel oil pumping system for the existing generator will shut down the existing fuel oil pumping system when activated. Manually activate the leak detection.

2. Reset the leak detection. Note: This is an added feature only to shut down the existing fuel oil pumping system when a leak has accrued in the new drip pans at the existing generator. It is not clear if this will be monitored from the touch screen or the DDC.

1. Leak detection was activated manually.

Y N



c. Did the existing fuel oil pumping system shut down? Y N

2. Did the leak detection reset?


b. Did the alarm at the DDC clear?

Y N

c. Did the existing fuel oil pumps resume normal operation?

Y N

Field Notes:

End of Test



Date:_________________________

Summary of Results:

Lessons Learned:

Corrective Issues:

ACCEPTANCE OF TEST:

Owner Representative: ____________________________________________

General Contractor Representative: ____________________________________________

Electrical Contractor Representative: ____________________________________________

Controls Contractor Representative: ____________________________________________

Commissioning Authority: ____________________________________________


CommissioningFPT

Jacobs Project No: R6W63800 HCC-6 Page 1 of 8 FPT- Domestic Hot Water SystemColeman

PROJECT: Coleman

PROJECT NUMBER: R6W63800 HCC-6

REPORT ID: FPT- Domestic Hot Water System

REPORT DESCRIPTION:

Design Information:Parameters Design Actual

References:

Procedures:

PassY/N



stable, normal conditions. Record current water temperature and current mode.

DWH Temp Set point: ______°FTMV Temp Set point: ______°F Current Mode: _____

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 2 Verify adequate access to the unit

and associated components that require periodic maintenance and service.

Unit and associated components are easily accessible for service.

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

ALARMS AND SAFETIES


CommissioningFPT


3 At the blocked inlet switch, open the normally closed contacts to simulate a fall in pressure. This switch ensuresintake air to the water heater is not restricted.Verify that the control system disables heating operation when the contacts are opened during a heating cycle.

1. During a heating cycle, opening the blocked inlet contactsdisables the equipment:2. Alarm is displayed on the local HMI:3. Once verified, close the contacts and verify that the unit resumes normal operation:

Error Code: _______

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 4 At the blower prover switch, close the

normally open contacts to simulate a rise in pressure. This switch ensures the combustion blower is operating properly at blower start-up.Verify that the control system disables heating operation when contacts are closed during a heating cycle.

1. Heating operation disables if contacts are closed before the combustion blower is energized:2. Alarm is displayed on the local equipment interface:3. Once verified, close the contacts and verify that the unit resumes normal operation:

Error Code: _______

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 5 At the blocked outlet switch, open the

normally closed contacts to simulate a rise in pressure. This switch ensures exhaust piping connected to the water heater is not restricted.Verify that the control system disables heating operation when the contacts are opened during a heating cycle.

1. During a heating cycle, opening the blocked outlet switch contacts disables the equipment:2. Alarm is displayed on the local equipment interface:3. Once verified, close the contacts and verify that the unit resumes normal operation:

Error Code: ______

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 6 At the low gas pressure switch, close

the normally open contacts to simulate a low pressure condition. This switch ensures supply gas pressure is above minimum requirements.Verify that the control system disables heating operation when contacts are closed during a heating cycle.

1. During a heating cycle, closing the low gas pressure switch contacts disables the equipment:2. Alarm is displayed on the local equipment interface:3. Once verified, close the contacts and verify that the unit resumes normal operation:

Error Code: ________

Actual Results:


CommissioningFPT


Field Notes: 7 Note: The below step may 'lock-out'

the system. To restart the unit, ensure that water temperature is below 160°F, and press the Set/Reset button on the display panel.At the upper temperature probe, openthe normally closed contacts to simulate a high temperature limit condition.Verify that the control system disables heating operation when contacts are opened during a heating cycle, and the system is locked out.

1. Heating operation disables when contacts are opened:2. Energy Cut Out Alarm is displayed on the local equipmentinterface:3. Unit is manually reset as described:4. Once verified, close the contacts and manually reset the unit as described:5. Unit resumes normal operation:

Error Code: ________

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

INSTALLATION VERIFICATION8 Measure the supply pressure with all

gas fired appliances connected to thecommon main firing at full capacity.Verify that supply pressure does not drop more than 1.5 in WC, and nominal gas supply pressure is approximately 7.0 in WC, and does not fall below this threshold during operation.

Note: Min gas supply pressure: 5.5 in W.CMax gas supply pressure: 12.0 in W.C.

1. Nominal gas supply pressure is approximately 7.0 in WC, and the equipment does not see a supply pressure drop exceeding 1.5 in WC during operation.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 9 Measure the maximum supply

pressure while the gas is not flowing. Verify that the static pressure does not exceed the 12 in WC limit.

1. If unit exceeds the 12 in WC threshold, install a positive lock-up gas pressure regulator in the supply line, installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 10 Measure the manifold pressure.

Verify that the manifold pressure reads 4.0±0.3 in W.C.

1. Manifold pressure is within operating range.

Actual Results:


CommissioningFPT


Field Notes: 11 Verify that the condensate drain line

is not elevated above the condensatedrain connection on the condensate trap.Also, verify that the drain line is no more than 6 inches above the drain.

1. Condensate drain line is not elevated above the condensate drain connection on the condensate trap2. Drain line is not more than 6 inches above the drain

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 12 Verify that the factory installed

exhaust/condensate elbow is in place. The water trap inside of the exhaust/condensate elbow prevents flue gases from escaping into the installed space.

1. Factory exhaust/condensate elbow is installed.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 13 Ensure the hose barb installed in the

tee fitting is not facing down towards the ground, and angled between 90° and 130°.If not correct, residual condensate may form in the intake air pipe and drain into the blocked air intake switch and damage it.Also, for a direct vent application, ensure that the intake air screen is removed.

1. Hose barb installed in correct orientation.2. Intake air screen is removed.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 14 Shut off the supply gas line and

adjust the set point to be higher than the current temperature to enable the unit. Verify that the unit tries to enable 3 times, then locks out after the 3rd attempt, displaying Error Code 02 and Gas Valve LED flashes.

1. Unit enables sequence as described in step 16:2. After no flame being sensed, gas-valve de-energizes:3. 30 second blower purge occurs:4. Unit attempts igniting up to 3 times, with a blower purge between each try. 5. Heater locks out after 3rd try, displays error code 02, and gas valve LED flashes.

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


NORMAL OPERATION15 At the gas water heater local HMI,

record the current equipment settings.

Tank Temperature: _______°FUpper Tank Temperature: _______°FLower Tank Temperature: _______°FOperating set point: _______°FStatus: _______

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 16 Note: load shedding may need to be

performed in order to conduct the below step.With the unit disabled, raise the set point to be 5°F greater than the actualtemperature. Ensure set point is outside of dead band.Verify that the gas water heater enables.

1. Pre-diagnostic system check is performed and verifies pressure switch circuit as open2. Blower motor is energized and a 20 second pre-purge is performed:3. Blower prover switch contacts close and pressure switch circuit is verified closed:4. Ignitor is energized for warmup period (approximately 17 seconds)5. Gas valve is energized and gas flows to burner6. Flame is sensed during 7.5 second trial for ignition:7. Water is heated to set point:

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 17 Once unit achieves set point, verify

that firing disables, a 30 second blower purge occurs, and unit enters standby mode.

1. Set point is below actual temperature and outside of deadband:2. Gas valve is de-energized:3. A 30 second blower purge occurs:4. Heater goes into standby mode:

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 18 Restore set points to original values. 1. Unit resumes normal operation:

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 19 At the thermostatic mixing valve,

record the current temperature setting.

Verify if the hot water circulation pumps are enabled or disabled.

1. Current settings recorded below:

TMV set point: ______°FTMV supply temperature: ______FCP-1 status: _________CP-1 aqua-stat set point: ______°FCP-2 status: _________CP-2 aqua-stat set point: _______°FCP-3 status: _________CP-3 aqua-stat set point: ________°F

Actual Results:


CommissioningFPT


Field Notes: 20 With the circulation pumps enabled,

verify aqua-stat functionality by lowering the set point for each DHW loop return temperature below its current return temperature.

CP-1 disables when loop return temperature is above aqua-stat set point.CP-2 disables when loop return temperature is above aqua-stat set point.CP-3 disables when loop return temperature is above aqua-stat set point.

Thermostatic mixing valve maintains supply set point: Y / N Actual Results:

Field Notes: 21 With the circulation pumps disabled,

verify aqua-stat functionality by increasing the set point for each DHW loop return temperature above its current return temperature.

CP-1 enables when loop return temperature is below aqua-stat set point.CP-2 enables when loop return temperature is below aqua-stat set point.CP-3 enables when loop return temperature is below aqua-stat set point.

Thermostatic mixing valve maintains supply set point: Y / N Actual Results:

Field Notes: 22 Restore HW set points to original

value.1. Unit resumes normal operation:

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 23 Verify that the circulation pumps are

on a timer for occupied/unoccupied operation.Adjust time settings to verify each circulation pump enables and disables.

1. DHW Circulating Pumps (CP-1, CP-2, CP-3) enable and disable correctly based on building occupied/unoccupied hours:

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


24 Test faucets in lavatory sinks throughout the facility for mixed watertemperature. Record the time it takes for fixtures to reach 105°F at different locations throughout the building.

Verify faucets do not exceed 110°F.

Record results in attached "DHW Fixture Temperature Log" document.

1. Faucets are able to reach temperature (~105°F) in an acceptable time frame prior to disabling.2. Faucets do not exceed 110°F discharge temperature.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 25 Test faucets in janitor's closet and

other manual mixing locations to verify the time it takes to reach 110°F water temperature.

Record results in attached "DHW Fixture Temperature Log" document.

1. Hot water reaches 110°F within 10 seconds of turning on only the hot water at each faucet.

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

UNOCCUPIED MODE26 Set the schedule so the building is in

unoccupied mode.Verify that the Circulation Pumps are disabled.

1. Circulation Pumps de-energize based on the unoccupied schedule.

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 27 Return the building schedule to its

occupied mode and ensure there is a need for hot water to circulate.Verify that the Circulation Pumps enable.

1. Circulation Pumps energize to circulate HW in the loop.

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

RETURN TO NORMAL28 Return all program logic, set points,

instrumentation, and control devices back to normal operation.

1. Unit resumes normal operation:

Actual Results:


CommissioningFPT


Field Notes:

Documents Attached:

END OF TEST

Comments:

ACCEPTANCE OF TEST:







CommissioningFPT

Jacobs Project No: F9Y98701 Page 1 of 4 FPT- Steam to Hot Water HXPENN Hospital

PROJECT: PENN Hospital

PROJECT NUMBER: F9Y98701

REPORT ID: FPT- Steam to Hot Water HX

REPORT DESCRIPTION: Tag Number: PP-LD-HEX-1 (Snow Melt)

Date of Test: Execution Dates: Retest Dates: 11/04/2019


Design Information:Parameters Design ActualManufacturer

Model

Serial Number

Water Flow Rate (GPM) 167.5Maximum Pressure Drop (ft WG) 7.09EWT/LWT (deg F) 130/150Operating Pressure (PSIG) 50#/HR 1645

References:

Procedures:

PassY/N


GENERAL SYSTEM READINESS1 Observe typical loop ∆T Complete attached spreadsheet

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 2 Check for any unusual

noises/vibrationsThe system does not exhibit any unusual noises/vibrations

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


3 Verify system has been operating at stable, normal conditions. All test pre-requisites have been satisfied

The system is operating at stable and normal conditions

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 4 Verify heat exchanger has been

inspected and started up by personnel authorized by the equipment manufacturer

The system has been inspected and started by authorized personnel

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 5 Verify adequate access is provided to


The system has adequate access to all essential components

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 6 Verify that all gauges operate

properlyAll gauges associated with the system are operating as designed

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 7 Verify operation of the pressure relief

valveThe pressure relief valve associated with the system is operating as designed

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 8 Verify operation of the low water cut

out switchThe low water cut out switch is operating as designed

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 9 Verify operation of the high limit

temperature switchThe high temperature switch is operating as designed

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 10 Verify that system controls are fully

functionalThe system controls associated with the system are operating as designed


CommissioningFPT


Actual Results:

Field Notes: 11 Verify that system controls have been

calibratedThe system controls have been calibrated correctly

Actual Results:

Field Notes:

NORMAL OPERATION12 Verify and document current state of

control instrumentation and set pointsComplete attached spreadsheet

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 13 Reset digital time clock so

unoccupied mode is enabled. Reset the thermostat set point 10 °F lower than the current hot water temperature

1. Digital time clock output is off2. Thermostat output is off3. Circulation pump is disabled

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 14 Reset digital time clock so occupied

mode is enabled1. Digital time clock output is on2. Thermostat output is off3. Circulation pump is disabled

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 15 Reset thermostat set point 10 °F

higher than the current hot water temperature

1. Digital time clock output is on2. Thermostat output is on3. Circulation pump is enabled

Actual Results:

Field Notes: 16 Reset digital time clock and

thermostat set points back to the original set points

Circulation pump returns to normal operation

Actual Results:

Field Notes:


CommissioningFPT


Documents Attached:

END OF TEST

Comments:

ACCEPTANCE OF TEST:








22 11 00 - 1

SECTION 22 11 00 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Domestic and non-potable water systems, including piping, equipment and

all necessary accessories as designated in this section.



1.2 RELATED WORK




D. Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.

E. Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.

F. Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.

H. Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL

COMPONENTS: Seismic Restraint.

H. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

I. Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.

J. SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.






A13.1-2007 (R2013)......Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems

B16.3-2011..............Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150

and 300

B16.9-2012..............Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings

B16.11-2011.............Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded

B16.12-2009 (R2014).....Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings

B16.15-2013 ............Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes

125 and 250

B16.18-2012.............Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure

Fittings

B16.22-2013.............Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint

Pressure Fittings



22 11 00 - 2

B16.24-2011.............Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged

Fittings: Classes 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, and

2500

B16.51-2013.............Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect Fittings



C. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE):

1010-2004...............Performance Requirements for Water Hammer

Arresters


A47/A47M-1999 (R2014)...Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable

Iron Castings

A53/A53M-2012...........Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black

and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and

Seamless

A183-2014...............Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track

Bolts and Nuts

A269/A269M-2014e1.......Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded

Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General

Service

A312/A312M-2015.........Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded,

and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless

Steel Pipes

A403/A403M-2014.........Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic

Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

A536-1984 (R2014).......Standard Specification for Ductile Iron

Castings

A733-2013...............Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless

Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Steel

Pipe Nipples

B32-2008 (R2014)........Standard Specification for Solder Metal

B43-2014................Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass

Pipe, Standard Sizes

B61-2008 (R2013)........Standard Specification for Steam or Valve

Bronze Castings



B75/B75M-2011...........Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube



22 11 00 - 3

B88-2014................Standard Specification for Seamless Copper

Water Tube



B687-1999 (R2011).......Standard Specification for Brass, Copper, and

Chromium-Plated Pipe Nipples

C919-2012...............Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in

Acoustical Applications

D1785-2012..............Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl

Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80,

and 120

D2000-2012..............Standard Classification System for Rubber

Products in Automotive Applications

D2564-2012..............Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for

Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping

Systems

D2657-2007..............Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of

Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings

D2855-1996 (R2010)......Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented

Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe

and Fittings

D4101-2014..............Standard Specification for Polypropylene

Injection and Extrusion Materials

E1120-2008..............Standard Specification for Liquid Chlorine

E1229-2008..............Standard Specification for Calcium Hypochlorite

F2389-2010..............Standard Specification for Pressure-rated

Polypropylene (PP) Piping Systems

F2620-2013..............Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of

Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings

F2769-2014..............Standard Specification for Polyethylene of

Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Plastic Hot and

Cold-Water Tubing and Distribution Systems

E. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

C110-2012...............Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings

C151-2009...............Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast

C153-2011...............Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings



22 11 00 - 4

C203-2008...............Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for

Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot

Applied

C213-2007...............Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior

and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines

C651-2014...............Disinfecting Water Mains

F. American Welding Society (AWS):

A5.8M/A5.8-2011-AMD1....Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and

Braze Welding

G. International Code Council (ICC):


H. Manufacturers Specification Society (MSS):

SP-58-2009..............Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design,

Manufacture, Selection, Application, and

Installation

SP-72-2010a.............Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends

for General Service



I. NSF International (NSF):

14-2015.................Plastics Piping System Components and Related

Materials

61-2014a................Drinking Water System Components – Health

Effects


J. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI):

PDI-WH 201-2010.........Water Hammer Arrestors

K. Department of Veterans Affairs:

H-18-8-2013.............Seismic Design Handbook

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 11 00, FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTIONS”, with






22 11 00 - 5


capacity.

1. All items listed in Part 2 - Products.

D. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,

technical data sheets and information for ordering replacement parts:



equipment.




by the Contractor, signed by a qualified technician and dated on the



F. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with


SYSTEMS.


A. A certificate shall be submitted prior to welding of steel piping

showing the Welder’s certification. The certificate shall be current

and no more than one year old. Welder’s qualifications shall be in

accordance with ASME BPVC Section IX.

B. All grooved joint couplings, fittings, valves, and specialties shall be

the products of a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be by the

same manufacturer as the groove components.

C. All pipe, couplings, fittings, and specialties shall bear the

identification of the manufacturer and any markings required by the

applicable referenced standards.







E. The contractor shall be certified by the press fit manufacturer for

installation of the pipe and fittings using the manufacturer’s tools.



22 11 00 - 6

1.6 SPARE PARTS

A. For mechanical press-connect fittings, provide tools required for each

pipe size used at the facility.













special systems or devices shall be included. A list of recommended

spare parts (manufacturer, model number, and quantity) shall be

furnished. Information explaining any special knowledge or tools the

owner will be required to employ shall be inserted into the As-Built

documentation.




are to be provided, and a copy of them in Auto-CAD version 2014





D. Certification documentation shall be provided to COR 10 working days

prior to submitting the request for final inspection. The documentation

shall include all test results, the names of individuals performing

work for the testing agency on this project, detailed procedures

followed for all tests, and certificate if applicable that all results

of tests were within limits specified. If a certificate is not

available, all documentation shall be on the Certifier’s letterhead.



22 11 00 - 7

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Material or equipment containing a weighted average of greater than

0.25 percent lead are prohibited in any potable water system intended

for human consumption, and shall be certified in accordance with NSF 61

or NSF 372. Endpoint devices used to dispense water for drinking shall

meet the requirements of NSF 61, Section 9.

B. Plastic pipe, fittings, and solvent cement shall meet NSF 14 and shall

be NSF listed for the service intended.

2.2 UNDERGROUND WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO BUILDINGS

A. From inside face of exterior wall to a distance of approximately 5 feet

outside of building and underground inside building, material to be the

same for the size specified inside the building.

B. 3 inch Diameter and Greater: Ductile iron, AWWA C151, 350 psig pressure

class, exterior bituminous coating, and cement lined. Bio-based

materials shall be utilized when possible. Provide flanged and anchored

connection to interior piping.

C. Under 3 inch Diameter: Copper tubing, ASTM B88, Type K, seamless,

annealed. Fittings are as specified in paragraph “Above Ground

(Interior) Water Piping”. Use brazing alloys, AWS A5.8M/A5.8,

Classification BCuP.

D. Flexible Expansion Joint: Ductile iron with ball joints rated for 250

psig working pressure conforming to AWWA C153, capable of deflecting a

minimum of 20 degrees in each direction. Flexible expansion joint size

shall match the pipe size it is connected to and shall have the

expansion capability designed as an integral part of the ductile iron

ball castings. Pressure containing parts shall be lined with a minimum

of 15 mils of fusion bonded epoxy conforming to the applicable

requirements of AWWA C213 and shall be factory tested with a 1500 volt

spark test. Flexible expansion joint shall have flanged connections

conforming to AWWA C110. Bolts and nuts shall be 316 stainless steel

and gaskets shall be neoprene. The flexible expansion fitting shall not

expand or exert an axial thrust under internal water pressure. Provide

piping joint restraints at each mechanical joint end connection and

piping restraints at the penetration of the building wall. The

restraints shall be provided to address the developed thrust at the

change of piping direction.



22 11 00 - 8

2.3 ABOVE GROUND (INTERIOR) WATER PIPING

A. Pipe: Copper tube, ASTM B88, Type K or L, drawn. For pipe 6 inches and

larger, stainless steel, ASTM A312, schedule 40 shall be used.

B. Fittings for Copper Tube:

1. Wrought copper or bronze castings conforming to ASME B16.18 and

B16.22. Unions shall be bronze, MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110, solder or

braze joints. Use 95/5 tin and antimony for all soldered joints.

2. Grooved fittings, 2 to 6 inch wrought copper ASTM B75/B75M C12200, 5

to 6 inch bronze casting ASTM B584, C84400. Mechanical grooved

couplings, 300 psig minimum ductile iron, ASTM A536 Grade 448-310-12

(Grade 65-45-12), or malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M Grade 22410

(Grade 32510) housing, with EPDM gasket, steel track head bolts,

ASTM A183, coated with copper colored alkyd enamel.

3. Mechanical press-connect fittings for copper pipe and tube shall

conform to the material and sizing requirements of ASME B16.51, NSF

61 approved, 2 inch size and smaller mechanical press-connect

fittings, double pressed type, with EPDM (ethylene propylene diene

monomer) non-toxic synthetic rubber sealing elements and un-pressed

fitting identification feature.

4. Mechanically formed tee connection: Form mechanically extracted

collars in a continuous operation by drilling pilot hole and drawing

out tube surface to form collar, having a height of not less than

three times the thickness of tube wall. Adjustable collaring device

shall ensure proper tolerance and complete uniformity of the joint.

Notch and dimple joining branch tube in a single process to provide

free flow where the branch tube penetrates the fitting. Braze

joints.

5. Flanged fittings, bronze, class 150, solder-joint ends conforming to

ASME B16.24.

C. Fittings for Stainless Steel:

1. Stainless steel butt-welded fittings, Type 316, Schedule 10,

conforming to ASME B16.9.

2. Grooved fittings, stainless steel, Type 316, Schedule // 10 // // 40

//, conforming to ASTM A403/A403M. Segmentally fabricated fittings

are not allowed. Mechanical grooved couplings, ductile iron, 4138

kPa (600 psig), ASTM A536 Grade 448-310-12 (Grade 65-45-12), or

malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M Grade 22410 (Grade 32510) housing,



22 11 00 - 9

with EPDM gasket, steel track head bolts, ASTM A183, coated with

copper colored alkyd enamel.

D. Adapters: Provide adapters for joining pipe or tubing with dissimilar

end connections.

E. Solder: ASTM B32 alloy type Sb5, HA or HB. Provide non-corrosive flux.

F. Brazing alloy: AWS A5.8M/A5.8, brazing filler metals shall be BCuP

series for copper to copper joints and BAg series for copper to steel

joints.

G. Re-agent Grade Water Piping and Dialysis Water Piping:

1. Polypropylene, ASTM F2389, Schedule 80 pressure pipe without

additions of modifiers, plasticizers, colorants, stabilizers or

lubricants. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.

This virgin un-plasticized pipe and fittings shall transport 10

megohm water with no loss of purity. Provide socket or butt end

fittings with ASTM D2657 heat fusion joints.

2. Polyethylene, ASTM F2769, Schedule 80, food and medical grade,

capable of transporting 10 megohm water with no loss of purity.

Processed by continuous compression molding without the addition of

fillers, polymer modifiers or processing aids. Uniform color with no

cracks, flaws, blisters or other imperfections in appearance.

Provide ASTM D2657 or ASTM F2620 heat fusion butt welded joints. In

accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, provide continuous

channel support under all horizontal piping.

3. Reverse Osmosis (RO) Water Piping:

a. Low Pressure Feed, Reject and Recycle Piping: Less than or equal

to 75 psig: ASTM D1785, Schedule 80 PVC, ASTM D2855 socket welded

and flanged.

b. RO Product Tubing From Each Membrane Housing: ASTM D1785,

Schedule 80 PVC, ASTM D2855 socket welded and flanged.

c. Low Pressure Control and Pressure Gage Tubing: Polyethylene.

d. High Pressure Reject and Recycle Piping: Greater than 75 psig:

ASTM A269/A269M, Type 304 schedule 10 stainless steel with butt

welded joints.

e. High Pressure Control and Pressure Gage Tubing: 1000 psig burst

nylon.

2.4 EXPOSED WATER PIPING

A. Finished Room: Use full iron pipe size chrome plated brass piping for

exposed water piping connecting fixtures, casework, cabinets, equipment



22 11 00 - 10

and reagent racks when not concealed by apron including those furnished

by the Government or specified in other sections.

1. Pipe: ASTM B43, standard weight.

2. Fittings: ASME B16.15 cast bronze threaded fittings with chrome

finish.

3. Nipples: ASTM B687, Chromium-plated.

4. Unions: MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110, brass or bronze with chrome finish.

Unions 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be flange type with approved

gaskets.

B. Unfinished Rooms, Mechanical Rooms and Kitchens: Chrome-plated brass

piping is not required. Paint piping systems as specified in Section 09

91 00, PAINTING.

2.5 TRAP PRIMER WATER PIPING

A. Pipe: Copper tube, ASTM B88, type K, hard drawn.

B. Fittings: Bronze castings conforming to ASME B16.18 Solder joints.

C. Solder: ASTM B32 alloy type Sb5. Provide non-corrosive flux.

2.6 STRAINERS

A. Provide on high pressure side of pressure reducing valves, on suction

side of pumps, on inlet side of indicating and control instruments and

equipment subject to sediment damage and where shown on drawings.

Strainer element shall be removable without disconnection of piping.

B. Water: Basket or "Y" type with easily removable cover and brass

strainer basket.

C. Body: Less than 3 inches, brass or bronze; 3 inches and greater, cast

iron or semi-steel.

2.7 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. Provide dielectric couplings or unions between pipe of dissimilar

metals.

2.8 STERILIZATION CHEMICALS

A. Hypochlorite: ASTM E1120.

B. Liquid Chlorine: ASTM E1229.

2.9 WATER HAMMER ARRESTER

A. Closed copper tube chamber with permanently sealed 60 psig air charge

above a Double O-ring piston. Two high heat Buna-N 0-rings pressure

packed and lubricated with FDA approved silicone compound. All units

shall be designed in accordance with ASSE 1010. Access shall be

provided where devices are concealed within partitions or above



22 11 00 - 11

ceilings. Size and install in accordance with PDI-WH 201 requirements.

Provide water hammer arrestors at:

1. All solenoid valves.

2. All groups of two or more flush valves.

3. All quick opening or closing valves.

4. All medical washing equipment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the International Plumbing Code and the following:

1. Install branch piping for water from the piping system and connect

to all fixtures, valves, cocks, outlets, casework, cabinets and

equipment, including those furnished by the Government or specified

in other sections.

2. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper

tools. Pipe, except for plastic and glass, shall be reamed to remove

burrs and a clean smooth finish restored to full pipe inside

diameter.

3. All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other

work/trades.

4. Install union and shut-off valve on pressure piping at connections

to equipment.

5. Pipe Hangers, Supports and Accessories:

a. All piping shall be supported per the IPC, H-18-8 Seismic Design

Handbook, MSS SP-58, and SMACNA as required.

b. Shop Painting and Plating: Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and

accessories used for pipe supports shall be shop coated with zinc

chromate primer paint. Electroplated copper hanger rods, hangers

and accessories may be used with copper tubing.

c. Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates, Supports, Hangers:

1) Solid or split un-plated cast iron.

2) All plates shall be provided with set screws.

3) Pipe Hangers: Height adjustable clevis type.

4) Adjustable Floor Rests and Base Flanges: Steel.

5) Concrete Inserts: "Universal" or continuous slotted type.

6) Hanger Rods: Mild, low carbon steel, fully threaded or

Threaded at each end with two removable nuts at each end for

positioning rod and hanger and locking each in place.



22 11 00 - 12

7) Pipe Hangers and Riser Clamps: Malleable iron or carbon steel.

Pipe Hangers and riser clamps shall have a copper finish when

supporting bare copper pipe or tubing.

8) Rollers: Cast iron.

9) Self-drilling type expansion shields shall be "Phillips" type,

with case hardened steel expander plugs.

10) Hangers and supports utilized with insulated pipe and tubing

shall have 180 degree (minimum) metal protection shield

centered on and welded to the hanger and support. The shield

thickness and length shall be engineered and sized for

distribution of loads to preclude crushing of insulation

without breaking the vapor barrier. The shield shall be sized

for the insulation and have flared edges to protect

vapor-retardant jacket facing. To prevent the shield from

sliding out of the clevis hanger during pipe movement, center-

ribbed shields shall be used.

11) Miscellaneous Materials: As specified, required, directed or

as noted on the drawings for proper installation of hangers,

supports and accessories. If the vertical distance exceeds 20

feet for cast iron pipe additional support shall be provided

in the center of that span. Provide all necessary auxiliary

steel to provide that support.

12) With the installation of each flexible expansion joint,

provide piping restraints for the upstream and downstream

section of the piping at the flexible expansion joint. Provide

calculations supporting the restraint length design and type

of selected restraints. Restraint calculations shall be based

on the criteria from the manufacturer regarding their

restraint design.

6. Install chrome plated cast brass escutcheon with set screw at each

wall, floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations

and within cabinets and millwork.

7. Penetrations:

a. Firestopping: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire

walls, smoke partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that

provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke,

and gases as specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.



22 11 00 - 13

Completely fill and seal clearances between raceways and openings

with the firestopping materials.

b. Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances

around the pipe and make watertight with sealant as specified in

Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS. Bio-based materials shall be

utilized when possible.

8. Mechanical press-connect fitting connections shall be made in

accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The

tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting and the tubing

marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignment shall

be checked against the mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is

fully engaged (inserted) in the fitting. Ensure the tube is

completely inserted to the fitting stop (appropriate depth) and

squared with the fitting prior to applying the pressing jaws onto

the fitting. The joints shall be pressed using the tool(s) approved

by the manufacturer. Minimum distance between fittings shall be in

accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. When the pressing

cycle is complete, visually inspect the joint to ensure the tube has

remained fully inserted, as evidenced by the visible insertion mark.

B. Domestic and Non-Potable Water piping shall conform to the following:

1. Grade all lines to facilitate drainage. Provide drain valves at

bottom of risers and all low points in system. Design domestic hot

water circulating lines with no traps.

2. Connect branch lines at bottom of main serving fixtures below and

pitch down so that main may be drained through fixture. Connect

branch lines to top of main serving only fixtures located on floor

above.

C. All water hammer arrestors shall be installed in locations where they

are readily accessible for service. Where required, provide suitable

access doors.

3.2 TESTS

A. General: Test system either in its entirety or in sections. Submit

testing plan to Contracting Officer 10 working days prior to test

date.

B. Potable Water System: Test after installation of piping and domestic

water heaters, but before piping is concealed, before covering is

applied, and before plumbing fixtures are connected. Fill systems with

water and maintain hydrostatic pressure of 150 psig gage for two hours.



22 11 00 - 14

No decrease in pressure is allowed. Provide a pressure gage with a

shutoff and bleeder valve at the highest point of the piping being

tested. Pressure gauge shall have 1 psig increments.

C. Re-agent Grade Water Systems: Fill system with water and maintain

hydrostatic pressure of 200 psig gage during inspection and prove tight

or test as recommended by the manufacturer.

D. All Other Piping Tests: Test new installed piping under 1-1/2 times

actual operating conditions and prove tight.

E. The test pressure shall hold for the minimum time duration required by

the applicable plumbing code or authority having jurisdiction.

3.3 STERILIZATION

A. After tests have been successfully completed, thoroughly flush and

sterilize the interior domestic water distribution system in accordance

with AWWA C651.

B. Use liquid chlorine or hypochlorite for sterilization.

3.4 COMMISSIONING






A. Provide services of manufacturer’s technical representative for four


system.



and Section 01 79 00, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING.

- - - E N D - - -



22 11 23 - 1

SECTION 22 11 23 DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Hot water circulating pump, hot water recirculation pump and domestic

water pressure booster system.



1.2 RELATED WORK




D. Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL


E. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

F. Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.

G. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS: Requirements for

commissioning, systems readiness checklist, and training.

H. Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS.






ASME Boiler and Pressure Code -

BPVC Section VIII-1-2015 Rules for Construction of Pressure

Vessels, Division 1


Vessels, Division 2-Alternative Rules


A48/A48M-2003 (R2012)...Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings



D. International Code Council (ICC)



ICS 6-1993 (R2001, R2006) Industrial Control and Systems:

Enclosures



22 11 23 - 2


Maximum)

F. NSF International (NSF)


Effects


G. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

508-1999 (R2013)........Standards for Industrial Control Equipment

778-2010 (R2014)........Standard for Motor-Operated Water Pumps

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 11 23, DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS”, with





capacity.

1. Pump:

a. Manufacturer and model.

b. Operating speed.

c. Capacity.

d. Characteristic performance curves.

2. Motor:

a. Manufacturer, frame and type.

b. Speed.

c. Current Characteristics.

d. Efficiency.

3. Tank:


b. Capacity

4. Drive: Information in accordance with Section 26 29 11, MOTOR

CONTROLLERS.

D. Certificate of shop test for domestic water booster system. Provide

certified performance curves.

E. Certified copies of all the factory and construction site test data

sheets and reports.



22 11 23 - 3

F. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,

technical data sheets, information for ordering replacement parts, and

troubleshooting guide:



equipment.



G. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the CxA and completed




H. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with


SYSTEMS.


A. General:

1. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps.

2. Design Criteria:

a. Pump sizes, capacities, pressures, operating characteristics and

efficiency shall be as scheduled.

b. Head-capacity curves shall slope up to maximum head at shut-off.

Select pumps near the midrange of the curve, and near the point

of maximum efficiency, without approaching the pump curve end

point and possible cavitation and unstable operation. Select

pumps for open systems so that required net positive suction head

(NPSHR) does not exceed the net positive head available (NPSHA).

c. Pump Driver: Furnish with pump. Size shall be non-overloading at

any point on the head-capacity curve, including in a parallel or

series pumping installation with one pump in operation.

d. Provide all pumps with motors, impellers, drive assemblies,

bearings, coupling guard and other accessories specified.

Statically and dynamically balance all rotating parts.

e. Furnish each pump and motor with a nameplate giving the

manufacturers name, serial number of pump, capacity in GPM and

head in feet at design condition, horsepower, voltage, frequency,

speed and full load current and motor efficiency.



22 11 23 - 4

f. Test all pumps before shipment. The manufacturer shall certify

all pump ratings.

g. After completion of balancing, provide replacement of impellers

or trim impellers to provide specified flow at actual pumping

head, as installed.

B. Hot Water Circulating and Recirculating Pumps: Components shall be

assembled by a single manufacturer and the pump motor assembly shall be

the standard cataloged product of the manufacturer.

C. Domestic Water Pressure Booster System:

1. Components shall be furnished by a single manufacturer and the

system shall be the standard cataloged product of the manufacturer.

2. Shop Test: Water booster unit and its component parts shall undergo

a thorough electric and hydraulic operating test prior to shipment.

Tests shall include a system operating flow test from zero to 100

percent of design flow rate under specified suction and system

pressure conditions. Certified performance curves shall be

furnished.
























22 11 23 - 5






are to be provided, and a copy of them in Auto-CAD version //2014//









followed for all tests, and certification that all results of tests

were within limits specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS


0.25 percent lead shall be prohibited in any potable water system

intended for human consumption, and shall be certified in accordance

with NSF 61 or NSF 372.

2.2 HOT AND COLD WATER CIRCULATING PUMP

A. General:

1. Centrifugal, single stage, pump. Driver shall be electric motor,

close coupled or connected by flexible or magnetic coupling. Pump

for hot and cold water systems shall be designed for quiet, trouble-

free operation at a minimum of 180 degrees F water service and 150

psig.

2. Mounting shall be in-line, horizontal.

3. Stamped or engraved stainless steel nameplate.

4. Motors: Maximum 104 degrees F ambient temperature rise, drip-proof,

for operation with current, voltage, phase and cycle shown in

schedule on Electrical drawings, conforming to NEMA Type 4. Motors

shall be equipped with thermal overload protection. When motor has

cooled down it shall re-start automatically if the operating control

has been left on and the system requires pump to start.



22 11 23 - 6

5. Pump shall operate continuously with on-off switch, or with an HOA

switch for automatically controlled pumps, for manual shut down. In

the inlet and outlet piping of the pump, shutoff valves shall be

installed to permit service to the pump, strainer, and check valve

without draining the system.

6. A check valve shall be installed in the pump discharge piping

immediately downstream of the pump. A strainer with drain valve and

removable strainer screen or basket shall be installed immediately

upstream of the pump. Flexible pipe connectors and isolation pipe

hangers shall be installed to prevent pump vibration from being

transferred to adjacent piping and the building structure.

B. Horizontal, In-Line Pumps:

1. Flexibly-coupled pump and motor with maximum 1,800 rpm rotational

speed.

2. Stainless steel-fitted cast iron body construction with solid

stainless steel shaft, and flanged connections. Pump shall be

capable of pumping the capacity scheduled on drawings.

3. Bearings: Permanently lubricated with pumped liquid, stainless steel

ball bearings.

4. Impeller shall be high grade, cast brass, bronze or PES, accurately

machined and properly balanced.

5. Seal: Mechanical, with carbon-steel rotating ring, stainless steel

spring, ceramic seat, and rubber bellows and gasket. Include water

slinger on shaft between motor and seal.

6. Controller integrated in control box, built in differential pressure

and temperature sensor, air cooled power electronics, proportional

pressure control, constant pressure control, constant temperature

control and constant curve duty. Communication to be enabled via

wireless remote, fieldbus via CIM modules, digital inputs and analog

input.

7. Pump motor incorporates a 4-pole synchronous permanent magnet motor.

Pump speed is controlled by an integrated variable frequency

convertor.

8. Stainless steel bearing plate and rotor cladding construction. Pump

shall be non-overloading at any point on the pump curve.

2.3 DOMESTIC AND NON-POTABLE WATER PRESSURE BOOSTER SYSTEMS

A. General: Provide a factory prefabricated, prewired and pretested multi-

stage pumping system including variable speed drive motors, pressure



22 11 23 - 7

regulating valves with integral check valves, pressure transducers,

vibration pads, emergency switches, duplex flow switches, power and

control panels, suction and discharge manifolds, butterfly isolation

valves, ball drain valves, bypass loops with appropriate valves and

check valves, low pressure cut-off switches, hydropneumatic tanks and

accessories. All components shall be furnished by a single manufacturer

and the system shall be the standard cataloged product of the

manufacturer. All components shall be factory installed on a common

structural steel skid and shall be completely tested in the factory

before shipment. Manufacturer shall assume “unit responsibility” to

ensure that all components effectively interface to execute the

operation of the designed system.

B. System Operation and Configuration:

1. System shall automatically maintain constant system pressure as

scheduled on drawings at the outlet of the pressure control valve

and hydropneumatic tank check valve at all times. Suction pressure

for non-potable water pumps is 0 psig. Suction pressure for domestic

booster pumps varies from 25 psig) to (46 psig). The multi-stage

pumping system shall include the scheduled quantity of pumps.

2. Triplex pump systems shall include a lead pump sized for 50 percent

of the total capacity and lag and stand-by pumps sized for 50

percent of the total capacity.

C. Centrifugal Pump: Pumps shall be single stage, in-line pump with

variable speed drive motor, low pressure cut-off switches and bypass

loops with ball, gate, and check valves as indicated on the Contract

Drawings.

1. Impellers: ASTM B584 Cast bronze, radially or vertically split keyed

to shaft and secured by a locking cap-screw. Each impeller shall be

statically and dynamically balanced prior to assembly in pump

casing. Provide replaceable bronze casing wear rings.

2. Pump shaft: Steel, with replaceable bronze shaft sleeve completely

covering the wetted area of the shaft under the seal.

3. Lubrication: Water lubricated type pump.

4. Pump Casing: ASTM A48/A48M CL20 Cast iron suitable for 175 psig.

Pump volute shall be supplied with vent and drain tappings.

Connections shall be female NPT. The casing shall be O-ring sealed

to the seal housing.



22 11 23 - 8

5. Seal: Mechanical general purpose type, with sleeve mounting. Seal

shall be rated at 175 psig maximum.

6. Adjustable Spacer Coupling: Removable type required so that pump

seal can be replaced without disturbing motor.

7. Motor: Solid shaft motors balanced to 0.0085 inch vibration

amplitude shall be operated at any point on the pump head curve

without overloading the motor. Conform to NEMA Type 2.

D. Vertical Multistage Pump: Pumps shall be vertical multistage short-

coupled pumps with variable speed drive motor, low pressure cut-off

switches and bypass loops with ball, butterfly, check valves as

indicated on the Contract Drawings.

1. Impellers: Cast bronze, mixed flow enclosed type.

2. Balancing of Impellers: Each impeller shall be statically and

dynamically balanced prior to assembly in pump casing.

3. Pump shaft: Stainless steel Type 416.

4. Lubrication: Water lubricated type pump.

5. Pump Bowls: Cast Iron, stainless steel or bronze flanged and bolted.

6. Pump Bearings: Bronze, radial type.

7. Pump Head: Fabricated steel with continuous bypass for low seal

pressure. Cast iron heads are prohibited. Pump head shall be lined

same as pump barrel.

8. Seal: Mechanical general purpose type, with sleeve mounting. Seal

shall be rated at 175 psig maximum.

9. Adjustable Spacer Coupling: Removable type required so that pump

seal can be replaced without disturbing motor.

10. Motor: Solid shaft motors balanced to 0.0085 inch vibration

amplitude shall be operated at any point on the pump head curve

without overloading the motor. Conform to NEMA Type 2.

11. Pump Barrel: Schedule 40 steel pipe with two-coat "baked" internal

lining to meet the potable water requirements of U.S. Food and Drug

Administration. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.

Unlined pump barrels are prohibited. Provide drain tapping.

E. Pressure Regulating Valves: System pressure shall be maintained by

pilot-operated, diaphragm type pressure regulating valves, rated at 300

psig minimum, one for each pump. Valves shall be piloted to control

system pressure and to cause the valve to act as a non-slam check

valve. Pilot shall be rated at 175 psig minimum.



22 11 23 - 9

F. Hydropneumatic Tank: Bladder type, hydropneumatic, designed and

constructed in accordance with requirements of the ASME Pressure Vessel

Code and stamped with appropriate symbol. Tank shall include pre-

pressurized, sealed-in air cushion which shall accommodate pressure

increases and expanded water volumes in the tank. Tank shall include

butyl rubber or poly-propylene liner in lower, or water side of

chamber. Minimum working pressure of tank shall be 175 psig. Unit shall

be designed and manufactured for domestic water applications. Insulate

tank as specified. Check valve at hydropneumatic tank shall include

small orifice for undue loading.

G. Power and Control Panel: Class "A" shadow box double NEMA 1 enclosure,

UL labeled, bonderized double prime coated with baked enamel finish:

1. Fused disconnect switches with external operating handles.

2. Magnetic contactor for each motor with HOA switch.

3. Door interlock.

4. Thermal overload protection relay for each motor, three leg type.

5. Running light for each motor.

6. Power light for each motor.

7. Control transformer, switch, circuit breaker, light.

8. Lead pump failure protection.

H. Motor and Starter: Maximum 104 degrees F ambient temperature rise,

drip-proof type motor, ball bearings, voltage and phase as shown in

schedule on Electrical drawings, conforming to NEMA Type 4. Motor shall

be of such capacity that brake horsepower required by driven equipment

at normal rated capacity will not exceed nameplate rating of the motor.

Refer to Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING

EQUIPMENT. Provide each motor with automatic, fully enclosed, magnetic

starter of type specified in Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS.

I. Instrumentation: All instrumentation shall be factory installed and

shall include the following 4-1/2 inch dial gages with shut-off cock.

1. Pump pressure gage for each pump.

2. System pressure gage.

3. Suction pressure gage.

J. Operating and Emergency Controls:

1. The pump station shall receive a 4-20mA signal from each pressure

transducer, as provided by the pumping station manufacturer. A

pressure transducer signal shall be provided for each pump

controller. The differential pressure transducers shall monitor



22 11 23 - 10

system discharge pressure versus suction line pressure and provide

an analog signal 4-20mA to the pump control software, and allow the

variable speed pump controller, to provide a variable Volts/Hz

output to the motor. Once the pressure drops below the set system

pressure, the pump shall start and provide system pressure (as

determined by the station operator or program), if this pressure

cannot be maintained by one pump, the next pump in sequence shall

operate in a lead/lag capacity to provide the extra flow and

pressure automatically without the use of additional panels or

alternators. The sequence of the pumps shall be field adjustable,

and completely automatic without additional panels or alternator

controls. The variable speed pump controller shall be completely

integrated with the VFD. Special type motors shall not be allowed.


EQUIPMENT. Pump assignments shall alternate as described below. All

program settings shall be based on centrifugal pump language and

centrifugal pumps. Program settings shall be field adjustable to

provide onsite adjustments. When the system experiences low demand,

the variable speed pump controllers shall reduce the speed of each

pump, until demand has stopped. Pump controllers shall stop each

pump at zero demand, without the use of external switches or

controls.

2. The pumping system includes multiple pumps as indicated above. In

three-pump systems, the lead pump, lag pump, and stand-by pump

normally satisfy demand in three stages. The first (lead) pump

operates initially, until the water demand exceeds the lead pump’s

capacity. The second (lag) pump starts and the lead pump stops,

allowing the lag pump to operate until the water demand exceeds the

lag pump’s capacity. At this point, the lead pump restarts, and

operates concurrently with the lag pump to add capacity when needed.

The third pump is a stand-by pump, ready for operation if the lead

or lag pump is taken out of service and the system demand requires

two pumps. The system is to be configured so that at least two pumps

can be in service if any one pump is taken out of service. Pump

assignments shall alternate to automatically equalize the run time

in similarly sized pumps, which excludes uniquely-sized lead pumps.

3. The pump logic controller shall provide the following standard user-

selectable features:



22 11 23 - 11

a. Low Suction Pressure Alarm and Cut Out

b. High Suction Pressure Alarm and Cut Out

c. Low System Pressure Alarm

d. High System Pressure Alarm and Cut Out

e. High Temperature Alarm and Cut Out

f. Low Level Alarm and Cut Out

g. No-Flow Shut Down

h. Audible/Visible alarm with push to silence feature

i. Overload Failure Alarm

j. Pump Failure Alarm

k. Pump operating order assignments

l. Minimum run timers to prevent short cycle operation.

4. Provide auxiliary contacts for remote communication with the BAS,

including the following input/output points:

a. Domestic water supply pressure (analog input to BAS)

b. Alarm condition activated (binary input to BAS)

c. Run status of lead pump (binary input to BAS)

d. Run status of lag pump (binary input to BAS)

e. Run status of stand-by pump (binary input to BAS)

K. Factory Test: The booster system and its component parts shall undergo

a complete operation flow test from zero to 100 percent design flow

rate under the specified suction and net system pressure conditions.

The system certification shall include copies of the test and test data

as performed in the factory prior to shipment. Performance test

certifications should be placed inside the system control panel and two

extra copies shall be provided to the Contracting Officer with the

installation manual.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 STARTUP AND TESTING

A. Make tests as recommended by product manufacturer and listed standards

and under actual or simulated operating conditions and prove full

compliance with design and specified requirements. Tests of the various

items of equipment shall be performed simultaneously with the system of

which each item is an integral part.

B. System Test: After installation is completed provide an operational

test of the completed system including flow rates, pressure compliance,

alarms and all control functions.



22 11 23 - 12

C. When any defects are detected, correct defects and repeat test at no


D. The CxA will observe startup and contractor testing of selected

equipment. Coordinate the startup and contractor testing schedules with

the COR and CxA. Contractor shall provide a minimum of 10 working days

prior to startup and testing.

3.2 COMMISSIONING








system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 13 00 - 1

SECTION 22 13 00 FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section pertains to sanitary sewer and vent systems, including

piping, equipment and all necessary accessories as designated in this

section.



1.2 RELATED WORK




D. Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING: Penetrations in rated enclosures.

E. Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS: Sealant products.

F. Section 09 91 00, PAINTING: Preparation and finish painting and

identification of piping systems.

G. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING: Pipe Hangers and

Supports, Materials Identification.

H. Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.

I. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMSJ. Section 26 05 26,

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.

K. Section 26 05 33, RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.






A13.1-2007..............Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems

A112.36.2M-1991(R 2012).Cleanouts

A112.6.3-2001 (R2007)...Standard for Floor and Trench Drains

B1.20.1-2013............Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)

B16.1-2010..............Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

B16.4-2011..............Standard for Grey Iron Threaded Fittings

Classes 125 and 250

B16.15-2013.............Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings, Classes

125 and 250



22 13 00 - 2

B16.18-2012.............Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure

Fittings

B16.21-2011.............Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges


Pressure Fittings

B16.23-2011.............Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage

Fittings: DWV

B16.24-2001 (R2006).....Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged

Fittings

B16.29-2012.............Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-

Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV

B16.39-2009.............Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions Classes

150, 250, and 300

B18.2.1-2012............Square, Hex, Heavy Hex, and Askew Head Bolts

and Hex, Heavy Hex, Hex Flange, Lobed Head, and

Lag Screws (Inch Series)


1001-2008...............Performance Requirements for Atmospheric Type

Vacuum Breakers

1018-2001...............Performance Requirements for Trap Seal Primer

Valves – Potable Water Supplied

1044-2001...............Performance Requirements for Trap Seal Primer

Devices – Drainage Types and Electronic Design

Types

1079-2012...............Performance Requirements for Dielectric Pipe

Unions



And Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated, Welded and

Seamless

A74-2013a...............Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe

and Fittings

A888-2013a..............Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron

Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm

Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications

B32-2008................Standard Specification for Solder Metal





22 13 00 - 3

B75-2011................Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube


Water Tube

B306-2013...............Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube

(DWV)



B687-1999 (R 2011)......Standard Specification for Brass, Copper, and


B813-2010...............Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste

Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy

Tube

B828-2002 (R 2010)......Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints

by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube

and Fittings

C564-2012...............Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for

Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings

D1785-2012..............Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)

(PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120

D2321-2011..............Standard Practice for Underground Installation

of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other

Gravity-Flow Applications


Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping

Systems


(PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and

Fittings

D2855-1996 (R 2010).....Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented

Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and

Fittings


(PVC) Gaskets for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV),

Sewer, Sanitary, and Storm Plumbing Systems

F402-2005 (R 2012)......Standard Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent

Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joining

Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings



22 13 00 - 4

F477-2010...............Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals

(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe

F1545-1997 (R 2009).....Standard Specification for Plastic-Lined

Ferrous Metal Pipe, Fittings, and Flanges

E. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI):

2006....................Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook

301-2012................Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron



310-2012................Specification for Coupling for Use in

Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and

Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste,

and Vent Piping Applications

F. Copper Development Association, Inc. (CDA):

A4015...................Copper Tube Handbook



H. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS):

SP-123-2013.............Non-Ferrous Threaded and Solder-Joint Unions

for Use With Copper Water Tube

I. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):


J. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI):

WH-201 (R 2010).........Water Hammer Arrestors Standard

K. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

508-99 (R2013)..........Standard For Industrial Control Equipment

1.4 SUBMITTALS


accordance with Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES..


“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 13 00, FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING”,





capacity.

1. Piping.

2. Floor Drains.



22 13 00 - 5

3. Grease Removal Unit.

4. Cleanouts.

5. Trap Seal Protection.

6. Penetration Sleeves.

7. Pipe Fittings.

8. Traps.

9. Exposed Piping and Fittings.

D. Detailed shop drawing of clamping device and extensions when required

in connection with the waterproofing membrane or the floor drain.









A. The installing contractor shall maintain as-built drawings of each








B. Certification documentation shall be provided prior to submitting the





PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SANITARY WASTE, DRAIN, AND VENT PIPING

A. Cast iron waste, drain, and vent pipe and fittings.

1. Cast iron waste, drain, and vent pipe and fittings shall be used for

the following applications:

a. Pipe buried in or in contact with earth.

b. Sanitary pipe extensions to a distance of approximately 1500 mm

(5 feet) outside of the building.



22 13 00 - 6

c. Interior waste and vent piping above grade.

2. Cast iron Pipe shall be bell and spigot or hubless (plain end or no-

hub or hubless).

3. The material for all pipe and fittings shall be cast iron soil pipe

and fittings and shall conform to the requirements of CISPI 301,

ASTM A888, or ASTM A74.

4. Cast iron pipe and fittings shall be made from a minimum of 95

percent post-consumer recycled material.

5. Joints for hubless pipe and fittings shall conform to the

manufacturer’s installation instructions. Couplings for hubless

joints shall conform to CISPI 310. Joints for hub and spigot pipe

shall be installed with compression gaskets conforming to the

requirements of ASTM C564.

B. Copper Tube, (DWV):

1. Copper DWV tube sanitary waste, drain and vent pipe may be used for

piping above ground, except for urinal drains.

2. The copper DWV tube shall be drainage type, drawn temper conforming

to ASTM B306.

3. The copper drainage fittings shall be cast copper or wrought copper

conforming to ASME B16.23 or ASME B16.29.

4. The joints shall be lead free, using a water flushable flux, and

conforming to ASTM B32.

2.2 PUMP DISCHARGE PIPING

A. Galvanized steel pump discharge pipe and fittings:

1. Galvanized steel pipe shall be Schedule 40 weight class conforming

to ASTM A53/A53M, with square cut grooved or threaded ends to match

joining method.

2. Fittings shall be Class 125, gray-iron threaded fittings conforming

to ASME B16.4.

3. Unions shall be Class 150 hexagonal-stock body with ball and socket,

metal to metal, bronze seating surface, malleable iron conforming to

ASME B16.39 with female threaded ends.

4. Flanges shall be Class 125 cast iron conforming to ASME B16.1.

a. Flange gaskets shall be full face, flat nonmetallic, asbestos

free conforming to ASME B16.21.

b. Flange nuts and bolts shall be carbon steel conforming to ASME

B18.2.1.



22 13 00 - 7

B. Copper pump discharge pipe and fittings:

1. Copper tube shall be hard drawn Type L conforming to ASTM B88.

2. Fittings shall be cast copper alloy conforming to ASME B16.18 or

wrought copper conforming to ASME B16.22 with solder joint ends.

3. Unions shall be copper alloy, hexagonal stock body with ball and

socket, metal to metal seating surface conforming to MSS SP-123 with

female threaded ends.

4. Flanges shall be Class 150, cast copper conforming to ASME B16.24

with solder-joint end.

a. Flange gaskets shall be full face, flat nonmetallic, asbestos

free conforming to ASME B16.21.

b. Flange nuts and bolts shall be carbon steel conforming to ASME

B18.2.1.

5. Solder shall be lead free, water flushable flux conforming to ASTM

B32 and ASTM B813.

2.3 EXPOSED WASTE PIPING

A. Chrome plated brass piping of full iron pipe size shall be used in

finished rooms for exposed waste piping connecting fixtures, casework,

cabinets, equipment and reagent racks when not concealed by apron

including those furnished by the Government or specified in other

sections.

1. The Pipe shall meet ASTM B43, regular weight.

2. The Fittings shall conform to ASME B16.15.

3. Nipples shall conform to ASTM B687, Chromium-plated.

4. Unions shall be brass or bronze with chrome finish. Unions 2-1/2

inches and larger shall be flange type with approved gaskets.

B. In unfinished Rooms such as mechanical Rooms and Kitchens,

Chrome-plated brass piping is not required. The pipe materials

specified under the paragraph “Sanitary Waste, Drain, and Vent Piping”

can be used. The sanitary pipe in unfinished rooms shall be painted as

specified in Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.

2.4 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS

A. Transition pipe couplings shall join piping with small differences in

outside diameters or different materials. End connections shall be of

the same size and compatible with the pipes being joined. The

transition coupling shall be elastomeric, sleeve type reducing or

transition pattern and include shear and corrosion resistant metal,



22 13 00 - 8

tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. The transition

coupling sleeve coupling shall be of the following material:

1. For cast iron soil pipes, the sleeve material shall be rubber

conforming to ASTM C564.

2. For dissimilar pipes, the sleeve material shall be PVC conforming to

ASTM D5926, or other material compatible with the pipe materials

being joined.

B. The dielectric fittings shall conform to ASSE 1079 with a pressure

rating of 125 psig at a minimum temperature of 180 degrees F. The end

connection shall be solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

C. Dielectric flange insulating kits shall be of non-conducting materials

for field assembly of companion flanges with a pressure rating of 150

psig. The gasket shall be neoprene or phenolic. The bolt sleeves shall

be phenolic or polyethylene. The washers shall be phenolic with steel

backing washers.

D. The di-electric nipples shall be electroplated steel nipple complying

with ASTM F1545 with a pressure rating of 300 psig at 225 degrees F.

The end connection shall be male threaded. The lining shall be inert

and noncorrosive propylene.

2.5 CLEANOUTS

A. Cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe, up to 4 inches; and not

less than 4 inches for larger pipe. Cleanouts shall be easily

accessible and shall be gastight and watertight. Minimum clearance of

24 inches shall be provided for clearing a clogged sanitary line.

B. Floor cleanouts shall be gray iron housing with clamping device and

round, secured, scoriated, gray iron cover conforming to ASME

A112.36.2M. A gray iron ferrule with hubless, socket, inside calk or

spigot connection and counter sunk, taper-thread, brass or bronze

closure plug shall be included. The frame and cover material and finish

shall be nickel-bronze copper alloy with a square shape. The cleanout

shall be vertically adjustable for a minimum of 2 inches. When a

waterproof membrane is used in the floor system, clamping collars shall

be provided on the cleanouts. Cleanouts shall consist of wye fittings

and eighth bends with brass or bronze screw plugs. Cleanouts in the

resilient tile floors, quarry tile and ceramic tile floors shall be

provided with square top covers recessed for tile insertion. In the

carpeted areas, carpet cleanout markers shall be provided. Two way

cleanouts shall be provided where indicated on drawings and at every



22 13 00 - 9

building exit, unless a manhole is installed for piping larger than 8

inch as required by IPC. The loading classification for cleanouts in

sidewalk areas or subject to vehicular traffic shall be heavy duty

type.

C. Cleanouts shall be provided at or near the base of the vertical stacks

with the cleanout plug located approximately 24 inches above the floor.

If there are no fixtures installed on the lowest floor, the cleanout

shall be installed at the base of the stack. The cleanouts shall be

extended to the wall access cover. Cleanout shall consist of sanitary

tees. Nickel-bronze square frame and stainless steel cover with minimum

opening of 6 by 6 inches shall be furnished at each wall cleanout.

Where the piping is concealed, a fixture trap or a fixture with

integral trap, readily removable without disturbing concealed pipe,

shall be accepted as a cleanout equivalent providing the opening to be

used as a cleanout opening is the size required.

D. In horizontal runs above grade, cleanouts shall consist of cast brass

tapered screw plug in fitting or caulked/hubless cast iron ferrule.

Plain end (hubless) piping in interstitial space or above ceiling may

use plain end (hubless) blind plug and clamp.

2.6 FLOOR DRAINS

A. General Data: floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. A caulking

flange, inside gasket, or hubless connection shall be provided for

connection to cast iron pipe, screwed or no hub outlets for connection

to steel pipe. The drain connection shall be bottom outlet. A membrane

clamp and extensions shall be provided, if required, where installed in

connection with waterproof membrane. Puncturing membrane other than for

drain opening will not be permitted. Double drainage pattern floor

drains shall have integral seepage pan for embedding into floor

construction, and weep holes to provide adequate drainage from pan to

drain pipe. For drains not installed in connection with a waterproof

membrane, a 2.5 to 4 lbs. flashing membrane, 24 inches square or

another approved waterproof membrane shall be provided.

B. Type B (FDB) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with

ASME A112.6.3. The type B floor drain shall be constructed of

galvanized cast iron with medium duty nickel bronze grate, double

drainage pattern, clamping device, without sediment bucket but with

secondary strainer in bottom for large debris. The grate shall be 7

inches minimum.



22 13 00 - 10

C. Type C (FDC) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with

ASME A112.6.3. The type C floor drain shall have a cast iron body,

double drainage pattern, clamping device, light duty nickel bronze

adjustable strainer with round or square grate of 6 inches width or

diameter minimum for toilet rooms, showers and kitchens.

D. Type D (FDD) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with

ASME A112.6.3. The type D floor drain shall have a cast iron body with

flange for membrane type flooring, integral reversible clamping device,

seepage openings and 7 inch diameter or square satin nickel bronze or

satin bronze strainer with 4 inch flange for toilet rooms, showers and

kitchens.

E. Type E (FDE) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type E

floor drain shall have a heavy, cast iron body, double drainage

pattern, heavy non-tilting ductile iron grate not less than 12 inches

square, and removable sediment bucket. Clearance between body and

bucket shall be ample for free flow of waste water. For traffic use, an

extra heavy duty load classification ductile iron grate shall be

provided.

F. Type F (FDF) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with

ASME A112.6.3. The type F floor drain shall be have a cast iron body

with flange, integral reversible clamping device, seepage openings and

a 9 inch two-piece satin nickel-bronze or satin bronze strainer for use

with seamless vinyl floors in toilet rooms and showers.

G. Type G (FD-G) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with

ASME A112.6.3. The type G floor drain shall have a cast iron body,

shallow type with double drainage flange and removable, perforated

aluminum sediment bucket. The type G drain shall have all interior and

exposed exterior surfaces coated with acid resistant porcelain enamel

finish. The floor drain shall have a clamping device. The frame and

grate shall be nickel bronze. The grate shall be approximately 8 inches

in diameter. The space between body of drain and basket shall be

sufficient for free flow of waste water.

H. Type J (FDJ) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type J

floor drain shall be a flushing rim drain with heavy duty cast iron

body, double drainage pattern with flushing rim and clamping device.

The nickel bronze grate shall be approximately 11 inches in diameter

and flush with floor. A deep-seal P-trap shall be attached to drain.

The body and trap shall have pipe taps for water supply connections.



22 13 00 - 11

1. Drain Flange: Flange for synthetic flooring.

2. Flush Valve: Large diaphragm flushometer, exposed, side oscillating

handle. For the flush valve mounting and installation detail, see

the detail indicated on the drawings.

I. Type L (FDL) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type L

floor drain shall be a flushing rim drain with heavy cast iron body,

double drainage pattern with flushing rim and clamping device. Solid

bronze gasketed grate shall be approximately 280 mm (11 inches) in

diameter, with 50 mm (2 inch) length of 20 mm (3/4 inch) brass pipe

brazed or threaded into the center of the solid grate. Pipe shall be

threaded and provided with a brass cap with inter gasket (neoprene) to

provide a gas tight installation. A deep-seal P-trap shall be attached

to drain. Body and trap shall have pipe taps for water supply

connections. Used in dialysis rooms.


2. Cystoscopy Rooms:

a. Flush Valve: The flush valves shall be large diaphragm type

flushometer, solenoid operated with a single-circuit timer. Mount

in valve cabinet.

b. Operation: Valve solenoid shall be cycled by a single-circuit

timer set to operate flush valve at five minute intervals. Timer

shall be electrically connected to an "on-off" toggle switch and

be provided with pilot light. Timer and flush valve shall operate

only when timer/valve switch is in the "on" position.

c. Valve Cabinets:

1) General: Sheet metal not lighter than 1.6 mm thick (16 gauge),

size as required, rigidly assembled with joints welded, and

punched or drilled for passage of required pipes and services.

Provide anchors for fastening cabinet in place. Front shall be

flush with wall finish and shall have flush fitting, hinged

doors, with latch. Door shall be arranged to not offer any

obstruction when open.

2) Doors and Trim: Flush with front of cabinet, constructed of

not lighter than number 2.7 mm thick (12 gauge) steel. Doors

shall open through 180 degrees and be provided with two butt

hinges or continuous hinge. Latch shall be provided by

manufacture of cabinet.



22 13 00 - 12

3) Painting: Prime and finish painting is specified under Section

09 91 00, PAINTING.

J. Type M (FDM) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with

ASME A112.6.3. The type M floor drain shall have a cast iron body,

nickel bronze adjustable funnel strainer and clamping device. Funnel

strainer shall consist of a perforated floor-level square or round

grate and funnel extension for indirect waste. Cut-out grate below

funnel. Minimum dimensions as follows:

1. Area of strainer and collar – 23,000 square mm (36 square inches).

2. Height of funnel – 95 mm (3-3/4 inches).

3. Diameter of lower portion of funnel – 50 mm (2 inches).

4. Diameter of top portion of funnel – 100 mm (4 inches).

5. Provide paper collars for construction purposes.

K. Type R (FDR) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type R

floor drain shall have a cast iron body, double drainage pattern and

clamping device, less grate and sediment basket but with dome type

secondary strainer. The drain shall be 8 inches in diameter or 200 mm

(8 inches) square and approximately 6 inches deep. The interior and

exposed exterior surfaces and rim shall have an acid resisting finish

for indirect waste in sanitary areas.

L. Type S (FDS) floor sink shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type S

floor sink shall be constructed from type 304 stainless steel and shall

be 300 mm (12 inches) square, and 200 mm (8 inches deep). The interior

surface shall be polished. The double drainage flange shall be provided

with weep holes, internal dome strainer, and heavy duty non-tilting

loose set grate. A clamping device shall be provided.

M. Type W (FDW) Open Sight Drains (OSDs) for clear water wastes only:

1. OSD’s shall be the cast iron open hub type.

2. A cast iron drain standpipe shall be utilized for equipment with a

high rate of discharge.

N. Type X (FDX) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type X

floor drain shall be a chemical resistant floor drain and integral p-

trap. Double drainage pattern floor drain shall have integral seepage

pan for embedding in floor and weep holes to provide adequate drainage

from pan to drain pipe. Floor drain shall be polypropylene, flame

retardant, Schedule 40 or 80. An outlet of floor drain shall be

suitable for properly joining a perforated or slotted floor level

grate.



22 13 00 - 13

2.7 TRENCH DRAINS

A. 6-inch wide modular interlocking system with 0.6% built-in sloped

channels. First sloped channel shall be 5-1/2-inch deep. Channels

shall all be the same width and length and be constructed of precast

polyester concrete with water absorption rate of less than 1%. Provide

a slotted ductile iron grating over the entire length of drain with a

Class F load rating. Grating shall be secured with a locking device

including all nuts and bolts. Provide trench drain complete with all

channel end caps and neutral (non-sloped) channels so that total length

is as noted on Drawings.

2.8 TRAPS

A. Traps shall be provided on all sanitary branch waste connections from

fixtures or equipment not provided with traps. Exposed brass shall be

polished brass chromium plated with nipple and set screw escutcheons.

Concealed traps may be rough cast brass or same material as the piping

they are connected to. Slip joints are not permitted on sewer side of

trap. Traps shall correspond to fittings on cast iron soil pipe or

steel pipe respectively, and size shall be as required by connected

service or fixture.

2.9 PRIMER VALVES AND TRAP SEAL PRIMER SYSTEMS

A. Trap Primer (TP-1): The trap seal primer system shall be electronic

type conforming to ASSE 1044.

1. The controller shall have a 24 hour programmable timer, solid state,

6 outlet zones, minimum adjustable run time of 1 minute for each

zone, 12 hour program battery backup, manual switch for 120VAC

power, 120VAC to 24VAC internal transformer, fuse protected

circuitry, UL listed, 120VAC input-24VAC output, constructed of

enameled steel or plastic.

2. The cabinet shall be recessed or surface mounted as shown on the

drawings. Cabinet shall have a stainless steel cover.

3. The solenoid valve shall have a brass body, suitable for potable

water service, normally closed, 125 psig rated, 24VAC.

4. The control wiring shall be copper in accordance with the National

Electric Code (NFPA 70), Article 725 and not less than 18 gauge. All

wiring shall be in conduit and in accordance with Division 26 of the

specifications.

5. The vacuum breaker shall conform to ASSE 1001.



22 13 00 - 14

B. Trap Primer (TP-2): The trap seal primer valve shall be hydraulic,

supply type with a pressure rating of 125 psig and conforming to

standard ASSE 1018.

1. The inlet and outlet connections shall be NPS 1/2 inch

2. The trap seal primer valve shall be fully automatic with an all

brass or bronze body.

3. The trap seal primer valve shall be activated by a drop in building

water pressure, no adjustment required. Trap primer to require no

greater than 3 psi to activate.

4. The trap seal primer valve shall include a manifold when serving

two, three, or four traps.

5. The manifold shall be omitted when serving only one trap.

2.10 PENETRATION SLEEVES

A. A sleeve flashing device shall be provided at points where pipes pass

through membrane waterproofed floors or walls. The sleeve flashing

device shall be manufactured, cast iron fitting with clamping device

that forms a sleeve for the pipe floor penetration of the floor

membrane. A galvanized steel pipe extension shall be included in the

top of the fitting that will extend 2 inches above finished floor and

galvanized steel pipe extension in the bottom of the fitting that will

extend through the floor slab. A waterproof caulked joint shall be

provided at the top hub.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION

A. The pipe installation shall comply with the requirements of the

International Plumbing Code (IPC) and these specifications.

B. Branch piping shall be installed for waste from the respective piping

systems and connect to all fixtures, valves, cocks, outlets, casework,

cabinets and equipment, including those furnished by the Government or

specified in other sections.

C. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper

tools. Pipe shall be reamed to full size after cutting.

D. All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other work.

E. The piping shall be installed above accessible ceilings where possible.

F. The piping shall be installed to permit valve servicing or operation.

G. The piping shall be installed free of sags and bends.

H. Seismic restraint shall be installed where required by code.



22 13 00 - 15

I. Changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping shall

be made using appropriate branches, bends and long sweep bends.

Sanitary tees and short sweep quarter bends may be used on vertical

stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical.

Long turn double wye branch and eighth bend fittings shall be used if

two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common

drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent

lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Proper

size of standard increaser and reducers shall be used if pipes of

different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in

direction of flow is prohibited.

J. Buried soil and waste drainage and vent piping shall be laid beginning

at the low point of each system. Piping shall be installed true to

grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Hub

ends shall be placed upstream. Required gaskets shall be installed

according to manufacturer’s written instruction for use of lubricants,

cements, and other installation requirements.

K. Cast iron piping shall be installed according to CISPI’s “Cast Iron

Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,” Chapter IV, “Installation of Cast

Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings”

L. Aboveground copper tubing shall be installed according to Copper

Development Association’s (CDA) “Copper Tube Handbook”.

M. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Contracting Officer, the


3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Hub and spigot, cast iron piping with gasket joints shall be joined in

accordance with CISPI’s “Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook” for

compression joints.

B. Hub and spigot, cast iron piping with calked joints shall be joined in


lead and oakum calked joints.

C. Hubless or No-hub, cast iron piping shall be joined in accordance with

CISPI’s “Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook” for hubless piping

coupling joints.

D. For threaded joints, thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to

ASME B1.20.1. The threads shall be cut full and clean using sharp disc

cutters. Threaded pipe ends shall be reamed to remove burrs and



22 13 00 - 16

restored to full pipe inside diameter. Pipe fittings and valves shall

be joined as follows:

1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads

unless dry seal threading is required by the pipe service.

2. Pipe sections with damaged threads shall be replaced with new

sections of pipe.

E. Copper tube and fittings with soldered joints shall be joined according

to ASTM B828. A water flushable, lead free flux conforming to ASTM B813

and a lead free alloy solder conforming to ASTM B32 shall be used.


A. Transition coupling shall be installed at pipe joints with small

differences in pipe outside diameters.

B. Dielectric fittings shall be installed at connections of dissimilar

metal piping and tubing.

3.4 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES

A. All piping shall be supported according to the International Plumbing

Code (IPC), Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, and

these specifications. Where conflicts arise between these the code and

Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING the most restrictive

or the requirement that specifies supports with highest loading or

shortest spacing shall apply.

B. Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and accessories used for pipe supports

shall be painted according to Section 09 91 00, PAINTING. Electroplated

copper hanger rods, hangers and accessories may be used with copper

tubing.

C. Horizontal piping and tubing shall be supported within 300 mm (12

inches) of each fitting or coupling.

D. Horizontal cast iron piping shall be supported with the following

maximum horizontal spacing and minimum hanger rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/2 inch to NPS 2 inch: 60 inches with 3/8 inch rod.

2. NPS 3 inch: 60 inches with 1/2 inch rod.

3. NPS 4 inch to NPS 5 inch: 60 inches with 5/8 inch rod.

4. NPS 6 inch to NPS 8 inch: 60 inches with 3/4 inch rod.

5. NPS 10 inch to NPS 12 inch: 60 inch with 7/8 inch rod.

E. Vertical piping and tubing shall be supported at the base, at each

floor, and at intervals no greater than 15 feet.



22 13 00 - 17

F. In addition to the requirements in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK

RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates, Supports, Hangers

shall have the following characteristics:

1. Solid or split unplated cast iron.

2. All plates shall be provided with set screws.

3. Height adjustable clevis type pipe hangers.

4. Adjustable floor rests and base flanges shall be steel.

5. Hanger rods shall be low carbon steel, fully threaded or threaded at

each end with two removable nuts at each end for positioning rod and

hanger and locking each in place.

6. Riser clamps shall be malleable iron or steel.

7. Rollers shall be cast iron.

8. See Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, for

requirements on insulated pipe protective shields at hanger

supports.

G. Miscellaneous materials shall be provided as specified, required,

directed or as noted on the drawings for proper installation of

hangers, supports and accessories. If the vertical distance exceeds 20

feet for cast iron pipe additional support shall be provided in the

center of that span. All necessary auxiliary steel shall be provided to

provide that support.

H. Cast escutcheon with set screw shall be provided at each wall, floor

and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within

cabinets and millwork.

I. Penetrations:

1. Fire Stopping: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls,

smoke partitions, or floors, a fire stop shall be installed that

provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and

gases as specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. Clearances

between raceways and openings shall be completely filled and sealed

with the fire stopping materials.

2. Water proofing: At floor penetrations, clearances shall be

completely sealed around the pipe and make watertight with sealant

as specified in Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.

J. Exhaust vents shall be extended separately through roof. Sanitary vents

shall not connect to exhaust vents.



22 13 00 - 18

3.5 TESTS

A. Sanitary waste and drain systems shall be tested either in its entirety

or in sections.

B. Waste System tests shall be conducted before trenches are backfilled or

fixtures are connected. A water test or air test shall be conducted, as

directed.

1. If entire system is tested for a water test, tightly close all

openings in pipes except highest opening, and fill system with water

to point of overflow. If the waste system is tested in sections,

tightly plug each opening except highest opening of section under

test, fill each section with water and test with at least a 3 m (10

foot) head of water. In testing successive sections, test at least

upper 3 m (10 feet) of next preceding section so that each joint or

pipe except upper most 3 m (10 feet) of system has been submitted to

a test of at least a 3 m (10 foot) head of water. Water shall be

kept in the system, or in portion under test, for at least 15

minutes before inspection starts. System shall then be tight at all

joints.

2. For an air test, an air pressure of 34 kPa (5 psig) gage shall be

maintained for at least 15 minutes without leakage. A force pump and

mercury column gage shall be used for the air test.

3. After installing all fixtures and equipment, open water supply so

that all p-traps can be observed. For 15 minutes of operation, all

p-traps shall be inspected for leaks and any leaks found shall be

corrected.

4. Final Tests: Either one of the following tests may be used.

a. Smoke Test: After fixtures are permanently connected and traps

are filled with water, fill entire drainage and vent systems with

smoke under pressure of .25 kPa (1 inch of water) with a smoke

machine. Chemical smoke is prohibited.

b. Peppermint Test: Introduce 60 ml (2 ounces) of peppermint into

each line or stack.

3.6 COMMISSIONING





- - - E N D - - -



22 13 23 - 1

SECTION 22 13 23 SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section pertains to metal sanitary waste interceptors used for the

removal of hair, oil, grease and sediment from waste streams for

installations within the building envelop. Fiberglass interceptors,

located underground at the exterior of the building, are also contained

within this section.



1.2 RELATED WORK





E. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

F. Section 22 13 00, FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING.

G. Section 33 30 00, SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES.





B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

C891-2011...............Standard Practice for Installation of

Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures

C. International Code Council (ICC)


1.4 SUBMITTALS




"SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 13 23, SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS", with


C. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: For each type of interceptor

indicated, the submittal shall include materials of fabrication,

dimensions, rated capacities, retention capacities, operating

characteristics, size and location of each pipe connection, furnished

specialties, and accessories.



22 13 23 - 2





equipment.



E. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning






SYSTEMS.




substitutions.






















22 13 23 - 3








PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 UNDERGROUND GREASE INTERCEPTORS

A. Basis-of-Design: Fiberglass (FRP) grease interceptor construction with

inlet piping and baffle penetration designed to introduce wastewater in

a tangential laminar flow pattern, to be appropriately sized based on

anticipated usage and flow rates to meet applicable sanitary sewer

discharge limits, incl. municipal by-laws.

1. Include accessways, tanks, and piping and baffle openings to retain

grease and solids and to permit tangential laminar wastewater flow.

2. Factory installed Schedule 40 PVC cement welded type socket ports,

or straight pipe, fitted into interceptor walls for each pipe

connection.

3. Accessway Extension Collar: Fiberglass risers, 24-inch.

4. Accessway Frames and Covers: Round cover with non-slip cover

finish, gasketed and non-vented top design.

a. Cast Iron: AASHTO M306 Traffic load rated. 24-inch-diameter

cover with 0.25-inch gasket. Two closed pickholes. Non-bolted

or bolted option. Weight 249 lbs. ASTM A48 CL35B.

5. Watertight Flexible Caulking: Sikaflex 255 or Sikaflex 221 or

approved alternate to provide watertight seal at extension collar

joints.

B. Capacities and Characteristics:

1. Number of Compartments: 2 cells.

2. Total Liquid Capacity: 2000 USG

3. Grease Retention Capacity: <1154 USG>

4. Solids Retention Capacity: <589 USG >

5. Inlet and Outlet Schedule 40 PVC Pipe Size: 4 inch.

6. Vent Pipe Size: 3 inch.

7. Installation Position: Underground with accessway collar riser to

grade.

8. OPTIONS as required:



22 13 23 - 4

a. 4-inch side or top suction port for remote pump-out.

b. Alarm for high oil accumulation. Includes alarm probe to be

installed in top of tank accessway and alarm panel for indoor

wall mount.

9. Fiberglass accessway extensions: Fiberglass wound pipe.

a. Length: From top of underground tank to underside of access frame

at grade.

b. Extension Sections: 0.25-inch minimum thickness and 24-inch as a

single continuous piece, without joints unless approved by the

manufacturer.

c. Sealant: Watertight Flexible Caulking, Sikaflex 255 or Sikaflex

221 or approved alternate to provide watertight seal at extension

collar joining to tank on bottom and access frame at top.

2.2 GREASE/OIL REMOVAL UNIT

A. The grease/oil removal unit shall be welded stainless steel, automatic

self-cleaning interceptor with a rotating gear wheel assembly for

automatic grease/oil removal.

B. The grease/oil removal unit shall have a flow control device.

C. The grease/oil removal unit shall include the following electrical

components:

1. Self-regulating electric immersion heater.

2. A programmable 24 hour time control.

3. Capable of connection to building BAS system.

D. The grease/oil removal unit shall have quick release, stainless steel

lid clamps, a gasketed and fully removable stainless steel lid, a

separate grease/oil collection container and an internal stainless

steel strainer basket for collection of solids and sediment.

E. The grease/oil removal unit shall have a high level alarm probe and

light. The Alarm probe shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant

material and utilize 120 VAC radio frequency and shall be provided

fully calibrated and ready to use. The alarm light shall operate on 120

VAC and shall be actuated by the output relay on the alarm probe. The

alarm light shall be located as shown on drawing. The alarm shall be

tied to the building automation system (BAS) panel for monitoring.

F. Grease/Oil Collection Container shall be constructed of corrosive

resistant materials, with lid, and minimum 55 gallons. Provide

container with dolly that has swivel casters.



22 13 23 - 5

G. Grease interceptor to sit on elevated stainless steel stand of

elevation required to discharges grease from interceptor into

collection container.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Interceptors shall be set level and plumb.

B. Metal interceptors covers shall be set flush with finished surface in

pavements and the tops shall be traffic-rated. Set tops 3 inches above

finished surface elsewhere unless otherwise indicated.

C. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Resident Engineer, the


3.2 CONNECTIONS

A. Pipe installation requirements are specified in Section 22 13 00,

FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING.

B. Piping connections shall be made between interceptors and piping

systems in accordance with interceptor manufacturer’s written

guidelines.

3.3 WARNING TAPE

A. Warning tape shall be placed over ferrous piping.

B. Detectable warning tape shall be used over nonferrous pipe and over the

edges of underground structures.


A. As recommended by product manufacturer and listed standards and under

actual or simulated operating conditions, tests shall be conducted to

prove full compliance with design and specified requirements. Tests of

the various items of equipment shall be performed simultaneously with

each integrated system.

B. The tests shall include system capacity, control function, and alarm

functions.


additional costs to the Government.

D. The commissioning Agent will observe startup and contractor testing of



Commissioning Agent. Provide a minimum of 7 days prior notice.

3.5 COMMISSIONING





22 13 23 - 6






system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 13 29 - 1

SECTION 22 13 29 SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Sanitary centrifugal sewerage pumps capable of handling 2 inch solids.

See schedule on Drawings for pumps capacity and head.



1.2 RELATED WORK





E. Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.

F. SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

G. Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS.





B. International Code Council (ICC):


C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

ICS 6-1993 (R2006)......Enclosures


Maximum)



E. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

508-99 (R2013).......... Standard for Industrial Control Equipment

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 13 29, SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMPS”, with






22 13 29 - 2


capacity.

1. Pump:


b. Operating speed.

c. Capacity.


2. Motor:


b. Speed.

c. Current Characteristics and W (HP).

d. Efficiency.

3. Controls and Disconnect Apparatus:

a. Starting switch.

b. Automatic control and level alarm.

c. Alternating relay.

d. Circuiting of control panel.

e. Sensors.

4. Removal/Disconnect System.

D. Certified copies of all the factory and construction site test data

sheets and reports.





equipment.



F. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning

Agent and completed by the Contractor, signed by a qualified technician





SYSTEMS.






22 13 29 - 3






A. The installing contractor shall maintain as-built drawings of each








B. Certification documentation shall be provided prior to submitting the





PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMP

A. Duplex or multiplex pumps centrifugal type designed for 140 degrees F

maximum water service. Driver shall be electric motor. Support shall be

rigid type. Systems to include two pumps as required by the Contract

Documents. Where hazardous environment condition exists, explosion

proof pumps shall be installed.

1. Pump housings shall be cast iron, or stainless steel . Cast iron

housings for submersible pumps shall be epoxy coated.

B. Impeller: Ductile iron, non-clog, to accommodate 2 inch solids .

C. Shaft: Stainless steel.

D. Bearings: As per manufacturer’s recommendations to hold shaft

alignment, anti-friction type for thrust and permanently lubricated.

E. Motor: Maximum 72 degrees F ambient temperature rise, drip-proof,

voltage and phase as shown in schedule on Electrical drawings

conforming to NEMA 250, Type 4. Size the motor capacity to operate

pump without overloading the motor at any point on the pump curve.


EQUIPMENT.



22 13 29 - 4

F. Starting Switch: Manually-operated, tumbler type, as specified in

Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS.

G. Automatic Control and Level Alarm: Provide control panel in a NEMA 1

enclosure for indoors .

1. The controls shall be suitable for operation with the electrical

characteristics listed on the electrical drawings.

2. The control panel shall have a level control system with switches to

start and stop pumps automatically, and to activate a high water

alarm.

3. The level control system will include sensors in the sump that

detect the level of the liquid.

4. The sensors shall be float type switches, ultrasonic level

sensors, or transducers.

5. The high water alarm shall have a red beacon light at the control

panel and a horn, or bell.

6. The alarm shall have a silencing switch.

H. For a duplex system, provide an alternating relay to automatically

alternate leadoff and standby duties of each pump of a duplex unit at

the end of each pumping cycle. Standby pump shall start when water

level in sump rises to a predetermined level that indicates excessive

inflow or failure of the lead pump.

I. The circuitry of the control panel shall include:

1. Power switch to turn on/off the automatic control mechanism.

2. HOA switches to manually override automatic control mechanism.

3. Run lights to indicate when pumps are powered up.

4. Level status lights to indicate when water in sump has reached the

predetermined on/off and alarm levels.

5. Magnetic motor contactors.

6. Disconnect/breaker for each pump.

7. Automatic motor overload protection.

8. Provide auxiliary contacts for remote alarming to the Engineering

Control Center and BACnet compatible open-protocol type interface to

DDC Controls System.

J. Sensors that detect the level of water in the sump shall be arranged as

to allow the accumulation of enough volume of liquid so that the pump

will run for a minimum cycle time of one minute. Sensors shall be

located to activate the alarm before the water level rises to the inlet

pipe.



22 13 29 - 5

K. Provide two separate power supplies to the control panel, one for the

control/alarm circuitry and one for power to the pump motors. Each

power supply is to be fed from its own breaker. If a pump overload

trips a breaker, the alarm system must still function. Each power

supply will be wired in its own conduit. Wiring from the sump to the

control panel shall have separate conduits for the pump power and for

the sensor switches. All conduits are to be sealed at the sump basin

and at the control panel to prevent the intrusion of moisture and of

flammable and/or corrosive gases.

L. Provide a union, and check and shut-off valve in the discharge from

each pump. Locate outside the sump basin.

M. Where the sump depth is greater than 1.5 m (5 feet) or removal of the

pump is difficult or hazardous, the system shall include a rail guided

quick disconnect apparatus to allow the pump to be pulled up out of the

sump without workers entering the sump and without disconnecting the

piping. Removal/disconnect system to be compatible with and furnished

by the pump manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Contracting Officer, the









functions.



D. The Commissioning Agent will observe startup and Contractor testing of

selected equipment. Coordinate the startup and Contractor testing


Commissioning Agent. Provide a minimum of 7 days prior to notice.

3.3 COMMISSIONING





22 13 29 - 6






system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 14 00 - 1

SECTION 22 14 00 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirements for storm drainage systems,

including piping and all necessary accessories as designated in this

section.



1.2 RELATED WORK








G. Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL


H. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING: Pipe Hangers and

Supports, Materials Identification.

I. Section 22 05 33, HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING.

J. Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.

K. SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.






A112.6.4-2003 (R2012) ..Roof, Deck, and Balcony Drains

A13.1-2007 (R2013)......Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems

B1.20.1-2013............Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch

B16.3-2011 ..............Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150

and 300

B16.9-2012 ..............Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings


B16.12-2009 (R2014).....Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings



22 14 00 - 2

B16.15-2013.............Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes

125 and 250

B16.18-2012.............Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure

Fittings


Pressure Fittings

B16.23-2011.............Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage

Fittings - DWV

B16.29-2012.............Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-

Joint Drainage Fittings – DWV

C. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE)

1079-2012...............Performance Requirements for Dielectric Pipe

Unions



Iron Castings


And Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless


and Fittings

A183-2014...............Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track

Bolts and Nuts

A312/A312M-2015.........Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded,

and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless

Steel Pipes

A536-1984(R2014)........Standard Specification for Ductile Iron

Castings

A733-2013...............Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless


Pipe Nipples

A888-2013a..............Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron



B32-2008 (R2014)........Standard Specification for Solder Metal


Bronze Castings





22 14 00 - 3

B75/B75M-2011...........Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube


Water Tube

B306-2013 ...............Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube

(DWV)



B687-1999 (R2011).......Standard Specification for Brass, Copper, and


B828-2002 (R2010).......Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints

by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube

and Fittings



Tube

C564-2014...............Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for

Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings

C1173-2010 (R2014)......Standard Specification for Flexible Transition

Couplings for Underground Piping Systems


(PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120

D2000-2012..............Standard Classification System for Rubber

Products in Automotive Applications

D2321-2014e1............Standard Practice for Underground Installation

of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other

Gravity-Flow Applications



Systems

D2665-2014 ..............Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl

Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent

Pipe and Fittings

D2855-1996 (R2010)......Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented

Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe

and Fittings





22 14 00 - 4

D5926-2011..............Standard for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)

Gaskets for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV),

Sewer, Sanitary, and Storm Plumbing Systems

F477-2014...............Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals

(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe

F656-2010...............Standard Specification for Primers for Use in

Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (Vinyl Chloride)

(PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings

F1545-2015..............Standard Specification for Plastic-Lined

Ferrous Metal Pipe, Fittings, and Flanges

E. American Welding Society (AWS):

A5.8M/A5.8 AMD1-2011....Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and

Braze Welding

F. Copper Development Association (CDA):

A4015-2011..............Copper Tube Handbook

G. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI):




310-2012................Standard Specification for Coupling for Use in




H. International Code Council (ICC):


I. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings



for General Service



1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 14 00, FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE”, with




22 14 00 - 5




capacity.

1. Pipe and Fittings.

2. Specialty Pipe Fittings.

3. Cleanouts.

4. Roof Drains.

5. Expansion Joints.

6. Downspout Nozzles.

7. Sleeve Flashing Devices.


in connection with the waterproofing membrane.







SYSTEMS.





















22 14 00 - 6





















PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STORM WATER DRAIN PIPING

A. Cast Iron Storm Pipe and Fittings:

1. Cast iron storm pipe and fittings shall be used for the following

applications:

a. Pipe buried in or in contact with earth.

b. Extension of pipe to a distance of approximately 5 feet outside

of building walls.

c. Interior storm piping above grade.

d. All mechanical equipment rooms or other areas containing

mechanical air handling equipment.

2. The cast iron storm pipe shall be bell and spigot, or hubless (plain

end or no-hub) as required by selected jointing method.

3. The material for all pipe and fittings shall be cast iron soil pipe

and fittings and shall conform to the requirements of CISPI 301,

ASTM A888, or ASTM A74.

4. Joints for hubless pipe and fittings shall conform to the

manufacturer’s installation instructions. Couplings for hubless



22 14 00 - 7

joints shall conform to CISPI 310. Joints for hub and spigot pipe

shall be installed with compression gaskets conforming to the

requirements of ASTM C564.

B. Copper Tube, (DWV): May be used for piping above ground.

1. The copper DWV tube shall be drainage type, drawn temper conforming

to ASTM B306.

2. The copper drainage fittings shall be cast copper or wrought copper

conforming to ASME B16.23 or ASME 16.29.

3. The joints shall be lead free, using a water flushable flux, and

conforming to ASTM B32.

C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)for piping 16” and larger:1. PVC storm sewer

pipe and fittings are permitted for single story structures except for

mechanical equipment rooms and other areas containing air handling

equipment or hot water generation equipment.

1. PVC storm sewer pipe and fittings shall be schedule 40 solid core

piping conforming to ASTM D1785 and ASTM D2665, Sewer and Drain

Series, with ends for solvent cemented joints.

2. PVC joints shall be solvent welded socket type using solvent cement

conforming to ASTM D2564 and adhesive primer conforming to ASTM

F656. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.

D. Roof drain piping and body of drain in locations where the outdoor

conditions are subject to freezing shall be insulated.

2.2 PUMPED DRAIN PIPING

A. Pumped drain piping 3 inches and less shall be copper tube conforming

to ASTM B88, type K or L. For pumped drain piping 4 inches and greater,

galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A53/A53M, seamless, schedule 40 may

be used.

B. Pumped drain pipe fittings shall comply with the following:

1. Wrought copper or bronze castings for use with copper tube

conforming to ASME B16.18 and B16.22.

2. Unions, for use with copper tube up to 2 inches shall be cast with

bronze, conforming to ASME B16.18 and ASTM B584 with solder or braze

joints.

3. Grooved fittings, for use with copper tube 2-1/2 to 4 inch shall be

wrought copper conforming to ASTM B75/B75M, alloy C12200, 5 to 6

inch bronze castings conforming to ASTM B584.

4. Mechanical grooved couplings shall have a ductile iron housing

conforming to ASTM A536 (Grade 65-45-12) elastomer gasket suitable



22 14 00 - 8

for potable water service and process temperature and steel track

head bolts conforming to ASTM A183, housing shall be coated with

colored alkyd enamel paint.

C. Adapters shall be provided for joining pipe with different end

connections.

D. The solder shall be lead free using a water flushable, non-corrosive

flux conforming to ASTM B32.

E. Dielectric fittings and specialties shall be provided when joining pipe

of dissimilar metals.


A. Transition pipe couplings shall join piping with small differences in

outside diameters or be of different materials. End connections shall

be of the same size and compatible with the pipes being joined. The

transition coupling shall be unshielded, elastomeric, sleeve type

reducing or transition pattern conforming with ASTM C1173 and include

shear ring and corrosion resistant metal tension band and tightening

mechanism on each end. The transition coupling sleeve coupling shall be

of the following material:

1. For cast iron soil pipes, the sleeve material shall be rubber

conforming to ASTM C564.

2. For PVC soil pipes, the sleeve material shall be elastomeric seal

conforming to ASTM F477 or PVC conforming to ASTM D5926. dissimilar

pipes, the sleeve material shall be PVC conforming to ASTM D5926, or

other material compatible with the pipe materials being joined.

B. Dielectric fittings shall conform to ASSE 1079 with a pressure rating

of 150 psigat a minimum temperature of 180 degrees F. The end

connection shall be solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

C. Dielectric flanges shall conform to ASSE 1079 with a pressure rating of

175 psig. The flange shall be a factory fabricated, bolted, companion

flange assembly. The end connection shall be threaded or solder-joint

copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

D. Dielectric flange insulating kits shall be of non-conducting materials

for field assembly of companion flanges with a pressure rating of 150

psig. The gasket shall be neoprene or phenolic. The bolt sleeves shall

be phenolic or polyethylene. The washers shall be phenolic with steel

backing washers.

E. Dielectric nipples shall be electroplated steel and shall conform with

ASTM F1545 with a pressure ratings of 300 psig at 225 degrees F. The



22 14 00 - 9

end connection shall be male threaded. The lining shall be inert and

noncorrosive propylene. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when

possible.

2.4 CLEANOUTS

A. Cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe, up to 4 inches; not less

than 4 inches for larger pipe. Cleanouts shall be easily accessible and

shall be gastight and watertight. A minimum clearance of 24 inches

shall be provided for clearing a clogged storm sewer line.

B. Floor cleanouts shall be gray iron housing with clamping device and

round, secured, scoriated, gray iron cover conforming to ASME

A112.36.2M. A gray iron ferrule with hubless, socket, inside caulk or

spigot connection and counter sunk, taper-thread, brass or bronze

closure plug shall be included. The frame and cover material and finish

shall be nickel-bronze copper alloy with a square shape. The cleanout

shall be vertically adjustable for a minimum of 2 inches. When a

waterproof membrane is used in the floor system, clamping collars shall

be provided on the cleanouts. Cleanouts shall consist of wye fittings

and eighth bends with brass or bronze screw plugs. Cleanouts in the




cleanouts shall be provided where indicated on the drawings and at each

building exit unless a manhole is installed for piping larger than 8

inch as required by IPC. The loading classification for cleanouts in

sidewalk areas or subject to vehicular traffic shall be heavy duty.



The cleanouts shall be extended to the wall access cover. Cleanout

shall consist of sanitary tees. Nickel bronze square frame and

stainless steel cover with minimum opening of 6 inch by 6 inch shall be

provided at each wall cleanout.


tapered screw plug in fitting or caulked/no hub cast iron ferrule.

Plain end (no-hub) piping in interstitial space or above ceiling may

use plain end (no-hub) blind plug and clamp.

2.5 ROOF DRAINS AND CONNECTIONS

A. Roof Drains: Roof Drains (RD) shall be cast iron with clamping device

for making watertight connection and shall conform with ASME A112.6.4.



22 14 00 - 10

Free openings through strainer shall be twice area of drain outlet. For

roof drains not installed in connection with a waterproof membrane, a

soft copper membrane shall be provided 12 inches in diameter greater

than outside diameter of drain collar. An integral gravel stop shall be

provided for drains installed on roofs having built up roofing covered

with gravel or slag. Integral no-hub, soil pipe gasket or threaded

outlet connection shall be provided.

1. Flat Roofs (RD1): The roof drain shall have a beehive or dome shaped

strainer with integral flange not less than 12 inches in diameter.

For an insulated roof, a roof drain with an adjustable drainage

collar shall be provided, which can be raised or lowered to meet

required insulation heights, sump receiver and deck clamp. The

bottom section shall serve as roof drain during construction before

insulation is installed.

2. Canopy Roofs: The roof drain shall have a beehive or dome shaped

strainer with the integral flange no greater than 8 inches in

diameter. For an insulated roof, the roof drain shall be provided

with an adjustable drainage collar, which can be raised or lowered

to meet the required insulation heights, sump receiver and deck

clamp. Bottom section shall serve as roof drain during construction

before insulation is installed. Where canopies are covered with

concrete pavers, provide Promenade type drain bodies.

3. Promenade Decks (RD3 & OFD3): the roof drain shall be the same as

for canopy roofs, except decks shall have flat, round, loose,

non-slip, bronze grate set in square, non-slip, bronze frame.

4. Portico Roofs and Gutters: Roof drains shall be horizontal angle

type drain with flat bottom and horizontal outlet at the same

elevation as the pipe to which it is connected. Strainer shall be

removable angle grate type.

5. Green Roof Planter Drains (RD2 & OFD2): Duco cast iron body,

flashing clamp and stainless steel perforated gravel stop with solid

stainless steel cover, PVC standpipe with orifice.

6. Parking Garage Drains (FDZ): floor drain shall comply with ASME

A112.6.3. The type Z floor drain shall be suitable for parking decks

and constructed of extra heavy duty, cast iron body with double

drainage pattern. The extra heavy duty ductile iron grate shall be

not less than 15 inches in diameter with flashing collar, heavy duty

support flange, under deck clamp and vandal proof grate. Provide



22 14 00 - 11

with spigot adapter for threaded connection to be converted to non-

hub connection. Provide adaptor with length as required for concrete

floor slab thickness. Type Z shall be used for both primary and

overflow drains.

7. Protective Roof Membrane Insulation Assembly: The roof drain shall

have a perforated stainless steel extension filter, non-puncturing

clamp ring, large sump with extra wide roof flange and deck clamp.

a. Non pedestrian Roofs: The roof drain shall have large

polypropylene or aluminum locking dome.

b. Pedestrian Roof: The roof drain shall have a bronze promenade top

14 inches square, set in square secured frame support collar.

8 Roof Drains, Overflow or Secondary (Emergency): Roof Drains (OFD1)

identified as overflow or secondary (emergency) drains shall have a

2 inch water dam integral to the drain body. OFD1, OFD2 & OFD3 shall

be installed 2 inches higher on taper).

9. Roof drains in areas subject to freezing shall have heat tape and

shall be insulated.

B. Expansion Joints: Expansions joints shall be heavy cast iron with cast

brass or PVC expansion sleeve having smooth bearing surface working

freely against a packing ring held in place and under pressure of a

bolted gland ring, forming a water and air tight flexible joint.

Asbestos packing is prohibited.

C. Interior Downspouts: An expansion joint shall be provided, specified

above, at top of run on straight, vertical runs of downspout piping 40

feet long or greater.

D. Downspout Nozzle(DSN): The downspout nozzle fitting shall be of

stainless steel construction with hinged perforated cover on end and

vandal resistant protections with internal pipe connection to

downspout.

2.6 TRENCH DRAINS

A. 6-inch wide modular interlocking system with 0.6% built-in sloped

channels. First sloped channel shall be 5-1/2-inch deep. Channels

shall all be the same width and length and be constructed of precast

polyester concrete with water absorption rate of less than 1%. Provide

a slotted ductile iron grating over the entire length of drain with a

Class F load rating. Grating shall be secured with a locking device

including all nuts and bolts. Provide trench drain complete with all



22 14 00 - 12

channel end caps and neutral (non-sloped) channels so that total length

is as noted on Drawings.

2.7 WATERPROOFING

A. A sleeve flashing device shall be provided at points where pipes pass







extend through the floor slab. A waterproofed caulked joint shall be


PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. The pipe installation shall comply with the requirements of the IPC and

these specifications.

B. Branch piping shall be installed from the piping system and connect to

all drains and outlets.

C. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper

tools. Pipe, except for glass, shall be reamed to remove burrs and a

clean smooth finish restored to full pipe inside diameter.

D. All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other

work/trades.

E. The piping shall be installed above accessible ceilings to allow for

ceiling panel removal.

F. Unless otherwise stated on the documents, minimum horizontal slope

shall be one inch for every 8 feet (1 percent slope) of pipe length.

G. The piping shall be installed free of sags and bends.

H. Seismic restraint shall be installed where required by code.

I. Changes in direction for storm drainage piping shall be made using

appropriate branches, bends and long sweep bends. Sanitary tees and

short sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in

direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Long turn double wye

branch and 1/8 bend fittings shall be used if two drains are installed

back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Do not change

direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Proper size of standard

increaser and reducers shall be used if pipes of different sizes are



22 14 00 - 13

connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is

prohibited.

J. Buried storm drainage piping shall be laid beginning at the low point

of each system. Piping shall be installed true to grades and alignment

indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Hub ends shall be placed

upstream. Required gaskets shall be installed according to

manufacturer’s written instruction for use of lubricants, cements, and

other installation requirements. Bio-based materials shall be utilized

when possible.

K. Cast iron piping shall be installed according to CISPI’s “Cast Iron


Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings”.

L. Aboveground copper tubing shall be installed according to CDA A4015.

M. Aboveground PVC piping shall be installed according to ASTM

D2665.Underground PVC piping shall be installed according to ASTM

D2321.




compression joints.




C. Hubless, cast iron piping shall be joined in accordance with CISPI’s

“Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook” for hubless piping coupling

joints.







unless dry seal threading is required by the pipe service


undamaged sections of pipe at no additional time or cost to

Government.



22 14 00 - 14

E. Copper tube and fittings with soldered joints shall be joined according

to ASTM B828. A water flushable, lead free flux conforming to ASTM B813

and a lead free alloy solder conforming to ASTM B32 shall be used.

F. For PVC piping, solvent cement joints shall be used for joints. All

surfaces shall be cleaned and dry prior to applying the primer and

solvent cement. Installation practices shall comply with ASTM F402. The

joint shall conform to ASTM D2855 and ASTM D2665 appendices.






3.4 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES

A. All piping shall be supported according to the IPC, Section 22 05 11,

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, and these specifications.

B. Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and accessories used for Pipe supports

shall be shop coated with zinc Chromate primer paint. Electroplated

copper hanger rods, hangers and accessories may be used with copper

tubing.

C. Horizontal piping and tubing shall be supported within 12 inches of

each fitting or coupling.

D. Horizontal cast iron piping shall be supported with the following

maximum horizontal spacing and minimum hanger rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 2: 60 inches with 13/8 inch rod.

2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2 inch rod.

3. NPS 4 to NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8 inch rod.



E. The maximum support spacing for horizontal plastic shall be 4 feet.

F. Vertical piping and tubing shall be supported at the base, at each


G. In addition to the requirements in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK

RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, floor, wall and ceiling plates shall have the

following characteristics:




4. Adjustable Floor Rests and Base Flanges shall be steel.



22 14 00 - 15

5. Hanger Rods shall be low carbon steel, fully threaded or threaded at



6. Riser Clamps shall be malleable iron or steel.

7. Roller shall be cast iron.

8. Hangers and supports utilized with insulated pipe and tubing shall

have 180 degree (minimum) metal protection shield centered on and

welded to the hanger and support. The shield shall be 4 inches in

length and be 16 gage steel. The shield shall be sized for the

insulation.

H. Miscellaneous materials shall be provided as specified, required,

directed or as noted on the drawings for proper installation of

hangers, supports and accessories. If the vertical distance exceeds 20

feet for cast iron pipe additional support shall be provided in the

center of that span. All necessary auxiliary steel shall be provided to

provide that support.

I. Cast escutcheon with set screw shall be installed at each wall, floor



J. Penetrations:


smoke partitions, or floors, a fire stop shall be installed that


gases as specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. Clearances

between raceways and openings shall be completely filled and sealed


2. Water proofing: At floor penetrations, Clearances around the pipe

shall be completely sealed and made watertight with sealant as

specified in Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS. Bio-based materials

shall be utilized when possible.

3.5 INSULATION

A. Insulate horizontal sections and 2 feet past changes of direction to

vertical sections for interior section of roof drains. Install

insulation in accordance with the requirements of Section 22 07 11,

PLUMBING INSULATION.

3.6 TESTS

A. Storm sewer system shall be tested either in its entirety or in

sections.



22 14 00 - 16

B. Storm Water Drain tests shall be conducted before trenches are

backfilled or fixtures are connected. A water test or air test shall be

conducted, as directed.

1. If entire system is tested with water, tightly close all openings in

pipes except the highest opening, and fill system with water to

point of overflow. If system is tested in sections, tightly plug

each opening except highest opening of section under test, fill each

section with water and test with at least a 10 foot head of water.

In testing successive sections, test at least upper 10 feet of next

preceding section so that each joint or pipe except upper most 10

feet of system has been submitted to a test of at least a 10 foot

head of water. Water shall be kept in the system, or in portion

under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. System

shall then be tight at all joints.

2. For an air test, an air pressure of 5 psig gage shall be maintained

for at least 15 minutes without leakage. A force pump and mercury

column gage shall be used for the test.

3. Final Tests: While either one of the following tests may be used,

Contractor shall check with VA as to which test will be performed.



smoke under pressure of 1 inch of water with a smoke machine.

Chemical smoke is prohibited.

b. Peppermint Test: Introduce 2 ounces of peppermint into each line

or stack.

C. Contracting Officer shall witness all tests. Contractor shall

coordinate schedules with the COR and CxA. Contractor shall provide a

minimum of 10 working days prior to flushing,

disinfection/sterilization, startup, and testing.

3.7 COMMISSIONING








system.



22 14 00 - 17




- - - E N D - - -



22 14 29 - 1

SECTION 22 14 29 SUMP PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Sump pumps. See schedule on Drawings for pump capacity and head.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

B. Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.

C. SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.Requirements for


D. Section 26 29 11, LOW-VOLTAGE MOTOR STARTERS.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.

B. Manufacturer's Literature and Data:

1. Pump:


b. Operating speed.

c. Capacity.


2. Motor:


b. Speed.

c. Current Characteristics and W (HP).

d. Efficiency.

C. Certified copies of all the factory and construction site test data

sheets and reports.



1. Include complete list which indicates all components of the system.


equipment.



E. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning






22 14 29 - 2





B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

ICS6-93 (2006)..........Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures

250 2008................Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts

Maximum)

C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

508-99 (R2008) ..........Standards For Industrial Control Equipment

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUMP PUMP

A. Centrifugal, vertical, submersible pump and motor, designed for 140

degrees F maximum water service. Driver shall be electric motor.

Support shall be rigid type. Provide perforated, suction strainer.

Systems may include one or two pumps with alternator as required by

Contract Documents. Pumps shall be capable of continuous duty cycle.

1. Pump housings may be cast iron, bronze, aluminum, plastic or

stainless steel. Cast iron and aluminum housings for submersible

pumps shall be epoxy coated.

B. Impeller: Brass, bronze or cast iron.

C. Shaft: Stainless steel or other approved corrosion-resisting metal.

D. Bearings: As required to hold shaft alignment, anti-friction type for

thrust permanently lubricated.

E. Motor: Maximum 104 degrees F ambient temperature rise above the

maximum fluid temperature being pumped , completely enclosed, voltage

and phase as shown in schedule on Electrical drawings conforming to

NEMA 250 -Type 4. Size the motor capacity to operate pump without

overloading the motor at any point on the pump curve. Refer to Section

22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.

F. Starting Switch: Manually-operated, tumbler type, as specified in

Section 26 29 11, LOW-VOLTAGE MOTOR STARTERS.

G. Automatic Control and Level Alarm: Furnish a control panel in a Nema 1

enclosure for indoors or in a Nema 4X enclosure for outdoors. The

controls shall be suitable for operation with the electrical

characteristics listed on the Electrical drawings. The control panel

shall have a level control system with switches to start and stop pumps

automatically, and to activate a high water alarm. The level control



22 14 29 - 3

system will include sensors in the sump that detect the level of the

liquid. The sensors may be float type switches, ultrasonic level

sensors, or transducers. The high water alarm shall have a red beacon

light at the control panel and a buzzer, horn, or bell. The alarm shall

have a silencing switch. Provide auxiliary contacts for remote

alarming to the Energy Control Center and BAC net compatible open-

protocol type interface to DDC Controls System.

1. The circuitry of the control panel shall include:

a. power switch to turn on/off the automatic control mechanism

b. HOA switches to manually override automatic control mechanism

c. run lights to indicate when pumps are powered up

d. level status lights to indicate when water in sump has reached

the predetermined on/off and alarm levels

e. magnetic motor contactors

f. disconnect/breaker for each pump

g. automatic motor overload protection

2. Sensors that detect the level of water in the sump shall be so

arranged as to allow the accumulation of enough volume of liquid

below the normal on level that the pump will run for a minimum cycle

time as recommended by the pump manufacturer. Sensors shall be

located to activate the alarm adequately before the water level

rises to the inlet pipe.

3. Provide two separate power supplies to the control panel, one for

the control/alarm circuitry and one for power to the pump motors.

Each power supply is to be fed from its own breaker so that if a

pump overload trips a breaker, the alarm system will still function.

Each power supply is to be wired in its own conduit.

4. Wiring from the sump to the control panel shall have separate

conduits for the pump power and for the sensor switches. All

conduits are to be sealed at the basin and at the control panel to

prevent the intrusion of moisture and of flammable and/or corrosive

gases.

H. Sump:Concrete Construction refer to Structural Drawings. I. Provide a

check and ball valve in the discharge of each pump.

I. Removal/Disconnect System: In a system utilizing a submersible pump,

where sump depth, pump size, or other conditions make removal of the

pump unusually difficult or unsafe, a removal/disconnect system shall

be provided. The system will consist of a discharge fitting mounted on



22 14 29 - 4

vertical guide rails attached to the sump. The pump shall be fitted

with an adapter fitting that easily connects to/disconnects from the

discharge fitting as the pump is raised from or lowered into the sump.

The discharge piping will connect to the discharge fitting so that it

is not necessary to disconnect any piping in order to remove the pump.

Where the sump depth is greater than five feet or other conditions

exist to make the removal of the pump difficult or hazardous, the

system shall include a rail guided quick disconnect apparatus to allow

the pump to be pulled up out of the sump without workers entering the

sump and without disconnecting the piping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Make tests as recommended by product manufacturer and listed standards

and under actual or simulated operating conditions and prove full

compliance with design and specified requirements. Tests of the various

items of equipment shall be performed simultaneously with the system of

which each item is an integral part.

B. The tests shall include system capacity and all control and alarm

functions.

C. When any defects are detected, correct defects and repeat test.

D. The commissioning Agent will observe startup and contractor testing of


schedules with the Contracting Officer and Commissioning Agent.

Provide a minimum of 7 days prior to notice.

3.2 COMMISSIONING

A. Provide commissioning documentation accordance with the requirements of

Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS for all inspection,

startup, and contractor testing required above and required by the

System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning Agent.


tested as part of a larger system. Refer to Section 22 08 00,

COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS and related sections for contractor

responsibilities for system commissioning.



hours to instruct VA Personnel in operation and maintenance of units.



22 14 29 - 5




- - - E N D - - -



22 15 00 - 1

CONTRACTING OFFICER 22 15 00 GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirements for NFPA 99 Category 4 shop

compressed air systems for non-medical air piping materials, including

compressors, electric motors and starters, receiver, all necessary

piping, fittings, valves, gages, switches and all necessary

accessories, connections and equipment. NFPA 99 Category 4 systems are

non-medical systems of 100 psi or less in which failure of equipment

would have no impact on patient care.


Contracting Officer 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Contracting Officer 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.

B. Contracting Officer 81 13, SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

C. Contracting Officer 91 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.

D. Contracting Officer 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-

STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS.

E. Contracting Officer 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

F. Contracting Officer 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING

EQUIPMENT.

G. Contracting Officer 05 19, METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING:

Exposed Piping and Gages.

H. CONTRACTING OFFICER 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

I. Contracting Officer 05 41, NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING

AND EQUIPMENT.

J. Contracting Officer 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS.







B16.21-2011.............Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges

Bl6.22-2013.............Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint

Pressure Fittings



22 15 00 - 2



2500

B18.2.1-2012............Square, Hex, Heavy Hex, and Askew Head Bolts

and Hex, Heavy Hex, Hex Flange, Lobed Head, and

Lag Screws (Inch Series)



Vessels, Division 1


A126-2004 (R2009........Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings

for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings

B32-2008................Standard Specification for Solder Metal


Bronze Castings




Water Tube





Tube

B819-2000 (R2011).......Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube

for Medical Gas Systems

D. American Welding Society (AWS):

A5.8/A5.8M AMD1-2011....Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and

Braze Welding



F. Manufacturer Standardization of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc

(MSS):

SP-70-2011..............Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded

Ends

SP-71-2011..............Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and

Threaded Ends



22 15 00 - 3

SP-72-2010a.............Ball Valves With Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends

For General Service

SP-80-2013..............Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check Valves



SP-123-2013.............Non-Ferrous Threaded and Solder-Joint Unions

for Use with Copper Water Tube



Maximum)



I. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

508-1999 (R2013)........Standard for Industrial Control Equipment

1.4 SUBMITTALS


accordance with Contracting Officer 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.


“SUBMITTED UNDER CONTRACTING OFFICER 15 00, GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-

AIR SYSTEMS”, with applicable paragraph identification.




capacity.

l. Aboveground Piping

2. Underground Piping

3. Supporting elements

4. Valves

5. Pressure Gages

6. Air Pressure Reducing and Regulating Valves

7. Automatic drain valves

8. Filter capacity and operating characteristics

9. Vibration Isolation

10. Quick couplings

11. Hose Assemblies

12. Air Compressor System:

a. Characteristic performance curves

b. Efficiency



22 15 00 - 4

c. Compressor; manufacturer and model

d. Compressor operating speed

e. Capacity; (free air delivered at indicated pressure)

f. Type of bearing in compressor

g. Type of lubrication

h. Capacity of receiver

i. Unloader; manufacturer, type, and model

j. Type and adjustment of drive

k. Electrical motor; manufacturer, frame and model

l. Speed of motor

m. Current characteristics and HP of motor

n. Air muffler filter; manufacture, type, and model

o. After cooler; manufacturer, type, and model

D. Pneumatic compressed air system and hydrostatic drainage piping test

reports shall be submitted.

E. Brazing and welding certificates shall be submitted.

F. For Seismic Restraint design the following shall be submitted:

1. Dimensioned drawings of equipment identifying center of gravity and

location and description of seismic mounting and anchorage systems.

G. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,




equipment.



H. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning



requirements of Contracting Officer 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING

SYSTEMS.

I. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with

the requirements of Contracting Officer 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF

PLUMBING SYSTEMS.


A. The Contractor shall obtain the services of a qualified engineer or

technician from the compressor manufacturer to review final

installation, and supervise start-up, and testing of the compressor.



22 15 00 - 5

After satisfactory installation of the equipment, the engineer or

technician shall provide a signed certification that the equipment is

installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-







A. Operation and maintenance data updated to include submittal review

comments, substitutions and construction revisions shall be inserted

into a three ring binder. All aspects of system operation and











B. The installing contractor shall maintain as-built drawings of each








PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPES, TUBES AND FITTINGS

A. Pipe for general service compressed air system shall be drawn temper,

Type "K" or "L" seamless copper tube, conforming to ASTM B88, with

wrought copper solder joint fittings conforming to ASME B16.22.

B. Copper unions shall conform to ASME B16.22 or MSS SP-123.



22 15 00 - 6

C. Cast copper alloy flanges shall be Class 300 conforming to ASME B16.24.

1. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat,

asbestos free, 1/8 inch maximum thickness, full-face type.

2. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel.

D. Solder filler metal shall consist of lead free alloys conforming to

ASTM B32 with water flushable flux conforming to ASTM B813.

E. Silver Brazing Filler metals shall be BCuP series, copper phosphorus

alloys for general duty brazing conforming to AWS A5.8/A5.8M.

F. Pipe identification shall comply with ASME A13.1. Pipe identification

labels shall be located as follows:

1. At intervals of not more than 20 feet.

2. At least visible once in or above every room.

3. On both sides of walls or partitions penetrated by the piping.

4. At least once in every story height traversed by risers.

2.2 VALVES

A. Ball:

1. Ball valves 3 inches and smaller shall be full port, two or three

piece ball valve conforming to MSS SP-110. The ball valve shall have

a SWP rating of 50 psig and a CWP rating of 600 psig. The body

material shall be Bronze ASTM B584, Alloy C844. The ends shall be

soldered.

B. Check:

1. Check valves smaller than 4 inches shall be Class 125, bronze swing

check valves with non metallic Buna-N disc. The check valve shall

meet MSS SP-80 Type 4 standard. The check valve shall have a CWP

rating of 200 psig. The check valve shall have a Y pattern

horizontal body design with bronze body material conforming to ASTM

B62, solder joints, and PTFE or TFE disc.


A. Fittings joining copper alloy and ferrous materials shall be isolated.

B. Dielectric unions shall be factory fabricated union assemblies, rated

at 250 psig minimum working pressure at 180 degrees F suitable for

compressed air service.

C. Dielectric flanges shall be factory fabricated companion flange

assemblies, rated at 300 psig minimum working pressure at 180 degrees

F suitable for compressed air service.



22 15 00 - 7

2.4 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS

A. Stainless steel hose flexible connectors shall be corrugated, stainless

steel tubing with stainless steel wire braid covering and ends welded

to inner tubing. The stainless steel hose connectors shall be rated at

200 psig)minimum. The end connections for NPS 2 inches and smaller

shall be threaded steel pipe nipple. The end connections for NPS 2-1/2

inches and larger shall be flanged steel nipple.

B. Corrugated-bronze tubing with bronze wire-braid covering and ends

brazed to inner tubing. The corrugated- bronze tubing shall be rated at

200 psig minimum.

2.5 SPECIALTIES

A. Pressure Gages: Pressure gages permanently installed in the system or

used for testing purposes shall be listed for compressed air service

and shall include a snubber or pulsation dampener and an isolation

valve for maintenance access.

1. For line pressure use adjacent to source equipment: ASME B40.1,

pressure gage, single, size 4-1/2 inches, for compressed air,

accurate to within two percent, with metal case. Range shall be two

times operating pressure. Dial graduations and figures shall be

black on a white background, or white on a black background. Gage

shall be labeled for appropriate service, and marked "USE NO OIL".

2. For all services downstream of main shutoff valve: Manufactured for

compressed air use and marked "USE NO OIL", 1-1/2 inch diameter gage

with dial range 1-100 psig for air service.

B. Air Pressure Regulating Valves:

1. Air pressure regulating valves under NPS 3 inches shall be pilot or

diaphragm operated, bronze body and trim, direct acting, spring

loaded manual pressure setting adjustment and rated for 200 psig

inlet pressure. Delivered pressure shall not vary more than 1.5 psig

variation in inlet pressure.

2. Air pressure regulators 3 inchesand larger shall be pilot operated,

bronze body, direct acting, spring loaded manual pressure setting

adjustment and rated for 250 psig inlet pressure. Delivered pressure

shall not vary more than 1.5 psig variation in inlet pressure.

C. Safety valves shall be constructed according to the ASME BPVC Section

VIII and be National Board Certified, labeled, and factory sealed. The

safety valve shall be constructed of bronze body with poppet type

safety valve for compressed air service.



22 15 00 - 8

D. The automatic drain valves shall have stainless steel body and internal

parts rated for 200 psig minimum working pressure. The automatic drain

valve shall be capable of automatic discharge of collected condensate.

E. The coalescing filter shall be capable of removing water and oil

aerosols, efficiency of 99.9 percent retention of particles 0.3

micrometer and smaller, with color change dye to indicate when carbon

is saturated and warning light to indicate when selected maximum

pressure drop has been exceeded. The coalescing filter shall including

mounting brackets for wall mount application.

F. Air line lubricators shall come with a drip chamber and sight dome for

observing oil drop entering air stream. The air line lubricator shall

have oil feed adjustment screw and quick release collar for easy bowl

removal. The Air line lubricators shall include mounting brackets for

wall mount application. Lubricators shall be suitable for 200 psig at

160 degrees F.

2.6 QUICK CONNECT COUPLINGS

A. The quick connect coupling assemblies shall have a locking mechanism

constructed to permit one-handed feature for quick connection and

disconnection of compressed air hose and equipment. Furnish complete

keyed indexing noninterchangeable coupling to prevent connection to

medical compressed-air pressure outlets.

B. Automatic shutoff quick couplings shall be straight through brass body

with O-ring or gasket seal and stainless steel or nickel plated steel

operating parts. The automatic shutoff quick connect coupling shall

consist of socket or plug ends with one way valve and with barbed

outlet or threaded hose fittings for attaching hose.

C. Valve less quick couplings shall be straight through brass body with O-

ring or gasket seal and stainless steel or nickel plated steel

operating parts. The valve less quick connect coupling shall consist of

socket or plug ends and with barbed outlet or threaded hose fittings

for attaching hose.

2.7 HOSE ASSEMBLIES

A. Hose, clamps, couplings, splicers shall be suitable for compressed air

service of nominal diameter indicated and rated for 300 psig minimum

working pressure.

B. The hose shall be reinforced double wire braid, chloroprene reinforced

covered hose.

C. Hose clamps shall be stainless steel.



22 15 00 - 9

D. Hose couplings shall be two-piece straight through, threaded brass or

stainless steel O-ring or gasket seal swivel coupling with barbed ends

for connecting two sections of hose.

E. Hose splicers shall be one piece, straight through brass or stainless

steel fitting with barbed ends.

2.8 Hose Reels

A. Containerized spring assembly with retractable hose reel.

B. Frame: Heavy gauge epoxy powder coated steel reel with rolled edges.

C. Dual ball bearing spool support. Sealed ball bearing swivel union

requiring minimum torque and smooth retraction capability.

D. Aluminum casting: Main shaft, catch rachet, spring arbor, gooseneck

outlet and swivel inlet.

E. Thirty five (35) feet of 1/2 inch wire braided hose.

2.9 AIR COMPRESSOR FOR SHOP AIR SYSTEMS

A. The packaged air compressor and receiver shall be a factory assembled,

wired, piped, and tested that deliver air of quality equal to intake

air. The packaged air compressor shall be air cooled, oil

less,/horizontal tank mounted duplex continuous duty. The packaged air

compressor shall be capable of operating against a pressure of 100

psig.

B. The automatic control panel shall house local control and protection

functions. The control panel shall comply with NEMA 250 Type 4 and UL

508. The motor controllers shall be full voltage, combination magnetic

type with under-voltage release feature and motor circuit protector

type disconnecting means and short circuit protective device. The

control voltage shall be 120 volts or less. The motor overload

protection shall consist of overload relays in each phase. Starting

devices shall consist of Hand-off-Auto selector switch in cover of

control panel plus pilot device for automatic control. Automatic

control switches shall alternate lead-lag compressor for duplex

arrangement. Compressor system to be capable of being monitored by the

BAS. Compressed air system shall include discharge air pressure gage,

air filter maintenance indicator, hour meter, compressor discharge air

and coolant temperature gages, and control transformer. For connection

to alarm system, an alarm signaling device shall annunciate when backup

air compressor is operating, low pressure air, and trip point.

C. The receiver shall be a steel tank constructed according to ASME BPVC

Section VIII. The receiver pressure rating shall be (200 psig and



22 15 00 - 10

bearing appropriate code symbols and markings. The interior finish

shall be corrosion resistant. The tank shall include a safety valve,

pressure gage, drain, and pressure regulating valves.

D. The packaged air compressor unit shall be secured to a mounting frame

strong enough to resist movement due to a seismic event.

E. The compressor shall be scroll or rotary screw type., The Lubrication

system may be automatic flood system or forced feed. A belt guard shall

totally enclose all pulleys and shafts. The air compressor shall be

capable of operating against a pressure of 100 psig.

F. Motor and Starter: Refer to Contracting Officer 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR

REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. Where conflicts occur between this

paragraph and Contracting Officer 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT this paragraph shall take precedence. The motor

shall be designed to operate in 120 degrees F ambient temperature, ball

bearing, voltage and phase as indicated in schedule and conforming to

NEMA standards. The maximum motor speed shall be 1800RPM. The motor

shall be of sufficient size to operate compressor without overloading.

Each motor with automatic, fully enclosed, magnetic starter as

specified in Contracting Officer 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS, controlled

by a Hand-off-Auto (HOA) switch.

G. After Cooler Air Cooled: The after cooler shall be capable of cooling

the air stream within 7 degrees F of the ambient air temperature before

it enters the receiver. After cooler shall be built in accordance with

applicable requirements of ASME BPVC Section VIII and be provided with

an automatic condensate drain trap. Each compressor shall be provided

with an after cooler.

H. The in line filter shall have a 10 micron element with l/2 pint safety

green transparent bowl. The filter shall be rated at 150 psig at 125

degrees F.

I. The Sound level of the compressor package shall not exceed 65 dB(A)

when measured in the free field conditions at one meter.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Piping shall be installed concealed from view and protected from

physical contact unless indicated to be exposed. Piping shall be

installed exposed in mechanical rooms and service areas.

B. All pipe shall be installed at right angles or parallel to building

walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless indicated.



22 15 00 - 11

C. Piping shall be installed above accessible ceilings, allowing for

sufficient space for ceiling panel removal and to coordinate with other

services occupying that that space.

D. Piping installed adjacent to equipment shall be located to allow for

the required service clearances.

E. Air and drain piping shall be installed with a 1 percent slope downward

in direction of flow.

F. Nipples, flanges, unions, transitions, and special fittings, and valves

shall be installed with pressure ratings same as or higher than system

pressure rating.

G. Cast copper alloy companion flange with gasket and soldered joints

shall be used to connect equipment and specialties with flanged

connections.

H. Flanged joints may be used instead of specified joint for any piping or

tubing system.

I. Only eccentric reducers shall be installed where compressed air piping

is reduced in direction of flow, with bottoms of both pipes and

reducers fitting flush.

J. Branch connections shall be installed from the top of the main

compressed air line. Drain legs and drain trap shall be installed at

the end of each main and branch and at all low points in the system.

K. Thermometers and pressure gages shall be installed on discharge piping

from each air compressor and on each receiver.

L. Valves shall be installed to permit servicing to all equipment.

M. Pipes shall be installed free of all sags and bends.

N. Seismic restraint shall be installed for all piping and equipment as

required for location.

O. Piping shall be cut square and accurately with a tube cutter (sawing is

not permitted) to measurements determined at place of installation and

worked into place without springing or forcing the pipe. Tube must

bottom in each solder socket so there are no gaps between tube and

fitting where solder can enter the inside of line. The tube shall be

reamed to remove burrs, being careful not to expand tube and that no

chips of copper remain in the line. Care shall be exercised in handling

equipment and tools used in cutting or reaming of pipe to prevent oil

or grease being introduced into piping.

P. Particular care shall be exercised, when flux is applied to avoid

leaving any excess inside the completed joints. Thoroughly wash the



22 15 00 - 12

outside of each joint with clean hot water after assembly to remove

oxide coating.

Q. The Filtered Muffler shall be mounted to the air compressor outdoor

intake line without the use of foundations or support frames. Silencer

tubes shall be located between the filter and the housing.

R. Rigidly support valves and other equipment to prevent strain on tube or

joints.

S. Compressor assembly shall have an equipment identification nameplate

and data in accordance with 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

T. Suitably brace piping against sway and vibration. Bracing shall consist

of brackets, anchor chairs, rods, and structural steel for vibration

isolation.

U. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Resident Engineer, the


3.2 PRELIMINARY STAGE TESTS

A. Preliminary tests shall be performed by the contractor prior to testing

witnessed by the Resident Engineer. Tests shall be pneumatic and shall

use dry, oil-free compressed air, carbon dioxide or nitrogen in

metallic systems.

B. Testing of any system for any purpose shall include preliminary testing

by swabbing joints under test with standard soap solution and observing

for bubbles at internal pressures not in excess of 5 psi.

C. When testing reveals system leakage, isolate and repair the leaks,

replace defective materials where necessary, and retest the system

until there is no loss of pressure. Remake leaking gaskets with new

gaskets and new flange bolting, and discard used bolting and gaskets.

D. Drainage piping shall be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 5 psi

to ensure the piping does not leak. Repair all observed leaks and

retest until all leaks have been corrected.



actual or simulated operating conditions, pneumatic tests shall be

conducted to prove piping system integrity and full compliance with

design and specified requirements. Tests of the various items of

equipment shall be performed simultaneously with each integrated

system. Tests shall be pneumatic and shall use dry, oil-free compressed

air, carbon dioxide or nitrogen in metallic systems.



22 15 00 - 13

B. The tests shall include initial piping purge test, initial pneumatic

test for positive–pressure gas systems, initial cross-connection test,

and initial standing positive-pressure gas piping tests, system

capacity, control function, and alarm functions.

C. Pneumatic tests shall be performed utilizing a test pressure of 50 psi

higher than the MAWP, minimum of 150 psi. Test pressure shall be

maintained for a minimum period of four hours to ensure the temperature

in the piping system stabilizes, then the pressure is refreshed and

held for two hours with no loss of pressure. Pneumatic testing

performance shall be in accordance with industry safety standards with

the pressure gradually increased in increments of 25% of the MAWP until

the required test pressure is reached. At each interval, the system

pressure shall be held long enough for piping strains to stabilize. If

leaks are observed, the leaks shall be identified, the system de-

pressurized and repairs made before proceeding.

D. Other than standard piping flanges, plugs, caps and valves, only use

commercially manufactured expandable elastomer plugs for sealing off

piping for test purposes. Published safe test pressure rating of any

plug used shall be not less than three times the actual test pressure

being applied. During pneumatic testing evacuate personnel from areas

where plugs are used.

E. Remove components that could be damaged by test pressure from piping

systems to be tested.

F. Perform valve-operating tests and drainage tests to insure valves do

not leak when operating under pressure and are correctly labeled.

G. Check piping system components, such as valves, for proper operation

under system test pressure.

H. No test media shall be added to a system during a test for a period

specified or determined by the Contracting Officer.

I. Duration of a test will be determined by the Contracting Officer and

will be for a minimum of 15 minutes with a maximum of 24 hours. Test

may be terminated by direction of the Contracting Officer at any point

after it has been determined that the pressure leak test has been

satisfied.

J. Prepare and maintain test records of all piping systems tests. Records

shall show Governmental and Contractor test personnel responsibilities,

dates, test gage identification numbers, ambient temperatures, pressure

ranges, rates of pressure drop, and leakage rates.



22 15 00 - 14

K. System verification and final testing shall be conducted comprising of

a system verifier standing pressure test, verifier cross-connection

test, verifier piping purge test, verifier final tie-in test, verifier

operational pressure test, verifier piping particulate test, verifier

piping purity test, labeling, and source equipment verification test.

L. When any defects are detected, correct defects and repeat test at no

additional costs to the Government. When testing reveals system

leakage, isolate and repair the leaks, replace defective materials

where necessary, and retest the system until there is no loss of

pressure. Remake leaking gaskets with new gaskets and new flange

bolting, and discard used bolting and gaskets.

M. The Commissioning Agent will observe startup and contractor testing of




3.4 COMMISSIONING


of Contracting Officer 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.






system.


the requirements of Contracting Officer 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING

SYSTEMS and Contracting Officer 79 00, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE

TRAINING.

- - - E N D - - -



22 20 00 - 1

SECTION 22 20 00 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Fuel gas systems, including piping, equipment and all necessary

accessories as designated in this section. Fuel gas piping for central

boiler plants is not included.

1.2 RELATED WORK


B. Section 01 91 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

C. Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.

D. Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.

E. Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.

F. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

G. Section 22 05 23, GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

H. Section 23 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS

I. Section 23 21 11, BOILER PLANT PIPING SYSTEMS.

J. Section 25 10 10 – ADVANCED UTILITY METERING SYSTEM

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES..


1. Pipe & Fittings.

2. Valves.

3. Strainers.

4. All items listed in Part 2 - Products.

C. Detailed shop drawing of clamping device and extensions when required

in connection with the waterproofing membrane.





B. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):

A-A-59617...............Unions, Brass or Bronze Threaded, Pipe

Connections and Solder-Joint Tube Connections

C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): (Copyrighted Society)

A13.1-(2007) ...........Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems



22 20 00 - 2

B16.3-(2006) ............Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150

and 300 ANSI/ASME

B16.9-2007 ..............Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings

ANSI/ASME

B16.11-2009.............Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and

Threaded ANSI/ASME


125 and 250 ANSI/ASME

B31.8-2010 .............Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping

Systems ANSI/ASME


A47-99(2009) ...........Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable

Iron Castings

A53-10..................Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black

And Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless

A183-09.................Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track

Bolts and Nuts

A536-09.................Standard Specification for Ductile Iron

Castings

A733-03(2009)e1.........Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless


Pipe Nipples

B687-99(2005)e1.........Standard Specification for Brass, Copper, and


E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

54-2009 ................National Fuel Gas Code

F. International Code Council

IPC 2015 ...............International Plumbing Code

IFGC 2015...............International Fuel Gas Code

G. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO):

Uniform Plumbing Code – 2009

IS6-06..................Installation Standard

H. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings


SP-72-2010 .............Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding For

General Service

SP-110-2010.............Ball Valve Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder




22 20 00 - 3

1.5 SYSTEM PRESSURE

A. Natural gas systems unless otherwise noted are designed and materials

and equipment selected to prevent failure under gas pressure of 210 kPa

(15 psi) entering government property 35 kPa (5 psi) at downstream

side of pressure regulator.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FUEL GAS SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO BUILDING

A. From inside face of exterior wall to a distance of approximately 5 feet

outside of building, use coated piping.

B. Pipe: Black steel, ASTM A53, Schedule 40. Shop-applied pipe coating

shall be one of the following types:

1. Coal Tar Enamel Coating: Exterior of pipe and fittings shall be

cleaned, primed with Type B primer and coated with hot-applied coal

tar enamel with bonded layer of felt wrap in accordance with AWWA

C203. Asbestos felt shall not be used; felt material shall be

fibrous glass mat as specified in Appendix Section A2.1 of AWWA

C203.

2. Adhesive-thermoplastic Resin Coating: Fed. Spec. L-C-530, Type I

3. Thermosetting Epoxy Coating: Fed. Spec. L-C-530, Type II

4. Field-applied plastic tape material used on pipe joints and for

repairing damaged areas of shop-applied coatings, Fed. Spec. L-T-

1512, Type I, 10 mils nominal thickness for pipe joints, and Type

II, 20 mils nominal thickness for coating repairs.

C. Holiday Inspections: Procedure for holiday inspection: Holiday

Inspection shall be conducted on all coatings to determine the presence

and number of discontinuities in those coatings referenced in 2.6/B -

1, 2, 3, and 4 using a Tinker & Rasor model AP/W Holiday Detector.

Holiday inspection shall be performed in a manner spelled out in the

Tinker & Rasor operating instructions and at a voltage level

recommended by the coating manufacturer or applicable NACE

International Standard such as RPO 274-93 or RPO 490-90 in the case

thermosetting epoxy coating. Holiday Detectors shall be calibrated and

supplied with a certificate of calibration from the factory. A

calibration of the Holiday Detector shall be performed once every 6

months to verify output voltages are true and correct.

D. Fittings:

1. Butt weld fittings, wrought steel, ANSI B16.9.

2. Socket weld and threaded fittings forged steel, ANSI B16.11.



22 20 00 - 4

3. Grooved End: Ductile iron (ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12), malleable

iron (ASTM A47, Grade 32510), or steel (ASTM A53, Type F or Type E

or S, Grade B).

E. Joints: Welded, ANSI B31.8.

2.2 FUEL GAS PIPING

A. Pipe: Black steel, ASTM A53, Schedule 40.

B. Nipples: Steel, ASTM A733, Schedule 40.

C. Fittings:

1. Sizes 2 inch under ANSI B 16.3 threaded malleable iron.

2. Over 2 inch and up to 4 inch ANSI B16.11 socket welded.

3. Over 4 inch ANSI 16.9 butt welded.

D. Joints: Provide welded or threaded joints.

2.3 EXPOSED FUEL GAS PIPING

A. Finished Room: Use full iron pipe size chrome plated brass piping for

exposed fuel gas piping connecting fixtures, casework, cabinets,

equipment and reagent racks when not concealed by apron including those

furnished by the Government or specified in other sections.

1. Pipe: Fed. Spec. WW-P-351, standard weight

2. Fittings: ANSI B16.15 cast bronze threaded fittings with chrome

finish, (125 and 250).

3. Nipples: ASTM B 687, Chromium-plated.

4. Unions: 2 inches and smaller Mss SP-72, SP-110, Brass or Bronze

threaded with chrome finish. Unions 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be

flange type with approved gaskets.

5. Valves: Mss SP-72, SP-110, Brass or bronze with chrome finish.

B. Unfinished Rooms, Mechanical Rooms and Kitchens: Chrome-plated brass

piping is not required. Paint piping systems as specified in Section 09

91 00, PAINTING

2.4 VALVES

A. Ball Valve: Bronze body, rated for 150 psi at 365ºF, 250 psi at 250ºF,

reinforced TFE seat, stem seal and thrust washer; end entry, threaded

ends, UL-listed for natural or LP gas shut off service when used on

those services.

B. Gas Vent Cocks: Type 701: Bronze body, tee handle, rated for 30 psi at

100ºF, ground plug, rated for tight shut-off on fuel gas service.

C. Lubricated Plug Valve: Cast iron body complying with ASTM A126, Class

B, bronze plug, thermoplastic coated seat, stem seal compatible with

natural gas, threaded or flanged as required, 125 psi



22 20 00 - 5

D. Service Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80.

1. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum.

2. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable.

3. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel.

4. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and

deformation at the valve port.

5. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable.

6. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon.

7. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than

required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping

external to the regulator.

8. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting

downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at

shutoff.

9. Overpressure protection device is optional feature. See Evaluations.

10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure

regulator.

11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen

in opening if not connected to vent piping.

12. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 3 0 psig.

E. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80

1. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum.


3. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel.

4. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and

deformation at the valve port.

5. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable.


7. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than

required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping

external to the regulator.

8. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting

downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at

shutoff.

9. Overpressure protection device is optional feature. See Evaluations.

10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure

regulator.



22 20 00 - 6

11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen

in opening if not connected to vent piping. Regulator may include vent

limiting device, instead of vent connection.

12. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 5 psig.

F. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18

1. Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum.


3. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel

4. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber.


6. Factory-Applied Finish: Minimum three-layer polyester and polyurethane

paint finish.

7. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection.

8. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 5 psig

2.5 WATERPROOFING

A. Provide at points where pipes pass through membrane waterproofed floors

or walls in contact with earth.

B. Floors: Provide cast iron stack sleeve with flashing device and a

underdeck clamp. After stack is passed through sleeve, provide a

waterproofed caulked joint at top hub.

C. Walls: See detail shown on drawings.

2.6 STRAINERS

A. Provide on high pressure side of pressure reducing valves, on inlet

side of indicating and control instruments and equipment subject to

sediment damage and where shown on drawings. Strainer element shall be

removable without disconnection of piping.

B. Gas Lines: "Y" type with removable mesh lined brass strainer sleeve.

C. Body: Smaller than 3 inches, brass or bronze; 3 inches and larger, cast

iron or semi-steel.


A. Provide dielectric couplings or unions between ferrous and non-ferrous

pipe. ASSE 1079 compliant, 125 psi pressure rating, factory fabricated.

2.8 GAS EQUIPMENT CONNECTORS

A. Flexible connectors with teflon core, interlocked galvanized steel

protective casing, AGA certified design.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code and the following:



22 20 00 - 7

1. Install branch piping for fuel gas and connect to all fixtures,

valves, cocks, outlets, casework, cabinets and equipment, including

those furnished by the Government or specified in other sections.

2. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper

tools. Pipe, shall be reamed to full size after cutting.

3. All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other

work.

4. Install valves with stem in horizontal position whenever possible.

All valves shall be easily accessible.

5. Install union and shut-off valve on pressure piping at connections

to equipment.

6. Pipe Hangers, Supports and Accessories:

a. All piping shall be supported per the International Fuel Gas

Code, Chapter No. 4.

b. Shop Painting and Plating: Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and

accessories used for Pipe supports shall be shop coated with red

lead or zinc Chromate primer paint. Electroplated copper hanger

rods, hangers and accessories may be used with copper tubing.

c. Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates, Supports, Hangers:

1) Solid or split unplated cast iron, chrome plated in finished

areas.

2) All plates shall be provided with set screws.

3) Pipe Hangers: Height adjustable clevis type.

4) Adjustable Floor Rests and Base Flanges: Steel.

5) Concrete Inserts: "Universal" or continuous slotted type.

6) Hanger Rods: Mild, low carbon steel, fully threaded or

Threaded at each end with two removable nuts at each end for

positioning rod and hanger and locking each in place.

7) Riser Clamps: Malleable iron or steel.

8) Rollers: Cast iron.

9) Self-drilling type expansion shields shall be "Phillips" type,

with case hardened steel expander plugs.

10) Miscellaneous Materials: As specified, required, directed or

as noted on the drawings for proper installation of hangers,

supports and accessories.

7. Install cast chrome plated escutcheon with set screw at each wall,

floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and

within cabinets and millwork.



22 20 00 - 8

8. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line

regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and

terminate with weatherproof vent cap.

9. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line and

service regulator.

10. Penetrations:

a. Fire Stopping: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire

walls, smoke partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that

provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke

and gases as specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.

Completely fill and seal clearances between piping and openings


b. Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances


Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.

B. Piping shall conform to the following:

1. Fuel Gas:

a. Entire fuel gas piping installation shall be in accordance with

requirements of NFPA 54.

b. Provide fuel gas piping with plugged drip pockets at low points.

3.2 CLEANING OF SYSTEM AFTER INSTALLATION

A. Clean all piping systems to remove all dirt, coatings and debris.

3.3 TESTS

A. General: Test system either in its entirety or in sections after system

is installed or cleaned.

B. Test shall be made in accordance with Section 406 of the International

Fuel Gas Code. The system shall be tested at a minimum of 1.5 times

maximum working pressure, but not less than 10 psig gage) .

3.4 COMMISSIONING


of Section 23 08 00 – COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS for all inspection,

start up, and contractor testing required above and required by the

System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning Agent.

- - - E N D - - -



22 31 11 - 1

SECTION 22 31 11 WATER SOFTENERS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide sodium cycle, cation exchange, pressure type, water softening

equipment complete with piping services, remote underground brine tank,

electrical services, controls, accessories and auxiliary equipment.



1.2 RELATED WORK





E. SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS: Requirements for







B16.1-2010..............Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings:

Classes 25, 125, 250


and 300




Vessels, Division 1

BPVC Section X-2015.....Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels


1013-2011...............Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure

Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced

Pressure Principle Fire Protection Backflow

Preventers



22 31 11 - 2

D. ASTM International (ASTM):

A6/A6M-2014.............Standard Specification for General Requirements

for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates,

Shapes, and Sheet Piling


and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and

Seamless


Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80

and 120

E. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

B300-2010...............Hypochlorites

B301-2010...............Liquid Chlorine

C511-2007...............Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention

Assembly

C651-2014...............Disinfecting Water Mains

F. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):

A-A-694D-2002...........Sodium Chloride, Technical

G. Department of Health and Human Services, Food and Drug Administration

(FDA):

CFR 21, Chapter 1, Part 173.25, Ion-Exchange Resins

CFR 21, Chapter 1, Part 175.300, Resinous and Polymeric Coatings (Bio-

based materials shall be utilized when

possible.)

H. International Code Council (ICC):


I. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

ICS 6-1993 (R2001, R2006) Industrial Control and Systems:

Enclosures

J. NSF International (NSF):


Effects


K. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

979-2005 (R2014)........Standard for Water Treatment Appliances



22 31 11 - 3

1.4 SUBMITTALS


accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND

SAMPLES.


“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 31 11, WATER SOFTENERS”, with applicable

paragraph identification.




capacity.

1. Softener tank construction, coatings and linings. Bio-based


2. Tank distribution system design.

3. Main operating valve.

4. Control system and flow meter.

5. Wiring diagram for controls.

6. Exchange resin.

7. Brine system.

8. Accessories including pressure gages and test kit.

9. Performance data including normal and maximum flow and pressure

drop. Certification that required performance shall be achieved.

10. Piping.

D. Complete detailed layout, setting, arrangement, and installation

drawings including electrical/pneumatic controls. Drawings shall also

show all parts of the apparatus including relative positions,

dimensions, and sizes and general arrangement of connecting piping.







SYSTEMS.







22 31 11 - 4




1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Water sample shall be tested by USEPA certified testing laboratory.

Sample shall be taken by water softener equipment contractor and

submitted for testing.

B. Influent Water Analysis:

Component Concentration (mg/L)

Alkalinity ____

Aluminum ____

Arsenic ____

Barium ____

Cadmium ____

Carbonate Hardness as Calcium Carbonate ____

Free Carbon Dioxide Calcium Carbonate ____

Methyl Orange as Calcium Carbonate ____

Noncarbonate Hardness as Calcium Carbonate ____

Phenolphthalein as Calcium Carbonate ____

Total Hardness as Calcium Carbonate ____

Chlorides ____

Residual Chlorine ____

Chromium ____

Copper ____

Fluoride ____

Dissolved Iron ____

Total Iron ____

Lead ____

Magnesium ____

Manganese ____

Mercury ____

Nickel ____

Nitrates ____

Odor ____

Dissolved Oxygen ____

Conductivity pH ____

Color by Platinum Standard Comparison ____

Silica ____



22 31 11 - 5

Silver ____

Sodium ____

Sodium Potassium ____

Total Dissolved Solids ____

Sulphate ____

Turbidity in Nethlometric Turbidity units ____

Zinc ____

Confirm the analysis with current samples and tests.

C. Design Parameters:

Normal System Flow and Pressure Drop: ____ gpm @ 15 psig

Maximum System Flow and Pressure Drop: ____ gpm @ 25 psig

Backwash/Rinse Flow: ____ gpm

Backwash Volume: ____ gallons nominal

Daily Water Usage: ____ gallons per day

Volume of soft water between regenerations: ____ gallons min.

Daily Hours of Water Demand: 16____

Operating Temperature Range: 40 to 120 degrees F

Operating Pressure Range (System): 30___ - _100___ psig

Electrical Requirements: Dedicated 120 v, 60 Hz, 1 phase receptacle.






















22 31 11 - 6


are to be provided, and a copy of them in Auto-CADD version 2014











PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS


0.25 percent lead is prohibited in any potable water system intended


or NSF 372.

2.2 SOFTENING SYSTEM

A. Vertical, down flow, pressure type with automatic controls to operate

on sodium cycle. Automatic-alternating duplex units. Designed for 100

psig working pressure. All materials exposed to water shall be

considered as generally safe by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

System shall comply with UL 979.

B. Performance Requirements:

1. Continuous flow of zero hardness soft water (use hardness test

strips) with influent water conditions and flows listed in Part 1,

with only one of the duplex units in service.

2. Exchanger material shall not wash out of apparatus during any

softening run regardless of rate of flow.

3. Turbidity and color of treated water shall not increase above that

of raw water.

4. Dirty or turbid water shall not occur during any softening run,

regardless of changes in demand rate.

5. Strainer system, gravel bed, and exchange material shall not become

fouled, either by turbidity in the raw water, or by dirt, rust or

scale from pipe to the extent to render backwash ineffective.



22 31 11 - 7

6. Regeneration shall be accomplished within a period of 75 minutes and

occur not more than once per day. Regeneration period shall be that

part of cycle of operation from the time unit has delivered its

softening capacity until it is ready to be delivering soft water

again, including all backwashing, brining and brine washout,

complete. Amount of salt necessary to completely recondition unit

after a capacity run shall not exceed 15 pounds per cubic foot of

existing material.

C. Softener Tanks–Steel:

1. Butt-welded steel conforming to ASTM A6/A6M. Test hydrostatically at

1.5 times the design pressure and provide certification. Conform to

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII. Provide stamp on

tank and written certification. Sidewall height shall be adequate

to allow 50 percent of the mineral bed depth for expansion. Tanks

shall have openings for mineral filling and removal. Provide steel

supports welded to tank before testing and labeling to hold tanks in

operating position above floor. Exterior shall be degreased,

cleaned, and coated with manufacturer’s standard prime and finish

coatings. Interior shall have near-white sandblast and lined with

phenolic epoxy, 0.20 to 0.25 mm (8 to 10 mils) thick. Interior

coating shall be chemically inert, non-toxic, odorless and meet the

requirements of CFR 21, Chapter 1, Part 175.300. Bio-based materials

shall be utilized when possible.

2. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP): Polyester reinforced by a

continuous roving glass filament overwrap. Hydrostatically test at

design pressure and provide certification to comply with ASME Boiler

and Pressure Vessel Code, Section X. Support on a molded structural

base. Tanks shall have flanged openings for mineral filling and

removal. Provide vacuum breaker.

D. Distribution System: Soft water collector and backwash water

distributor shall be non-clogging, single point and hub radial

laterals, designed to not cause channeling in the bed, PVC, Schedule

80. The distributor system shall be fully covered by one layer of

quartz under-bedding with no debris or fines mesh size from 16 to 40

and above.

E. Exchange Material: Solid virgin high capacity styrene base resinous

material. Material shall be stable over the entire pH range with

resistance to bead fracture from attrition or osmotic shock. Particle



22 31 11 - 8

size 20 to 50 mesh and contain no agglomerates, shells, plates or other

shapes that might interfere with the functioning of the softener.

Exchange capacity as CaCO3 shall be considered to be 23.8 grains per

cubic foot at 15 pounds per cubic foot salt dosage. Resin shall not

require dosing or addition of any chemical, mixture, or solution to the

water requiring treatment, or the water used for backwashing, other

than NaCl for regeneration. Resin shall be FDA compliant under CFR 21,

Chapter 1, Part 173.25.

F. Brine Measuring Tank with Cover: Rotationally molded high density

polyethylene. Tank sized to provide a minimum of four regenerations per

load of salt at a full salting. Tank shall include elevated salt plate

and a chamber to house the brine valve assembly.

G. Brine System Controls: Automatic valve shall open to admit brine to

softener and close to prevent air admission to the softener. During

refill, the valve shall regulate flow of soft water to the brine tank.

Provide float-operated safety valve to prevent brine tank overfill.

1. System to include pressure gauges for hard water inlet and soft

water outlet.

2. System to include sampling cocks for hard water inlet and soft water

outlet.

3. Level control shall interact with underground brine solution tank.

H. System Controls:

1. The controller shall be completely automatic and shall sequence all

steps of regeneration and return the softener to a service or stand-

by mode and alternate the duplex units. Selectable time or flow

meter initiated regeneration. The initiating time or volume set

points shall automatically reset upon initiation of the regeneration

sequence. Controller shall permit manual initiation of regeneration.

2. Computer-based field-programmable controller with selectable flow

meter based and time clock based operating cycles. The controller

shall utilize alphanumeric, self-prompting programming for simple

startup. EEPROM memory shall store program data eliminating need for

battery back up on configuration input after power loss. Self-

diagnostic and capable of emitting an audible error signal and

displaying error-specific messages. Lockout function to prevent

unauthorized access to the program data. Sealed keypad with

capability of all programming functions. Fluorescent alphanumeric



22 31 11 - 9

display on face of controller. Enclose controls in NEMA ICS 6; Type

4X enclosure mounted approximately 5 feet above the floor.

3. Operating conditions shall be continuously monitored and display

shall show time of day, volume remaining before next regeneration,

number of regenerations in last 14 days, number of days since last

regeneration, instantaneous flow rate, resettable totalized flow

since the last regeneration, time of next regeneration, and identify

the cycle that is in progress.

4. Flow shall be regulated to prevent resin loss, operate between 29

and 100 psig supply pressure, and prevent noise and hydraulic shock.

Control shall permit only one unit to regenerate at a time.

5. Flow meter shall have turndown range of 60/1, minimum accuracy of

+/-1 percent of maximum range, repeatability of +/-0.5 percent of

full range. Install with manufacturer’s recommended straight pipe

before and after the meter.

6. Main operating valve shall be a fully automatic multiport diaphragm

type or valve nest constructed of cast iron or corrosion resistant

alloy material with hard-coat anodization and final coat of

flouroplate polymer. Coating shall resist 1000 hour/5 percent salt

spray test without sign of corrosion. Bio-based materials shall be

utilized when possible. Valves shall be slow opening and closing,

free of water hammer; diaphragm assembly shall be fully guided. All

valve parts accessible for service. The main operating valve shall

include a valve mounted automatic self-adjusting brine injector to

draw brine and control rinse at a constant rate regardless of water

pressure in the range of 29 to 100 psig. Valve shall have soft water

sampling cock and indicator to show system status.

I. Sampling Cocks: Provide for hard and soft water.

J. Sodium Chloride: Fed. Spec. A-A-694D. Provide sufficient quantity for

ten regenerations.

2.3 EXTERNAL SOFTENER PIPING

A. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, galvanized, Schedule 40 .

B. Fittings: Malleable iron, ASME B16.3, or coated cast iron, ASME B16.1,

Class 125.

C. Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125.

D. Threaded Joints: Shall be made with ends reamed out. Apply bituminous

base lubricant or fluorocarbon resin tape to male threads only. Bio-

based materials shall be utilized when possible.



22 31 11 - 10

2.4 BRINE PIPING

A. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), ASTM D1785, Schedule 80 with solvent welded

joints.

2.5 VALVES

A. Ball: Carbon steel body, stainless steel trim, reinforced Teflon seat

and seal, full port, threaded ends.

2.6 PRESSURE GAGES

A. ASME B40.100, Grade A, 1 percent accuracy, 4-1/2 inches diameter, all

metal case, bottom connected. White dials, black hands, graduated from

0 to 100 psig and identity labeled. Provide gages with gage cocks at

softener hard water inlet and soft water outlet to show pressure drop

thru softener.

2.7 REMOTE UNDERGROUND BRINE TANKA.

A. The system will consist of an NSF rated fiberglass r einforced plastic

(FRP) tank measuring 26’-6” long x 8’ wide, which will hold 50,000 lbs.

of salt and store 1,160 gallons of salt brine. With a 55-degree water

temperature, this system will produce 658 gallons of saturated brine

every 15.5 minutes. One 1/2 HP. single phase, 208/230 V, salt suitable

submersible pump will be installed inside the tank. This pump will

produce 40 GPM with a head of 34 feet. Bury tank with 4’-0” of fine

stone cover.

B. Provide a 6 inch PVC conduit from the tank manway to where the piping

and electrical wiring enter the building. Install a 2 inch brine line

(pump discharge), 1 inch cold water line and 1 inch conduits for power

and control wiring. Penetration entries into manway shall be sealed

watertight. Inside manways a sediment deflector cover shall be

installed.

C. Provide two (2) 26 inch dia. lockable composite construction manhole

covers and plastic manways. Install manholes 1/2 inch to 1 inch above

surrounding concrete. One manway is for filling salt into and tank and

the other is for water, brine, electrical wiring services and access to

the submersible pump.

2.8 WATER TESTING EQUIPMENT

A. Furnish water testing hardness test strips which measure 0-25 grains of

hardness with minimum bottle of 50 strips with color code chart for

reading test strips.



22 31 11 - 11

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 REQUIRED TECHNICAL SERVICES

A. Provide services of a qualified manufacturer's representative to check

complete installation for conformance to manufacturer's recommendation,

put system into service, make all adjustments required for full

conformance to design and specified requirements, and perform all

demonstrations and tests.

3.2 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTING

A. Flush and disinfect new water lines and softener interiors in


B. Material:

1. Liquid chlorine: AWWA B301.

2. Hypochlorite: AWWA B300.


A. Operating: Tests shall be conducted in presence of Contracting Officer

(RE). It is prohibited, for testing purposes, to add to or subtract

from exchange material used in apparatus, neither will any regenerating

agent, other than the solution specified, be permitted.

B. Procedure:

1. Regenerate system to demonstrate operation of multiport valve.

2. Operate each softener at constant maximum required capacity for ten

minutes after soft water is produced. When necessary, waste softened

water to sewer to maintain above flow rate. Contractor shall submit

samples to a USEPA certified testing laboratory. A certified test

report shall be prepared indicating hardness levels are within the

specified range. Hardness shall be less than 50 mg/L or as

specified.

3. Demonstrate all features of the control system including diagnostics

and flow and cycle indications.

C. The CxA will observe startup and contractor testing of selected




3.4 BRINE TANK

A. The underground brine tank excavation will be made i n truck accessible

drive area as indicated on the plans. Excavation size shall be 30 feet

long x 10 feet wide x 13 feet deep. At least six inches of rice stone

shall be placed on the bottom of the excavation. The tank will be set



22 31 11 - 12

on the stone. The remainder of the excavation will b e filled with fine

stone. The top of the tank will be capped with 12 inches of 5000 PSI

fiber reinforced concrete. The concrete top will be equal to a class H-

bridge load (20,000 lbs. per square foot). A filter fabric shall be

installed around the excavation to prevent soil from mixing with tank

embedment. The concrete on top of the tank will be brought to grade

level or subgrade if macadam is required. Provide a concrete hold down

slab for anchoring tank as indicated on drawings. The tank shall be

connected to the slab u sing guy wires/hold down straps and attach to

t he concrete slab eye bolts. The entire assembly shall be in compliance

with a local bulk salt supplier. The mechanical (plumbing) contractor

shall hire bulk salt supplier company as a consultant for installation.

B. Salt for bulk brine make-up: Furnish initial bulk sa lt load,

approximately 40,000 lbs. high-purity, sodium chloride crystal that is

mostly free of dirt and foreign material. Granulated forms of salt are

unacceptable.

3.5 COMMISSIONING











3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Provide full maintenance contract for 6 months by service technician of

water softener manufacturers, including preventative maintenance as

required for proper operation of water softener equipment. Servicing

company shall be within 2 hours drive and be capable of responding

within 6 to 8 hours.

- - - E N D - - -



22 33 00 - 1

SECTION 22 33 00 ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirements for installing a complete

electric domestic water heater system ready for operation including the

water heaters, thermometers, and all necessary accessories,

connections, and equipment.



1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PRODECURES.



D. Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Concrete and Grout.

E. Section 09 91 00, PAINTING: Preparation and finish painting.

F. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

G. Section 22 05 19, METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING,

H. Section 22 05 23, GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

I. Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.


K. Section 22 11 00, FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION: Piping, Fittings, Valves

and Gages.

L. Section 22 11 23, DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS: Circulating Pumps.

M. Section 23 56 00, SOLAR ENERGY HEATING SYSTEM.





B. American National Standard Institute (ANSI):

Z21.22B-2001 (R2008)....Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems

C. American Society for Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning

Engineers (ASHRAE):

90.1 (2013).............Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise

Residential Buildings

D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code

BPVC Section IV-2013....Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers



22 33 00 - 2


Vessels, Division 1

Form U-1................Manufacturer’s Data Report for Pressure Vessels


B16.5-2013..............Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2

through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard



2500

CSD-1-2012..............Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically

Fired Boilers

E. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE):

1005-1999...............Performance Requirements for Water Heater Drain

Valves, 3/4 Inch Size

F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)



5-2012..................Water Heaters, Hot Water Supply Boilers, and

Heat Recovery Equipment


Effects


H. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

174-04 (R2012)..........Standard for Household Electric Storage Tank

Water Heaters

499-05 (R2013)..........Standard for Electric Heating Appliances

1453-04 (R2011).........Standard for Electric Booster and Commercial

Storage Tank Water Heaters

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 33 00, ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS”,





capacity.



22 33 00 - 3

1. Water Heaters.

2. Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves.

3. Thermometers.

4. Pressure Gages.

5. Vacuum Breakers.

6. Expansion Tanks.

D. For each electric domestic hot water heater type and size, the

following characteristics shall be submitted:

1. Rated Capacities.

2. Operating characteristics.

3. Electrical characteristics.

4. Furnished specialties and accessories.

5. A form U-1 or other documentation stating compliance with the ASME

Boiler and Pressure Vessel code.

E. Shop drawings shall include wiring diagrams for power, signal and

control functions.

F. Seismic qualification certificates shall be submitted that details

equipment anchorage components, identifies equipment center of gravity

with mounting and anchorage provisions, and whether the seismic

qualification certificate is based on an actual test or calculations.

G. Submit documentation indicating compliance with applicable requirements

with ASHRAE 90.1 for Service Water Heating.

H. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,




equipment.



I. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning



requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS

J. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with


SYSTEMS.



22 33 00 - 4


A. For commercial applications, comply with American Society of Heating,

Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) for efficiency

performance. ASHRAE 90.1, “Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings

Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings, for commercial water heaters.”

B. Electrical components, devices and accessories shall be listed and

labeled as defined in NFPA 70 by a qualified testing agency, and marked

for intended location and application.

C. ASME code construction shall be a vessel fabricated in compliance with

the ASME BPVC Section VIII-1.

D. Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with

potable water to comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372.

E. The domestic water heater shall be certified and labeled by an

independent testing agency.








A. Submit operation and maintenance data updated to include submittal



















22 33 00 - 5





PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

A. The tank construction shall be steel shell, with an inner tank liner

complying with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for barrier materials for potable

water. The inner liner shall be extended into the openings. The vessel

shall be ASME BPVC Section VIII-1, fabricated with a pressure rating of

150 psig. Provide with access for cleaning and disinfection.

B. Tapping (openings) shall be Factory fabricated of materials compatible

with the tank and in accordance with appropriate ASME standards B1.20.1

for piping connections, pressure and temperature relief valve, pressure

gauge, thermometer, drain valve, anode rods and controls as required.

Tappings shall comply with the following ASME standards listed below:

1. 2 inch and smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.

C. Tank insulation shall comply with ASHRAE 90.1andENERGY STAR

requirements.

D. For domestic water heater sizes greater than 9 KW, the heating element

shall be arranged in multiples of elements. For heaters less than 4.5

KW, the heater elements shall be arranged in single elements. Heater

capacities are scheduled on the drawings.

E. The domestic water heaters shall have screw in or bolt on immersion

type, thermostatically adjustable elements. Set thermostat for minimum

water storage temperature of 140 degrees F). The electrical

characteristics are scheduled on the drawings. Heaters shall be capable

of raising the discharge temperature to 170 to 180 degrees F for

thermal eradication.

F. The Combination Pressure and Temperature relief Valve shall be ANSI

Z21.22 and ASME rated.

G. The anode rod shall be replaceable magnesium.

H. The drain valve shall be corrosion resistant metal complying with ASSE

1005.

I. Comply with NSF 5 for water heaters.



22 33 00 - 6

2.2 ELECTRIC, TANKLESS, DOMESTIC WATER HEATER

A. Electric, Tankless, domestic water heaters shall be constructed with

copper piping or tubing complying with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for barrier

materials for potable water heaters without storage capacity.

B. The pressure rating shall be 150 psig.

C. The heating element shall be resistance heating system type.

D. Temperature control shall be made with thermostat.

E. The safety control shall be a high temperature limit cutoff device or

system.

F. The heater shall have an enameled jacket with an aluminum or steel

floor stand or wall bracket for off-floor mounting.

G. Heater capacities and electrical characteristics are scheduled on the

drawings.

2.3 DOMESTIC HOT WATER EXPANSION TANKS

A. A steel pressure rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory

installed butyl rubber diaphragm shall be installed as scheduled. The

air precharge shall be set to minimum system operating pressure at

tank.

B. The tappings shall be factory fabricated steel, welded to the tank and

include ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.

C. The interior finish shall comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for barrier

materials for potable water tank linings and the liner shall extend

into and through the tank fittings and outlets.

D. The air charging valve shall be factory installed.

2.4 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DRAIN PAN

A. A stainless steel drain pan shall be provided that is large enough to

contain the volume of the heater. The drain pan shall include a drain

outlet not less than NPS 3/4 inch with ASME B1.20.7 garden hose

threads.

2.5 HEAT TRAPS

A. Heat traps shall be installed in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 unless

provided integrally with the heater.

2.6 COMBINATION TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

A. The combination pressure and temperature relief valve shall be ANSI

Z21.22 and ASME rated and constructed of all brass or bronze with a

self-closing reseating valve. The relief valves shall include a

relieving capacity greater than the heat input and include a pressure



22 33 00 - 7

setting less than the water heater’s working pressure rating. Sensing

element shall extend into storage tank.

2.7 THERMOMETERS

A. Thermometers shall be rigid stem or remote sensing, scale or dial type

with an aluminum, black metal, stainless steel, or chromium plated

brass case. The thermometer shall be back connected, red liquid

(alcohol or organic-based) fill, vapor, bi-metal or gas actuated, with

9 inches high scale dial or circular dial 2 to 5 inches in diameter

graduated from 40 to 212 degrees F, with two-degree graduations

guaranteed accurate within one scale division. The socket shall be

separable, double-seat, micrometer-fittings, with extension neck not

less than 2-1/2 inches to clear tank or pipe covering. The thermometer

shall be suitable for 3/4 inch pipe threads. Thermometers may be

console-mounted with sensor installed in separate thermometer well.

2.8 SUPPORTS

A. Water heater stands shall be factory-fabricated steel for floor

mounting capable of supporting water heater and water a minimum of 18

inches above the floor.

B. Wall brackets for wall mounted heaters shall be factory-fabricated

steel capable of supporting water heater and water.

2.9 MANIFOLD KITS

A. For multiple water heater installation, provide factory-fabricated

copper manifold kits to include ball-type shutoff valves to isolate

each water heater and balancing valves to provide balanced flow through

each water heater.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Water heaters shall be installed on concrete bases unless elevated

above the floor. Refer to Specification Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE

CONCRETE and Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

B. The water heaters shall be installed level and plumb and securely

anchored.

C. The water heaters shall be installed and connected in accordance with

manufacturer’s written instructions with manufacturer’s recommended

clearances.

D. All pressure and temperature relief valves discharge shall be piped to

nearby floor drains with air gap or break.



22 33 00 - 8

E. Thermometers shall be installed on the water heater inlet and outlet

piping and shall be positioned such that they can be read by an

operator or staff standing on floor or walkway.

F. The thermostatic control shall be set for a minimum setting of 140

degrees F for storage heaters and regulated to a maximum discharge

temperature of 130 degrees F for distribution to personnel.

G. Dielectric unions shall be provided if there are dissimilar metals

between the water heater connections and the attached piping.

H. Provide vacuum breakers per ANSI Z21.22 on the inlet pipe if the water

heater is bottom fed. Refer to Specification Section 22 11 00, FACILITY

WATER DISTRIBUTION.

I. Shutoff valves shall be installed on the domestic water supply piping

to the water heater and on the domestic hot water outlet piping.

J. All manufacturer’s required clearances shall be maintained.

K. A combination temperature and pressure relief valve shall be installed

at the top portion of the storage tank in accordance with

manufacturer’s recommendations. The sensing element shall extend into

the tank. The relief valve outlet drain piping shall discharge by

positive air gap into a floor drain.

L. Piping type heat traps shall be installed on the inlet and outlet

piping of the electric domestic water heater storage tanks if not

provided integrally with the tanks.

M. Water heater drain piping shall be installed as indirect waste to spill

by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Hose end

drain valves shall be installed at low points in water piping for

electric domestic water heaters without integral drains.

N. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the COR, the Contractor shall

correct the installation at no cost to the Government.

3.2 LEAKAGE TEST

A. Before piping connections are made, water heaters shall be tested with

hydrostatic pressure of 200 psig and 240 psig for a unit with a MAWP of

160 psig. Any domestic water heater leaking water shall be replaced

with a new unit at no additional cost to the VA.

3.3 PERFORMANCE TEST

A. All of the remote water outlets shall have a minimum of 110 degrees F

and a maximum of 120 degrees F water flow at all times.



22 33 00 - 9








functions.



D. The Commissioning Agent will observe startup and contractor testing of




3.5 COMMISSIONING








system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 35 00 - 1

SECTION 22 35 00 DOMESTIC WATER HEAT EXCHANGERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirements for domestic hot water heat

exchangers including thermometers and all necessary accessories,

connections and equipment.

B. Application is for indirect water heating utilizing steam or hot water

as a medium.

C. A complete listing of all acronyms and abbreviations are included in


1.2 RELATED WORK




D. Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Concrete and Grout.

E. Section 09 91 00, PAINTING: Preparation and finish painting.

F. Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENT FOR NON STRUCTURAL

COMPONENTS: Seismic Restraint for Equipment.

G. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

H. Section 22 05 19, METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING.

I. Section 22 05 23, GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING.

J. Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.

K. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

L. Section 22 11 00, FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION: Piping, Fittings, Valves

and Gages.

M. Section 22 11 23, DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS: Circulating Pump.





B. American Society for Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning

Engineers (ASHRAE):

90.1 (2013).............Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise

Residential Buildings

C. American National Standard Institute (ANSI):

Z21.22B-2001 (R2008)....Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems

D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code –



22 35 00 - 2

BPVC Section IV-2013....Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers


Vessels, Division 1

Form U-1................Manufacturer’s Data Report for Pressure Vessels


B16.5-2013..............Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2

through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard



2500

PTC 25.3-02.............Pressure Relief Devices

E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):


F. NSF International (NSF):


Effects


G. Underwriter Laboratories (UL):

207-2013................Standard for Refrigerant-Containing Components

and Accessories, Nonelectrical

778-2002................Standard for Motor-Operated Water Pumps

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 35 00, DOMESTIC WATER HEAT EXCHANGERS”,





capacity.

1. Heat Exchangers.

2. Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves.

3. Steam Control Valves.

4. Heating Hot Water Control Valves.

5. Thermometers.

6. Pressure Gages.

7. Vacuum Breakers.



22 35 00 - 3

8. Safety Valves.

9. Expansion Tanks.

10. Heat Traps.

D. A form U-1 or other documentation stating compliance with the ASME

Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

E. Shop drawings shall include wiring diagrams for power, signal and

control functions.

F. Seismic qualification certificates shall be submitted that details

equipment anchorage components identifies equipment center of gravity

with mounting and anchorage provisions, and whether the seismic

qualification certificate is based on an actual test or calculations.

G. Submit documentation indicating compliance with applicable requirements

of ASHRAE 90.1, Unfired Storage Tanks, for Service Water Heating.

H. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,




equipment.



I. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning




J. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with


SYSTEMS.


A. Equipment components in contact with potable water shall meet

compliance requirements in documents NSF 61 and NSF 372.

B. Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-

Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 90.1 for efficiency performance.

C. The domestic water heat exchanger shall conform to Section 13 05 41,

SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENT FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS on seismic

restraint requirements, withstanding Seismic movement without

separation of any parts from the equipment when subjected to a seismic

event.



22 35 00 - 4

D. The heat exchanger shall be certified and labeled by an independent

testing agency.

E. Circulating pump shall be installed per NFPA 70.








A. Submit operation and maintenance data updated to include submittal





















PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CIRCULATING DOMESTIC WATER HEAT EXCHANGERS

A. A packaged /double wall unit with minimal hot water storage shall be

provided with circulator, heat exchanger coil, controls, sacrificial

anode (if required), and specialties. The domestic water heat exchanger

with circulator shall be based upon a standard flow arrangement with

water from bottom of storage tank circulated across the heat exchanger



22 35 00 - 5

coil and returned to tank. The vessel shall be ASME BPVC Section VIII-1

or ASME HLM Section IV, fabricated with a pressure rating of 150 psig.

Tank shall comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for barrier materials for

potable-water tank linings. Provide with access for cleaning and

disinfection.

B. A hot water outlet shall be included at the top of the tank.

C. A temperature sensor shall be located inside the storage tank.

D. A circulating pump complying with UL 778, all bronze construction,

overhung impeller, and separately coupled inline pump shall be

included. The pump shall have mechanical seals. The working pressure

shall be rated at 125 psig.

E. The stand shall be factory fabricated for floor mounting.

F. The tappings (openings) shall be factory fabricated of materials

compatible with the tank and in accordance with appropriate ASME

standards for piping connections, pressure and temperature relief

valve, pressure gauge, thermometer, drain valve, anode rods and

controls. The openings shall be in accordance with ASME standards

listed below:

1. 2 inch and smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.

2. 2-1/2 inch and larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for

steel and stainless steel flanges, and according to ASME B16.24.

G. Shell fiberglass insulation shall comply with ASHRAE 90.1 and suitable

for operating temperature, with jacket. The entire shell and nozzles

shall be completely surrounded except connections and controls.

H. The heat exchanger helix wound or U-tube coils shall be constructed

from copper and fabricated for steam heating medium. The pressure

rating shall be equal to or greater than the steam or water supply

pressure plus 50 percent, but not less than 150 psig.

I. The temperature controls shall be based upon an adjustable temperature

transmitter that operates a control valve and is capable of maintaining

outlet water temperature within 4 degrees F of setting of 140 degrees

F. Heaters shall be capable of raising the discharge temperature to

170-180 degrees F for thermal eradication.

J. Safety control shall be automatic, high temperature limit shutoff

device.

K. The relief valves shall be ASME rated and stamped for combination

temperature and pressure relief valves.



22 35 00 - 6

2.2 THERMOMETERS

A. Thermometers shall be rigid stem or remote sensing, scale or dial type

with an aluminum, black metal, stainless steel, or chromium plated

brass case. The thermometer shall be back connected, red liquid

(alcohol or organic-based) fill, vapor, bi-metal or gas actuated, with

9 inches high scale dial or circular dial 2 to 5 inches in diameter

graduated from 40 to 210 degrees F, with two-degree graduations

guaranteed accurate within one scale division. The socket shall be

separable, double-seat, micrometer-fittings, with extension neck not

less than 2 1/2 inches to clear tank or pipe covering. The thermometer

shall be suitable for 3/4 inch pipe threads. Thermometers may be

console-mounted with sensor installed in separate thermometer well.

2.3 SAFETY VALVES FOR SHELL AND COIL HEATERS

A. Separate combination pressure/temperature relief valves shall be

provided on each water heater.

B. A double solenoid safety system shall be provided for each shell and

coil heater to function as a safety over temperature prevention system.

System shall consist of aquastat, pilot light, solenoid safety valve

and solenoid water safety valve located in the control circuit. The

aquastat shall be set at 140 degrees F.

2.4 DOMESTIC HOT WATER EXPANSION TANKS

A. A steel pressure rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory

installed butyl rubber diaphragm shall be installed as scheduled. The

air precharge shall be set to minimum system operating pressure at

tank.

B. The tappings shall be factory fabricated steel, welded to the tank and

include ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.

C. The interior finish shall comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for barrier

materials for potable water tank linings and the liner shall extend

into and through the tank fittings and outlets.

D. The air charging valve shall be factory installed.

2.5 HEAT TRAPS

A. Heat traps shall be installed in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 unless

provided integrally with the heaters.

2.6 COMBINATION TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

A. The combination pressure and temperature relief Valve shall be ANSI

Z21.22 and ASME rated and constructed of all brass or bronze with a

self-closing reseating valve. The relief valves shall include a



22 35 00 - 7

relieving capacity greater than the heat input and include a pressure

setting less than the water heater’s working pressure rating. Sensing

element shall extend into storage tank.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. The water heaters shall be installed on concrete bases. Refer to

Specification Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE and Section 22

05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

B. The water heaters shall be installed level and plumb and securely

anchored.

C. Water heaters shall be installed and connected in accordance with

manufacturer’s written instructions with manufacturer’s recommended

clearances.

D. All pressure and temperature relief valves discharge shall be piped to

nearby floor drains with air gap or break.

E. Thermometers and isolation valves shall be installed on water heater

inlet and outlet piping and shall be positioned such that they can be

read by an operator or staff standing on floor or walkway.

F. The thermostatic control shall be set for a minimum setting of 140

degrees F for storage heaters and regulated to a maximum discharge

temperature of 130 degrees F for distribution to personnel.

G. Shutoff valves shall be installed on the domestic water supply piping

to the water heater and on the domestic hot water outlet piping.

H. All manufacturer’s required clearances shall be maintained.

I. The domestic water heaters shall be installed with seismic restraint

devices.

J. A combination temperature and pressure relief valve shall be installed

at the top portion of the storage tank. The sensing element shall

extend into the tank. The relief valve outlet drain piping shall

discharge by positive air gap into a floor drain.

K. Piping type heat traps shall be installed on the inlet and outlet

piping of the domestic water heater storage tanks, unless provided

integrally with the tanks.

L. Water heater drain piping shall be installed as indirect waste to spill

by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Hose end

drain valves shall be installed at low points in water piping for gas

fueled domestic hot water heaters without integral drains.



22 35 00 - 8

M. Dielectric unions shall be provided if there are dissimilar metals

between the water heater connections and the attached piping.

N. Provide vacuum breakers per ANSI Z21.22 on the inlet pipe if the water

heater is bottom fed.

O. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Resident Engineer, the


3.2 LEAKAGE TEST

A. Before piping connections are made, the water heaters shall be tested

at a hydrostatic pressure of 200 psig for water heaters rated at less

than 160 psig and 240 psig for units with an maximum working pressure

of 160 psig or over. Any failed test shall be corrected and the water

heater shall be replaced with a new unit at no additional cost to the

VA.

3.3 PERFORMANCE TEST

A. Ensure that all of the remote water outlets will have a minimum of 110

degrees F and a maximum of 120 degrees F water flow at all times. If

necessary, make all correction to balance the return water system or

reset the thermostat to make the system comply with design

requirements.








functions.







3.5 COMMISSIONING







22 35 00 - 9




system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 40 00 - 1

SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Plumbing fixtures, associated trim and fittings necessary to make a

complete installation from wall or floor connections to rough piping,

and certain accessories.



1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES



D. Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS: Sealing between fixtures and other

finish surfaces.

E. Section 08 31 13, ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES: Flush panel access doors.

F. Section 10 21 13, TOILET COMPARTMENTS: Through bolts.


H. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS: Requirements for


I. 22 13 00, FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING.





B. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):

A112.6.1M-1997 (R2012)..Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures

for Public Use

A112.19.1-2013..........Enameled Cast Iron and Enameled Steel Plumbing

Fixtures

A112.19.2-2013..........Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures

A112.19.3-2008..........Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures


A276-2013a..............Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars

and Shapes



D. CSA Group:

B45.4-2008 (R2013)......Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures



22 40 00 - 2

E. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM):

AMP 500-2006............Metal Finishes Manual

F. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE):

1016-2011...............Automatic Compensating Valves for Individual

Showers and Tub/Shower Combinations


14-2013.................Plastics Piping System Components and Related

Materials


Effects


H. American with Disabilities Act (A.D.A)

I. International Code Council (ICC):


1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 40 00, PLUMBING FIXTURES”, with applicable

paragraph identification.



materials, applications, standard compliance, model numbers, size,

connections, and capacity.

D. Operating Instructions: Comply with requirements in DIVISION 1.


by the Contractor, signed by a qualified technician and dated on the


08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS



SYSTEMS.








22 40 00 - 3























are to be provided, and a copy of them in AutoCAD version 2014 provided

on compact disk or DVD. Should the installing contractor engage the

testing company to provide as-built or any portion thereof, it shall

not be deemed a conflict of interest or breach of the ‘third party

testing company’ requirement.







PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS


0.25 percent lead is prohibited in any potable water system intended




22 40 00 - 4

or NSF 372. Endpoint devices used to dispense water for drinking shall

meet the requirements of NSF 61.

B. Plastic pipe, fittings, and solvent cement shall meet NSF 14 and shall

be NSF listed for the service intended.

2.2 STAINLESS STEEL

A. Corrosion-resistant Steel (CRS):

1. Plate, Sheet and Strip: CRS flat products shall conform to chemical

composition requirements of any 300 series steel specified in ASTM

A276.

2. Finish: Exposed surfaces shall have standard polish (ground and

polished) equal to NAAMM finish Number 4.

B. Die-cast zinc alloy products are prohibited.

2.3 STOPS

A. Provide lock-shield loose key or screw driver pattern angle stops,

straight stops or stops integral with faucet, with each compression

type faucet whether specifically called for or not, including sinks in

solid-surface, wood and metal casework, laboratory furniture and

pharmacy furniture. Locate stops centrally above or below fixture in

accessible location.

B. Furnish keys for lock shield stops to the COR.

C. Supply from stops not integral with faucet shall be chrome plated

copper flexible tubing or flexible stainless steel with inner core of

non-toxic polymer.

D. Supply pipe from wall to valve stop shall be rigid threaded IPS copper

alloy pipe, i.e. red brass pipe nipple, chrome plated where exposed.

E. Mental Health Area: Provide stainless steel drain guard for all

lavatories not installed in casework.

2.4 ESCUTCHEONS

A. Heavy type, 17 gauge chrome plated, with set screws. Provide for piping

serving plumbing fixtures and at each wall, ceiling and floor

penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and

millwork.

2.5 LAMINAR FLOW CONTROL DEVICE

A. Smooth, bright stainless steel or satin finish, chrome plated metal

laminar flow device shall provide non-aeration, clear, coherent laminar

flow that will not splash in basin. Device shall also have a flow

control restrictor and have vandal resistant housing. Aerators are

prohibited.



22 40 00 - 5

B. Flow Control Restrictor:

1. Capable of restricting flow from 0.5 gpm to 1.5 gpm for lavatories;

1.5 gpm to 2.2 gpm for sinks P-505 through P-520, P-524 and P-528;

and 2.75 gpm to 3.0 gpm) for dietary food preparation and rinse

sinks or as specified.

2. Compensates for pressure fluctuation maintaining flow rate specified

above within 10 percent between 25 psig and 80 psig.

3. Operates by expansion and contraction, eliminates mineral/sediment

build-up with self-cleaning action, and is capable of easy manual

cleaning.

2.6 CARRIERS

A. ASME A112.6.1M, with adjustable gasket faceplate chair carriers for

wall hung closets with auxiliary anchor foot assembly, hanger rod

support feet, and rear anchor tie down.

B. ASME A112.6.1M, lavatory, chair carrier for thin wall construction

concealed arm support. All lavatory chair carriers shall be capable of

supporting the lavatory with a 250-pound vertical load applied at the

front of the fixture.

C. Where water closets, lavatories or sinks are installed back-to-back and

carriers are specified, provide one carrier to serve both fixtures in

lieu of individual carriers. The drainage fitting of the back to back

carrier shall be so constructed that it prevents the discharge from one

fixture from flowing into the opposite fixture.

2.7 WATER CLOSETS

A. (P-101) Water Closet (Floor Mounted, ASME A112.19.2, Figure 6)-office

and industrial, elongated bowl, siphon jet 1.28 gallons , floor

outlet. Top of seat shall be (16-1/8 inches to 16-1/4 inches) above

finished floor.

1. Seat: Institutional/Industrial, extra heavy duty, chemical

resistant, solid plastic, open front less cover for elongated bowls,

integrally molded bumpers, concealed check hinge with stainless

steel post. Seat shall be posture contoured body design. Color shall

be white.

2. Fittings and Accessories: Floor flange fittings-cast iron; Gasket-

wax; bolts with chromium plated cap nuts and washers.

3. Flush valve: Large chloramines resistant diaphragm, semi-red brass

valve body, exposed chrome plated, hard-wired electric electronic

infra-red sensor for automatic operation with mechanical override



22 40 00 - 6

button for manual operation , 120/24V transformer, solenoid

operator, water saver design 1.28 gallons per flush with maximum 10

percent variance, top spud connection, adjustable tailpiece, one-

inch IPS screwdriver back check angle stop with vandal resistant

cap, high back pressure vacuum breaker, solid-ring pipe support, and

sweat solder adapter with cover tube and cast set screw wall flange.

Set centerline of inlet 11-1/2 inches above seat. Seat bumpers shall

be integral part of flush valve. Valve body, cover, tailpiece and

control stop shall be in conformance with ASTM B584 Alloy

classification for semi-red brass.

B. (P-103) Water Closet (Wall Hung, ASME A112.19.2) office and industrial,

elongated bowl, siphon jet 1.28 gallons per flush, wall outlet. Top of

seat shall be between 16 inches and 17 inches above finished floor. (P-

103A) Handicapped water closet shall have seat set 18 inches above

finished floor.





be white.

2. Fittings and Accessories: Gaskets-neoprene; bolts with chromium

plated caps nuts and washers and carrier.


valve body, exposed chrome plated, manual flush water saver design

1.28 gallons per flush with maximum 10 percent variance 1 inch

screwdriver back check angle stop with vandal resistant cap,

adjustable tailpiece, a high back pressure vacuum breaker, spud

coupling for 1-1/2 inches top spud, wall and spud flanges, solid-

ring pipe support, and sweat solder adapter with cover tube and set

screw wall flange. Valve body, cover, tailpiece and control stop

shall be in conformance with ASTM alloy classification for semi-red

brass. Seat bumpers shall be integral part of flush valve. Set

centerline of inlet 11-1/2 inches above seat.

C. (P-104) Water Closet (Wall Hung with Bedpan Washer, ASME A112.19.2)

elongated bowl, siphon jet, wall outlet, with bedpan lugs-bedpan washer

with grab bar offset, flush valve operated 1.28 gallons) per flush. Top

of seat shall be 18 inches above finished floor. Provide standoff



22 40 00 - 7

bracket support between studs for bedpan washer at height recommended

by the manufacturer.





be white.


plated cap nuts and washers and carrier.


valve body, exposed chrome plated, water saver design per flush with

maximum 10 percent variance, non-hold open ADA approved operating

side oscillating handle, 1 inch IPS screwdriver back check angle

stop with vandal resistant cap, adjustable tailpiece, high back

pressure vacuum breaker, solid-ring pipe support, offset spud

coupling for 1-1/2 inches top spud, cast screw wall and spud

flanges, sweat solder adapter with cover tube and wall support at

diverter valve body. Valve body, cover, tailpiece and control stop

shall be in conformance with ASTM alloy classification for semi-red

brass. Set centerline of inlet 26-1/2 inches above fixture rim.

D. (P-105) Water Closet (Wall Hung, ASME A112.19.2) office and industrial,

elongated bowl, siphon jet 1.28 gallons per flush, wall outlet. Top of

seat shall be between 16 inches and 17 inches above finished floor. (P-

105A) Handicapped water closet shall have seat set 18 inches above

finished floor.





be white.


plated caps nuts and washers and carrier.


valve body, exposed chrome plated, electronic sensor operated with

manual override water saver design 1.28 gallons per flush with

maximum 10 percent variance 1 inch screwdriver back check angle

stop with vandal resistant cap, adjustable tailpiece, a high back

pressure vacuum breaker, spud coupling for 1-1/2 inches top spud,



22 40 00 - 8

wall and spud flanges, solid-ring pipe support, and sweat solder

adapter with cover tube and set screw wall flange. Valve body,

cover, tailpiece and control stop shall be in conformance with ASTM

alloy classification for semi-red brass. Seat bumpers shall be

integral part of flush valve. Set centerline of inlet 11-1/2 inches

above seat.

E. (P-106) Water Closet (Tank Type, pressure assisted, ASME A112.19.2)

domestic, elongated bowl with tank, closed coupled, flushometer tank,

floor outlet. Top of seat shall be a minimum of 17-1/2 inches above

finished floor.

1. Seat: Domestic with cover, solid molded plastic, elongated bowl,

slow close check hinge. Color shall be white.

2. Fittings: Tank fittings and accessories;

a. Flushing mechanism shall be: Pressure assisted, close coupled,

flushometer tank, 1.28 gallons per flush.

b. Stops, tank-angle.

F. (P-110) Water Closet (Wall Hung ASME A112.19.2) elongated bowl, siphon

jet 1.28 gallons per) flush, wall outlet with 10 percent maximum

variance, back inlet spud. Top of seat shall be 18 inches above

finished floor.





be white.

2. Fittings and Accessories: Gaskets and bolts with chrome plated cap

nuts and washers and carrier.

3. Flush valve: Concealed, Large chloramines resistant diaphragm semi-

red brass valve body, hydraulic flush valve , solenoid operator,

non-hold open, push button minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter,1.28

gallons per flush 1 inch IPS wheel handle back check angle valve,

high pressure vacuum breaker, concealed back spud connection. Valve

body, tailpiece and control stop shall be in conformance with ASTM

alloy classification for semi-red brass. Provide 12 inches by 16

inches stainless steel access door with vandal resistant screws as

specified in Section 08 31 13, ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES.

G. (P-114) Bariatric Floor Mounted Water Closet ASME A112.19.2, elongated

bowl, floor mounted, floor outlet , siphon jet, white-powder-coated,



22 40 00 - 9

and hinged elongated open front bariatric seat , flush valve operated,

top of seat 17 inches above floor. Bio-based materials shall be

utilized when possible. Rated for bariatric use – 1000 pound minimum

capacity.

1. Fittings and Accessories: Gaskets-neoprene, bolts with chromium

plated cap nuts and washers, and extra heavy-duty carrier.

2. Flush Valve: exposed chrome plated diaphragm type with low force ADA

compliant 1.28 gallon manual flush bio-guard handle per flush, seat

bumper, integral screwdriver stop and vacuum breaker, solid-ring

pipe support, and escutcheon.

2.8 URINALS

A. (P-201) Urinal (Wall Hung, ASME A112.19.2) bowl with integral flush

distribution, wall to front of flare 13.5 inches minimum. Wall hung

with integral trap, siphon jet flushing action 00.125 gallons per

flush with 2 inches back outlet and 3/4 inch top inlet spud.

1. Support urinal with chair carrier and install with rim 24 inches

above finished floor.

2. Flushing Device: Large chloramines resistant diaphragm, semi-red

brass body, exposed flush valve electronic sensor operated

,override button, hardwired active infrared sensor for automatic

operation non-hold open, water saver design, solid-ring pipe

support, and 3/4 inch capped screwdriver angle stop valve. Set

centerline of inlet 11-1/2 inches above urinal. Valve body, cover,

tailpiece, and control stop shall be in conformance with ASTM alloy


B. (P-202) Urinal (Wheelchair, Wall Hung, ASME A112.19.2) bowl with

integral flush distribution, wall to front of flare 13.5inches minimum.

Wall hung with integral trap, siphon jet flushing action 0.125 gallons

per flush with 2 inches back outlet and 3/4 inch top inlet spud.

1. Support urinal with chair carrier and install with rim 15 inches

maximum above finished floor.

2. Flushing Device: Large chloramines resistant diaphragm, semi-red

brass body, exposed flush valve, electronic sensor operated

,override button, hardwired active infrared sensor for automatic

operation non-hold open, water saver design, solid-ring pipe

support, and 3/4 inch capped screwdriver angle stop valve. Set

centerline of inlet 11-1/2 inches above urinal. Valve body, cover,



22 40 00 - 10

tailpiece and control stop shall be in conformance with ASTM alloy


2.9 BATHTUBS

A. P-302) Bathtub (Recessed, with Shower, Thermostatic Valve, ASME

A112.19.1) engineered composite enameled steel (or enameled cast iron),

slip resistant, approximately 1535 mm by 60 inches by 34 inches and 17-

1/2 inches high, recessed, wide rim.

1. Drain: Pop-up, 1-1/2 inches.

2. Shower Installation: Wall mounted fixed height showerhead,

detachable spray assembly with handspray and hose attached to a 33

inches chrome grab/slide bar with adjustable slide, elevated vacuum

breaker, supply wall connection and flange, 3-way diverter valve,

over the rim tub spout, thermostatic/pressure balanced mixing valve.

3. Shower Head: Metallic shower head with 60 inches length of rubber

lined CRS or chrome plated brass interlocked, metal flexible

reinforced hose connection to 1/2 inch supply, with automatic flow

control device to limit discharge to not more than 1.5 gpm . Design

showerhead to fit in palm of hand. Provide CRS or chrome plated

metal wall bar with an adjustable swivel hanger for showerhead.

Fasten wall bar securely to wall.

4. Valve: Type T/P combination thermostatic and pressure balancing,

wall mounted shower with chrome plated metal lever type operating

handle with adjustment for rough-in variation and chrome plated

brass or CRS face plate. Valve body shall be any suitable copper

alloy. Internal parts shall be copper, nickel alloy, CRS, or

thermoplastic material. Valve inlet and outlet shall be 1/2 inch

IPS. Provide external screwdriver check stops and temperature limit

stops. Set stops for a maximum temperature of 110 degrees F. All

exposed fasteners shall be vandal resistant. Valve shall provide a

minimum of 1.5 gpm at 45 psig pressure drop.

2.10 LAVATORIES

A. Dimensions for lavatories are specified, Length by width (distance from

wall) and depth.

B. Brass components in contact with water shall contain no more than 0.25

percent lead content by dry weight. Faucet flow rates shall be 1.5 gpm

for private lavatories and either 0.5 gpm or 0.25 gallons per cycle for

public lavatories. Hot water ASSE 1070 thermostatic mixing valve for

tempering.



22 40 00 - 11

C. (P-408) Lavatory (ASME A112.19.2) straight back, approximately 18

inches by 15 inches and a 4 inches maximum apron, first quality

vitreous china. Punching for faucet on 4 inches centers. Support

lavatory with in wall concealed arm carrier. Set with rim 34 inches

above finished floor:

1. Faucet: Solid cast brass construction with washerless ceramic disc

mixing cartridge type and centrally exposed rigid gooseneck spout

with outlet 5-6 inches above rim. Provide laminar flow control

device. 4-inch wrist blade type handles on faucets shall be cast,

formed or drop forged copper alloy. Faucet, wall and floor

escutcheons shall be either copper alloy or CRS. Exposed metal

parts, including exposed part under valve handle when in open

position, shall be chrome plated with a smooth bright finish.

2. Drain: Cast or wrought brass with flat grid strainer and offset

tailpiece, chrome plated finish.

3. Stops: Angle type. See paragraph “Stops”.

4. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 1 1/2 inches by 1 1/4 inches P-trap.

Adjustable with connected elbow and 17 gauge thick tubing extension

to wall. Exposed metal trap surface, and connection hardware shall

be chrome plated with a smooth bright finish. Set trap parallel to

wall.

5. Provide cover for exposed piping, drain, stops and trap per A.D.A.

D. (P-413) Lavatory (Counter Mounted ASME A112.19.2) vitreous china, self-

rimming, approximately 483 mm (19 inches) in diameter with punching for

faucet on 8 inches centers. Mount unit in countertop. Support

countertop with ASME A112.6.1M, Type I, chair carrier with exposed

arms.

1. Faucet: Solid cast brass construction with washerless ceramic disc

mixing cartridge type, rigid gooseneck spout with outlet 4 inches to

5 inches above slab with 4 inches wrist blade handles. Provide

laminar flow control device. Faucet, wall and floor escutcheons

shall be either copper alloy or CRS. Exposed metal parts shall be

chrome plated with a smooth bright finish.

2. Drain: cast or wrought brass with flat grid strainer, offset

tailpiece, brass, chrome plated.


4. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 1 1/2 inches by 1 1/4 inches P-trap,

adjustable with connected elbow and 17 gauge tubing extension to



22 40 00 - 12

wall. Exposed metal trap surface and connection hardware shall be

chrome plated with a smooth bright finish. Set trap parallel to the

wall.

5. Provide cover for exposed piping, drain, stops and trap per A.D.A.E.

E. (P-417) Lavatory (Sensor Control, Counter Mounted ASME A12.19.2)

vitreous china, self-rimming, approximately 19 inches in diameter with

punching for faucet on 4 inches centers. Mount unit in countertop.

1. Faucet: Solid cast brass construction, chrome plated, gooseneck

spout with outlet 4 inches to 5 inches above rim. Electronic sensor

operated, 4 inches center set mounting, wiring box, 120/24 volt

solenoid, remote mounted transformer back check valves, ASSE 1070

solid brass hot-cold water thermostatic mixer . Provide laminar flow

control device. Breaking the light beam shall activate the water

flow. Flow shall stop when user moves away from light beam. All

connecting wiring between transformer, solenoid valve and sensor

shall be cut to length with no excess hanging or wrapped up wiring

allowed.

2. Drain: Cast or wrought brass with flat grid strainer, offset

tailpiece, chrome plated.



adjustable with connected elbow and thick (17 gauge) tubing

extension to wall. Set trap parallel to the wall. Exposed metal trap

surface and connection hardware shall be chrome plated with a smooth

bright finish.


F. (P-418) Lavatory (Sensor Control, Gooseneck Spout, ASME A112.19.2)

straight back, approximately 20 inches by 18 inches and a 4 inches

minimum apron, first quality vitreos china with punching for gooseneck

spout. Set rim 34 inches) above finished floor.

1. Faucet: Solid cast brass construction, chrome plated, gooseneck

spout with outlet 4 inches to 5 inches above rim. Electronic sensor

operated, 4 inches center set mounting, wiring box, 120/24 volt

solenoid, remote mounted transformer back check valves, ASSE 1070

solid brass hot-cold water thermostatic mixer . Provide laminar flow

control device. Breaking the light beam shall activate the water

flow. Flow shall stop when user moves away from light beam. All

connecting wiring between transformer, solenoid valve and sensor



22 40 00 - 13


allowed.

2. Drain: Cast or wrought brass with flat grid strainer with offset

tailpiece, brass, chrome plated.



Adjustable with connected elbow and 17 gage tubing extension to

wall. Exposed metal trap surface and connection hardware shall be

chrome plated with a smooth bright finish. Set trap parallel to

wall.


G. (P-419) Lavatory (Wrist Control, ASME A112.19.2) wall hung corner,

approximately 16 inches by 16 inches and a 314 inches by 12 inches

minimum bowl size, first quality vitreous china. Punching for faucet

shall be on 4 inches centers. Set rim 34 inches above finished floor.

1. Faucet: Solid cast brass construction with washerless ceramic mixing

cartridge type and centrally exposed rigid gooseneck spout with

outlet 6 inches to 8 inches above rim. Provide laminar flow control

device. 4-inch wrist blade type, handles on faucets shall be cast,

formed or drop forged copper alloy (installed to clear wall abutment

when closed). Faucet, wall and floor escutcheons shall be either

copper alloy or CRS. Exposed metal parts, including exposed part

under valve handle when in open position, shall be chrome plated

with a smooth bright finish.


tailpiece, chrome plated.



Adjustable with connected elbow and 17 gauge thick tubing extension

to wall. Exposed metal trap surface, and connection hardware shall

be chrome plated with a smooth bright finish. Set trap parallel to

the wall.

H. (P-420) Lavatory (Sensor Control, Counter Mounted ASME A112.19.2)

vitreous china, self-rimming, approximately 19 inches in diameter with

punching for faucet on 4 inches centers. Mount unit in countertop.

Support countertop with ASME A112.19.1, Type 1, chair carrier with

exposed arms.



22 40 00 - 14

1. Faucet: Brass, chrome plated, gooseneck spout with outlet 6 inches

to 8 inches above rim. Electronic sensor operated, 4 inches center

set mounting with deck plate, wiring box, ASSE 1070 solid brass

hot/cold waterthermostatic mixer and inline filter. Provide laminar

flow control device. Breaking the light beam shall activate the

water flow. Flow shall stop when user moves away from light beam.

All connecting wiring between transformer, solenoid valve and sensor


allowed.


tailpiece, chrome plated. Set trap parallel to wall.






bright finish.


I. (P-421) Bariatric Floor Mounted Pedestal Lavatory (Sensor controlled

ASME A112.19.2), 14 gage type 304 stainless steel construction with

white powder coating of lavatory deck. Bio-based materials shall be

utilized when possible. Rated for bariatric use – 1000 pound minimum

capacity.


to 5 inches above rim. Electronic sensor operated, 4 inches center

set mounting, wiring box 120/24 volt solenoid remote mounted

transformer back check valves solid brass hot/cold water mixer

adjusted from top deck with barrier free design control handle and

inline filter. Provide laminar flow control device. Breaking the

light beam shall activate the water flow. Flow shall stop when user

moves away from light beam. All connecting wiring between

transformer, solenoid valve and sensor shall be cut to length with

no excess hanging or wrapped up wiring allowed.

2. (P-422) Lavatory (Sensor Control, Wall Mounted NSF 61) 304 stainless

steel, mounting bracket, approximately 17-1/4 inches by 15-1/4

inches with centered punching for faucet on backsplash. 14 by 10 by

5 inch bowl. Mount unit on wall with wall bracket supplied.



22 40 00 - 15


to 8 inches above rim. Electronic sensor operated, center set

mounting in backsplash plate, wiring box, ASSE 1070 solid brass

hot/cold water, thermostatic mixer and inline filter. Provide

laminar flow control device at 0.5 gallons per minute. Breaking the












bright finish.


J. (P-423) Wall Mounted Lavatory (Sensor controlled ASME A112.19.2), 16

gage type 304 stainless steel construction, approximately 22 inches by

30 inches. 18 1/2 by 26 by 6 1/2 inch bowl. Integral mounted emergency

eyewash with separate thermostatic mixing valve. Mount unit on wall

with wall bracket supplied.

1. Faucet: Brass, chrome plated, gooseneck spout with outlet 6

inches to 8 inches above rim. Electronic sensor operated, center set

mounting in backsplash plate, wiring box, ASSE 1070 solid brass

hot/cold water, thermostatic mixer and inline filter. Provide

laminar flow control device at 2.0 gallons per minute. Breaking the





2. Thermostatic Mixing Valve:

3. Drain: Type 304 stainless steel with flat grid strainer, offset



5. Trap: Chrome plated cast brass, 1 1/2 inches by 1 1/2 inches P-trap,




22 40 00 - 16



bright finish.


7. Emergency Eyewash: swing down to operational position activating

water flow. Each head with "flip top" dust cover, internal flow

control. ANSI-compliant identification sign included. Tested and

comply with ANSI Z358.1-2014

8. Eyewash Mixing Valve: High Temp Limit set at 900 F (320 C). Outlet

dial thermometer color coded to view temperature. Min. hot water

supply temp 1400 F (600 C). Internal cold water bypass on failure of

hot water supply. Min. hot and cold supply 30 psi; max supply

pressure 125 PSI. 2.0-9.0 GPM. 1/2" inlets with check and stop

valves. Polished chrome plated brass construction with housing cover

of type 316 stainless steel. ASSE 1071-2012 tested. Prepiped

enclosure final connections to be completed at jobsite.

2.11 SINKS AND LAUNDRY TUBS

A. Dimensions for sinks and laundry tubs are specified, length by width

(distance from wall) and depth.

B. (P-502) Service Sink (Corner, Floor Mounted) stain resistant terrazzo,

28 inches by 28 inches by 12 inches with 152 mm (6 inches) drop front.

Terrazzo, composed of marble chips and white Portland cement, shall

develop compressive strength of 3000 psig seven days after casting.

Provide stainless steel cap on threshold.

1. Faucet: Solid brass construction, 2.5 gpm combination faucet with

replaceable Monel seat, removable replacement unit containing all

parts subject to wear, integral check/stops, mounted on wall above

sink. Spout shall have a pail hook, 19 mm (3/4 inch) hose coupling

threads, vacuum breaker, and top or bottom brace to wall. Four-arm

handles on faucets shall be cast, formed, or drop forged copper

alloy. Escutcheons shall be either forged copper alloy or CRS.

Exposed metal parts, including exposed part under valve handle when

in open position, shall have a smooth bright finish. Provide 36

inches hose with wall hook. Centerline of rough in is 48 inches

above finished floor.

2. Drain: 3 inches cast brass drain with nickel bronze strainer.

3. Trap: P-trap, drain through floor.



22 40 00 - 17

4. Provide stainless steel wall guards, mop hanger bracket, hose and

other accessories.

C. (P-505) Clinic Service Sink (Flushing Rim, Wall Hung) approximately 20

inches by 25 inches by 8 inches deep. Support with ASME A112.6.1M chair

carrier and secure with 3/8 inch bracket studs and nuts. Set sink with

rim 30 inches above finished floor. Provide 30 inches CRS drainboard

where required, without corrugations and with heavy duty CRS brackets.

1. Faucet: Elbow control, wall hung, integral check/stops, single spout

with 19 mm (3/4 inch) hose threaded outlet and pail hook, vacuum

breaker and brace to wall. Outlet 14 inches to 15 inches from wall.

Exposed metal parts shall be chromium plated with a smooth bright

finish. Provide 2.5 gpm laminar flow control device.

2. Flush valve: Large diaphragm, semi-red brass body, Foot pedal

operated, exposed chromium plated flush valve with screwdriver back

check straight stop with cap, union outlet, street ells, elevated

high pressure vacuum breaker, casing cover, 1 1/4 inches elbow flush

connection from finished wall to 1 1/2 inches top spud. Spud

coupling, wall and spud flanges.

3. Bed Pan Washer: Mechanical pedal mixing valve, wall hung, with

double self-closing pedal valve with loose key stops, renewable

seats and supply from valve to nozzle with wall hook hose

connection; 48 inches of heavy duty rubber hose, with extended spray

outlet elevated vacuum breaker, indexed lift up pedals having

clearance of not more than 1/2 inch above the floor and not less

than 14 inches from wall when in operation. Supply pipe from wall to

valve stop shall be rigid, threaded, IPS copper alloy pipe. Exposed

metal parts shall be chromium plated with a smooth bright finish.

Provide valve plate for foot control. Provide inline laminar flow

control device.

D. (P-507) Plaster Sink, vitreous glazed earthenware, single compartment

with 6 inches to 8 inches integral back and approximately 30 inches by

22 inches with 9 inches apron. Support sink with cast aluminum or

enameled iron brackets on ASME A112.6.1M, Type I, chair carrier. Set

sink rim 36 inches above finished floor. Provide CRS drainboard without

corrugations and with heavy duty CRS brackets with leveling screws:

1. Faucet: Solid brass construction, 2.5 gpm combination faucet with

replaceable Monel seat, removable replacement unit containing all

parts subject to wear, mounted on wall above sink back, 1/2 inch



22 40 00 - 18

female union inlets, integral screw-driven stops in shank, and rigid

gooseneck spout. Provide laminar control device. 152 mm (6 inches)

blade handles on faucets shall be cast, formed or drop forged copper

alloy. Escutcheons shall be either forged copper alloy or CRS.

Exposed metal parts, including exposed part under valve handle when

in open position, shall have a smooth bright finish.

2. Drain: Open waste strainer with 2 inches outside diameter waste

connection and clean out between strainer and plaster trap. Provide

2 inches outside diameter connection to wall with escutcheon.

3. Plaster Trap: Heavy cast iron or steel body with removable gasket

cover, porcelain enamel exterior and two female, threaded, side

inlet and outlet. Provide removable perforated stainless steel

sediment bucket. Minimum overall dimensions shall be 8 1/2 inches)

diameter by 12 1/2 inches high. Trap shall be non-siphoning and

easily accessible for cleaning.

4. Drainboard: Not less than 14 gage CRS. Secure to wall with two

substantial stainless steel brackets. Size shall be as follows:

a. Cast Room: 48 inches by 21 inches.

b. Other Locations: 30 inches by 21 inches.


E. (P-519) Sink (Surgeons Scrub-up, Sensor Control) single unit,

approximately 31 inches by 26 inches and 12 inches deep.

1. Construction: Provide a minimum of 16 gage, Type 302/304 stainless

steel, with exposed welds grounded and polished to blend with

adjacent surfaces. Sound deadened front and back, front access

panel, splash-retarding angle design. Exterior surfaces shall have a

uniformed NAAMM Number 4 finish. Mount sink with wall hanger and

stainless steel support brackets and ASME A112.6.1M, Type III, heavy

duty chair carriers and secure fixture with minimum 3/8-inch bracket

studs and nuts. Cove corners with 1/4 inch radius. Set sink rim 36

inches above finished floor as shown.

2. Equip each scrub bay with an infrared photocell sensor to control

water flow automatically, solenoid valve and thermostatic valve.

Breaking the light beam shall activate the water flow. Flow shall

stop when the user moves away from light beam. Sensor may be wall

mounted, deck mounted, or integral with faucet.

3. Valve: Type T/P combination thermostatic and pressure balancing with

chrome plated metal lever type operating handle and chrome plated



22 40 00 - 19

metal or CRS face plate. Valve body shall be any suitable copper

alloy. Internal parts shall be copper, nickel alloy, CRS or

thermoplastic material. Valve inlet and outlet shall be IPS. Provide

external screwdriver check stops, and temperature limit stops. Set

stops for a maximum temperature of 110 degrees F. All exposed

fasteners shall be vandal resistant. Valve shall provide a minimum

of 2.2 gpm at 15 psig pressure drop.

4. Gooseneck Spout: For each scrub bay, provide gooseneck spout with

laminar flow device. Spout and trim shall be cast or wrought copper

alloy and be chrome plated with smooth bright finish. Hard wired

Infra-Red control sensor.

5. Grid Drain: Stainless steel stamped drain fitting, 4 1/2 inches top

with 3 inches grid and 1 1/2 inches tailpiece.

6. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 1 1/2 inches P-trap, adjustable with

connected elbow and nipple to the wall. Exposed metal trap surfaces

and connection hardware shall be chrome plated with smooth bright

finish.

7. Shelf: Surface mounted of Type 304 stainless steel with exposed

surface in satin finish and stainless steel support brackets. Shelf

shall be 8 inches wide and length as shown on the drawings.

F. (P-520) Sink (Surgeons Scrub-up, Sensor Control) Double units

approximately 63 inches by 22 inches and 12 inches deep.

1. Construction: Provide a minimum of 16 gage, Type 302/304 stainless

steel, with exposed welds grounded and polished to blend with

adjacent surfaces. Sound deadened front and back, front access

panel, splash-retarding angle design. Exterior surfaces shall have a

uniformed NAAMM Number 4 finish. Mount sink with wall hanger and

stainless steel support brackets and ASME A112.6.1M, Type III, heavy

duty chair carriers and secure fixture with minimum 3/8-inch bracket

studs and nuts. Cove corners with 1/4 inch radius. Set sink rim 36

inches above finished floor as shown.

2. Equip each scrub bay with an infrared photocell sensor to control

water flow automatically, solenoid valve and thermostatic valve.

Breaking the light beam shall activate the water flow. Flow shall

stop when the user moves away from light beam. Sensor may be wall

mounted, deck mounted, or integral with faucet.

3. Valve: Type T/P combination thermostatic and pressure balancing with

chrome plated metal lever type operating handle and chrome plated



22 40 00 - 20

metal or CRS face plate. Valve body shall be any suitable copper

alloy. Internal parts shall be copper, nickel alloy, CRS or

thermoplastic material. Valve inlet and outlet shall be IPS. Provide

external screwdriver check stops, and temperature limit stops. Set

stops for a maximum temperature of 110 degrees F. All exposed

fasteners shall be vandal resistant. Valve shall provide a minimum

of 2.2 gpm at 15 psig pressure drop.

4. Gooseneck Spout: For each scrub bay, provide gooseneck spout with

laminar flow device. Spout and trim shall be cast or wrought copper

alloy and be chrome plated with smooth bright finish. Hard wired

Infra-Red control sensor.

5. Grid Drain: Stainless steel stamped drain fitting, 4 1/2 inches top

with 3 inches grid and 1 1/2 inches tailpiece.

6. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 1 1/2 inches P-trap, adjustable with

connected elbow and nipple to the wall. Exposed metal trap surfaces

and connection hardware shall be chrome plated with smooth bright

finish.

7. Shelf: Surface mounted of Type 304 stainless steel with exposed

surface in satin finish and stainless steel support brackets. Shelf

shall be 8 inches wide and length as shown on the drawings.

G. (P-521) Sink (CRS, Triple Compartment with Drainboards, floor mounted

on reinforced adjustable 1-1/2” pipe legs, Manual backsplash mounted

swing spout faucets; one of two provided with pre-rinse spray) 16 gauge

CRS approximately 20 inches by 28 inches by 12 inches deep with 3 inch

continuous rim front and both ends, 8 inches backsplash and drainboards

at right and left as shown on the drawings. Overall dimensions sink and

drainboards, approximately 139 inches long by 35 inches wide. Slope

drainboards to sinks, not less than 1/8 inch per foot of drainboard

length. Corners and edges shall be well rounded. Set rim of sink 36

inches above finished floor.

1. Drain: Drain plug with cup strainers.

2. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 1 1/2 inches P-trap. Adjustable with

connected elbow and nipple the wall and escutcheon.

H. (P-522) Sink (CRS, Double Compartment, floor mounted on reinforced

adjustable 1-1/2” pipe legs, Manual backsplash mounted swing spout

faucet) 16 gauge CRS bowls approximately 20 inches by 28 inches 12

inches deep with 3 inch continuous rim front and both ends, 8 inches

backsplash. Overall dimensions (sink), approximately (52 inches) long



22 40 00 - 21

by 35 inches wide. Corners and edges shall be well rounded. Set rim of

sink at 36” above floor.




I. (P-523) Sink (CRS, Single Compartment, floor mounted on reinforced

adjustable 1-1/2” pipe legs, Manual backsplash mounted swing spout

faucet 16 gauge CRS bowl approximately 20 inches by 28 inches 12 inches

deep with 3 inch continuous rim front and both ends, 8 inches

backsplash. Overall dimensions sink, approximately 29 inches long by 35

inches wide. Corners and edges shall be well rounded. Set rim of sink

at 36” above floor.



connected elbow and nipple the wall and escutcheon

J. (P-524) Sink, (CRS, Double Compartment, Counter Top, ASME A112.19.3,

Kitchen Sinks) self-rimming, approximately (33 inches by 22 inches)

with two compartments inside dimensions approximately 13 1/2 inches by

16 inches by 7 1/2 inches, minimum 20 gage CRS. Corners and edges shall

be well rounded.

1. Faucet: Kitchen sink, solid brass construction, 1.5 gpm single lever

handle operation, swing spout, chrome plated copper alloy with spray

and hose.

2. Drain: Drain plug with cup strainer, stainless steel.

3. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 1 1/2 inches P-trap with cleanout plug,

continuous drain with wall connection and escutcheon.

4. Provide cover for exposed piping, laminar flow fitting, drain, stops

and trap per A.D.A.

K. (P-528) Sink (CRS, Single Compartment, Counter Top ASME A112.19.2,

Kitchen Sinks) self-rimming, back faucet ledge, approximately 17 inches

by 22 inches with single compartment inside dimensions approximately 16

inches by 19 inches by 5-1/2 inches deep. Shall be minimum of 18 gauge

CRS. Corners and edges shall be well rounded:

1. Faucet: Solid brass construction, 1.5 gpm deck mounted combination

faucet with Monel or ceramic seats, removable replacement unit

containing all parts subject to wear, swivel gooseneck spout with

laminar flow fitting approximately (9 inches) reach with spout



22 40 00 - 22

outlet 6-1/2 inches above deck and 4 inches wrist blades with hose

spray. Faucet shall be polished chrome plated.


3. Trap: Cast copper alloy 1 1/2 inches P-trap with cleanout plug.

Provide wall connection and escutcheon.


L. (P-530) Sink (CRS, Single Compartment with Drainboard, floor mounted on

reinforced adjustable 1-1/2” pipe legs, Manual backsplash mounted swing

spout faucet) 16 gauge CRS approximately 20 inches by 28 inches by 12

inches deep with (3 inch) continuous rim front and both ends, 8 inches

backsplash and drainboard at right or left as shown on the drawings.

Overall dimensions (sink and drainboard), approximately 62 inches long

by 35 inches wide. Slope drainboard to sink, not less than 1/8 inch per

foot of drainboard length. Corners and edges shall be well rounded. Set

rim of sink 36 inches above finished floor.




3. 12 inch L type swing spout with lever handles: Adjustable arms spout

and trim shall be solid brass construction and be chromium plated

with smooth bright finish. Provide laminar flow device.

M. (P-531) Sink (CRS, Single Compartment, Counter Top ASME/ANSI

A112.19.2M, Kitchen Sinks, Figure 5) self-rimming, back faucet ledge,

approximately 21 inches by 22 inches with single compartment inside

dimensions approximately 19 inches by 19 inches by 7 1/2 inches deep.

Shall be minimum of 18 gauge CRS. Corners and edges shall be well

rounded:

1. Faucet: Solid brass construction, deck mounted combination faucet

with monel or ceramic seats, removable replacement unit containing

all parts subject to wear, swivel gooseneck spout with laminar flow

fitting, approximately 8 inches reach with spout outlet 8 inches

above deck and 4 inches wrist blades. Faucet shall be polished

chrome plated.




Provide cover for drain, stops and trap per A.D.A 4-19.4.

N. (P-532) Sink and Faucet provided with casework



22 40 00 - 23

1. Faucet: Provide chrome plated copper alloy supply stops with

flexible chrome plated risers, ASSE 1070 thermostatic mixing valve.

2. Drain: Drain with grid strainer, stainless steel.

3. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 1 1/2 inches P-trap with cleanout plug,

continuous drain with wall connection and escutcheon.

4. Provide cover for exposed piping, laminar flow fitting, drain, stops

and trap per A.D.A.

O. (P-534) Sink (CRS, Single Compartment, Counter Top ASME A112.19.2,















P. (P-536) Laboratory Sink provided with casework.




atmospheric vacuum breaker and serrated full flow laboratory nozzle

approximately (11-3/8 inches) reach with spout outlet 5-3/8 inches

above deck and 4 inches vandal proof wrist blades. Faucet shall be

polished chrome plated.

2. Drain: Drain body is part of casework. Provide acid waste piping.

3. Trap: Polypropylene 1 1/2 inches P-trap with cleanout plug. Provide

wall connection and escutcheon.

Q. (P-537) Sink (CRS, Single Compartment, Counter Top ASME A112.19.2,


by 22 inches with single compartment inside dimensions approximately

13-1/2 inches by 16 inches by 10-1/8 inches deep. Shall be minimum of

18 gauge CRS. Corners and edges shall be well rounded:



22 40 00 - 24










R. (P-538) Sink (CRS, Single Compartment, Counter Top ASME A112.19.2,














2.12 DISPENSER, DRINKING WATER

A. Standard rating conditions: 50 degrees F water with 80 degrees F inlet

water temperature and 90 degrees F ambient air temperature.

B. (P-607) Electric Water Cooler (Mechanically Cooled, Wall Hung, Dual

height, with Bottle Filler, air cooled compressor, 8 gph minimum

capacity, lead free. Each top shall be one piece type 304 CRS anti-

splash design. Each cabinet, CRS satin finish, approximately 18 inches

by 36 inches by 25 inches high with mounting plate.

C. (P-608) Electric Water Cooler (Mechanically Cooled, Wall Hung,

Wheelchair, with Bottle Filler, air cooled compressor, 8 gph minimum

capacity, lead free. Top shall be one piece type 304 CRS anti-splash

design. Cabinet, CRS satin finish, approximately 18 inches by 18 inches

by 25 inches high with mounting plate. Provide with bottle filler

option.



22 40 00 - 25

D. (P-609) Electric Water Cooler: Mechanically cooled, self contained,

wheel chair, bubbler style fully exposed dual height stainless steel

fountain bowls, recessed in wall refrigeration system, stainless steel

grille, stainless steel support arm, wall mounting box, energy

efficient cooling system consisting of a hermetically sealed

reciprocating type compressor, 115v, 60 Hz, single phase, fan cooled

condenser, permanently lubricated fan motor. Set highest bubbler 40


2.13 SHOWER BATH FIXTURE

A. (P-701) Shower Bath Fixture (Detachable, Wall Mounted, Concealed

Supplies, Type T/P Combination Valve):

1. Shower Installation: Wall mounted detachable spray assembly, 24 inch

wall bar, elevated vacuum breaker, supply elbow and flange and

valve. All external trim, chrome plated metal.

2. Shower Head Assembly: Metallic shower head with flow control to

limit discharge to 1.5 gpm, 60 inches length of rubber lined CRS,

chrome plated metal flexible, or white vinyl reinforced hose and

supply wall elbow. Design showerhead to fit in palm of hand. Provide

CRS or chrome plated metal wall bar with an adjustable swivel hanger

for showerhead. Fasten wall bar securely to wall for hand support.

3. Valves: Type T/P combination thermostatic and pressure balancing,

with chrome plated metal lever type operating handle adjustable for

rough-in variations and chrome plated metal or CRS face plate. Valve

body shall be any suitable copper alloy. Internal parts shall be

copper, nickel alloy, CRS or thermoplastic material. Valve inlet and

outlet shall be 1/2 inch IPS. Provide external screwdriver check

stops, vacuum breaker and temperature limit stops. Set stops for a

maximum temperature of 110 degrees F. All exposed fasteners shall be

vandal resistant. Valve shall provide a minimum of 1.5 gpm15 psig

pressure drop.

B. (P-702) Shower Bath Fixture (Wall Mounted, Concealed Supplies, Type T/P

Combination Valve):

1. Shower Installation: One piece acrylic reinforced stall with shower

curtain, grab bars and base drain. Wall mounted, shower head

connected to shower arm. All external trim shall be chrome plated

metal.

2. Shower Heads: Chrome plated metal head, adjustable ball joint, self

cleaning with automatic flow control device to limit discharge to



22 40 00 - 26

not more than 1.75 gpm. Body, internal parts of shower head and flow

control fittings shall be copper alloy or CRS. Install showerhead 72


3. Valves: Type T/P combination thermostatic and pressure balancing,

with chrome plated metal lever with adjustment for rough-in

variations, type operating handle and chrome plated brass or CRS

face plate. Valve body shall be any suitable copper alloy. Internal

parts shall be copper, nickel alloy, CRS or thermoplastic material.

Valve inlet and outlet shall be 1/2 inch IPS. Provide external

screwdriver check stops, and temperature limit stops. Set stops for

a maximum temperature of 110 degrees F. Install valve 54 inches from

bottom of shower receptor. All exposed fasteners shall be vandal

resistant. Valve shall provide a minimum of 1.5 gpm 15 psig

pressure drop.

2.14 EMERGENCY FIXTURES

A. (P-706) Concealed-In Wall-Swing Down Emergency Eye/Face Wash with

shower control (Recessed Wall Mounted): Stainless steel cabinet and

door, swing down/pull down control. Mount bottom of cabinet at 20-5/8

inches above finished floor for barrier-free compliance. Receptor shall

be self contained in door complete with drain plug with perforated

strainer, P-trap and waste connection to wall with escutcheon. Provide

with thermostatic mixing valve in recessed access compartment to

provide tepid water from 85 to 95 degrees F. Flow rate shall be 5.1 gpm

for eye wash and 22 gpm for shower.

1. Shower Head: Stainless steel,8 inches) in diameter.

2. Installation: Head shall be 96 inches maximum above floor.

3. Provide with signage to easily locate fixture.

B. (P-707) Emergency Shower and Eye and Face Wash (Free Standing):

1. Shower Head: Polished stainless steel, 8 inches in diameter, install

head 84 inches above floor. Equip with stay-open ball valve, chrome

plated. Operate valve with 24 inches stainless steel pull-rod with

triangle handle. Pull-down opens valve; push-up closes valve. Flow

rate shall be 20 gpm.

2. Emergency Eye and Face Wash: CRS receptor. Equipment with a 1/2 inch

stay open ball valve operated by push flag handle. Mount eye and

face wash spray heads 42 inches above finished floor. Flow rate

shall be 3 gpm.



22 40 00 - 27

3. Provide with thermostatic mixing valve to provide tepid water from

85 to 95 degrees F.

4. Shower head and emergency eye and face wash shall be mounted to

stanchion with floor flange through floor waste connection and P-

trap. Paint stanchion same color as room interior. Provide with

signage to easily locate fixture.

5. Provide with emergency alarm horn and light. Tie alarm to BAS.

C. (P-708) Emergency Eye and Face Wash (Wall Mounted): CRS, wall mounted,

foot pedal control. Mount eye and face wash spray heads 42 inches above

finished floor. Pedal shall be wall mounted, entirely clear of floor,

and be hinged to permit turning up. Receptor shall be complete with

drain plug with perforated strainer, P-trap and waste connection to

wall with escutcheon. Provide with thermostatic mixing valve to provide

tepid water from 85 to 95 degrees F. Flow rate shall be 3 gpm.

1. Shower Head: Polished chrome plated,8 inches

2. Installation: Head shall be 96 inches maximum above floor

D. (P-709) Concealed-In Wall- Swing Down Emergency Eye and Face Wash

(Recessed Wall Mounted): Stainless steel cabinet and door, swing down

control. Mount bottom of cabinet at 20-5/8 inches above finished floor

for barrier-free compliance. Receptor shall be self contained in door

complete with drain plug with perforated strainer, P-trap and waste

connection to wall with escutcheon. Provide with thermostatic mixing

valve in recessed access compartment to provide tepid water from 85 to

95 degrees F. Flow rate shall be 3 gpm.

E. (P-710) Emergency Eye and Face Wash (Counter Mounted): CRS, counter

mounted, Swing-Activated control. Mount eye and face wash spray heads

positioned as required to rotate to active position over sink bowl.

Provide with thermostatic mixing valve under sink counter to provide

tepid water from 85 to 95 degrees F. Flow rate shall be 3 gpm.

F. (P-713) Emergency Eye and Face Wash (Deck Mounted): Swing down

activation, polished chrome plated, dual spray heads with protective

covers, ceramic stay open valve, integral flow control, universal

identification sign.

G. (P-714) Emergency Eye Wash (Counter Mounted): CRS, counter mounted,

Pull Down-Activated control. Mount eye wash spray heads positioned as

required to pull down active to position over sink bowl without

interference of faucet assembly. Provide with thermostatic mixing valve



22 40 00 - 28

under sink counter to provide tepid water from 85 to 95 degrees F. Flow

rate shall be 3 gpm.

H. (P-715) Emergency Eye and Face Wash (Counter Mounted): CRS, counter

mounted, Pull Down-Activated control. Mount eye and face wash spray

heads positioned as required to pull down to active position over sink

bowl without interference of faucet assembly. Provide with thermostatic

mixing valve under sink counter to provide tepid water from 85 to 95

degrees F. Flow rate shall be 3 gpm.

2.15 HYDRANT, HOSE BIBB AND MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES

A. (P-801 or WH1) Wall Hydrant: Cast bronze non-freeze hydrant with

detachable T-handle. Brass operating rod within casing of bronze pipe

of sufficient length to extend through wall and place valve inside

building. Brass valve with coupling and union elbow having metal-to-

metal seat. Valve rod and seat washer removable through face of

hydrant; 19 mm (3/4 inch) hose thread on spout; 19 mm (3/4 inch) pipe

thread on inlet. Finish may be rough; exposed surfaces shall be chrome

plated. Set not less than 457 mm (18 inches) nor more than 914 mm (36

inches) above grade. On porches and platforms, set approximately 762 mm

(30 inches) above finished floor. Provide integral vacuum breaker which

automatically drains when shut off.

B. (P-804 or HB1) Hose Bibb (Single Faucet, Wall Mounted to Exposed

Supply Pipe): Cast or wrought copper alloy, single faucet with

replaceable Monel seat, removable replacement unit containing all parts

subject to wear, mounted on wall 36 inches above floor to supply pipe.

Provide faucet with 3/4 inch hose coupling thread on spout and vacuum

breaker. Four-arm handle on faucet shall be cast, formed or drop forged

copper alloy. Escutcheons shall be either forged copper alloy or CRS.

Exposed metal parts, including exposed part under valve handle when in

open position, shall have a bright finish.

C. (P-807) Reagent Grade Water Faucet: Gooseneck, deck mounted for

recirculating reagent grade water, forged brass valve body and 1/2 inch

I.P.S. brass riser with polypropylene interior lining, polypropylene

serrated hose end. Polypropylene inlet and outlet tube, compression

control polypropylene diaphragm valve inside valve body. Provide inlet

and outlet adapters. Color code faucets with full view plastic index

buttons. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.

D. (P-808) Washing Machine Supply and Drain Units: Fabricate of 20-gage

stainless steel with polished finish. Unit to have 2 inches drain



22 40 00 - 29

connection, dual 1/2 inch combination MPT brass sweat connection, ball

type shut-off valves, 8-1/4 inches by 6-1/4 inches rough wall opening.

Centerline of box shall be 44 inches above finished floor.

E. (P-812) Water Supply Box Units: Fabricate of 16-gage steel with highly

corrosion resistant epoxy finish. Unit to have 1/2 inch combination MPT

brass sweat connection, ball type shut-off valve. Size 9 inches by 11

3/4 inches rough wall opening 8 inches by 10 inches by 3 5/8 inches.

Bottom of box shall be 18 inches above finished floor.

F. (P-809) Dialysis Box: Recessed wall box with continuously welded 18

gage CRS, Type 316, with satin finish. Wall flange and hinged door

shall be 16 gage CRS, Type 304, with satin finish. Provide

polypropylene ball valve, 3/4 inch male supply outlet and two discharge

hose brackets above 1 1/2 inches chemical resisting waste. Furnish each

valve with flushing nipple. Provide with indirect drain in box or with

separate funnel floor drain.

2.16 MENTAL HEALTH PLUMBING FIXTURES

A. All fixtures shall utilize an anti-ligature design specifically

intended for the safety of mental health patients and fitting for

patient rooms. All Stainless Steel fixtures shall be white powder-

coated.

B. There shall be no sharp edges/corners, exposed piping or conduit in

patient areas. The faucet should be a single unit with a round handle

that is designed with a taper or a round lever so a noose would slip

off with the weight of a person. A sensor type faucet is preferable

since this has no lever.

C. Tamper resistant screws/security fasteners shall be used. Tamper

resistant strainers and screws used for the covers should be of the

TORX or Allen head type (tools typically carried by IT personnel) for

maintenance access purposes. Coordinate with VA Maintenance Shops for

type of tamper resistant screws they are currently using.

D. Each patient toilet room shall have individual isolation valves on hot

and cold water lines accessible above ceilings.

E. Fixtures:

1. Water Closet

2. Urinal

3. Lavatory

4. Shower push button controls for the shower are also an acceptable

alternative.



22 40 00 - 30

F. (P-909) Ligature Resistant Water Closet (Floor Mounted, ASME A112.19.3

and CSA B45.4) - Security fixture fabricated from white powder-coated

14 gauge or 16 gauge type 304 stainless steel. (Bio-based materials

shall be utilized when possible.) The standard toilet shall include:

elongated toilet bowl with integral contoured seat, integral crevice-

free self-draining flushing rim with positive after fill and fully

enclosed trap which shall maintain a minimum 2 inch seal and pass 2-1/8

inch ball. Skirt of toilet bowl shall be extended to floor as close to

front of toilet bowl to prevent tie off. 1.28 gallons per flush. Top of

seat shall be 18 inches above finished floor. Fixture shall withstand

loadings up to 2000 lbs. with no measureable deflection and loadings up

to 5,000 lbs. with no permanent damage.

1. Fittings and Accessories: Rear wall chase connections; 4 inch waste

outlet and 1-1/2 inch water back spud. Provide toilet waste

extension, gaskets, wall sleeve, and cleanout. Provide water

connections with individual shutoff valve for each fixture.

2. Seat: Seat shall be integral with the bowl #4 satin finish high

polish seat (as required).

3. Flush valve: Hard-wired electric infra-red sensor for automatic

operation with courtesy flush button for manual operation, water

saver design per flush with maximum 10 percent variance, // rear

spud connection, adjustable tailpiece, 1 inch IPS screwdriver back

check angle stop with vandal resistant cap, high back pressure

vacuum breaker. Valve body, cover, tailpiece and control stop shall

be in conformance with ASTM B584 alloy classification for semi-red

brass. Flush valves shall be concealed.

G. (P-910) Ligature Resistant Water Closet (ADA) Handicap (Floor Mounted,

ASME A112.19.3 and CSA B45.4) - Security fixture fabricated from 14

gauge or 16 gauge type 304 stainless steel. The standard toilet shall

include: elongated toilet bowl with contoured seat, integral crevice-

free self-draining flushing rim with positive after fill and fully

enclosed trap which shall maintain a minimum 2 inch seal and pass 2-1/8

inch ball. Skirt of toilet bowl shall be extended to floor as close to

front of toilet bowl to prevent tie off. 1.28 gallons per flush. Top of

seat shall be 17 to 19 inches above finished floor. Fixture shall

withstand loadings up to 2000 lbs. with no measureable deflection and

loadings up to 5,000 lbs. with no permanent damage.



22 40 00 - 31

1. Fittings and Accessories: Rear wall chase connections; 4 inch waste

and 1-1/2 inch water back spud. Provide toilet waste extension,

gaskets, wall sleeve, and cleanout. Provide water connections with

individual shutoff valve for each fixture.

2. Seat: Seat shall be integral with the bowl #4 satin finish high

polish seat as required).

3. Flush valve: Hard-wired electric // infra-red sensor for automatic

operation with courtesy flush button for manual operation, water

saver design per flush with maximum 10 percent variance, rear spud

connection, adjustable tailpiece, 1 inch IPS screwdriver back check

angle stop with vandal resistant cap, high back pressure vacuum

breaker. Valve body, cover, tailpiece and control stop shall be in

conformance with ASTM B584 alloy classification for semi-red brass.

H. (P-935) Ligature Resistant ADA Handicap Lavatory.

1. Dimensions for lavatories are specified, length by width (distance

from wall) and depth.

2. Brass components in contact with water shall contain no more than

0.25 percent lead content by dry weight. Faucet flow rates shall be

1.5 gpm for private lavatories and either 0.5 gpm per cycle for

public lavatories.

3. Ligature Resistant Lavatory front access handicap lavatory

fabricated from 14 gauge, type 304 type stainless steel, the

construction shall be all welded, with exposed stainless steel

surfaces polished to a #4 satin finish, approximately 12-3/4 inches

by 8-1/4 inches and 5 inches depth. Stainless steel anti-suicide

penal filler/bubbler, slow drain with air vent, elbow waste 1-1/2

inch FIP, sloped backsplash and self-draining soap dish. Punching

for faucet on 4 inches centers.

4. Faucet: Solid cast brass construction, vandal resistant, heavy-duty,

hemispherical pushbuttons. Hot and cold air control valve assembly.

Provide laminar flow control device, adjustable hot water limit

stop, and vandal proof screws. Flow shall be limited to 1.9 L/m (0.5

gpm) with hemispherical penal bubbler.

5. Drain: Cast or wrought brass with flat, ligature resistant grid

strainer offset tailpiece, chrome plated. Pop-up drains are

prohibited. Provide cover per A.D.A 4-19.4.

6. Stops: Angle type. Provide cover per A.D.A 4-19.4.



22 40 00 - 32


Adjustable with connected elbow and 1.4 mm thick (17 gauge) tubing

extensions to wall. Exposed stainless steel trap enclosure . Set

trap parallel to wall. Provide cover per A.D.A 4-19.4.

I. (P-940) Shower Bath Mixing Valve (Wall Mounted, Concealed Supplies,

Type T/P Combination Valve with ligature resistant Single Ligature

resistant handle:

1. Shower Head Assembly: Metallic institutional shower head with flow

control to limit discharge to 1.5 gpm Conical ligature resistant

showerhead, chrome plated brass.

2. Valves: Shower valve shall meet performance requirements of ASSE

1016 lead free Type T/P combination thermostatic and pressure

balancing individual showers, with chrome plated metal, ligature

resistant single type operating handle adjustable for rough-in

variations and chrome plated metal. Valve body shall be any suitable

copper alloy. Internal parts shall be copper, nickel alloy, CRS or

thermoplastic material. Valve inlet and outlet shall be 1/2 inch

IPS. Provide external screwdriver check stops, vacuum breaker and

temperature limit stops. Set stops for a maximum temperature of 110

degrees F. All exposed fasteners shall be vandal resistant. Valve

shall provide a maximum of 1.5 gpm15 psig pressure drop.

3. For handicap access fixtures, provide knurled diverter valve handle

with hand-held, ligature resistant shower head with hook. Hose and

hook shall be on quick disconnect so that when head is removed, hook

is also disconnected.

J. Shower floor or trench drains shall be vandal resistant and as

specified in Section 22 13 00, FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Fixture Setting: Opening between fixture and floor and wall finish

shall be sealed as specified under Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.

Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.

B. Supports and Fastening: Secure all fixtures, equipment and trimmings to

partitions, walls and related finish surfaces. Exposed heads of bolts

and nuts in finished rooms shall be hexagonal, polished chrome plated

brass with rounded tops.

C. Through Bolts: For free standing marble and metal stud partitions refer

to Section 10 21 13, TOILET COMPARTMENTS.



22 40 00 - 33

D. Toggle Bolts: For hollow masonry units, finished or unfinished.

E. Expansion Bolts: For brick or concrete or other solid masonry. Shall be

6 mm (1/4 inch) diameter bolts, and to extend at least 76 mm (3 inches)

into masonry and be fitted with loose tubing or sleeves extending into

masonry. Wood plugs, fiber plugs, lead or other soft metal shields are

prohibited.

F. Power Set Fasteners: May be used for concrete walls, shall be 6 mm (1/4

inch) threaded studs, and shall extend at least 32 mm (1 1/4 inches)

into wall.

G. Tightly cover and protect fixtures and equipment against dirt, water

and chemical or mechanical injury.

H. Where water closet waste pipe has to be offset due to beam

interference, provide correct and additional piping necessary to

eliminate relocation of water closet.

I. Aerators are prohibited on lavatories and sinks.

J. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the COR, the Contractor shall

correct the installation at no cost or additional time to the

Government.

3.2 CLEANING

A. At completion of all work, fixtures, exposed materials and equipment

shall be thoroughly cleaned.

3.3 COMMISSIONING








system.



SYSTEMS.

- - - E N D - - -



22 61 13.74 - 1

SECTION 22 61 13.74 DENTAL COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirements for central dental compressed

air piping, including all necessary piping, fittings, valves, cabinets,

outlets, and gages. System and installation to meet 2015 version of

NFPA 99, Category 3 requirements.



1.2 RELATED WORK




D. Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING: Sealing around pipe penetrations to

maintain the integrity of time rated construction.

E. Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS: Sealing around pipe penetrations

through the floor to prevent moisture migration.

F. Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL



H. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

I. Section 22 61 19.74, DENTAL COMPRESSED AIR EQUIPMENT: Air source

equipment.

J. Section 22 63 00, GAS SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES:

Ceiling outlets, hose drops and valve cabinets.










and 300


Pressure Fittings



22 61 13.74 - 2



6000-2015...............Standard Series Medical Gas Professional

Qualifications Standard for Medical Gas Systems

Personnel

6010-2015...............Medical Gas Systems Installers

6020-2015...............Medical Gas Systems Inspectors

6030-2015...............Medical Gas Systems Verifiers



Iron Castings


and Hot–Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and

Seamless


Castings



F2063-2012..............Standard Specification for Wrought Nickel-

Titanium Shape Memory Alloys for Medical

Devices and Surgical Implants



Braze Welding

B2.2/B2.2M-2010.........Standard for Brazing Procedure and Performance

Qualification

F. Compressed Gas Association (CGA):

C-9-2009................Standard Color Marking of Compressed Gas

Containers for Medical Use

G-4.1-2009..............Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service

G-10.1-2008.............Commodity Specification for Nitrogen

P-9-2008................The Inert Gases: Argon, Nitrogen and Helium

V-1-2013................Standard for Compressed Gas Cylinder Valve

Outlet and Inlet Connections

V-5-2008 (R2013) .......Diameter Index Safety System

(Noninterchangeable Low Pressure Connections

for Medical Gas Applications)



22 61 13.74 - 3



H. Manufacturing Standardization Society: (MSS)


for General Service



I. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM):


J. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):


99-2015.................Health Care Facilities Code

K. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA):


1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 61 13.74, DENTAL COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING”,





capacity.

1. Piping and fittings.

2. Valves.

3. Zone valve box.

4. Outlets.

5. Gages.

6. Switches (pressure).

7. Alarm components.

D. Station Outlets and Inlets: A letter shall be submitted from

manufacturer stating that outlets and inlets are designed,

manufactured, and shall comply with NFPA 99. Outlets and inlets shall

bear label of approval as assembly of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

or Associated Factory Mutual Research Corporation. In lieu of above

labels, certificate may be submitted by a nationally recognized

independent testing laboratory, satisfactory to the Contracting



22 61 13.74 - 4

Officer, certifying that materials, appliances and assemblies conform

to published standards, including methods of tests, of above

organizations.

E. Certification: The completed systems shall be certified having been

installed, tested, purged and analyzed in accordance with the

requirements of this specification and NFPA 99.

F. Qualification of the Installer: Provide the name and copy of the ASSE

qualifications of each person completing the installation.

G. As-built drawings.

H. Certification that all results of tests are within limits specified.

I. Provide testing agency qualifications, including names and

qualifications of each person completing the testing, detailed testing

procedures, and references from three completed projects involving

similar scope.


A. Installer qualifications shall meet those qualifications stated in ASSE

6010.

B. Medical Gas System Testing Organization:

1. The testing shall be conducted by a party technically competent and

experienced in the field of medical gas pipeline testing. Such

testing shall be performed by a party other than the installing

contractor.

2. The testing personnel shall be qualified according to ASSE 6020 for

inspectors and ASSE 6030 for verifiers.

3. Names of three projects where testing of medical gas systems has

been performed shall be submitted by the testing agency for review.

The list of three references shall include the name of the project,

names of such persons at that project who supervised the work for

the project owner, or who accepted the report for the project owner,

and a written statement that the projects listed required work of

similar scope to that set forth in this specification.

4. The testing agency's detailed procedure to be followed in the

testing of this project shall be submitted. These procedures shall

be in compliance with current NFPA standards and shall include

details of the testing sequence, procedures for cross connection

tests, outlet function tests, alarm tests, and purity tests, as

required by NFPA 99. Data on test methods, types of equipment to be



22 61 13.74 - 5

used, and calibration sources and method references for purity tests

procedures shall be submitted.

C. Brazing process and operators shall be qualified according to ASME BPVC

Section IX or AWS B2.2/B2.2M.

D. The electrical devices and accessories shall be listed and labeled as

defined in NFPA 70 by a testing agency and marked for its intended use.

E. All work shall comply with NFPA 99.










substitutions.









C. Certification documentation shall be provided prior to submitting the





PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING

A. Copper medical gas tube shall be type K or L, seamless, drawn temper

meeting ASTM B819 that has been cleaned, purged, and sealed for medical

gas service by the pipe manufacturer. Standard color markings “ACR/MED”

shall be in green for Type K and in blue for type L tubing.

B. Wrought copper fittings shall conform to ASME B16.22 or brazed fittings

complying with ASME B16.50.



22 61 13.74 - 6

C. Brazing filler Metals shall be BCuP series, copper-phosphorus allows

for general duty brazing conforming to AWS A5.8/A5.8M.

D. Screw Joints shall be made with degreased polytetrafluoroethylene

(teflon) tape.

E. Piping identification labels shall be applied in accordance with NFPA

99. Supplementary color identification shall be in accordance with ASME

A13.1.

F. Temperature and pressure ratings of Memory metal couplings shall be not

less than that of a brazed joint shall be permitted. The memory metal

couplings shall be made of ASTM F2063, nickel titanium, shape memory

alloy, cleaned, purged, and sealed for medical gas service.

2.2 VALVES

A. Valves shall be cleaned purged, and bagged according to CGA G-4.1 for

oxygen service.

B. Ball valves 4 inches and smaller shall be full port, double seal,

chrome plated brass with PTFE or TGFE seats, lever type handle with

locking device, blowout proof stem with PTFE or TFE seal and ends

manufactured according to ASTM B819 with copper tube extensions. The

ball valve shall have a pressure rating of 600 psig wog.

C. Check valves 3 inches and smaller shall be spring loaded with ends

manufactured according to ASTM B819 with copper tube extensions. Check

valves shall have directional arrow permanently cast into body. The

check valve shall have a pressure rating of 400 psig wog.

2.3 OUTLETS

A. The outlet shall be for specific medical/dental compressed air pressure

and service listed. Rough-in assemblies shall be included. Recessed

units shall be provided unless indicated. Outlets shall be UL listed,

CSA certified.

B. Finish assembly shall include primary check valve and secondary check

valve rated at maximum 200 psig, double seals to prevent air leakage

and cover plate with service label.

C. Quick coupler service connections shall include a pressure outlet with

non-interchangeable keyed indexing and constructed to permit one-handed

connection and removal of equipment using a positive locking ring that

retains the equipment stem in valve during use.

D. DISS service connection outlets shall comply with CGA V-5 with threaded

indexing constructed to permit one handed connection and removal of

equipment.



22 61 13.74 - 7

2.4 GAGES, PRESSURE

A. Pressure gages used for testing purposes shall be listed for dental

compressed air and conform to ASME B40.100.

B. Pressure gages for line pressure use adjacent to source equipment shall

be 4-1/2 inch diameter, accuracy to within 2 percent. The pressure

range shall be twice the operating pressure. Dial graduations and

figures shall be black on white background. Gage shall be cleaned and

listed for oxygen use and marked “USE NO OIL”. The pressure gage shall

comply with ASME B40.100 and have a gage cock and marked "USE NO OIL".

Install with gage cock.

C. For all services downstream of main shutoff valve, the pressure gages

shall be manufactured expressly for oxygen use but labeled for dental

air service and marked "USE NO OIL", 1-1/2 inch diameter gage with dial

range 1-300 psig.

2.5 PRESSURE SWITCH

A. Pressure switches and sensors shall be UL listed and shall be NEMA Type

4 watertight housing field adjustable pressure settings. The switch may

be wired normally open, 1/4 inch FNPT connection and fitted with a

quick connect to facilitate field service. Electrical rating 10 amperes

at 120-volt AC.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. All dental air tube and fittings, valves, gages, and other components

shall be free of oil, grease, and other readily oxidizable materials as

required according to CGA G-4.1.

B. All dental air tube and components shall be cleaned and capped for

oxygen service in a facility equipped to clean, rinse and purge the

material in accordance with Category 3 piping per NFPA 99.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Pipe, fitting, and component installation shall conform to NFPA 99.

B. New pipe to existing pipe connections shall be connected with memory

metal couplings.

C. Dental air piping shall use either type L or K, copper medical gas

tube, wrought copper fittings, and brazed joints.

D. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, shall be used for

pipe penetrations and sleeves.

E. Pipe installation shall comply with ASSE 6010.



22 61 13.74 - 8

F. All piping shall be installed parallel or at right angles to building

walls.

G. Piping above ceilings shall be installed to allow for the removal of

ceiling tiles.

H. Air and drain piping shall be installed at a one percent slope.

I. Nipples, unions, special fittings shall be installed with pressure

ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating.

J. Eccentric reduces shall be used when dental air piping is reduced in

the direction of flow with bottoms of both pipes and reduced fitting

flush with bottom of pipe.

K. Branch connections shall be installed from the top of the main.

L. Pressure gages shall be installed on discharge piping from each

compressor and on each receiver.

M. Open ends of tube shall be capped or plugged at all times or otherwise

sealed until final assembly.

N. Piping shall be cut square and accurately with a tube cutter (sawing

not permitted) to measurements determined at place of installation.

Pipe shall be reamed to remove burrs, being careful not to expand tube,

and so no chips of copper remain in the tube. Piping shall be worked

into place without springing or forcing. Tube shall be bottomed in

socket so there are no gaps between tube and fitting. Care shall be

exercised in handling equipment and tools used in cutting or reaming of

tube to prevent oil or grease being introduced into tubing. Where

contamination has occurred, material shall be no longer suitable for

dental air service.

O. Spacing of Hangers shall comply with NFPA 99.

P. Valves and other equipment shall be rigidly supported to prevent strain

on tube or joints.

Q. Install unions in compressed air piping adjacent to each valve and

connection to equipment and each specialty.

R. While being brazed, joints shall be continuously purged with oil-free

dry nitrogen complying with NFPA 99. The flow of purge gas shall be

maintained until joint is cool to the touch.

S. Pipe fittings shall be used for all changes in direction. Tube shall

not be bent or forced into place.

T. Support ceiling column assembly from heavy sub-mounting castings

furnished with the unit as part of roughing-in. The ceiling column

assembly shall be anchored with 1/2 inch diameter bolts attached to



22 61 13.74 - 9

angle iron frame supported from structural ceiling, unless otherwise

indicated.

U. Pressures and vacuum switches, transmitters, and gages shall be

installed to be easily accessed, and provide access panel where

installed above plaster ceiling. Pressure switches and sensors shall be

installed for gas specified with gas specific demand check fittings.

V. Pipe labeling shall be applied during installation process and not

after installation is completed. The size of legend letters shall be in

accordance with ASME A13.1.

W. Compressor intake shall be piped to a source of clean ambient air as

indicated in NFPA 99.

X. After initial leakage testing is completed, allow piping to remain

pressurized with testing gas until testing agency performs final tests.

Y. Penetrations:

1. Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls, smoke

partitions, or floors, install a firestop that provides an effective

barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases as specified in

Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. Completely fill and seal clearances

between raceways and openings with the firestopping material.

2. At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances around the pipe

and make watertight with sealant as specified in Section 07 92 00,

JOINT SEALANTS.

Z. Install flexible pipe connector is discharge piping from each

compressor.

AA. Install shut-off valve to each connection to and from air compressor

and specialties.

BB. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Contracting Officer, the


3.3 TESTS

A. Initial blow down, initial pressure test for positive–pressure gas

systems and copper Level 3 vacuum piping, initial cross-connection

test, initial piping purge test, and initial standing positive-pressure

gas piping tests shall be conducted for a Category 3 compressed air

system as required by NFPA 99. All test results shall be documented and

submitted to the Contracting Officer.

B. Verifier standing pressure test, verifier cross-connection test,

verifier Level 3 warning system test, verifier piping purge test,

verifier final tie-in test, verifier operational pressure test,



22 61 13.74 - 10

verifier piping particulate test, verifier piping purity test,

labeling, use of source equipment for pipeline verification test, and

test of secondary equipment shall be conducted for a Category 3

compressed air system as required by NFPA 99. All test results shall

be documented and submitted to the Contracting Officer.

C. As recommended by product manufacturer and listed standards and under





D. The tests shall include system capacity, control function, and alarm

functions.

E. When any defects are detected, correct defects and repeat test at no


F. The Commissioning Agent will observe startup and contractor testing of


schedules with the Contracting Officer and Commissioning Agent. Provide

a minimum of 7 days prior to notice.

3.4 COMMISSIONING








system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 61 19.74 - 1

SECTION 22 61 19.74 DENTAL COMPRESSED-AIR EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The section describes the requirements for central dental compressed

air equipment, including all control panels, air compressors, electric

motors and starters, receivers, air dryers, filters, pressure

regulators, and all necessary parts, accessories, connections and

equipment.



1.2 RELATED WORK





E. Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT:

Electric motors.

F. Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

G. Section 22 61 13.74, DENTAL COMPRESSED AIR PIPING.

H. Section 23 05 41, NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND

EQUIPMENT.

I. Section 23 09 23, DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC.

J. Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

K. Section 26 05 33, RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.

L. Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS: Motor starters.






ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code


Vessels, Division 1



and 300



22 61 19.74 - 2


Pressure Fittings



6000-2012...............Standard Series Medical Gas Professional

Qualifications Standard for Medical Gas Systems

Personnel

6010-2012...............Medical Gas Systems Installers

6020-2012...............Medical Gas Systems Inspectors

6030-2012...............Medical Gas Systems Verifiers



Iron Castings



Seamless


Castings





Braze Welding

B2.2/B2.2M-2010.........Standard for Brazing Procedure and Performance

Qualification






P-9-2008................The Inert Gases: Argon, Nitrogen and Helium



V-5-2008 (R2013) .......Diameter Index Safety System

(Noninterchangeable Low Pressure Connections

for Medical Gas Applications)





22 61 19.74 - 3

H. Manufacturing Standardization Society: (MSS)


for General Service



I. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM):


J. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

ICS 6-1993 (R2006)......Enclosures

K. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):



L. Underwriter Laboratories Inc (UL):

60601-1-2003 (R2006)....Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General

Requirements for Safety

M. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA):


1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 61 19.74, DENTAL COMPRESSED-AIR EQUIPMENT”,





capacity.

1. Air control panels.

2. Air compressor systems (Provide certified compressor test data at

start-up):

a. Compressors: Manufacturer and model.

b. Characteristic performance curves.

c. Compressor operating speed (RPM).

d. Capacity: Free air delivered at indicated pressure (SCFM).

e. Type of bearing in compressor.

f. Type of lubrication.

g. Type and adjustment of drive.



22 61 19.74 - 4

h. Electric motors: Manufacturer, frame and type, speed of motors

(RPS) (RPM).

i. Current characteristics and horsepower of motors.

j. Receiver capacity and pressure rating.

k. Air silencer: Manufacturer, type and model.

l. Air filters: Manufacturer, type, model and capacity.

m. Pressure regulators: Manufacturer and capacity.

n. Dew point monitor: Manufacturer, type and model.

o. Air dryers: Manufacturer, type, model and capacity (Standard

L/min) (SCFM).

p. Carbon monoxide monitor: Manufacturer, type, model.

q. Local Alarms and Master Alarms.

r. Air compressor noise generation, db.

3. Wiring diagrams.

D. For station Outlets and Inlets, a letter shall be submitted from the

manufacturer stating that outlets and inlets are designed,

manufactured, and complies with NFPA 99. Outlets and inlets shall bear

label of approval as assembly of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or

Associated Factory Mutual Research Corporation. In lieu of above

labels, certificate may be submitted by a nationally recognized

independent testing laboratory, satisfactory to the Contracting

Officer, certifying that materials, appliances and assemblies conform

to published standards, including methods of tests, of above

organizations.

E. Completed systems shall be certified that the installation, testing,

final purge and inspected in accordance with the requirements of this

specification and NFPA 99. Certification shall be provided on

letterhead of the testing agency.

F. Qualification of the installer: Provide the names and qualifications of

each person completing the installation. Include documented evidence of

equivalent product installed at three installations similar to this

project that has been in satisfactory and efficient operation for 3

years.

G. As-built drawings.

H. Provide testing agency qualifications, including names and

qualifications of each person performing the testing, detailed testing

procedures, and references from completed similar projects involving

similar scope.



22 61 19.74 - 5

I. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,




equipment.



J. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning




K. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with


SYSTEMS.


A. Installer qualifications shall meet those qualifications stated in ASSE

6010 and documented technical qualifications and previous experience in

installing medical gas equipment on three similar projects shall be

submitted for review. Names and addresses of referenced projects shall

be included in the documentation. Documented evidence of equivalent

product installed at three installations similar to this project shall

be submitted that has been in satisfactory and efficient operation for

three years. Names and addresses shall be included in the documentation

indicating where the product is installed.

B. Dental compressed air equipment shall be furnished by the equipment

manufacturer(s) or supplier(s) who shall be familiar with the proper

application of the equipment and shall supervise its installation.

Material and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer

regularly engaged in the manufacture, supply and servicing of the

specified products for at least 5 years.

C. Medical Gas System Testing Organization:

1. The testing shall be conducted by a party technically competent and

experienced in the field of medical gas pipeline and medical/dental

compressed air equipment testing. Such testing shall be performed by

a party other than the installing contractor.

2. The testing personnel shall be qualified according to ASSE 6020 for

inspectors and ASSE 6030 for verifiers.



22 61 19.74 - 6

3. Names of three projects where testing of medical gas systems has

been performed by the testing agency shall be submitted for review.

The name of the project, names of such persons at that project who

supervised the work for the project owner, or who accepted the

report for the project owner, and a written statement that the

projects listed required work of similar scope to that set forth in

this specification shall be included in the documentation for

review.

4. The testing agency's detailed procedure to be followed in the

testing of this project by contractor shall be submitted. These

procedures shall be in compliance with NFPA 99 and shall include

details of the testing sequence, procedures for cross connection

tests, outlet function tests, alarm tests, purity tests, as

required. Data on test methods, types of equipment to be used, and

calibration sources and method references for purity tests

procedures shall be submitted.

D. Certification documentation shall be provided prior to submitting





E. The electrical components, devices, and accessories shall be listed and

labeled as defined in NFPA 70 by a testing agency and marked for its

intended use.

F. All work and equipment shall comply with NFPA 99.

G. All work and equipment shall comply with UL 60601-1 for medical and

compressed air equipment.

H. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-









substitutions.



22 61 19.74 - 7


review comments shall be inserted into a three ring binder. All aspects

of system operation and maintenance procedures, including piping





procedures for emergency situations. Notes on all special systems or

devices such as damper and door closure interlocks shall be included. A

List of recommended spare parts (manufacturer, model number, and

quantity) shall be furnished. Information explaining any special

knowledge or tools the owner will be required to employ shall be

inserted into the As-Built documentation.









1.7 TRAINING

A. The services of a competent instructor shall be provided for not less

than one 2-hour period for instructing personnel in the operation and

maintenance of the dental air system and on the date requested by


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DENTAL AIR COMPRESSOR SYSTEMS (ORAL SURGERY 140 PSIG AIR)

A. The dental air compressors shall provide compressed medical air for

dental use only in compliance with NFPA 99. All components shall be

factory packaged and tested (prewired and pre-piped) on a steel base,

or tank mounted. Completed system installation shall be compatible with

pneumatically operated surgical hand pieces, and shall provide dental

air quality equal to or better than the quality specified under

paragraph TESTS AND VERIFICATION.

B. Dental Air Reciprocating Compressors: Dental air compressors shall be

oil free duplex type, such that design load is provided with one unit

out of service. The dental air compressor piping, pipe accessories and



22 61 19.74 - 8

controls shall be designed to 175 psig maximum allowable working

pressure. Each compressor shall be provided with automatic check valves

as required for proper operation and the prevention of loss of pressure

through the compressor. Manual shut-off valve shall be provided

downstream of the check valve for service to check valve and compressor

without total system shut down. Noise levels of not more than 88 dB(A)

at one meter and no detectable vibration 6 inches from operating

position.

C. Motor and Starters shall comply with NEMA designation with temperature

rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for

motors specified in Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. Each motor shall be provided with an automatic,

fully enclosed, magnetic starter of type specified in Section 26 29 11,

MOTOR CONTROLLERS.

D. Controls:

1. Controls shall automatically operate compressors to maintain an

adjustable receiver pressure set point. The control system shall

automatically alternate lead and lag compressors based upon a time

schedule.

2. An automatic unloading device shall unload compressor under all

startup conditions including following current failure while

operating, as well as protect against receiver back pressure.

3. High temperature shutdown sensor shall monitor compressor discharge

air temperature and shutdown affected compressor if a temperature

above 225 degrees F is detected. An audible alarm and compressor

circuit reset button shall be provided on the control panel.

4. The control panel shall be housed in a NEMA 250 ICS 6, Type 12,

listed, dustproof enclosure; prewired to include all specified

electrical, electronic and electro-pneumatic devices. Wiring

diagrams and operating descriptions in the cabinet. The following

shall be included:

a. Breaker disconnects for each compressor and one non-fused main

disconnect with external operators.

b. Hand-off-automatic selector switch for each compressor.

c. Redundant 120 volt control circuit transformers.

d. Magnetic motor starter for each compressor with integral overload

protection and short circuit protection.

e. Hour meter for each compressor.



22 61 19.74 - 9

f. Lubricant temperature gage.

g. Air pressure gage.

h. External visual (lights, red for running, green for off) and

audible (horn/buzzer) signals. The signals provided include:

1) Compressor in operation (visual only).

2) High temperature shutdown (audible).

3) Low lubricant shutdown (audible) for lubricated compressor

only.

4) Cancel button, which will silence an audible alarm, reactivate

should a second alarm occur while the audible is silenced, and

reset automatically upon correction of the original condition.

5) Lag In Use where there are multiplexed compressors.

6) Auxiliary contacts for remote alarming of signals 1 thru 4.

E. The receiver tank shall be welded steel, galvanized, in compliance with

ASME BPVC Section VIII-1, 250 psig working pressure stamped and

certified. The receiver tank shall be equipped with a safety relief

valve set at 185 psig, motorized automatic drain system and manual

drain system for tank, sight glass and pressure gage. A receiver of

sufficient capacity to ensure practical on/off operation of compressors

shall be provided. The receiver shall have a full size three valve by

pass for servicing.

F. The air silencer shall be finned dry type inlet filter/muffler,

enclosed in a housing allowing easy removal of the element for

inspection or replacement, with a nominal retention of 40 microns or

less, and muffling by a series of silencer tubes. A filter of

sufficient size shall be provided to minimize backpressure. For noise

and vibration requirement, refer to Section 23 05 41, NOISE AND

VIBRATION CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.

G. Duplex final Air Filters shall be provided piped in parallel and

provided with three valve bypass. The filter set shall be provided for

no greater than 5 psig differential pressure at 175 psig inlet and the

stated capacity.

1. Pre filter: A pre filter shall be installed with a maximum 2.5

micron filter, with automatic drain located on the inlet side of the

desiccant dryer and receiver.

2. Final Filter Package: The final filter package shall consist:

a. 0.01 micron coalescing filter with automatic drain.



22 61 19.74 - 10

b. Activated carbon filter at the 0.01 micron level with odor and

hydrocarbon absorption.

H. Duplexed pressure regulating valves shall be provided in parallel,

valued for maintenance shut-down without service interruption:

1. Brass or bronze body and trim, reduced pressure range 5 to 250 psig

adjustable, spring type, diaphragm operated, relieving. Delivered

pressure shall vary not more than 5 psig for each 50 psig variation

in inlet pressure.

I. Air Dryers:

1. The air dryer shall be sized for 100 percent of the design load. The

air dryer shall be self-contained, refrigerated type, with counter

current heat exchanger, automatic drain, and all internal wiring

included The air dryer shall have a non-cycling design with moisture

separator housed in a factory standard corrosion resistant cabinet

with access doors or panels as required for ease of service and

maintenance. The air dryer shall be properly sized to produce 35

degrees F or better dew point at design pressure under full load

conditions at site. At high temperature operation, the system cools

outgoing air to a temperature of 70 degrees F plus or minus 5

degrees.

2. The dryer shall be a heatless regenerative type, desiccant air

dryer. The dryer shall be an ASME code welded twin drying tower unit

using spherical-particle, non-corrosive activated alumina desiccant

as drying media. A continuous supply of dry air shall be provided by

an automatically cycled operation of the drying vessels, including

drying, pressure stabilization and reactivation. Automatic cycling

shall be controlled by a solid state timer. Purge air control system

shall include mufflers to reduce the noise level of the purge air

exhaust to within OSHA standards, and shall be designed to provide a

continuous, minimum flow of purge air should then purge air control

regulating valve fail. Dryer shall include / switch for power "on-

off", and indicating light signaling power "on". Dryer shall be

provided with local visual alarm contacts to signal failure of

tower cycling, and high dew point. An alarm circuit to compressed

air system disconnect switch panel shall be provided to indicate a

local alarm condition. All interconnecting power and alarm wiring

shall be provided between compressed air system disconnect panel and



22 61 19.74 - 11

air dryer. Water vapor shall be eliminated to a pressure dew point

of minus 90 degrees F.

J. A combination dew point hydrometer/CO monitor shall be mounted, pre-

piped and wired. The dew point hydrometer/CO monitor shall be a ceramic

type with integral chemical type CO sensor and include remote alarm

contacts. System range accuracy shall be + 3.6 degrees F for dew point

and 2 PPM for carbon monoxide. Dew point alarm shall be factory set at

35 degrees F per NFPA 99, and the CO alarm shall be factory set at 10

PPM. Both set points shall be field adjustable. Aluminum oxide sensors

are not acceptable.

2.2 ALARMS

A. All low voltage wiring, except for wiring from alarm relay interface

control cabinet to Engineering Control Center (ECC) shall be provided

as required for complete proper functioning system, in conformance with

Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

Run wiring in conduit, in conformance with Section 26 05 33, RACEWAY

AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.

1. Dental Compressed Air Alarms shall include:

a. Dew point alarm shall activate when the operating dew point rises

above 35 degrees F at system delivery pressure and receives

signal from dew point monitor. The dew point alarm shall receive

data from a dew point monitor.

b. Filter set alarm shall operate when the pressure drop across the

filter set increases more than 2 psig over the pressure drop for

new filters. The filter set alarm shall operate by a differential

pressure switch.

c. Pressure alarms shall operate when system pressure downstream of

main shutoff valve drops below a threshold of 20 percent below

normal operating line pressure (plus/minus 2 psig) or increases

20 percent above normal operating line pressure. The pressure

alarms shall operate by pressure switches.

d. High temperature shutdown alarm shall operate when the discharge

air temperature exceeds 225 degrees F, the high temperature

shutdown alarm shall disable the affected compressor.

e. Low lubricant shutdown shall operate when the lubricant level

drops to a low alarm set low point.

f. High carbon monoxide level alarm shall operate when carbon

monoxide level rises above 10 parts per million.



22 61 19.74 - 12

g. Lag compressor in use.

h. Motor overload.

i. Desiccant dryer malfunction.

B. Alarm Panels:

1. The alarm panel shall have a Modular design, and be easily

serviceable. Alarms shall operate on direct current (DC) low voltage

control circuit. The required number of transformers shall be

provided for efficient functioning of a complete system. Alarm

panels shall be integral units, reporting dental air services.

2. The alarm panel shall be flush mounted, sectional or one piece

constructed of corrosion resistant material. The alarm panel shall

be of a size to accommodate the required number of service functions

for each location, and for one audible signal in each panel. The

alarm panel shall be seismically anchored according to the project

location.

3. Cover plates shall be designed to accommodate the required number of

signals, visual and audible, for each location, and containing

adequate operating instructions within the operators view. Bezel

shall be extruded aluminum, chrome plated metal, or plastic. The

cover plate shall be secure to the alarm panel with chrome plated or

stainless steel countersunk screws.

4. Service indicator lights shall be red translucent plastic of LED

with proper service identification inscribed thereon. The number of

lights and service instructions shall be as required for each

location. The service indicator lights shall be provided with a

green test button of the same material, inscribed thereon with "PUSH

TO TESTS" or similar message.

5. An audible signaling device shall be provided with the alarm panel

and connected electrically with all service indicator light

functions.

6. Controls:

a. When an alarm condition occurs, each individual service indicator

light shall activate, which cannot be canceled until such

condition is corrected.

b. An audible alarm shall give an audible signal upon circuit

activation of any visual signal. The audible signal shall be

continuous until silenced by pushing a reset button. This action

shall cancel and reset the audible alarm only, and not affect the



22 61 19.74 - 13

visual signal. After silencing, subsequent alarms shall

reactivate the audible alarm.

c. A test button or separate normal light shall be continuously

lighted to indicate electrical circuit serving each individual

alarm activated. Pushing the test button shall temporarily

activate all visual signals and sound audible signal, thereby

providing desired indications of status of system.

C. Alarm relay interface shall be designed to transfer the closed circuit

alarm signals through relays to a set of terminals for monitoring

signals at the ECC without interrupting the closed circuit system. The

alarm relay interface shall be constructed of 14 gage steel, conforming

with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosures. The alarm relay interface shall be

provided with both normally open and normally closed contacts for

output signals, with number of circuits required for a full alarm

capability at the ECC. Refer to Section 23 09 23, DIRECT-DIGITAL

CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC for compatibility.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with NFPA 99 and NFPA 70.

B. Coordinate with electrical drawings and the Electrical Engineer and all

wiring and conduit for motors shall meet requirements of NFPA 70.

C. Valves and other equipment shall be rigidly supported to prevent strain

on tube or joints.

D. Pressures and vacuum switches, transmitters and gages shall be

installed where the devices are easily accessed. An access panel shall

be installed where devices are installed above a plaster ceiling.

Pressure switches and sensors shall be installed for gas specific DISS

demand check valves.

E. The compressor intake shall be piped to a source of clean ambient air

as indicated in NFPA 99.

F. After initial leakage testing is completed, Piping shall be pressurized

with testing gas until testing agency performs final tests.

G. Install pressure regulators on compressed-air piping where reduced

pressure is required.

H. Provide spring isolators for mounting air compressor.

I. Engage factory authorized service representative to perform start-up

service.



22 61 19.74 - 14

1. Complete installation and start-up checks according to

manufacturer’s written instructions.

2. Check belt drives for proper tension.

3. Verify inlet filter and piping are clear.

4. Check safety devices for correct setting.

5. Drain received tank.

6. Check lubricating levels.

7. Operational test: After circuitry has been energized, start units to

confirm proper unit operation.

8. Test and adjust controls.

J. Provide manufacturer’s nameplate data in accordance with Section 22 05

11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

K. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the Contracting Officer, the


3.2 TESTS AND VERIFICATION

A. An initial test for the system shall consist of initial blow down,

initial piping purge test, initial pressure test for positive–pressure

gas systems and copper Level 3 vacuum piping, initial cross-connection

test, and initial standing positive-pressure gas piping tests. Tests

shall be conducted as required by NFPA 99 for a Category 3 compressed

air system with documentation.

B. System verification and final testing shall be conducted comprising of

a system verifier standing pressure test, verifier cross-connection

test, verifier Level 3 warning system test, verifier piping purge test,

verifier final tie-in test, verifier operational pressure test,

verifier piping particulate test, verifier piping purity test,

labeling, and source equipment verification test shall be performed for

a Category 3 compressed air system as required by current NFPA.








functions.





22 61 19.74 - 15



schedules with the Contracting Officer and Commissioning Agent. Provide


3.4 COMMISSIONING








system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 62 00 - 1

SECTION 22 62 00 VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Central Laboratory (NFPA 99, Category 4) and Healthcare Vacuum Systems

(NFPA 99, Category 1): This section describes the labor, equipment, and

services necessary for and incidental to the installation of piped

medical vacuum systems and medical vacuum and waste anesthesia gas

disposal systems (WAGD). Medical vacuum and WAGD systems shall be

installed started, tested, and ready for use. The scope of work shall

include all necessary piping, fittings, valves, cabinets, station

outlets and inlets, rough ins, ceiling services, gages, alarms

including low voltage wiring, vacuum pumps, electric motors and

starters, receivers, and all necessary parts, accessories, connections

and equipment for a complete and operational system.

B. The contractor shall provide all elements and accessories required for

a complete system according to 2015 version of NFPA 99, Gas and Vacuum

Systems.

C. All necessary connections to owner furnished equipment shall be made as

indicated on the contract documents. A separate construction isolation

valve shall be made at the point of connection to an existing vacuum

system.

D. Electrical power and control wiring for vacuum pump(s), WAGD

Producer(s), ceiling columns, alarms wiring from equipment to alarm

panels, and modular accessories associated with the system(s) shall be

included.

E. Pressure testing, cross connection testing and final testing per NFPA

99 shall be performed.

F. The contractor shall retain a qualified third party medical vacuum

verifier acceptable to the engineer of record and approved by USACE to

perform and attest to final verification of the systems. The contractor

shall make all corrections as determined by this third party verifier,

including additional testing if necessary to attain full and

unqualified certification at no additional time or cost to the

Government.

G. A complete listing of all acronyms and abbreviations are included in




22 62 00 - 2

1.2 RELATED WORK








F. Section 10 25 13, PATIENT BED SERVICE WALLS: Prefabricated bedside

patient units (PBPU).



H. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING: General

requirements and items common to more than one section of Division 22.

I. Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT:

Electric motors.


K. Section 22 63 00, GAS SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES:

Laboratory and healthcare gases and vacuum alarms.

L. SECTION 22 63 00, GAS SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES:

Laboratory and healthcare gas piping and equipment.

M. Section 23 09 23, DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC: Alarm

interface with BAS.

N. Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES:

Control wiring.

O. Section 26 05 33, RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: Conduit.

P. Section 26 27 26, WIRING DEVICES: Electrical wiring and accessories.

Q. Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS: Motor starters.



extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the test by the



A13.1-2007 (R2013)......Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems


125 and 250


Pressure Fittings



22 62 00 - 3

B16.50-2013.............Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Braze-Joint

Pressure Fittings

B40.100-2013............ Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments

ASME Boiler and Pressure Code -



6000 Series-2012........Professional Qualifications Standard for

Medical Gas Systems Personnel




B687-1999 (2011)........Standard Specification for Brass, Copper, and






and 120


A5.8M/A5.8-2011-AMD1....Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and

Braze Welding

B2.2/B2.2M-2010.........Specification for Brazing Procedure and

Performance Qualification


P-9-2008................The Inert Gases: Argon, Nitrogen, and Helium

G. Manufacturing Standardization Society (MSS):


For General Service



H. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

ICS 6-1993 (R2001, R2006) Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures


70-2014.................National Electrical Code


1.4 SUBMITTALS





22 62 00 - 4


“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 62 00, VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND

HEALTHCARE FACILITIES”, with applicable paragraph identification.




capacity.

1. Complete specifications for the product intended to be installed,

dimensional drawings, and wiring schematics.

2. Package drawing indicating package style, dimensions when complete,

method of disassembly and sizes of subsections for rigging and

installation.

3. Piping.

4. Valves.

5. Inlet and outlet cocks

6. Valve cabinets.

7. Gages.

8. Station inlets, and rough in assemblies.

9. Ceiling services.

10. Alarm controls and panels.

11. Vacuum switches.

12. Vacuum bottle brackets.

13. Vacuum pump systems (Provide certified pump test data at startup):

a. Pumps: Manufacturer and model.

b. Pump performance curves.

c. Pump operating speed (RPM).

d. Capacity: Free air exhaust from 19 and 24 inches Hg gage vacuum

SCFM.

e. Capacity: Expanded air capacity at 19 and 24 inches Hg gage

vacuum SCFM.

f. Type of bearing in pump.

g. Type of lubrication.

h. Type and adjustment of drive.

i. Electric motors: Manufacturer, frame and type.

j. Speed of motors (RPM).

k. Current characteristics and horsepower of motors.

l. Receiver capacity and rating.

m. Silencers: Manufacturer, type and model.



22 62 00 - 5

D. Station Inlets: A letter from manufacturer shall be submitted stating

that inlets are designed and manufactured to comply with NFPA 99. Inlet

shall bear label of approval as an assembly, of Underwriters

Laboratories, Inc., or Associated Factory Mutual Research Corporation.

E. Certification: The completed systems have been installed, tested,

purged and analyzed in accordance with the requirements of this

specification. Certification shall be submitted to COR.

F. A notarized affidavit from the verifier stating that the verifier

undertakes to verify this project and thus agrees to disqualify

themselves from supplying any equipment which shall be included in the

scope of their verification. No verifier who supplies equipment shall

be permitted to verify that equipment. Statement declaring that the

vacuum system manufacturer has no fiduciary interest in the verifier

and that the verifier is not an agent or representative of the vacuum

system manufacturer. Statement declaring that the contractor has no

fiduciary interest in the third party verifier and that the third party

verifier has no fiduciary interest in the contractor.

G. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the CxA and completed




H. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with


SYSTEMS.


A. Contractor shall include with submittals an affidavit attesting to

compliance with all relevant paragraphs of NFPA 99, 2015 version.

Personnel assembling medical vacuum and WAGD system shall meet NFPA 99

5.1.10.11.10 “Qualification of Installers” and hold medical gas

endorsements as under ASSE Standard Series 6000. The Contractor shall,

on company letterhead, furnish documentation attesting that all

installed piping materials were purchased cleaned and complied with the

requirements of NFPA 99 5.1.10.1 and 5.1.10.2. Electrical Control

systems and Medical vacuum Alarms are to be UL listed as assemblies

with label affixed. Medical vacuum and WAGD controls are to be wired in

accordance with NEC.

B. Equipment Installer: The equipment installer shall provide

documentation proving that the personnel installing the equipment meet



22 62 00 - 6

the standards set by ASSE Standard Series 6000. Show technical

qualifications and previous experience in installing medical gas

equipment on three similar projects. Submit names, phone numbers, and

addresses of referenced projects. The equipment installer shall perform

the following coordination functions:

1. Coordinate with other trades to ensure timely installations and

avoid conflicts and interferences.

2. Coordinate and field verify with the metal stud partition installer

and/or mason to ensure anchors, sleeves and similar items are

provided in sufficient time to avoid delays; chases and openings are

properly sized and prepared.

3. Coordinate with VA to ensure medical vacuum inlets, whether owner

supplied or contractor supplied, in walls, ceiling and all equipment

is provided by the same Medical Vacuum Equipment Manufacturer

satisfactory to the owner.

4. The contractor shall coordinate with the Medical Vacuum System.

Verifier to deliver a complete, operational, and tested medical gas

installation ready for owner’s use.

C. Equipment Supplier: The Equipment supplier shall demonstrate evidence

of installing equivalent product at three installations similar to this

project that has been in satisfactory and efficient operation for three

years. Names, phone numbers, and addresses where the product is

installed shall be submitted for verification.

D. Medical Gas System Testing Organization: The Medical vacuum verifier

shall show documentation proving that the medical gas verifier meets

the standards set by ASSE Standard Series 6000. The testing shall be

conducted by a party technically competent and experienced in the field

of medical gas pipeline testing. Such testing shall be performed by a

third party testing company independent of the installing and general

contractor.

E. Names of three projects where testing of vacuum systems has been

performed by the testing agency shall be provided. The name of the

project, names of such persons at that project who supervised the work

for the project owner, or who accepted the report for the project

owner, and a written statement that the projects listed required work

of similar scope to that set forth in this specification shall be

included in the documentation.



22 62 00 - 7

F. The testing agency's detailed procedure shall be followed in the

testing of this project and submitted to Contracting Officer 10 working

days prior to testing. In the testing agency’s procedure documentation,

include details of the testing sequence, procedures for cross

connection tests, outlet function tests, alarm tests, purity tests,

etc., as required by this specification. For purity test procedures,

data on test methods, types of equipment to be used, calibration

sources and method references shall be submitted.

G. Installation and Startup: The manufacturer shall provide factory

authorized representatives to review the installation and perform the

initial startup of the system. The factory authorized representatives

shall submit a report to the Contracting Officer and to the

Contractor. The Contractor shall make all corrections identified by the

factory authorized representative at no additional cost or time to the

Government.

H. Certification: The Final inspection documentation shall include all

test results, the names of individuals performing work for the testing


certification that all results of tests were within limits allowed by

this specification.

I. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-






1.6 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

A. The medical vacuum equipment manufacturer shall demonstrate a national

factory direct service capability able to perform major overhauls. The

medical vacuum equipment manufacturer shall provide factory direct

preventative maintenance contract. The medical vacuum equipment

manufacturer shall provide formal maintenance training courses. See

paragraph “Demonstration and Training” for additional requirements for

training. Servicer shall be no more than 100 miles away, be capable of

responding within 4 hours, and provide certified personnel to perform

all work.



22 62 00 - 8
















any special knowledge or tools the owner shall be required to employ
















PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

A. A single Medical Vacuum Equipment Manufacturer shall supply the medical

vacuum system(s) and equipment to include outlets, valves and gauges,

valve boxes, alarm panels, manifolds, medical air, instrument air,

vacuum and WAGD sources.



22 62 00 - 9

2.2 PIPING

A. Copper Tubing: Copper tubing shall be type "K" or "L", ASTM B819,

seamless copper tube, hard drawn temper, with wrought copper fittings

conforming to ASME B16.22 or brazing fittings complying with ASME

B16.50. The copper tubing size designated reflects nominal inside

diameter. All tubing and fittings shall be labeled "ACR/OXY", "OXY",

"OXY/MED", "ACR/MED", or "MED".

B. Brazing Alloy: The brazing alloy shall comply with AWS A5.8M/A5.8,

Classification BCuP, greater than 1000 degrees F melting temperature.

Flux shall be strictly prohibited for copper to copper connections.

C. Screw Joints: Screw joints shall use polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon)

tape.

D. Use only copper or stainless steel pipes for discharge from vacuum

product (exhaust pipes).

E. Memory metal couplings shall have temperature and pressure ratings not

less than that of a brazed joint.

F. Piping identification labels shall be applied at time of installation

in accordance with NFPA 99. Supplementary color identification shall be

in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-9.

G. Special Fittings: The following special fittings shall be permitted to

be used in lieu of brazed joints:

1. Memory-metal couplings having temperature and pressure ratings

joints not less than that of a brazed joint.

2. Listed or approved metallic gas tube fittings that, when made up,

provide a permanent joint having the mechanical, thermal, and

sealing integrity of a brazed joint.

3. Dielectric fittings where required by the manufacturer of special

medical equipment to electrically isolate the equipment from the

piping distribution system.

4. Axially swaged, elastic strain preload fittings providing metal to

metal seal having pressure and temperature ratings not less than

that of a brazed joint and when complete are permanent and non-

separable.

2.3 EXPOSED LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE VACUUM PIPING

A. Finished Room: Use iron pipe size (IPS) chrome plated brass or

stainless steel piping for exposed laboratory and healthcare vacuum

piping connecting fixtures, casework, cabinets, equipment and reagent



22 62 00 - 10

racks when not concealed by apron including those furnished by the

Government or specified in other sections.


2. Fittings: Fittings shall comply with ASME B16.15 cast bronze

threaded fittings with chrome finish (125 and 250 psig Classes).

3. Nipples: Nipples shall comply with ASTM B687, chromium-plated.

4. Unions: Unions shall comply with MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110, brass or

bronze with chrome finish. Unions 2-1/2 inches and greater shall be


5. Valves: Valves shall comply with MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110, brass or

bronze with chrome finish.

2.4 VALVES

A. Ball: Ball valves shall be in line, other than zone valves in cabinets.

1. 2-1/2 inches and less: Ball valves shall be bronze/ brass body, MSS

SP-72 and MSS SP-110, Type II, Class 150, Style 1, with tubing

extensions for brazed connections, full ported, three piece or

double union end connections, Teflon seat seals, full flow, 600 psig

WOG minimum working pressure, with locking type handle.

2. 3 to 6 inches: Ball valves shall be bronze/ brass body, MSS SP-72

and MSS SP-110, Type II, Class 150, Style 1 with tubing extensions

brazed to flanges, full ported, three piece, double seal, Teflon

seals, full flow, 600 psig WOG minimum working pressure, with

locking type handle.

B. Check:

1. 3 inches and less: Check valves shall be brass and bronze body,

straight through design for minimum pressure drop, spring loaded,

self-aligning with Teflon cone seat, vibration free, silent

operation, supplied NPT female threads at each end with flow

direction arrow permanently cast into body, 400 psig WOG minimum

working pressure.

2. 4 inches and greater: Check valves shall be iron body, bronze trim,

swing type, vertical or horizontal installation, flange connection,

150 psig WSP with flow direction arrow permanently cast into body.

C. Zone valve in cabinet shall be ball valve with bronze/ brass body,

double seal, three piece or double union end connections, replaceable

Teflon seat seals, Teflon stem seal, 600 psig WOG, cold, non-shock gas

working pressure or vacuum service to 29.5 inches Hg, blowout proof

stem, one quarter turn of handle to completely open or close. Tubing



22 62 00 - 11

extensions, factory brazed, pressure tested, cleaned for oxygen service

shall be provided. A 1/8 inch NPT gauge port shall be provided for a 2

inch diameter monitoring gauge downstream of the shut-off valve. Zone

valves shall be securely attached to the cabinet and provided with type

“K” copper tube extensions for making connection to system piping

outside the cabinet. Zone valves shall be products of one manufacturer,

and uniform throughout in pattern, overall size and appearance. Trim

with color coded plastic inserts or color coded stick on labels. Valves

shall be in cabinets such that cover window cannot be in place when any

valve is in the closed position. Color coding for identification plates

and labels is as follows:

SERVICE LABEL IDENTIFICATION COLORS MFG. STD. CLR.

MEDICAL VACUUM Black letters on white background WHITE

Evacuation (Waste Gas)

White letters on violet background VIOLET

2.5 VALVE CABINETS

A. Valve cabinets shall be flush mounted, commercially available item for

use with medical gas services, constructed from steel not lighter than

18 gage steel or extruded aluminum not lighter than 14 gage). The valve

cabinets shall be rigidly assembled, of adequate size to accommodate

all valve(s) and fittings indicated. Holes shall be predrilled to

receive pipe connections. These pipe connections shall be made outside

of the valve box. Anchors shall be provided to secure cabinet to wall

construction. Openings in cabinet shall be sealed to be dust tight.

Bottom of cabinet shall be located 4 foot 6 inches above finished

floor.

B. Engraved rigid plastic identification plate shall be mounted on the

wall above or adjacent to the cabinet. Color code identification plate

to match gas identification colors as indicated above. Identification

plate shall be clearly visible at all times. Inscriptions shall be

provided on plate to read in substance: "VALVE CONTROL SUPPLY TO

ROOMS." The final wording shall be approved by the COR or VA facility.

C. Cover plate: The cover plate shall be fabricated from 18 gage sheet

metal with satin chromed finish, extruded anodized aluminum, or 22 gage

stainless steel. A cover window shall be provided of replaceable

plastic, with a corrosion resistant device or lever secured to window

for emergency window removal. The following shall be permanently



22 62 00 - 12

painted or stenciled on window: "FOR EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF VALVES ONLY,

SHUT-OFF VALVES FOR PIPED GASES", or equivalent wording. The valve

cabinet shall be configured such that it is not possible to install

window with any valve in the closed position. Each valve shall have a

pressure gauge upstream of valve and this pressure gage shall be inside

valve box.

D. Cabinets and isolation valves shall be located and piped as shown on

the contract documents, and at a minimum, so as to allow the isolation

of each smoke compartment separately. Each cabinet shall serve no more

than one smoke compartment.

2.6 GAGES

A. Vacuum Gages:

1. For vacuum line adjacent to source equipment the vacuum gages shall

comply with ASME B40.100, vacuum gage type, size 4-1/2 inches, gage

listed for vacuum, accurate to within 2-1/2 percent, with metal

case. The vacuum gage range shall be 0 to 29.5 inches Hg. Dial

graduations and figures shall be black on a white background, or

white on a black background. Label shall be for vacuum service. A

gage cock shall be installed. Dual scale gages shall be installed

for vacuum system.

2. For vacuum service upstream of main shut-off valve: A 1-1/2 inches

diameter gage shall be provided with steel case, bourdon tube and

brass movement, dial range 0 to 29.5 inches Hg. Dual scale gages

shall be provided for vacuum system.

2.7 STATION INLETS

A. Vacuum Station inlets:

1. Station inlets shall be for designated service, consisting of a

quick coupler, quick disconnect type with inlet supply tube.

2. The outlet station shall be made, cleaned, and packaged to NFPA 99

standards and shall be UL listed and CSA certified.

3. A coupler shall be provided that is non-interchangeable with other

services, and leak proof under three times normal working pressure.

4. Each station inlet shall be equipped with an automatic valve to

conform with NFPA 99. Valves shall be placed in the assembly to

provide easy access after installation for servicing and

replacement, and to facilitate line blow-out, purging, and testing.

5. Each inlet shall be securely fastened to structure and provide each

with a capped stub length of 1/4 inches (3/8 inches outside



22 62 00 - 13

diameter) tubing for connection to supply tubing. Stub tubing shall

be labeled for appropriate service. Rough in shall be indexed and

gas specified latch valve with non-interchangeable safety keying

with color coded gas service identification.

6. Rough-in kits and test plugs for PBPU shall be furnished under this

specification but installed by manufacturer of PBPU before initial

test specified herein.

7. Completion kits (valve body and face plate) shall be installed for

the remainder of required tests.

B. For Ceiling Hose Drops:

1. Brass, stainless steel or chromed metal non-interchangeable DISS

connections for appropriate service to conform with CGA V-5.

2. Hose assemblies shall be furnished for all ceiling stations for the

finished ceiling height as indicated on the contract drawings. Each

hose shall be provided with a heavy chain type dual retractor for

vacuum. Retractors made of stainless steel are prohibited. An extra

450 mm (18 inches) of hose length shall be provided for retractors.

3. Each station inlet shall be equipped with an automatic valve to

conform with NFPA 99. Valves shall be placed in the assembly to

provide easy access after installation, for servicing and

replacement, and to facilitate line blow-out, purging, and testing.

4. Each inlet shall be securely fastened to structure and provide each

with a capped stub length of 1/4 inches3/8 inches outside diameter

tubing for connection to supply tubing. Stub tubing shall be labeled

for appropriate service for the installation. The installation shall

be adjusted to compensate for variations in plaster or cover

thickness.

2.8 STATION INLET ROUGH-IN

A. Station inlet rough in shall be flush mounted, and protected against

corrosion. Rough in shall be anchored securely to unit or wall

construction.

B. The modular cover plate shall be constructed from die cast plate, two

piece 22 gage stainless steel or 16 gage chromium plated metal, secured

to rough in with stainless steel or chromium plated countersunk screws.

The latch mechanism shall be designed for one handed, single thrust

mounting and one handed fingertip release of secondary equipment.

C. Cover Plate for PBPU shall be one piece with construction and material

as indicated for modular cover plate.



22 62 00 - 14

D. Permanent, metal or plastic, identification plates shall be provided

securely fastened at each inlet opening, with inscription for

appropriate service using color coded letters and background. Metal

plates shall have letters embossed on baked on enamel background. Color

coding for identification plates is as follows:

SERVICE LABEL IDENTIFICATION PLATE COLORS

MEDICAL VACUUM Black letters on white background

EVACUATION

(Waste Gas)

White letters on violet background

2.9 CEILING SERVICES

A. Column accessories: Each utility column shall be equipped with flush

type quick coupler vacuum service station inlets as specified under

paragraph “Station Inlets”. The following inlets, mounted on the

utility column shall be provided: three medical vacuum and one

anesthesia evacuation.

B. Ceiling Mounted Station Inlets shall be equipped as specified under

paragraph “Station Inlets”. The station inlets shall be flush mount on

ceiling and provide with hose tubing drops and retractors. Male thread

DISS connection shall be extended through ceiling plate.

1. Hoses: Conductive, neoprene tubing hoses, color coded for

appropriate service shall be capable of, dropping to within 4 feet 8

inches from floor, with upper end of hose having female DISS

connection with nut, easily finger tightened to ceiling inlet, and

lower end of hose having DISS connection quick. Color coding for

hoses is as follows:

SERVICE HOSE COLOR

VACUUM White

EVACUATION (Waste Gas) Violet

2. Rough-in shall be standard metal single gang, interchangeable,

sectional or one piece, securely anchored to ceiling runner channels

Ceiling plate shall be die cast plate, 22 gage stainless steel or 16

gage chromium plated metal. Identification plate shall be attached

as specified in paragraph “Station Inlet Rough-In” to ceiling plate

and attached adjacent to each inlet.

3. Hose retractor kit: The hose retractor kits shall be chrome plated,

spring loaded assembly. Hose clamps shall have stainless steel sash



22 62 00 - 15

chain; to automatically withdraw hose assembly a minimum of 20

inches from fully extended position of 4 feet 8 inches) to 6 feet 4


2.10 VACUUM SWITCHES

A. Vacuum switches shall be general purpose, contact or mercury type,

allowing both high and low set points, with contact type provided with

a protective dust cover. The vacuum switch shall have an adjustable

range set by inside or outside adjustment. Vacuum switches shall

activate when indicated by alarm requirements. One orifice nipple (or

DISS demand check valve) shall be used for each sensor switch.

2.11 VACUUM BOTTLE BRACKET

A. Vacuum bottle bracket shall be single plate of one piece, 22 gage)

stainless steel or 16 gage chromium plated metal or aluminum, finish

matching cover of adjoining vacuum inlet. All components shall be of

same material as plate and assembly and anchored securely to structure.

The bracket shall be provided and plastic vacuum bottle holder for each

vacuum wall inlet.

2.12 LABORATORY VACUUM SYSTEMS

A. Duplex vacuum system. Factory assembled, piped and wired components

shall include:”

1. The vacuum pumps shall be non-contacting claw style rotary design.

The internal construction shall be friction free and require no

sealants. Each pump shall be air-cooled and continuous duty rated.

Each vacuum pump shall be provided with a single lubricated gearbox

requiring an oil change not more often than 5,000 operating hours.

Each vacuum pump shall be equipped with an exhaust silencer. Each

pump shall be equipped with a high vacuum shutdown, a high

temperature shutdown, and remote and local alarms. The lubricant

supplied shall be inert with oxygen and the vacuum pump shall be

factor cleaned for oxygen service.

B. Each pump shall be directly connected to an induction motor,

open-drip-proof, factory wound for 3 phase, 60 Hz, AC voltage as

indicated on contract drawings. The motor shall be as specified in

Section, 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.

C. A welded steel receiver tank shall be provided with gauge glass, relief

valve and vacuum gauge. The receiver tank shall carry ASME Code, Stamp,

and Certificate. The receiver tank shall be hot dip galvanized inside

and out. The receiver tank shall not be used as a catch tank where a



22 62 00 - 16

bio-hazard could develop. Any carryover of foreign materials such as

liquids or tissue shall be intercepted at the inlet of the vacuum pump

with filtration and discharged to sanitary sewer drain.

D. The following accessories shall be factory piped in all brass piping

and pre-wired to ensure proper operation of each vacuum unit:

1. Solenoid valves with manual bypass.

2. Strainers.

3. Inlet check valves suitable for vacuum service.

4. Shut-off valves.

5. Vacuum relief valve.

6. Gage glass on reservoir tank and receiver tank.

E. Control: For control of the unit, the following shall be included in a

NEMA 12 pre-wired control panel factory mounted on the receiver. Panel

shall be equipped with HOA switches and indicating lights along with

the following:

1. Combination circuit breaker type magnetic across-the-line starters

to provide overload and under voltage protection.

2. 115 volt control transformers.

3. Minimum run timers.

4. Vacuum switches factory mounted and preset.

5. Electric time alternator circuit to automatically switch the

operation of each pump.

6. Audible and visual alarm circuit with silence and reset button to

activate when a pump starts out of sequence.

7. Vibration isolators and flexible connections are supplied loose for

field installation.

F. The vacuum pumps shall be individually tested and test results shall be

submitted to the COR.

2.13 MEDICAL VACUUM SYSTEMS

A. Provide a complete medical vacuum package, complying with NFPA 99 in

all respects, as specified and scheduled in the contract documents. All

components shall be factory packaged (pre-wired and pre-piped), on a

steel base, or tank mounted. All package piping shall be type “L” or

type “K” rigid copper. Provide discharge separator/silencer.

B. All components shall be multiplex and valved (or check valved as

permitted NFPA 99) to allow service to any component without

interrupting vacuum service to the facility during any maintenance

operation or any condition of single fault failure. The design load



22 62 00 - 17

shall be met with the largest single unit out of service. Each pump

exhaust shall be isolated by a union fitting permitting capping for

service removal.

C. A complete and operational plant (source equipment) shall be furnished

consisting of pumps, receiver and controls capable of providing the

scheduled capacity with one pump out of service. All capacities shall

be indicated in SCFM at 19 inches Hg and 24 inches Hg.

D. System shall be completely factory assembled, requiring only

interconnection between modules on site. Systems requiring on site

assembly other than interconnection are prohibited (replacement of

components removed for shipping is permitted).

E. Motor and Starter: Maximum 104 degrees °F ambient temperature rise,

close coupled to a NEMA rated, High Efficiency, TEFC motor with a

service factor of 1.15, ball bearings, for operation with current,

voltage, phase and cycle specified in Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR

REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. Motor shall be of such capacity

that brake horsepower required by driver equipment at normal rated

capacity will not exceed nameplate rating of the motor. Provide each

motor with automatic, fully enclosed, magnetic starter of type

specified in Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS.

F. Each pump shall include inlet and outlet flex connectors supplied by

the medical vacuum equipment manufacturer.

G. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) or Direct Digital Controls (DDC)

can be used to implement operating logic. Controls shall have integral

memory and EPROM backup. Controls shall control the automatic

alternation lead-lag of the vacuum pumps with provisions for

simultaneous operation if required, and automatic activation of reserve

or lag unit if required. A lag alarm on control cabinet and contacts

for the master alarm shall be provided.

H. The complete control system and all electrical components shall be NEMA

ICS 6, Type 12 and UL labeled. The control system shall provide:

1. Automatic lead/lag sequencing including self adjusting minimum run

timers which adaptively optimize the number of pump starts based on

demand.

2. Circuit breaker disconnects for each vacuum pump with external

operators. Units with fuses instead of circuit breakers in motor

circuit are prohibited. The control system shall include an



22 62 00 - 18

automatic minimum run time adjustment to automatically adjust run

time based on demand.

3. Full voltage motor starters with overload protection.

4. Redundant 120 volt control circuit transformers.

5. Visual and audible reserve unit alarm with isolated contacts for

remote alarms and audio cancel.

6. Control cabinet shall have lighted HOA selector switches

7. Panel mounted vacuum gauge, external visual lights indicating on/off

status, audible and visual signals for thermal overload, oil

discharge filter differential pressure or back pressure alarm, and

alarm silence button.

8. Contacts for external oil discharge filter differential pressure or

back pressure alarm

9. If silence has been pressed, audible and visual signal would be

reactivated upon second alarm condition. Alarm shall be reset upon

correction of original signal.

10. Runtime hour-meter for each pump.

I. The medical vacuum pumps shall be non-contacting claw style rotary

design. The internal construction shall be friction free and require no

sealants. Each medical vacuum pump shall be air-cooled and continuous

duty rated. Each medical vacuum pump shall be provided with a single

lubricated gearbox requiring an oil change not more often than 5,000

operating hours. Each medical vacuum pump shall be equipped with an

exhaust silencer. Each medical vacuum pump shall be equipped with a

high vacuum shutdown, a high temperature shutdown, a remote alarm at

the BAS and local alarms. The lubricant supplied shall be inert with

oxygen and the medical vacuum pump shall be factory cleaned for oxygen

service.

J. The complete medical vacuum system and all electrical components shall

be factory tested prior to shipment by the medical vacuum equipment

manufacturer.

K. Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal Pumps.

1. Provide a complete WAGD source, complying with NFPA 99 5.1.3.7 in

all respects, as specified and scheduled.

2. All components shall be at least duplex/and valved to permit service

to any component without interrupting WAGD supply to the facility

during any maintenance operation or any condition of single fault

failure.



22 62 00 - 19

3. Furnish complete and operational plant consisting of producer and

controls capable of providing the scheduled capacity with one

producer out of service.

4. System shall be completely factory assembled. Systems requiring site

assembly are prohibited (removal of components for shipping is

permitted).

5. Each producer shall include inlet and outlet flex connectors

supplied by the medical vacuum equipment manufacturer.

6. A Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) or Direct Digital Controls

(DDC) can be used to implement the operating sequence of operation.

The controls shall have integral memory and EPROM memory backup.

Alternating between the lead and lag WAGD pumps shall be made

automatically by the programmable logic controller. The reserve unit

shall be automatically activated as required to maintain

uninterrupted service. A provision for simultaneous operation of two

or more WAGD pumps shall be made when one operating WAGD pump is not

meeting the demand. An alarm shall be activated whenever a reserve

WAGD producer or lag WAGD producer is activated.

7. The complete control system and all electrical components shall be

NEMA 12 and UL labeled. The control system shall provide:

a. Automatic lead/lag sequencing.

b. Circuit breaker disconnects for each producer with external

operators. Units with fuses instead of circuit breakers in motor

circuit are prohibited.

c. Full voltage motor starters with overload protection.

d. Redundant 120 volt control circuit transformers.

e. Visual and audible reserve unit alarm with isolated contacts for

remote alarms and audio cancel.

f. Control cabinet shall have lighted HOA selector switches

g. Runtime hour-meter for each producer.

8. Claw: A non-contacting claw style rotary pumps shall be provided.

Internal construction is friction free and rotors are non-

contacting. Air end is oil free and requires no sealants. Each pump

is air cooled and continuous duty rated. Pump is provided with a

single lubricated gearbox requiring lubricant change not more often

than 5,000 operating hours. Pump is provided with exhaust silencer.

Pumps shall be equipped with high vacuum shutdown, high temperature

shutdown, and visual and audible alarms per NFPA 99. Lubricant



22 62 00 - 20

supplied shall be inert with oxygen. Pump shall be provided with

vacuum modulated variable speed drive to control vacuum level at 7

inches Hg.

9. The complete WAGD system and all electrical components shall be

factory pretested prior to shipment.

L. Controls:

1. Automatic: Adjustable, vacuum operated, automatic, electric switch

to start and stop motor at receiver vacuum indicated. Provide heavy

duty alternator, automatic, operating on a timed basis, to alternate

the pumps by time forced alternation.

2. Control panel: Housed in a NEMA ICS 6, Type 12, listed, dust proof

enclosure; prewired to include all specified electrical, electronic

and electro pneumatic devices. Include wiring diagrams and operating

descriptions in the cabinet. Include the following:

a. Circuit breakers for each control and motor circuit.

b. Hand off automatic selector switch for each pump.

c. Hour meter for each pump.

d. Control circuit transformers.

e. One magnetic motor starter for each pump.

f. Provide panel with external visual (lights, red for running,

green for off) and audible (horn/buzzer) signals. The signals

provided include:

1) Pump in operation (visual only).

2) Thermal overload shutdown (visual and audible).

3) Oil discharge filter differential pressure or back pressure

alarm (visual), with contacts for external signal. Wire to

master alarm panel.

4) Cancel button, which shall silence an audible alarm,

reactivate should a second alarm occur while the horn is

silenced, and reset automatically upon correction of the

original signal.

M. Receiver Tank: The receiver tank shall be welded galvanized steel, in

compliance with ASME Section VIII, 125 psig working pressure stamped

and certified. The receiver tank shall be equipped with vacuum gage and

gage glass. The receiver tank shall be of sufficient capacity to ensure

practical on/off operation of pumps.

N. Bio-Hazard Safety Statement: "BIOHAZARD CAUTION: Fluid and waste

material inside vacuum pipelines and vacuum equipment may be



22 62 00 - 21

contaminated with blood and other potentially infectious material.

Construction and service personnel shall use proper PERSONAL PROTECTIVE

EQUIPMENT and practice UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS when opening or servicing

vacuum systems."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. All installation shall be performed in strict accordance with NFPA 99

5.1.10. Brazing procedures shall be as detailed in NFPA 99 5.1.10.4.

Brazing shall be performed only by brazers qualified under NFPA 99

5.1.10.11.10. Where piping runs underground, the installation shall be

made in accordance with NFPA 99 5.1.10.11.5.

B. Contractor shall furnish 4 inches high concrete housekeeping pads. The

contractor shall furnish inertia bases in lieu of housekeeping pads

where the equipment installed is not factory isolated by the

manufacturer. Anchor bolts shall be cast into bases

C. Cast escutcheon shall be installed with set screw at each wall, floor



D. Open ends of tube shall be capped or plugged at all times or otherwise

sealed until final assembly to prevent infiltration of any foreign

matter.

E. Piping shall be cut square and accurately with a tube cutter ( sawing is

prohibited) to measurements determined at place of installation. The

tubing shall be reamed to remove burrs, being careful not to expand

tube, and so no chips of copper remain in the tube. The tubing shall be

worked into place without springing or forcing. The tubing shall be

bottomed in socket so there are no gaps between tube and fitting. Care

shall be exercised in handling equipment and tools used in cutting or

reaming of tube to prevent oil or grease from being introduced into the

tubing. Where contamination has occurred, material shall be no longer

suitable for vacuum service and new, sealed tube sections used.

F. Piping shall be supported with pipe trays or hangers at intervals as

shown on the contract drawings or as defined in NFPA 99. Piping shall

not be supported by other piping. Isolation of copper piping from

dissimilar metals shall be of a firm, positive nature. Duct tape is

prohibited as an isolation material.

G. Valves and other equipment shall be rigidly supported to prevent strain

on tube or joints.



22 62 00 - 22

H. Piping exposed to physical damage shall be protected.

I. During any brazing operation, the interior of the pipe shall be purged

continuously with oil free, dry nitrogen NF, following the procedure in

NFPA 99 5.1.10.4.5. At the completion of any section, all open pipe

ends shall be capped using an EXTERNAL cap. The flow of purged gas

shall be maintained until joint is cool to touch. The use of flux is

prohibited when making of joints between copper to copper pipes and

fittings.

J. Threaded joints in piping systems shall be avoided whenever possible.

Where unavoidable, make up the male threads with

polytetrafluoroethylene (such as Teflon) tape. Liquid sealants are

prohibited.

K. Tubing shall not be bent. Fittings shall be used in all change of

direction or angle.

L. After installation of the piping, but before installation of the outlet

valves, blow lines clear using nitrogen NF per NFPA 99.

M. Ceiling column assembly shall be supported from heavy sub-mounting

castings and furnished with the unit as part of rough in. Ceiling

columns shall be anchored with 1/2 inch diameter bolts attached to

angle iron frame supported from structural ceiling.

N. Two 1 inch minimum conduits shall be provided from ceiling column

assembly to the adjacent corridor, one for mass spectrometer tubing and

wiring and one for monitor wiring, and for connection to signal cabling

network.

O. Pressure and vacuum switches, transmitter and gauges shall be installed

to be easily accessed, and provide access panel where installed above

plaster ceiling. Pressure switch and sensors shall be installed with

orifice nipple between the pipe line and switches/sensors.

P. Pipe labeling shall be applied during installation process and not

after installation is completed. Size of legend letters shall be in


Q. After initial leakage testing is completed, the piping shall be allowed

to remain pressurized with testing gas until testing agency performs

final tests.

R. Penetrations:


smoked partitions, or floors, fire stopping shall be installed that




22 62 00 - 23

gases as specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING, Clearances

between raceways and openings with the fire stopping material shall

be completely filled and sealed.

2. Water proofing: At floor penetrations, clearances shall be

completely sealed around the pipe and made watertight with sealant

as specified in Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.

S. A vacuum gage 1-1/2 inch diameter shall be installed in line downstream

of each valve located in a zone valve cabinet.

T. Zone valves shall be provided in cabinets where indicated and outside

each Operating Room and a minimum one zone valve assembly for each 18

outlets.

U. Piping shall be labeled with name of service, identification color and

direction of flow. Where non-standard pressures are piped, pressure

shall be labeled. Labels shall be placed at least once every 20 feet of

linear run or once in each story (whichever is more frequent). A label

shall additionally be placed immediately on each side of all wall or

floor penetrations. Pipe labels shall be self adhesive vinyl type or

other water resistant material with permanent adhesive colored in

accordance with NFPA 99 Table 5.1.11 and shall be visible on all sides

of the pipe. Each master alarm signal shall be labeled for function

after ring out. Each zone valve shall be labeled and each area alarm

labeled for the area of control or surveillance after test. Labels

shall be permanent and of a type approved by the VAMC.

V. Alarms and valves shall be labeled for service and areas monitored or

controlled. Coordinate with the VAMC for final room or area

designations. Valves shall be labeled with name and identification

color of the gas and direction of flow.

W. Provide an auxiliary source connection point of the same size as main

line which shall be located immediately on the patient side of the

source valve.

3.2 INSTALLER TESTING

A. Prior to declaring the lines ready for final verification, the

installing contractor shall strictly follow the procedures for

verification as described in NFPA 99 5.1.12.2 and attest in writing

over the notarized signature of an officer of the installing company

the following;

1. That all brazing was conducted by brazers qualified to ASSE Standard

Series 6000 and holding current medical gas endorsements.



22 62 00 - 24

2. That all brazing was conducted with nitrogen purging. (Procedure per

NFPA 99 5.1.10.4.5).

3. That the lines have been blown clear of any construction debris

using oil free dry nitrogen or air are clean and ready for use.

(Procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.2.2).

4. That the assembled piping, prior to the installation of any devices,

maintained a test pressure 1 1/2 times the standard pressures listed

in NFPA 99 Table 5.1.11 without leaks. (Procedure per NFPA 99

5.1.12.2.3).

5. That after installation of all devices, the pipeline was proven leak

free for 24 hours at a pressure 20 percent above the standard

pressures listed in NFPA 99 Table 5.1.11. (Procedure per NFPA 99

5.1.12.2. 6)

6. That the systems have been checked for cross connections and none

were found. (Procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.2.4)

7. That the manufacturer has started up all medical air compressors,

medical vacuum pumps WAGD producers, liquid oxygen system(s) and

manifolds, and that they are in operating order.

B. Four originals of the affidavit, shall be distributed; (2) to the COR,

(1) to the general contractor, and (1) to the verifier (www.mgpho.org).

3.3 VERIFIER TESTING

A. Prior to handing over the systems to VAMC, the contractor shall retain

a verifier acceptable to the engineer of record and approved by USACE

who shall follow strictly the procedures for verification as described

in NFPA 99 5.1.12.3 and provide a written report and certificate

bearing the notarized signature of an officer of the verification

company on company letterhead which contains at least the following:

1. A current ACORD insurance certificate indicating professional

liability coverage in the minimum amount of $1 Million per

occurrence, and general aggregate liability in the minimum amount of

$1 Million, valid and in force when the project is to be verified.

General liability insurance alone is not acceptable.

2. An affidavit bearing the notarized signature of an officer of the

verification company stating that the verification company is not

the supplier of any equipment used on this project or tested in this

report and that the verification contractor has no relationship to,

or pecuniary interest in, the manufacturer, seller, or installer of

any equipment used on this project or tested in this report.



22 62 00 - 25

3. A listing of all tests performed, listing each source, outlet, valve

and alarm included in the testing.

4. An assertion that all tests were performed by a Medical Vacuum

System Certified Medical Gas or vacuum Verifier or by individuals

qualified to perform the work and holding valid qualifications to

ASSE 6030 and under the immediate supervision a Verifier. Include

the names, credential numbers and expiration dates for all

individuals working on the project.

5. A statement that equipment used was calibrated at least within the

last six months by a method traceable to a National Bureau of

Standard Reference and enclosing certificates or other evidence of

such calibration(s). Where outside laboratories are used in lieu of

on site equipment, those laboratories shall be named and their

original reports enclosed.

6. A statement that where and when needed, equipment was re calibrated

during the verification process and describing the method(s) used.

7. A statement that the systems were tested and found to be free of

debris to a procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.7.

8. The flow from each outlet when tested to a procedure per NFPA 99

5.1.12.3.10.

9. A statement that the systems were tested and found to have no cross-

connections to a procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.3.

10. A statement that the systems were tested and found to be free of

contaminants to a procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.8 except that the

purity standard shall be 2 ppm difference for halogenated

hydrocarbons and 1 ppm total hydrocarbons (as methane).

11. Statement that all local signals function as required under NFPA 99

5.1.3.5.8 and as per the relevant NFPA 99 sections relating to the

sources.

12. A listing of local alarms, their function and activation per NFPA 99

5.1.12.3.14.

13. A listing of master alarms, their function and activation, including

pressures for high and low alarms per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.5.2.

14. A listing of area alarms, their function and activation pressures

per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.5.3.

15. A statement that the sources include all alarms required by NFPA 99

Table A.5.1.9.5.



22 62 00 - 26

16. The concentration of each component of NFPA 99 Table 5.1.12.3.11 in

the medical air after 24 hours of operation of the medical air

source.

17. The concentration of each gas at each outlet as specified in NFPA 99

5.1.12.3.11.

18. A statement that all valves and alarms are accurately labeled as to

zone of control.

B. Perform and document all cross connection tests, labeling verification,

supply system operation, and valve and alarm operation tests as

required by, and in accordance with NFPA 99 and the procedures set

forth in pre-qualification documentation.

C. Verify that the systems, as installed, meet or exceed the requirements

of NFPA 99, this specification, and that the systems operate as

required.

D. Piping purge test: For each positive pressure gas system, verify

cleanliness of piping system. Filter a minimum of 35 cubic feet of gas

through a clean white 0.45 micron filter at a minimum velocity of 3.5

fpm. Filter shall show no discoloration, and shall accrue no more than

0.1 mg of matter. Test each zone at the outlet most remote from the

source. Perform test with the use of an inert gas as described in CGA

P-9. Retest until all tests pass at no additional time or cost to the

Government.

E. Inlet flow test:

1. Test all inlets for flow. Perform test with the use of an inert gas

as described in CGA P-9.

2. Needle valve vacuum inlets shall draw no less than 1.0 SCFM with

adjacent inlet flowing, at a dynamic inlet pressure of 12 inches Hg,

and a static vacuum of 3 inches Hg.

3. Vacuum inlets shall draw no less than 3.0 SCFM with adjacent inlet

flowing, at a dynamic inlet pressure of 12 inches Hg, and a static

vacuum of 15 inches Hg.

4. Anesthesia evacuation inlets shall draw no less than 1 L/mm (1.0

SCFM) at a dynamic inlet pressure of 12 inches Hg, and a static

vacuum of 15 inches Hg.

3.4 COMMISSIONING





22 62 00 - 27






system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 62 19.74 - 1

SECTION 22 62 19.74 DENTAL VACUUM AND EVACUATION EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section specifies central piped high volume oral evacuation (HVE)

system for dental operatories, including piping, valving, vacuum

producers, separators, electric motors, starters, controls and

installation and startup. System to meet 2015 version of NFPA 99,

Category 3 requirements.



1.2 RELATED WORK








F. Section 09 91 00, PAINTING: Piping system identification.

G. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING: General

requirements and items common to more than one Section of Division 22.

H. Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT:

Electric Motors.

I. Section 22 05 23, GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING: Valves (as

required for water).


K. Section 22 11 00, FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION: Strainers (as required

for water).

L. Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS: Motor Starters.



extent referenced. The publications are in the text by the basic

designation only.


A13.1-2007 (R2013)......Scheme for the Identification of Piping System



and 300



22 62 19.74 - 2


Pressure Fittings



A47/A47M-1999 (2014)....Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable

Iron Castings



Seamless

A536-1984 (2014)........Standard Specification for Ductile Iron

Castings

B306-2013...............Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube

(DWV)


Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedule 40, 80,

and 120



Systems


(PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40

D3311-2011..............Standard Specification for Drain, Waste, and

Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns


NFPA 99-2015............Health Care Facilities Code

E. Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

60601-1-2003 (R2006)....Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General

Requirements for Safety

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 62 19.74, DENTAL VACUUM AND EVACUATION

EQUIPMENT”, with applicable paragraph identification.




capacity.



22 62 19.74 - 3

1. Piping.

2. Vacuum producer.

3. Vacuum cleaning inlet.

4. Vacuum gage.

5. Separator.

6. Vacuum relief valve.

7. Butterfly valve.

8. Directional flow valve.

9. Anti-surge valve.

10. Exhaust Silencer.

11. Separator Drainage Pump.

12. Control Panel.

D. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the CxA and completed




E. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with


SYSTEMS.


A. System: The minimum system demand shall be based on 7 SCFM per dental

chair and at an operating pressure of 6 to 8 inches Hg. A minimum of

vacuum of 6 inches Hg shall be maintained at the most distant outlet.

System pressure drop shall be a maximum of 1 inches Hg at the

calculated demand flow.

B. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-






1.6 WARRANTY

A. System shall have a ten-year warranty against pump wear-out or failure.

This warranty is beyond the typical warranty as referenced in Section

22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, Guaranty: Warranty of

Construction, FAR clause 52.246-21.



22 62 19.74 - 4
































PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING

A. PVC: ASTM D1785, Type 1 (normal impact), Grade 1 (chemical resistance),

Schedule 40 pipe. Provide socket ASTM D2466 fittings and ASTM D2564 PVC

solvent cement with PVC primer recommended by manufacturer. Provide DWV

(drain-waste-vent) pipe fittings. Use long radius fittings for turns

and wye fittings for branching, as defined in Section 22 13 00,



22 62 19.74 - 5

FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING. Minimum pipe size for distributing

piping in or below slab is 2 inches.

B. CPVC: Use only for discharge from vacuum producer, as per

manufacturer’s instructions.

1. Pipe and fittings: CPVC ASTM F 2618, standard weight.

C. Cleanouts: Same size and material as pipe. Provide accessible and

easily removable cleanouts as defined in Section 22 13 00, FACILITY

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING.

D. Apply piping identification per ASME A13.1.

2.2 DENTAL ORAL EVACUATION VACUUM PUMPS

A. Provide a completely packaged, continuous duty dental vacuum duplex

system as shown in the contract documents.

B. Each vacuum producer shall be sized to produce 8 inches Hg at an air

flow of 75 SCFM.

C. Duplex or multiplex systems shall consist of two or more separate high

efficiency positive displacement oil sealed, rotary vane pumps with

automatic continuous oil flow to all moving parts. Operation shall be

waterfree.

D. Duplex systems shall be powered by two separate standard NEMA frame

motors with V-belt drive enclosed in a UL approved guard.

E. Provide one (1) 50 gallon fiberglass wet separator tank with

interconnecting auto drain tank. Tanks shall be pressure tested and

certified for 18 inch Hg. Tanks shall be freestanding with legs.

Provide tank drain with check valve to drain to sanitary sewer.

F. Provide an electronic moisture alarm system capable of detecting liquid

or foam overflows. Moisture sensors shall be located outside the wet

tank. Connect moisture sensor(s) to BAS.

G. 3 Phase motor control center shall be complete with motor starters,

overload protection, single phasing protection and control

transformers.

H. Controls shall be DDC with LED status indicators for “power” and “motor

on”; and solid state moisture alarm circuitry, moisture detector,

wiring harness, manual start-stop switch, bypass for moisture alarm and

remote on-off circuitry, and indicator for required maintenance.

I. System shall be UL 60601-1 Dental Vacuum System listed and a FDA

Registered Medical Device.



22 62 19.74 - 6

2.3 CENTRAL SEPARATOR (DUPLEX)

A. Freestanding, bottom pitched to drain at low end, hot-dipped galvanized

steel or fiberglass construction with smooth interior walls, and able

to withstand a constant negative pressure of 18 inch Hg. Provide

optional 360 degree solid state auto flush assembly, with positive

protection against flush operation with vacuum producer running, solid-

state high-low liquid sensor and corrosion resistant effluent pump to

drain the tank. Adjust one tank to sense 90 percent and the other tank

to sense 100 percent of its water capacity, to allow for non-

simultaneous discharge and, therefore, uninterrupted HVE function to

the clinical facility. Provide a sensor operated (120 VAC) solenoid

valve to control the outgoing airstream for adjustments between five

and 180 seconds. Cold water supply to the autoflush unit shall contain

an in-line filter equipped with 40-mesh stainless-steel screens 0.0165

inch opening size. Provide a vacuum switch to prevent the wash down

solenoid from operating when system is under a vacuum. Provide pressure

reducing valve to maintain water pressure not to exceed 50 psig.

2.4 VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (PROVIDE FOR BACKWARD CURVE IMPELLER DESIGN EXHAUSTERS)

A. Mechanically operated, placed at the end of each trunk-line, to

automatically sense negative pressure in the system to maintain

movement of liquids through the piping system to the separator when

inlet branches are closed. Valve connector shall be 1/2 inch NPT. Equip

with a silencer to reduce air noise to below 85 decibels.

2.5 PIPE ISOLATORS

A. Flexible rubber, couple band, sealed clamps to isolate the turbine from

the piping. Size coupling in accordance with the turbine's intake and

output connections and provide steel coupling guards.

2.6 BUTTERFLY VALVE

A. Inlet: Built-in or located near the first stage of the turbine to

prevent turbine overload through the operational range.

B. Exhaust: Flanged, wafer-style, installed at exhauster output flange for

equipment isolation.

2.7 DIRECTIONAL FLOW VALVE

A. Non-restrictive on turbine inlet to prevent back-flow of air.

2.8 ANTI-SURGE VALVE

A. Mechanically or electrically operated valve that shall operate

automatically throughout the turbine's designed range. Valve shall



22 62 19.74 - 7

continually sense the negative pressure within the turbine and maintain

a predetermined, operational level of x inches Hg draw. Equip with a

silencer to reduce air noise to below 85 decibels.

2.9 EXHAUST SILENCER

A. Open-bore expansion type to reduce air noise to below 85 decibels with

interior baffling or shrouding.

2.10 REPLACEMENT PARTS

A. Furnish a turbine bearings and coupling kit to include one set of

turbine bearings and one complete motor/turbine flexible coupling, all

of the same size and design as those supplied with the turbine.

B. Provide complete installation instructions for repair kit items.

2.11 SEPARATOR DRAIN AND VENT

A. Construct in accordance with NFPA 99, 5.3.3.10.1.3 for Drainage from

Vacuum Equipment and 5.3.3.10.1.4 for Vacuum Exhaust.

2.12 VACUUM CLEANING INLET

A. Use only in oral surgery recovery rooms. Provide recessed wall inlet

valve with 1-1/2 inch NPS male hose repair coupling with 1/2 inch NPS

outside diameter aluminum tube stub 2 inches long.

2.13 VACUUM GAGE (DUAL SCALE)

A. In remote control panel: ASME B40.100, 1-1/2 inch dial with decorative

ring and a dial range of 0 to 29.5 inches Hg.

B. In piping near separator: ASME B40.100, with metal case, 4-1/2 inch

dial with a dial range of 0 to 29.5 inches Hg.

2.14 PVC BODY BALL VALVES

A. PVC Body double-seal ball valves with replaceable neoprene or TFE seat

seals. Provide valves suitable for at least 100 psig, cold water, non-

shock working pressure. Designed especially for vacuum service.

Operating parts of valve shall be removable without removing from line.

2.15 AMALGAM SEPARATOR

A. Provide amalgam separator consisting of a sedimentation collection

chamber that is removable. Separation process shall be sedimentation

which may be supplemented with filtration, and/or ion exchange. Unit

shall be compatible for use on wet and dry vacuum systems. Assembly

shall be wall or floor mounted. Provide minimum 1-1/2 inch inlet and

outlet connection. Unit shall be ISO 11143 Certified and have a minimum

of 99 percent removal efficiency.



22 62 19.74 - 8

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Place vacuum producers on insulating pads furnished with the equipment.

Do not bolt or anchor equipment to the floor slab.

B. Cut pipe square, with burrs removed and install with minimum

obstructions to air flow. Use DWV (drain-waste-vent) long-radius

fittings for turns and wye type for branches.

C. Slope horizontal piping not less than 1/4 inch per 10 feet toward the

separator tanks.

D. All fittings shall be DWV (drain-waste-vent) long-radius bend types for

turns and wye types for branching. For small bore piping for which

long-radius bends are not available, two 45-degree bends shall be

substituted for 90-degree turning.

E. All risers to all HVE inlet locations shall be 1-1/2 inch NPS. Risers

shall connect to trunk-lines whose nominal pipe sizes shall be

determined by head loss calculations that yield a system designed for

no more than 0.5 inches Hg worse case head loss. Piping no smaller than

1-1/2 inch NPS shall be used.

F. The cross-sectional area of all trunk-lines shall be graduated,

increasing toward the vacuum source. The cross-sectional area at any

point along the trunk-line shall equate to the sum of the riser cross-

sectional areas connected prior to that point. Individual trunk-lines

shall terminate with connection to the manifold of the separators.

G. If backward curve impeller design turbine is installed, terminate the

most distant end from the separator of each trunk-line with a vacuum

relief valve.

H. Install separators level and anchored to the floor slab.

I. Startup shall be by factory representative and observed by COR.

J. Penetrations:


smoke partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that provides an

effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases as

specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. Completely fill and

seal clearances between raceways and openings with the fire stopping

material.

2. Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances




22 62 19.74 - 9




A. Pipe Leakage Test: Test in accordance with NFPA 99, 5.3.12.2.5 Category

3 Plastic Vacuum Piping Systems. Exhaust complete piping system to a

vacuum of not less than 8 inch Hg after the pipe line is dried out

initially. Vacuum shall not decrease by more than 0.4 inch Hg in one

hour. If the vacuum does not hold, repair the leaks and retest.

B. Air Volume and Vacuum Tests:

1. Tests shall confirm that the system shall meet air volume and vacuum

requirements at aspirator tips and that vacuum producer(s) shall

produce the total capacity required as specified in paragraph

“Quality Assurance”. Perform tests after all oral evacuation

equipment is properly installed and piping is cleaned and proved

tight.

2. Install HVE tips into the designed number of the facility’s HVE

valves. Close all remaining HVE valves.

3. With all hoses fully closed, start the system. Fifteen minutes after

startup, measure the current draw of the motors with ammeter and

record the reading of the vacuum gage. Fully open HVE valves with

HVE tips in them and record the current and vacuum values again.

Amperage measurements shall not exceed the motor full load amperage

rating.

4. Check entire system and ensure the minimum flow stated in paragraph

“Quality Assurance” is achieved.

C. The CxA will observe startup and contractor testing of selected



prior to startup or testing.

D. Perform and document all cross connection tests, labeling verification,

supply system operation, and valve and alarm operation tests as

required by, and in accordance with NFPA 99 and the procedures set

forth in pre-qualification documentation.

3.3 COMMISSIONING







22 62 19.74 - 10




system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 63 00 - 1

SECTION 22 63 00 GAS SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Central Laboratory (NFPA 99, Category 4) and Healthcare Gas Systems

(NFPA 99, Category 1): Consisting of oxygen, nitrous oxide, nitrogen,

carbon dioxide and compressed air services; complete, ready for

operation, including all necessary piping, fittings, valves, cabinets,

station outlets, rough-ins, ceiling services, gages, alarms including

low voltage wiring, nitrogen control panels, cylinder manifolds, air

compressors, electric motors and starters, air dryers, filters,

pressure regulators, dew point monitor, carbon monoxide monitor and all

necessary parts, accessories, connections and equipment.

B. Oxygen System: Provide 6000 gallon bulk oxygen system consisting of

primary liquid tank, 900 gallon reserve liquid tank, vaporizers, alarms

including all low voltage wiring, and automatic controls including all

interconnecting control and power wiring. Connect to bulk supply main

at outside bulk tank farm.

C. Nitrous Oxide, Carbon Dioxide and Nitrogen Systems Ready for connection

to cylinders, but not including cylinders.

D. Supply Lines Outside of Building (including PVC protective pipe): As

specified in this Section.

E. Laboratory and healthcare gas system alarm wiring from equipment to

alarm panels.

F. A complete listing of all acronyms and abbreviations are included in


1.2 RELATED WORK








F. Section 10 25 13, PATIENT BED SERVICE WALLS: Prefabricated bedside

patient units (PBPU).





22 63 00 - 2

H. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING: General

requirements and items common to more than one section of Division 22.

I. Section 22 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT:

Electric motors.

J. SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS: Requirements for


K. SECTION 22 62 00, VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE

FACILITIES: Vacuum Piping and Equipment.

L. Section 23 09 23, DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC: Alarm

interface with BAS.

M. Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES:

Control wiring.

O. Section 26 05 33, RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: Conduit.

P. Section 26 27 26, WIRING DEVICES: Electrical wiring and accessories.

Q. Section 26 29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS: Motor starters.






A13.1-2007 (R2013)......Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems


125 and 250


Pressure Fittings

B16.50-2013.............Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Braze-Joint

Pressure Fittings



BPVC Section VIII-2015..Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels,

Division I



6000 Series-2012........Professional Qualifications Standard for

Medical Gas Systems Personnel






22 63 00 - 3

B687-1999 (2011)........Standard Specification for Brass, Copper, and






and 120


A5.8M/A5.8-2011.........Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and

Braze Welding

B2.2/B2.2M-2010.........Specification for Brazing Procedure and

Performance Qualification






P-9-2008................The Inert Gases: Argon, Nitrogen, and Helium



G. Manufacturing Standardization Society (MSS):

SP-72-2010a.............Ball Valves With Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends

For General Service



H. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

ICS 6-1993 (R2001, R2006) Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures



1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 63 00, GAS SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND

HEALTHCARE FACILITIES”, with applicable paragraph identification.





22 63 00 - 4


capacity.

1. Piping.

2. Valves.

3. Inlet and outlet cocks

4. Valve cabinets.

5. Gages.

6. Station outlets and rough-in assemblies.

7. Ceiling services.

8. Alarm controls and panels.

9. Pressure Switches.

10. Nitrogen control panels.

11. Manifolds.

12. Air compressor systems (Provide certified compressor test data at

startup.):

a. Compressors: Manufacturer and model.

b. Characteristic performance curves.

c. Compressor operating speed (RPM).

d. Capacity: Free air delivered at indicated pressure SCFM.

e. Type of bearing in compressor.

f. Type of lubrication.

g. Type and adjustment of drive.

h. Electric motors: Manufacturer, frame and type.

i. Speed of motors (RPM).

j. Current characteristics and horsepower of motors.

k. Receiver capacity and rating.

l. Air silencer: Manufacturer, type and model.

m. Air filters: Manufacturer, type, model and capacity.

n. Pressure regulators: Manufacturer and capacity.

o. Dew point monitor: Manufacturer, type and model.

p. Air dryers: Manufacturer, type, model and capacity SCFM.

q. Carbon monoxide monitor manufacturer, type and model.

r. Aftercoolers.

D. Station Outlets: Submit letter from manufacturer stating that outlets

are designed and manufactured to comply with NFPA 99. Outlet shall bear

label of approval as an assembly, of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,

or Associated Factory Mutual Research Corporation.



22 63 00 - 5

E. Certification: The completed systems have been installed, tested,

purged, analyzed and verified in accordance with the requirements of

this specification. Certification shall be submitted to COR.

F. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the CxA and completed






SYSTEMS.


A. Materials and Installation: In accordance with NFPA 99 and as

specified.

B. Equipment Installer: Show technical qualifications and previous

experience in installing laboratory and healthcare equipment on three

similar projects. Submit names, phone numbers, and addresses of

referenced projects. Installers shall meet the qualifications of ASSE

Standard Series 6000.

C. Equipment Supplier: Provide evidence of equivalent product installed at

three installations similar to this project that has been in

satisfactory and efficient operation for three years. Submit names,

phone numbers, and addresses where the product is installed.

D. Laboratory and healthcare System Testing Organization: The testing

shall be conducted by a party technically competent and experienced in

the field of laboratory and healthcare pipeline testing. Testing and

systems verification shall be performed by personnel meeting the

qualifications of ASSE Standard Series 6000. Such testing shall be

performed by a party other than the installing contractor.

E. Provide the names of three projects where testing of medical or

laboratory gases systems has been performed by the testing agency.

Include the name of the project, names of such persons at that project

who supervised the work for the project owner, or who accepted the

report for the project owner, and a written statement that the projects

listed required work of similar scope to that set forth in this

specification.

F. Submit the testing agency's detailed procedure which shall be followed

in the testing of this project. Include details of the testing

sequence, procedures for cross connection tests, outlet function tests,



22 63 00 - 6

alarm tests, purity tests, field quality control reports, etc., as

required by this specification. For purity test procedures, include

data on test methods, types of equipment to be used, calibration

sources and method references.

G. Certification: Provide COR documentation 10 working days prior to

submitting request for final inspection to include all test results,

brazing certificates, the names of individuals performing work for the

testing agency on this project, detailed procedures followed for all

tests, and certification that all results of tests were within limits

allowed by this specification.

H. Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-





Preferred Program, visit http://www.biopreferred.gov.
























http://www.biopreferred.gov/


22 63 00 - 7










1.7 TRAINING

A. Furnish the services of a competent instructor for not less than two

four-hour periods for instructing personnel in the operation and

maintenance of the laboratory and healthcare gas systems, on the dates

requested by Contracting Officer.

B. Coordinate with other requirements specified in Section 01 00 00,

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING AND FITTINGS

A. Copper Tubing: Type "K", ASTM B819, seamless copper tube, hard drawn

temper, with wrought copper fittings conforming to ASME B16.22 or

brazing fittings complying with ASME B16.50. Size designated reflecting

nominal inside diameter. All tubing and fittings shall be labeled

"ACR/OXY", "OXY", "OXY/MED", "ACR/MED", or "MED".

B. Brazing Alloy: AWS A5.8M/A5.8, Classification BCuP, greater than 538

degrees C (1000 degrees F) melting temperature. Flux is strictly

prohibited for copper-to-copper connections.

C. Threaded Joints: Polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon) tape.

D. Underground Protective Pipe: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), ASTM D1785,

Schedule 80.

E. Memory metal couplings: Temperature and pressure rating shall not be

less than that of a brazed joint in accordance with NFPA 99, paragraph

5.1.10.6.1.

F. Apply piping identification labels at the time of installation in

accordance with NFPA 99. Apply supplementary color identification in

accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-9.

G. Special Fittings: The following special fittings shall be permitted to

be used in lieu of brazed joints:



22 63 00 - 8

1. Memory-metal couplings having temperature and pressure ratings

joints not less than that of a brazed joint.

2. Listed or approved metallic gas tube fittings that, when made up,

provide a permanent joint having the mechanical, thermal, and

sealing integrity of a brazed joint.

3. Dielectric fittings where required by the manufacturer of special

medical equipment to electrically isolate the equipment from the

piping distribution system.

4. Axially swaged, elastic strain preload fittings providing metal to

metal seal having pressure and temperature ratings not less than

that of a brazed joint and when complete are permanent and non-

separable.

2.2 EXPOSED LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE GASES PIPING

A. Finished Room: Use iron pipe size (IPS) chrome plated brass or

stainless steel piping for exposed laboratory and healthcare gas piping

connecting fixtures, casework, cabinets, equipment and reagent racks

when not concealed by apron including those furnished by the Government

or specified in other sections.


2. Fittings: Fittings shall comply with ASME B16.15 cast bronze

threaded fittings with chrome finish (125 and 250 psig Classes).

3. Nipples: Nipples shall comply with ASTM B687, chromium-plated.

4. Unions: Unions shall comply with MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110, brass or

bronze with chrome finish. Unions 2-1/2 inches and greater shall be


5. Valves: Valves shall comply with MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110, brass or

bronze with chrome finish.

2.3 VALVES

A. Ball: In-line, other than zone valves in cabinets:

1. 3 inches and smaller: Bronze/ brass body, MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110,

Type II, Class 150, Style 1, with tubing extensions for brazed

connections, full port, three-piece or double union end connections,

Teflon seat seals, full flow, 600 psig WOG minimum working pressure,

with locking type handle, cleaned for oxygen use and labeled for

intended service.

2. 3 to 4 inches: Bronze/ brass body, MSS SP-72 MSS SP-110, Type II,

Class 150, Style 1 with tubing extensions brazed to flanges, full

port, three piece, double seal, Teflon seals, full flow, 600 psig



22 63 00 - 9

WOG minimum working pressure, with locking type handle, cleaned for

oxygen use and labeled for intended service.

B. Check:

1. 3 inches and smaller: Bronze/brass body, straight through design for

minimum pressure drop, spring loaded, self-aligning with Teflon cone

seat, vibration free, silent operation, supplied NPT female threads

at each end with flow direction arrow permanently cast into, cleaned

for oxygen use and labeled for intended service, 400 psig WOG

minimum working pressure.

2. 4 inches and larger: Iron body, bronze trim, swing type, vertical or

horizontal installation, flange connection, with flow direction

arrow permanently cast into, cleaned for oxygen use and labeled for

intended service, 150 psig WSP.

C. Zone Valve in Cabinet: Ball valve, bronze/ brass body, double seal,

three piece or double union end connections, replaceable Teflon seat

seals, Teflon stem seal, 600 psig WOG, cold, non-shock gas working

pressure service to 29 inches Hg, cleaned for oxygen use and labeled

for intended service, blowout proof stem, one quarter turn of handle to

completely open or close. Provide tubing extensions factory brazed, and

pressure tested. Provide 1/8 inch NPT gauge port for a 2 inch diameter

monitoring gauge downstream of the shut off valve. Zone valves shall be

securely attached to the cabinet and provided with type “K” copper tube

extensions for making connection to system piping outside the cabinet.

Zone valves shall be products of one manufacturer, and uniform

throughout in pattern, overall size and appearance. Trim with color

coded plastic inserts or color coded stick-on labels. Install valves in

cabinets such that cover window cannot be in place when any valve is in

the closed position. Color coding for identification plates and labels

is as follows:

SERVICE LABEL IDENTIFICATION COLORS MFG. STD. CLR.

OXYGEN White letters on green background GREEN

NITROUS OXIDE White letters on blue background BLUE

NITROGEN White letters on black background BLACK

MEDICAL AIR Black letters on yellow background YELLOW

CARBON DIOXIDE Black or white letters on gray background

GRAY



22 63 00 - 10

2.4 VALVE CABINETS

A. Flush mounted commercially available item for use with laboratory and

healthcare services, not lighter than 18 gage steel or 14 gage extruded

aluminum, rigidly assembled, of adequate size to accommodate valve(s)

and fittings. Punch or drill sides to receive tubing. Provide anchors

to secure cabinet to wall construction. Seal openings in cabinet to be

dust tight. Locate bottom of cabinet 4 feet 6 inches above finished

floor.

B. Mount engraved rigid plastic identification plate on wall above or

adjacent to cabinet. Color code identification plate to match gas

identification colors as indicated above. Identification plate shall be

clearly visible at all times. Provide inscriptions on plate to read in

substance: "VALVE CONTROL SUPPLY TO ROOMS."

C. Cover plate: Fabricate from 18 gage sheet metal with satin chromed

finish, extruded anodized aluminum, or 22 gage stainless steel. Provide

cover window of replaceable plastic, with a corrosion resistant device

or lever secured to window for emergency window removal. Permanently

paint or stencil on window: CAUTION-CLOSE ONLY IN EMERGENCY, SHUT-OFF

VALVES FOR PIPED GASES", or equivalent wording. Configure such that it

is not possible to install window with any valve in the closed

position. Each valve shall have gauge upstream of valve inside valve

box.

D. Cabinets and isolation valves shall be located and piped as shown on

drawings, and at a minimum, so as to allow the isolation of each smoke

compartment separately. No cabinet shall serve more than one smoke

compartment.

2.5 GAGES

A. Pressure Gages: Includes gages temporarily supplied for testing

purposes.

1. For line pressure use adjacent to source equipment: ASME B40.1,

pressure gage, single, size 4-1/2 inches, for compressed air,

nitrogen and oxygen, accurate to within 2 percent, with metal case.

Range shall be two times operating pressure. Dial graduations and

figures shall be black on a white background, or white on a black

background. Gage shall be cleaned for oxygen use, labeled for

appropriate service, and marked "USE NO OIL". Install with gage

cock.



22 63 00 - 11

2. For all services downstream of main shutoff valve: Manufactured for

oxygen use, labeled for the appropriate service and marked "USE NO

OIL", 1-1/2 inch diameter gage with dial range 1 to 100 psig for air

service and (1 to 297 psig) for nitrogen and instrument air

service.

2.6 STATION OUTLETS

A. For all services except ceiling hose drops and nitrogen system: For

designated service, consisting of a quick coupler and inlet supply

tube. Provide coupler that is non-interchangeable with other services,

and leak proof under three times the normal working pressure. Equip

each station outlet with an automatic valve and a secondary check valve

to conform with NFPA 99. Equip each station inlet with an automatic

valve to conform with NFPA 99. Place valves in the assembly to provide

easy access after installation for servicing and replacement, and to

facilitate line blow-out, purging, and testing. Fasten each outlet and

inlet securely to rough-in to prevent floating and provide each with a

capped stub length of 1/4-inch (3/8-inch outside diameter) tubing for

connection to supply. Identification of each gas service shall be

permanently cast into the back plate and shall be visible through a

transparent plastic guard. Label stub tubing for appropriate service.

Rough-in kits and test plugs for PBPU are furnished under this

specification but installed by manufacturer of PBPU before initial test

specified herein. Install completion kits (valve body and face plate)

for the remainder of required tests.

B. For Ceiling Hose Drops and Nitrogen Service: Brass, stainless steel or

chromed metal non-interchangeable DISS connections for appropriate

service to conform with CGA V-5. Equip each station outlet with an

automatic valve and a secondary check valve to conform with NFPA 99.

Equip each station inlet with an automatic valve to conform with NFPA

99. Place valves in the assembly to provide easy access after

installation, for servicing and replacement, and to facilitate line

blow-out, purging, and testing. Fasten each outlet and inlet securely

to rough-in to prevent floating, and provide each with a capped stub

length of 1/4-inch 3/8-inch outside diameter) tubing for connection to

supply. Label stub tubing for appropriate service. Adjust to compensate

for variations in plaster or cover thickness.

2.7 STATION OUTLET ROUGH-IN

A. Anchor flush mounted rough-in securely to unit or wall construction.



22 63 00 - 12

B. Modular Cover Plate: Die cast back plate, two-piece 22 gage stainless

steel or 16 gage chromium plated metal, with mounting flanges on all

four sides, secured to rough-in with stainless steel or chromium plated

countersunk screws.

C. Cover Plate for PBPU: One-piece with construction and material as

indicated for modular cover plate.

D. Provide permanent, metal or plastic, identification plates securely

fastened at each outlet and inlet opening, with inscription for

appropriate service using color coded letters and background. Metal

plates shall have letters embossed on baked-on enamel background. Color

coding for identification plates is as follows:

SERVICE LABEL IDENTIFICATION PLATE COLORS

OXYGEN White letters on green background and vice versa

NITROUS OXIDE White letters on blue background

NITROGEN White letters on black background

MEDICAL AIR Black letters on yellow

CARBON DIOXIDE White letters on gray background

2.8 CEILING SERVICES

A. Column Accessories:

1. Equip each utility column with flush type quick coupler gas service

station outlets, except nitrogen outlets shall be DISS, as specified

under paragraph “Station Outlets”. Provide the following outlets,

mounted on the utility column: two oxygen, one nitrous oxide, one

nitrogen, one medical air, and one carbon dioxide, unless otherwise

noted.

2. Provide one 1-7/8 inches by 3 inches blank and face plate for future

installation of mass spectrometer inlet tubing and wiring.

3. Provide spacing to allow for future installation of up to three

monitoring receptacles.

4. Provide four single, NEMA 5-20R, hospital grade receptacles rated at

20 amps, 125 volts, 2 pole, 3 wire; two grounding receptacles.

Coordinate with Section 26 27 26, WIRING DEVICES.

5. Equip column with four I.V. hooks.

6. Provide one 1-7/8 inches x 3 inches blank face plate for computer

connection.



22 63 00 - 13

B. Articulating Utility Column:

1. Pendent: Articulating arm and head constructed of lightweight

aluminum alloy castings enclosed in high impact, flame retardant (UL

94 V-O) dress shrouds. Arm shall have a minimum of 20 inch vertical

range of motion and a horizontal swing of 5.67 RAD (330 degrees),

adjustable in 15 degree increments. Head shall have a minimum

rotation of 330 degrees adjustable in 15 degree increments. Minimum

reach of the arm from ceiling pivot to head pivot is 37 inches. The

total reach of the pendant with head perpendicular to the arm axis

is 57 inches. Vertical motion shall be achieved by 1/8 hp induction

motor. Driven linear motion is by hand control contained in housing.

Pneumatic driven unit shall consist of a pneumatic cylinder, duplex

regulating valve, pressure gauge, filter, pressure relief valve,

master control valve and lubricator/muffler. The entire vertical

motor mechanism within unit shall be furnished and pre-installed.

The weight capacity of head shelf shall be 175 pounds of weight

mounted onto integral shelf or 125 pounds if the optional monitor

mount is used. Nitrogen control system shall be integral with the

unit with internal regulators mounted in the dispensing head.

Factory assembled and tested. Provide with complete protective cover

for the duration of construction.

2. Ceiling Support: Provide manufacturers standard anchoring device for

pendant. Provide all required hardware to support pendent from the

building structure.

C. Retractable Utility Column: Column: Upper section for rigid mounting at

drop-ceiling level, and counter-balanced telescoping lower section

capable of being extended and retracted minimum 18 inches. Provide

fail-proof stops to prevent the underside from extending lower than 5

feet 6 inches above finished floor. Equip with combination handle and

release lever to allow the lower telescoping section to be positively

locked in any position from fully extended to fully retracted.

Construct vertical sections with 20 gage stainless steel and bottom

plate with 14 gage stainless steel. Welded seams shall be ground smooth

for seamless appearance. Except for the escutcheon which may be

extruded aluminum, exposed surfaces shall be NAAMM Number 4 satin

finish stainless steel. Provide access panels to allow inspection of

interior column fittings. Nitrogen control system shall be integral

with the unit with internal regulators mounted in the dispensing head.



22 63 00 - 14

Factory assembled and tested. Provide with complete protective cover

for the duration of construction.

D. Ceiling Mounted Station Outlets: As specified under paragraph “Station

Outlets”, flush mount on ceiling and provide with hose tubing drops and

retractors. Extend male thread DISS connection through ceiling plate.

1. Hoses: Conductive, neoprene tubing, color coded for appropriate

service, dropping to within 4 feet 6 inches from floor, with upper

end of hose having female DISS connection with nut, easily finger

tightened to ceiling outlet or inlet, and lower end of hose having

DISS connection only for nitrogen service, and having quick coupler

for all other services. Color coding for hoses is as follows:

SERVICE HOSE COLOR

OXYGEN Green

NITROUS OXIDE Blue

NITROGEN Black

AIR Yellow

CARBON DIOXIDE Gray

2. Rough-in: Standard metal single gang, interchangeable, sectional or

one piece, securely anchored to ceiling runner channels; ceiling

plates of die cast plate, 22 gage stainless steel or 16 gage

chromium plated metal. Attach identification plate, as specified in

paragraph “Station Outlet Rough-In”, to ceiling plate adjacent to

each outlet and inlet.

3. Hose retractor kit: Chrome-plated, spring loaded assembly and hose

clamps with stainless steel sash chain; to automatically withdraw

hose assembly a minimum of 508 mm (20 inches) from fully extended

position of 4 feet 8 inches to 6 feet 4 inches above finished floor.

2.9 ALARMS

A. Provide all low voltage control wiring, including wiring from alarm

relay interface control cabinet to BAS, required for complete, proper

functioning system, in conformance with Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE

ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. Run wiring in conduit, in

conformance with Section 26 05 33, RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL

SYSTEMS. Provide two master alarm panels at locations noted on drawings

as well as capability of connection to BAS.

B. Local Alarm Functions: Provide individual local air compressor

malfunction alarms at each compressor system main control panel.



22 63 00 - 15

1. Compressor Malfunction Alarm: Each compressor system receiving any

of the following individual signals and sends a single combined

"compressor malfunction alarm" signal to master alarm panel.

a. Thermal Malfunction Alarm: Functions when discharge air

temperature exceeds 350 degrees F, shutting down affected

compressor.

b. Lead Compressor Fails to Start: Functions when lead compressor

fails to start when actuated, causing lag pump to start.

c. Lag Compressor In Use: Functions when the primary or lead

compressor is incapable of satisfying the demand. When three or

more compressors are part of the system, the lag compressor in

use alarm shall energize when the last compressor has been

signaled to start.

d. High Water Level in Receiver (liquid ring or water-cooled units).

e. High Water Level in Separator (if so required) (liquid ring

unit).

2. Desiccant Air Dryer Malfunction Alarm: Dryer receives the following

individual signals and sends a single consolidated dryer malfunction

alarm signal to master alarm panel.

a. Dew Point Alarm: Functions when line pressure dew point rises

above 40 degrees F at 55 psig.

3. Vacuum Pump Malfunction Alarm: Pump system receives the following

individual signals and sends a single consolidated pump malfunction

alarm signal to master alarm panel.

a. High Temperature Shut down Alarm: Functions when exhaust air

temperature exceeds 220 degrees F, shutting down affected pump.

b. Lead Pump Fails to Start Alarm: Functions when lead pump fails to

start when actuated causing lag pump to start.

c. Lag Pump In Use Alarm: Functions when the primary or lead vacuum

pump in incapable of satisfying the demand. When three or more

vacuum pumps are part of the system, the lag pump in use alarm

shall energize when the last vacuum pump has been signaled to

start.

4. Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (WAGD) Lag In Use Alarm: Provide when

a central WAGD system is used. The signal shall be manually reset.

5. Instrument Air Dew Point High: Functions when the line pressure dew

point is greater than -22 degrees F.



22 63 00 - 16

C. Master Alarm Functions: Provide the following individual alarms at the

master alarm panel.

1. Oxygen Alarms:

a. Liquid oxygen low level alarm: Functions when stored liquid

oxygen reaches a predetermined minimum level.

b. Reserve switchover alarm: Functions when, or just before, reserve

oxygen supply goes in operation.

c. Reserve low supply alarm: Functions when contents of cylinder

reserve oxygen supply are reduced to one day's average supply;

switch and contacts at the bulk tank control panel.

d. Reserve low pressure alarm: Functions when the gas pressure

available in the liquid reserve oxygen supply is reduced below

the pressure required to function properly.

e. Low pressure alarm: Functions when system pressure downstream of

the main shutoff valve drops below 40 psig, ±2 psig; operated by

pressure switch or transmitters.

f. High pressure alarm: functions when system pressure downstream of

main shutoff valve increases above 60 psig, ±2 psig set points;

operated by pressure switches or transmitters.

g. Cylinder reserve pressure low: Functions when the content of a

cylinder reserve header is reduced below one day’s average

supply.

2. Nitrous Oxide Alarms:

a. Reserve switchover alarm: Functions when, or just before,

secondary or reserve nitrous oxide supply goes in operation.

b. Pressure alarms: Functions when system pressure downstream of

main shutoff valve drops below 40 psig, ±2 psig or increases

above 60 psig, ±2 psig set points; operated by pressure switches

or transmitters.

c. Cylinder reserve pressure low: Functions when the content of a


supply.

3. Nitrogen Alarms:

a. Reserve switchover alarm: Functions when, or just before,

secondary or reserve nitrogen supply goes in operation.

b. Pressure alarms: Functions when system pressure downstream of




22 63 00 - 17


or transmitters.



supply.

4. Carbon Dioxide Alarms:

a. Reserve Switchover Alarm: Functions when, or just before,

secondary or reserve carbon dioxide supply goes in operation.

b. Pressure Alarms: Functions when system pressure downstream of



or transmitters.



supply.

5. Compressed Air Alarms:

a. Medical air dew point high alarm: Functions when the line

pressure dew point rises above 35 degrees F at 55 psig.

b. Carbon Monoxide Alarm: Functions when the carbon monoxide levels

rise above 10 parts per million; receives signal from the carbon

monoxide monitor.

c. Main Bank Filter Set Alarm: Functions when the pressure drop

across filter set increases more than 2 psig over that when

filters are clean and new; operates by differential pressure

switch or transmitters.

d. Desiccant Prefilter Alarm: Functions when pressure across the

filter increases more than 3 psig over that when filters are

clean and new; operates by pressure differential switch.

e. Desiccant Post Filter Alarm: Functions when pressure drop across

filter increases more than 3 psig over that when filters are

clean and new; operates by pressure differential switch.

f. Desiccant Dryer Malfunction Alarm: Functions on any combination

of failure of tower cycling and/or pressure dew point rise above

140 degrees F at 100 psig.

g. Aftercooler High temperature Alarm: Functions when aftercooler

discharge air temperature exceeds 100 degrees F.

h. Pressure Abnormal Alarm: Functions when system pressure

downstream of main shutoff valve drops below 80 psig (± gage or



22 63 00 - 18

increases above 120 psig ±2 psig set points; operated by pressure

switch.

i. Compressor Malfunction Alarm: Functions when compressor system

control panel signals compressor thermal malfunction alarm, lead

compressor fails to start alarm or high water level in receiver

or separator (if so required) receives signal from system control

panel.

j. Low Lubricant Shutdown: For rotary screw compressors. Functions

when lubricant level drops to a low point. Receives signal from

compressor control panel.

k. Instrument air dew point high alarm: Functions when the line

pressure dew point rises above -22 degrees F at 55 psig.

D. Alarm Functions:

1. Oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide and compressed air alarms:

Pressure alarms: Functions when pressure in branch drops below 40

psig), ±2 psig or increases above 60 psig, ±2 psig set points;

operated by pressure switches or transmitters.

2. Nitrogen alarms: Pressure alarms: Functions when pressure in branch

drops below 190 psig, ±2 psig or increases above 220 psig, ±2 psig

set points; operated by pressure switches or transmitters.

3. Vacuum alarms: Low vacuum alarm: Functions when vacuum in branch

drops below 12 inches Hg; operated by vacuum switch.

4. Vacuum alarms:

a. Low vacuum alarm: Function when system vacuum upstream of main

shutoff valve drops below 12 inches Hg; operated by vacuum

switch.

b. Filter differential pressure/back pressure alarm: Functions when

discharge oil filter differential rises to set level, or when

back pressure is sensed; receives signal from pump control panel.

c. Laboratory vacuum pump malfunction.

5. Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (WAGD) low alarm: Functions when WAGD

vacuum level or flow is below effective operating limits.

E. Alarm Panels:

1. General: Modular design, easily serviced and maintained; alarms

operate on alternating current (AC) low voltage control circuit;

provide required number of transformers for efficient functioning of

complete system. Alarm panels shall be integral units, reporting

cylinder manifold compressed air and vacuum services, as required.



22 63 00 - 19

2. Box: Flush mounted, sectional or one piece, corrosion resistant.

Size box to accommodate required number of service functions for

each location, and for one audible signal in each box. Anchor box

securely. Provide spare capacity to accommodate 50 percent of the

number of provided alarm points.

3. Cover plate: Designed to accommodate required number of signals,

visual and audible, for each location, and containing adequate

operating instructions within the operator's view. Bezel shall be

extruded aluminum, chromium plated metal, or plastic. Secure to the

box with chromium plated or stainless steel countersunk screws.

4. Service indicator lights: Red translucent plastic or LED with proper

service identification inscribed thereon. Number of lights and

service instruction shall be as required for each location. Provide

each panel with a green test button of the same material, inscribed

with "PUSH TO TEST" or similar message.

5. Audible signal: Provide one in each alarm panel and connect

electrically with all service indicator light functions.

6. Controls:

a. Visual signal: When the condition occurs which any individual

service indicator light is to report, button for particular

service shall give a lighted visual signal which cannot be

canceled until such condition is corrected.

b. Audible signal: Alarm shall give an audible signal upon circuit

energization of any visual signal. Audible signal shall be

continuous until silenced by pushing a button. This shall cancel

and reset audible only, and not affect the visual signal. After

silencing, subsequent alarms shall reactivate the audible alarm.

c. Signal tester: Test button or separate normal light shall be

continuously lighted to indicate electrical circuit serving each

individual alarm is energized. Pushing test button shall

temporarily activate all visual signals and sound audible signal,

thereby providing desired indications of status of system.

F. Alarm Relay Interface Control Cabinet: Design cabinet to transfer the

closed circuit alarm signals through relays to a set of terminals for

monitoring signals at the BAS without interrupting the closed circuit

system. Constructed of 14 gage steel, conforming with NEMA ICS 6, Type

1, enclosures. Provide both normally open and normally closed contacts

for output signals, with number of circuits required for full alarm



22 63 00 - 20

capability at the BAS. Refer to Section 23 09 23, DIRECT-DIGITAL

CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC for compatibility.

G. Alarm Network Communication: Network communications board shall be

installed in local alarm and connected to the contractor supplied

network. Local alarm modules shall send information to the master alarm

and the data can be downloaded thru the computer connected to the

contractor supplied network. Master alarm displays the message, sounds

its alarm and saves the information in an event log. This event log

shall be downloaded to a computer file for tracking data and

troubleshooting.

2.10 PRESSURE SWITCHES

A. General purpose, contact or mercury type, allowing both high and low

pressure set points, with contact type provided with a protective dust

cover; adjustable range; switches activate when indicated by alarm

requirements. Use one orifice nipple (or DISS demand check valve) for

each sensor or pressure switch.

2.11 NITROGEN CONTROL PANEL (NCP)

A. General: For nitrogen service, consisting of a line pressure control

regulator, outlet line pressure gage, DISS service outlet, and supply

valve, assembled and rigidly mounted in a roughing-in assembly, and

provided with a metal cover plate. Panel shall be designed to deliver

20 SCFM at 223 psig. Unit may be recessed wall mounted or integral with

the articulating arm or column with individual regulators for each

outlet.

B. Manifold Assembly: Mounted to a steel support bracket, factory

assembled and tested, ready for installation in the roughing-in

assembly.

1. Supply valve, bronze bodied, double seal, full flow, ball type,

designed for working pressure in excess of 300 psig, with chrome

plated brass ball which seals in both directions, requiring only a

quarter turn of the knob from open to closed position.

2. Line pressure control regulator, self-relieving, diaphragm type,

with high-flow precision adjustment and working pressure in excess

of 250 psig.

3. Line pressure gage, to monitor the gas outlet line pressure,

calibrated from 0 to 300 psig in increments of 10 psig.



22 63 00 - 21

4. Nitrogen service outlet, DISS type as specified under paragraph

“Station Outlets”, with a self-sealing dust plug, having a working

pressure of 250 psig maximum.

5. Two 5-3/4 inch lengths of 3/8 inch outside diameter type "K" copper

tubing for connection to gas service supply line and to remote

outlet line.

C. Roughing-In Assembly: Designed for recessed installation, consisting of

a prime painted steel fabricated back box with mounting flanges on all

four sides, with provisions to securely anchor the back box to wall

construction. Equip with a crossover "U" tube to facilitate testing of

the nitrogen system prior to the manifold installation, and a plaster

shield to prevent dust or other foreign matter from contaminating

internal parts prior to final assembly.

D. Cover plate Assembly: Chromed cast metal or NAAMM Number 4 satin

finished stainless steel panel with provisions for line pressure

gage(s), nitrogen outlet, regulator and supply valve knobs, attaching

directly to the roughing-in assembly by means of four Number 6 - 32 by

1-1/2 inch long mounting screws, with plaster adjustments up to 3/4

inch.

2.12 CYLINDER GAS SUPPLY MANIFOLDS

A. Non-ferrous metal manifold and fittings, valves, parts and connections,

suitable for a regular working pressure of 3000 psig. Gas cylinders at

manifold shall be individually chained to wall or floor with adequate

support. Cylinders shall not be chained to portable or movable

apparatus such as beds.

B. Duplex arrangement, each bank having number of cylinder connections as

required, high pressure copper cylinder connection pigtails with brazed

fittings. Shutting of either bank shall not interrupt supply to system.

C. Provide manifold with two (one for each bank) two-stage pressure

regulators with gages and built-in safety valves, manifold header

valves and check valves, service line connection valves, relief valves,

tank connecting coils and handles, and all required equipment for a

complete assembly. Enclose manifold controls in sheet metal cabinet.

D. Supply pressure for nitrous oxide and carbon dioxide is 55 psi.

Supply pressure for nitrogen is 200 psi.

E. Switch-over to full reserve bank shall be automatic when one cylinder

bank becomes exhausted, with no fluctuation in pressure, and not

require resetting of regulators. After replacement of empty tank,



22 63 00 - 22

resetting of controls shall be automatic or by single lever. Reserve

switch-over shall be actuated by pressure switch; alarm shall be part

of manifold control.

2.13 AIR COMPRESSOR SYSTEMS

A. System Design: The medical air, instrument air and laboratory air

systems shall be of a modular base mounted design consisting of

multiplex compressor, dryer/control, and an air receiver. Each unit

shall be fully compliant with the latest edition of NFPA 99.

B. Compressors: Continuous duty rated “oil-less” type with permanently

lubricated, sealed bearings. Single stage design, air cooled,

reciprocating type for instrument air and scroll type for medical and

laboratory air with corrosion resistant reed type valves with stainless

steel reeds. Both the compression rings and rider rings shall be made

from a long life, fluororesin material designed for continuous duty

operation. The crankshaft shall be constructed of a durable nodular

graphite cast iron and designed to be fully supported on both ends by

heavy duty ball bearings permanently lubricated and sealed. The

crankcase shall be constructed of gray cast iron. Maximum heat

dissipation shall be achieved through cast aluminum alloy cylinders

treated for optimum corrosion and wear resistance. Cylinder sleeves

shall not be required. Additionally, heat transmission from the piston

wall to the piston pin needle bearing shall be minimized by an

insulated “heat cut” piston pin. The connecting rod shall be of a one

piece design for maximum reliability. Bio-based materials shall be


C. Compressor Drive and Motor: V-belt driven through a combination

flywheel/sheave and steel motor sheave with tapered bushing and

protected by an OSHA approved, totally enclosed belt guard. Belt

tensioning shall be achieved by a pivoting motor mounting base that is

fully adjustable through twin adjusting screws. The motor shall be a

NEMA rated, open-drip-proof, 1800 RPM, with 1.15 service factor

suitable for 208/230/460V electrical service, a specified in Section 22

05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT and Section 26

29 11, MOTOR CONTROLLERS.

D. Intake Piping: Provide a pre-piped intake manifold with one inlet air

filter with threaded opening for remote intake connection. Isolate

filter housing from the intake manifold with a braided 304 stainless

steel flex connector.



22 63 00 - 23

E. Discharge Piping: Provide an integral air cooled aftercooler designed

for a maximum approach temperature of 12 degrees F complete with

moisture separator and timed automatic solenoid drain valve with a

manual drain value by-pass. Provide each cylinder head with a pre-wired

high discharge air temperature shutdown switch. Include a flex

connector, safety relief valve, and check valve. The compressor

discharge line the piping shall be of ASTM B819 copper tubing, brass,

and/or stainless steel. The discharge flex connector shall be braided

304 stainless steel, brass or bronze.

F. Isolation System: Isolate the compressor and monitor from the main

compressor module base by means of a four point, heavy duty, spring

isolation system for a minimum of 95 percent isolation efficiency.

G. Dryer/Control: The dryer/control shall include a NEMA 12, U.L. labeled

control system, duplexed desiccant drying system, duplexed final line

filters, duplexed final line regulators, and combination dew point/CO

monitor. All of the above shall be pre-wired and pre-piped in

accordance with NFPA 99 and include valving to allow complete air

receiver by-pass, as well as air sampling port.

H. Dryer: Size each desiccant dryer for the peak calculated demand and

capable of producing 10 degrees F for medical and laboratory air

compressors and -40 degrees F for instrument air compressor pressure

dew point. Dryer purge flow shall be minimized through an on-demand

purge saving control system. Include a mounted prefilter rated for 0.01

micron with automatic drain and element change indicator on the inlet

of each dryer.

I. Control System: Mounted and pre-wired control system shall be NEMA 12

and U.L. labeled. This control system shall provide automatic lead/lag

sequencing with circuit breaker disconnects for each compressor with

external operators, one non-fused main disconnect with external

operators, full voltage motor magnetic starters with overload

protection, redundant 120V control circuit transformers, visual and

audible reserve unit alarm with isolated contacts for remote alarm,

hand-off-auto (HOA) lighted selector switches, automatic alternation of

both compressors with provisions for simultaneous operation if

required, automatic activation of reserve unit if required, visual

alarm indication for high discharge air temperature shutdown with

isolated contacts for remote alarm, and duplexed run time hour meters.



22 63 00 - 24

J. Final Line Filters and Regulators: Fully duplexed final line filters

rated for 0.01 micron with element change indicators shall be factory

mounted and pre-piped, along with duplexed factory mounted and pre-

piped final line regulators and duplex safety relief valves.

K. Dew Point Hygrometer/CO Monitor: Mounted, pre-piped and wired,

combination dew point hygrometer/CO monitor shall be of the ceramic

type with integral chemical type CO sensor. System accuracy shall be +

2 degrees F for dew point and 2 PPM (at 10 PPM) for carbon monoxide.

Dew point alarm shall be factory set at 40 degrees F per NFPA 99, and

the CO alarm shall be factory set at 10 PPM. Both set points shall be

field adjustable.

L. Air Receiver: Vertical air receiver, galvanized, ASME Coded, National

Board Certified, rated for minimum 150 psig design pressure and

includes a sight gauge glass as well as a timed automatic solenoid

drain valve. Provide three valve bypass on supply.

M. Example of an acceptable product and manufacturer: Beacon Medical

Products “Lifeline Medical Air Systems”.

2.14 PRESSURE REGULATORS

A. For 100 psig regulator, provide duplex in parallel, valve for

maintenance shut-down without service interruption. For additional

pressures, locate regulators remote from compressor near point of use,

and provide with isolation valves and valve bypass.

1. For systems 10 SCFM and below: Brass or bronze body and trim,

reduced pressure range 25 to 123 psig adjustable, spring type,

diaphragm operated, relieving. Delivered pressure shall vary not

more than 0.15 psig for each 1.5 psig variation in inlet pressure.

2.15 EMERGENCY LOW PRESSURE OXYGEN INLET

A. The Low Pressure Emergency Oxygen Inlet provides an inlet for

connecting a temporary auxiliary source of oxygen to the oxygen

pipeline system for emergency or maintenance situations per NFPA 99.

B. The inlet consist of a 1 inch ball valve, pressure gauge and a 1/2 inch

x 1 inch NPTF connection housed in a weather tight enclosure. The

enclosure is labeled "Emergency Low Pressure Gaseous Oxygen Inlet", and

includes a padlock staple to prevent tampering or unauthorized access.

The enclosure is suitable for recess mounting on the exterior of the

building being served. The enclosure is 14 gauge, cold rolled steel

with a primer coat of paint. The Emergency Oxygen Inlet is connected at

a point downstream of the main supply line shutoff valve.



22 63 00 - 25

C. Check valves are provided for installation in the emergency supply line

and in the main supply line between the main line shutoff valve and the

emergency supply line connection per by NFPA 99. Check valves have a

cast bronze body and straight through design for minimum pressure drop.

D. The check valves for sizes under 3 inch are soft seated, bubble tight,

self-aligning, and spring loaded, and ball type check valves. 3 inch

check valves are hard seated, spring loaded, self-aligning ball type

checks with cone seats (3 inch valves may not be "bubble tight"). Check

valves shall be fast acting type.

E. A relief valve is provided for installation in the emergency supply

line per NFPA 99. The relief valve has a brass body, single seat

design, and is cleaned for oxygen use. It automatically reseats to

provide a "bubble tight" seal after discharging excess gas. Pre-set at

75 psig.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. In accordance with NFPA 99. Run buried oxygen piping in PVC protective

pipe for entire length including enclosure of fittings and changes of

direction.

B. Install cast escutcheon with set screw at each wall, floor and ceiling

penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and

millwork.

C. Open ends of tube shall be capped or plugged at all times or otherwise

sealed until final assembly to prevent infiltration of any foreign

matter.

D. Cut piping square and accurately with a tube cutter (sawing is

prohibited) to measurements determined at place of installation. Ream

tube to remove burrs, being careful not to expand tube, and so no chips

of copper remain in the tube. Work into place without springing or

forcing. Bottom tube in socket so there are no gaps between tube and

fitting. Exercise care in handling equipment and tools used in cutting

or reaming of tube to prevent oil or grease being introduced into

tubing. Where contamination has occurred, material is no longer

suitable for oxygen service.

E. Spacing of hangers: NFPA 99.

F. Rigidly support valves and other equipment to prevent strain on tube or

joints.



22 63 00 - 26

G. While being brazed, joints shall be continuously purged with oil free

nitrogen. The flow of purged gas shall be maintained until joint is

cool to touch. Government reserves the right to require non-destructive

joint fill testing if workmanship on joint is questionable.

H. Do not bend tubing. Use fittings.

I. Support ceiling column assembly from heavy sub-mounting castings

furnished with the unit as part of roughing-in. Anchor with 1/2-inch

diameter bolts attached to angle iron frame supported from structural

ceiling, unless otherwise indicated.

J. Provide two 1 inch minimum conduits from ceiling column assembly to

adjacent corridor, one for mass spectrometer tubing and wiring and one

for monitor wiring, for connection to signal cabling network.

K. Install pressure switches, transmitter and gauges to be easily

accessed, and provide access panel where installed above plaster

ceiling. Install pressure switch and sensors with orifice nipple

between the pipe line and switches/sensors.

L. Apply pipe labeling during installation process and not after

installation is completed. Size of legend letters shall be in


M. Pipe compressor intake to a source of clean ambient air as indicated in

NFPA 99.

N. After initial leakage testing is completed, allow piping to remain

pressurized with testing gas until testing agency performs final tests.

O. Penetrations:


smoked partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that provides an


specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING, with intumescent

materials only. Completely fill and seal clearances between raceways

and openings with the fire stopping material.

2. Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances




P. Provide 1-1/2 inch diameter line pressure gage downstream of zone valve

in cabinets.



22 63 00 - 27

Q. Provide zone valves in cabinets where indicated and outside each

Operating Room and a minimum one zone valve assembly for each 18 outlet

set.

R. All source systems shall be provided with an auxiliary source

connection point of the same size as main line which shall be located

immediately on the patient side of the source valve.


A. Initial Tests: Blow down and high and low pressure leakage tests as

required by NFPA 99 with documentation. Perform tests, inspections,

verifications, and certification of medical compressed-air piping

systems concurrently with tests, inspections, and certification of

[medical gas piping] [and] [medical vacuum piping] systems.

B. Preparation: Perform the following Installer tests according to

requirements in NFPA 99 and ASSE Standard #6010:

1. Initial blowdown.

2. Initial pressure test.

3. Cross-connection test.

4. Piping purge test.

5. Standing pressure test for positive-pressure medical and

instrument compressed-air piping.

6. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.

C. System Verification: Perform the following tests and inspections

according to NFPA 99, ASSE Standard #6020, and ASSE Standard #6030:

1. Standing pressure test 2. Individual-pressurization or pressure-differential cross-connection

test

3. Valve test

4. Master and area alarm tests

5. Piping purge test

6. Piping particulate test

7. Piping purity test

8. Final tie-in test

9. Operational pressure test

10. Medical air purity test

11. Verify correct labeling of equipment and components

D. Testing Certification: Certify that specified tests, inspections, and

procedures have been performed and certify report results. Include the

following:



22 63 00 - 28

1. Inspections performed

2. Procedures, materials and gases used.

3. Test methods used.

4. Results of tests.

E. Laboratory and/or healthcare testing agency shall perform the

following:

1. Perform and document all cross connection tests, labeling

verification, supply system operation, and valve and alarm operation

tests as required by, and in accordance with NFPA 99 and the

procedures set forth in pre-qualification documentation.

2. Verify that the systems, as installed, meet or exceed the

requirements of NFPA 99, this specification, and that the systems

operate as required.

3. Piping purge test: For each positive pressure gas system, verify

cleanliness of piping system. Filter a minimum of 35 cubic feet of

gas through a clean white 0.45 micron filter at a minimum velocity

of 3.5 SCFM. Filter shall show no discoloration, and shall accrue no

more than 0.0000035 ounces of matter. Test each zone at the outlet

most remote from the source. Perform test with the use of an inert

gas as described in CGA P-9.

4. Piping purity test: For each positive pressure system, verify purity

of piping system. Test each zone at the most remote outlet for dew

point, carbon monoxide, total hydrocarbons (as methane), and

halogenated hydrocarbons, and compare with source gas. The two tests

shall in no case exceed variation as specified in paragraph,

“Maximum Allowable Variation”. Perform test with the use of an inert

gas as described in CGA P-9. Piping purity tests are not required

for instrument air.

5. Outlet and inlet flow test:

a. Test all outlets for flow. Perform test with the use of an inert

gas as described in CGA P-9.

b. Oxygen, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide and air (medical and

instrument) outlets shall deliver 3.5 SCFM with a pressure drop

of no more than 34 kPa (5 psig), and static pressure of 50 psig.

c. Nitrogen outlets shall deliver 20 SCFM with a pressure drop of no

more than 5 psig, and static pressure of 210 psig.

d. Needle valve air outlets shall deliver 1.5 SCFM with a pressure

drop of no more than five psig, and static pressure of 50 psig.



22 63 00 - 29

6. Source Contamination Test: Analyze each pressure gas source for

concentration of contaminants, by volume. Take samples for air

system test at the intake and at a point immediately downstream of

the final filter outlet. The compared tests shall in no case exceed

variation as specified in paragraph “Maximum Allowable Variation”.

Allowable concentrations are below the following:

Dew point, air 40 degrees F pressure dew point at 100 psig

Carbon monoxide, air 10 mg/L (ppm)

Carbon dioxide, air 500 mg/L (ppm)

Gaseous hydrocarbons as methane, air

25 mg/L (ppm)

Halogenated hydrocarbons, air

2 mg/L (ppm)

7. Analysis Test:

a. Analyze each pressure gas source and outlet for concentration of

gas, by volume.

b. Make analysis with instruments designed to measure the specific

gas dispensed.

c. Allowable concentrations are within the following:

1) Laboratory air 19.5 percent to 23.5 percent oxygen.

Oxygen >=97% plus oxygen

Nitrous oxide >=99% plus nitrous oxide

Nitrogen >=99% plus nitrogen

Medical air 19.5% to 23.5% oxygen

Carbon Dioxide 99% plus carbon dioxide

8. Maximum Allowable Variation: Between comparative test results

required are as follows:

Dew point 2 degrees C (35 degrees F)

Carbon monoxide 2 mg/L (ppm)

Total hydrocarbons as methane

1 mg/L (ppm)

Halogenated hydrocarbons

2 mg/L (ppm)



22 63 00 - 30

F. The CxA will observe startup and contractor testing of selected




G. Joint Construction

1. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from outside of cleaned tubing

and fittings before assembly.

2. Threaded Joints: Apply appropriate tape to external pipe threads.

3. Brazed Joints: Join copper tube and fittings according to CDA's

"Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" chapter. Continuously purge

joint with oil-free dry nitrogen during brazing.

4. Flanged Joints: Install flange on copper tubes. Use pipe-flange

gasket between flanges. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according

to ASME B31.9 for bolting procedure.

3.3 COMMISSIONING











- - - E N D - - -



22 66 00 - 1

SECTION 22 66 00 CHEMICAL-WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes the requirements for chemical waste systems,

including piping, neutralization equipment and all necessary

accessories as designated in this section.



1.2 RELATED WORK









H. Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.

I. SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.






A13.1-2007..............Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems



B16.12-2009.............Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings


125 and 250



and Fittings

A183-2003 (R2009).......Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track

Bolts and Nuts



22 66 00 - 2

D2447-03................Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE)

Plastic Pipe, Schedule 40 and 80, Based on

Outside Diameter





F402-2005 (R2012).......Standard Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent

Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joining

Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings

F1412-2009..............Standard Specification for Polyolefin Pipe and

Fittings for Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems

D. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI):

2006....................Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook, 12th

Printing




310-2012................Specification for Coupling for Use in






F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):


Maximum)

G. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

723-2008................Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 66 00, CHEMICAL-WASTE SYSTEMS FOR

LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES”, with applicable paragraph

identification.



22 66 00 - 3




capacity.

1. Chemical resistant waste and vent piping

2. Piping specialties

3. Neutralization tanks

4. Continuous flow neutralization and monitoring system

5. Cleanouts

6. Floor drains

7. Waterproofing


in connection with the waterproofing membrane or the floor drain.

E. Shop Drawings: For neutralization system and leak-detection system.

Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and in junction with

Electrical,/ work.

1. Detail neutralization-system assemblies and indicate dimensions,

weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly,

components, and location and size of each field connection.

2. Detail leak-detection-system assemblies and indicate required

clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and

size of each field connection.

3. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

F. Seismic-Design Submittal: For seismic restraints of aboveground piping,

including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional

engineer responsible for their preparation.

G. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,




equipment.



H. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning






22 66 00 - 4

I. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with


SYSTEMS.











substitutions.









C. Certification documentation shall be provided prior to submitting the





PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CHEMICAL RESISTANT WASTE AND VENT PIPING

A. The material shall include connecting fittings in stacks or mains.

The chemical resistant waste and vent pipe material shall be extruded

polypropylene plastic pipe and drainage pattern fittings conforming to

ASTM F1412 and tested in accordance with applicable provisions of ASTM

D2447. The polypropylene pipe and fittings shall be schedule 40 and

made from a PP black olefin resin with a fire retardant additive

complying with ASTM D4101 with mechanical joints for sizes under 3

inches and fusion and mechanical joints for sizes 3 inches and over.



22 66 00 - 5

1. Exception: Pipe and fittings made from PP resin without fire-

retardant additive may be used for underground installation. Comply

with applicable provisions of ASME B16.12 for material dimensions

and configurations.

2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Plastic dilution traps shall be corrosion resistant polypropylene with

removable base and mechanical joint connections. The dilution tanks

shall have a one gallon capacity with a clear base unless color base is

indicated. The dilution tank shall have two NPS 1-1/2 top inlets and

one NPS 1-1/2 side outlet.

B. Corrosion resistant P-trap or drum trap shall have NPS 1-1/2 or NPS 2

as required for fixture and waste and conform to ASTM A861 for high

silicon iron pipe with hubless joints, ASTM D4101 for polypropylene

pipe with mechanical joints, ASTM D3222 for PVDF pipe with mechanical

joints, and ASTM C1053 for glass pipe with coupling connections.

2.3 NEUTRALIZATION TANKS

A. Plastic neutralization tanks shall have a capacity as noted on the

drawings and be constructed from corrosion resistant plastic materials

HDPE or ASTM D4101, PP with removable, gastight cover, inlet, vent, and

discharge sidewall pipe connections. The tank shall be filled with

limestone 1 to 3 inch chips or lumps with a calcium carbonate content

exceeding 90 percent.

2.4 CONTINUOUS FLOW NEUTRALIZATION AND MONITORING SYSTEM

A. The plastic tank acid neutralization monitoring system shall use a 120-

volt factory wired and tested control system to continuously monitor

the pH level of effluent with wiring and electrical power terminals.

The monitoring system shall power the probes and the metering pumps.

B. The panel shall be NEMA 250 Type 4X enclosure with the following

features:

1. Control devices.

2. Indicators devices.

3. Power light and on/off switch.

4. pH Analyzer with meter and high and low pH indicators.

5. Low caustic and acid solution level indicators.

6. Alarm horn with silencer and reset switch.

7. Agitator running light with on/off switch.

8. Running lights with on/off switches for caustic and acid solution

pumps.



22 66 00 - 6

C. The recorder shall have a 30 day record capacity.

D. The piping between the tanks shall be the same material as the chemical

waste and vent system.

E. The interceptor tank shall function as a sediment trap and effluent

equalization tank and shall be the same material as mixing and

neutralization tank with removable, gastight cover, sidewall inlet and

outlet connections and vent connection in the top. Internal piping

shall be fitted with inlet elbows turned down to prevent settlement

from flowing to mixing and neutralization tank.

F. The mixing and neutralization tank shall be constructed from //

polypropylene in conformance with ASTM D4101. The pH probe type and

length shall be suitable for the size of the mixing tank. The agitator

shall be electric with stainless steel shaft and propeller.

G. The caustic solution storage tank shall be constructed from

polypropylene in conformance with ASTM D4101. The caustic solution

storage tank shall be filled with a sodium hydroxide solution.

H. The acid solution storage tank shall be constructed from polypropylene

in conformance with ASTM D4101. The acid solution storage tank shall be

filled with a sulfuric acid solution.

I. The metering pump shall be suitable for neutralizing solutions.

J. The sampling tank shall be the same material as the mixing tank with

removable, gastight cover, sidewall inlet and outlet connections and an

opening in the top for a pH probe.

2.5 CLEANOUTS

A. Cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe, up to 4 inches; not less

than 4 inches for larger pipe. Cleanouts for chemical waste drain pipe

shall be of same material as the pipe. Cleanouts shall be easily

accessible and shall be gastight and watertight. A minimum clearance of

24 inches shall be provided for clearing a clogged chemical waste

drain.

B. Floor cleanouts shall have cast iron body and frame with square

adjustable scoriated secured nickel bronze top. The cleanout shall be

vertically adjustable for a minimum of 2 inches. When a waterproof

membrane is used in the floor system, a clamping collar shall be

provided on the cleanouts. Cleanouts shall consist of wye fittings and

eighth bends with brass or bronze screw plugs. Cleanouts in the





22 66 00 - 7


cleanouts shall be provided where indicated on drawings.



If there are no fixtures installed on the lowest floor, the cleanout

shall be installed at the base of the stack. The cleanouts shall be

extended to the wall access cover. The vertical cleanout shall consist

of sanitary tees. Nickel bronze square frame and stainless steel cover

shall be furnished with a minimum opening of 6 by 6 inches at each wall

cleanout. Where the piping is concealed, a fixture trap or a fixture

with integral trap, readily removable without disturbing concealed

roughing work, shall be accepted as a cleanout equivalent providing the

opening to be used as a cleanout opening is the size required.


tapered screw plug in fitting or caulked/no hub cast iron ferrule.

Plain end (no-hub) piping in interstitial space or above ceiling may

use plain end (no-hub) blind plug and clamp.

2.6 FLOOR DRAINS

A. Type L: Flushing Rim Drain. Heavy cast iron body, double drainage

pattern with flushing rim and clamping device. Solid bronze gasketed

grate approximately 11 inches in diameter, with 2 inch length of 3/4

inch brass pipe brazed or threaded into the center of the solid grate,

pipe shall be threaded and provide brass cap with inter gasket

(neoprene) to provide a gas tight installation. Attach deep seal P-trap

to drain. Body and trap shall have pipe taps for water supply

connections:


2. Cystoscopy Rooms:

a. Flush Valve: The flush valve shall be large diaphragm type

flushometer, solenoid operated with a single circuit timer. Mount

in valve cabinet.

b. Operation: Valve solenoid shall be cycled by a single circuit

timer set to operate flush valve at five minute intervals. Timer

shall be electrically connected to an "on - off" toggle switch

and be provided with pilot light. Timer and flush valve shall

operate only when timer/valve switch is in the "on" position.



22 66 00 - 8

c. Valve Cabinets:

1) General: Sheet metal not lighter than 16 gauge thick, size as

required, rigidly assembled with joints welded, and punched or

drilled for passage of required pipes and services. Provide

anchors for fastening cabinet in place. Front shall be flush

with wall finish and shall have flush fitting, hinged doors,

with latch. Door shall be arranged to not offer any

obstruction when open.

2) Doors and Trim: Flush with front of cabinet, constructed of

not lighter than number 12 gauge thick steel. Doors shall open

through 180 degrees and be provided with two butt hinges or

continuous hinge. Latch shall be provided by manufacture of

cabinet.

3) Painting: Prime and finish painting is specified under Section

09 91 00, PAINTING.

B. Type T: Funnel Type Chemical Resistant Floor Drain and "P" Trap: Double

drainage pattern with integral seepage pan for embedding in floor and

weep holes to provide adequate drainage from pan to drain pipe. Floor

drain shall be polypropylene, flame retardant, Schedule 40 or 80.

Provide outlet of floor drain suitable for properly jointing perforated

or slotted floor level grate and funnel extension. Cut out grate below

funnel. Minimum dimensions as follows:

1. Height of funnel 3-3/4 inches.

2. Diameter of lower portion of funnel - 2 inches.

3. Diameter of top portion of funnel - 4 inches.

C. Type X: Chemical resistant floor drain and p-trap. Double drainage

pattern with integral seepage pan for embedding in floor and weep holes

to provide adequate drainage from pan to drain pipe. Floor drain shall

be polypropylene, flame retardant, Schedule 40 or 80. Provide outlet of

floor drain suitable for properly joining with chemical resistant pipe

material.

2.7 WATERPROOFING

A. A sleeve flashing device shall be provide at points where pipes pass








22 66 00 - 9


extend through the floor slab. A waterproofed caulked joint shall be


PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. The pipe installation shall comply with the requirements of the

International Plumbing Code and these specifications.

B. Branch piping for chemical waste piping system shall be installed and

connected to all fixtures, valves, cocks, outlets, casework, cabinets

and equipment, including those furnished by the Government or specified

in other sections.

C. Piping shall be installed for reagent racks. The piping shall be

arranged neatly and located as required by the equipment.

D. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper

tools. Pipe, except for plastic and glass, shall be reamed to full size

after cutting.

E. All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other work.

F. The piping shall be installed above accessible ceilings to allow for

ceiling panel removal.

G. The piping shall be installed to permit valve servicing or operation.

H. The piping shall be installed at the indicated slopes or according to

the International Plumbing Code.

I. The piping shall be installed free of sags and bends.

J. Seismic restraint shall be installed where required by code.

K. Changes in direction for chemical waste drainage and vent piping shall

be made using appropriate branches, bends and long sweep bends.

Sanitary tees and short sweep quarter bends may be used on vertical

stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical.

Long turn double wye branch and eighth bend fittings shall be used if

two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common

drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent

lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Proper

size of standard increaser and reducers shall be used if pipes of

different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in

direction of flow is prohibited.

L. Buried soil and waste drainage and vent piping shall be laid beginning

at the low point of each system. Piping shall be installed true to

grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Hub



22 66 00 - 10

ends shall be placed upstream. Required gaskets shall be installed

according to manufacturer’s written instruction for use of lubricants,

cements, and other installation requirements.

M. Cast iron piping shall be installed according to CISPI’s “Cast Iron


Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings”.

N. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the COR, the Contractor shall

correct the installation at no cost to the Government.

O. Chemical-resistant vent pipe shall be independently vented through the

roof.




compression joints.




C. Hubless, cast iron piping shall be joined in accordance with CISPI’s

“Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook” for hubless piping coupling

joints.







unless dry seal threading is required by the pipe service.


sections of pipe.






C. All chemical waste piping shall be joined with specialty fittings in

accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer’s recommendations

for the applications used.



22 66 00 - 11

3.4 NEUTRALIZATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. Install neutralization systems on smooth and level concrete base .

Include neutralizing solutions and full initial charge of limestone.

3.5 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES

A. All piping shall be supported according to the International Plumbing

Code, Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, and these

specifications.

B. Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and accessories used for Pipe supports

shall be shop coated with zinc Chromate primer paint. Refer to Section

09 91 00, PAINTING.

C. Horizontal piping and tubing shall be supported within 300 mm (12

inches) of each fitting or coupling.

D. Vinyl coated hangers shall be installed for glass piping. The maximum

horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters shall be:

1. For NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4, the maximum spacing shall be 48 inches with

3/8 inch rod.

2. For NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2, the maximum spacing shall be 72 inches with

3/8 inch rod.

3. For NPS 3 inch, the maximum spacing shall be 72 inches with 1/2 inch

rod.

4. For NPS 4 inch, the maximum spacing shall be 72 inches with 5/8 inch

rod.

E. Vertical piping and tubing shall be supported at the base, at each


F. In addition to the requirements in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK

RESULTS FOR PUMBING, floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates, Supports, and

Hangers shall have the following characteristics:




4. Adjustable Floor Rests and Base Flanges shall be steel.

5. Hanger Rods shall below carbon steel, fully threaded or Threaded at



6. Riser Clamps shall be malleable iron or steel.

7. Rollers shall be Cast iron.

8. Hangers and supports utilized with insulated pipe and tubing shall

have 180 degree (min.) metal protection shield Centered on and



22 66 00 - 12

welded to the hanger and support. The shield shall be 4 inches in

length and be 16 gauge steel. The shield shall be sized for the

insulation.

G. Miscellaneous Materials: As specified, required, directed or as noted

on the drawings for proper installation of hangers, supports and

accessories.

H. Cast escutcheon with set screw shall be installed at each wall, floor



I. Penetrations:

1. Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls, smoke

partitions, or floors, install a firestop system that provides an


specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. Clearances between

raceways and openings shall be completely filled and sealed with the

fire stopping materials.

2. At floor penetrations, Clearances around the pipe shall be

completely sealed and made watertight with sealant as specified in

Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.

J. Chemical waste and vent piping shall conform to the following:

1. Where waste lines from fixtures are shown on plans to be chemical

resistant, vents from those fixtures shall also be chemical

resistant.

2. Mechanically Joined Polypropylene Pipe requires a pre-grooved pipe

or cutting of a groove in each pipe section using a rotation cutting

tool. Polypropylene chemical resistant pipe pitch shall be 1/4 inch

per foot minimum. Mechanically joined pipe shall not be installed

below grade.

3. Plastic chemical waste pipe shall not be installed within 75 feet of

hot water appliances (autoclaves, dishwashers, sterilizers) and

similar equipment.

4. High silicon content cast iron pipe with bell and spigot joints and

heat fusion plastic pipe may be used below grade under building.

5. Stainless steel, mechanical joints shall not be installed below

grade.

6. Stainless Steel Piping system shall be Joined and supported per

manufacturer's recommendations.



22 66 00 - 13

3.6 TESTS

A. The chemical resistant pipe system shall be tested either in its

entirety or in sections.

B. Tests for Chemical Resistant Waste, and Vent, Systems shall be

conducted before fixtures are connected. A water test or air test

shall be conducted as directed.

1. Entire system is tested using a water test, tightly close all

openings in pipes except highest opening, and fill system with water

to point of overflow. If system is tested in sections, tightly plug

each opening except highest opening of section under test, fill each

section with water and test with at least a 10 foot head of water.

In testing successive sections, test at least upper 10 feet of next

preceding section so that each joint or pipe except upper most 10

feet of system has been submitted to a test of at least a 10 foot

head of water. Water shall be kept in system, or in portion under

test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. System shall

then be tight at all joints.

2. Entire system is tested using an air pressure test of 5 psig gage

shall be maintained for at least 15 minutes without leakage. A force

pump and column gage shall be used for the test.

3. Final Tests: Either one of the following tests may be used.



smoke under pressure of 1 inch of water with a smoke machine.

Chemical smoke is prohibited.

b. Peppermint Test: Introduce two ounces of peppermint into each

line or stack.








functions.





22 66 00 - 14





3.8 COMMISSIONING





3.9 DEMONSTRATION AND TESTING



system.




- - - E N D - - -



22 67 19.16 - 1

SECTION 22 67 19.16 REVERSE-OSMOSIS WATER EQUIPMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide a boiler make up water complete industrial-type packaged

reverse osmosis (RO) water treatment system producing high purity water

by removal of dissolved minerals, bacteria, particles and organic

impurities. Designed for continuous automatic operation. The system

shall include pre-filter, product storage tank and all devices

necessary for fully operational system. RO system operation will be

controlled by the water level in the product storage tank.

B. Provide separate Reverse Osmosis water treatment systems serving

Sterile Processing and Pathology Laboratories

1. GENERAL: The system is a standard Original Equipment Manufacturer

(OEM) product designed to fit through restricted access doorways,

elevators, and access panels with minimal onsite assembly. This

system produces and distributes ASTM Type II Quality RO water.

a. Unit shall be designed to fit within a 36” X 96” footprint and

shall not weigh more than 1300lbs (Dry).

b. Unit shall be a standard OEM product offering and is not a

prototype or first article design. Custom built systems are not

acceptable. Unit data sheets, General Arrangement Drawing,

testing, performance, and characterization data to be submitted

by Vendor with pricing proposal.

c. Unit shall produce 3.00 Gallons per minute (GPM) of reverse

osmosis permeate water.

d. Sterile Processing Unit shall store 300 Gallons and deliver 40

GPM of ASTM Type II water to customer use points.

e. Pathology Laboratory Unit shall store 300 Gallons and deliver 15

GPM of ASTM Type II water to customer use points.

2. Pretreatment: General: Suitable pretreatment including water

softening shall be provided by the Vendor to ensure feedwater

contaminants are within the following ranges:

a. Calcium Ca ppm (as CaCO3) less than 250, pretreatment softener

b. Total Chlorine CI ppm less than 0.1, pretreatment carbon filter

c. Silica SiO2 ppm less than 30, pretreatment sediment cartridge

filter

d. Fouling Index SDI less than 5, pretreatment sediment cartridge

filter.



22 67 19.16 - 2

e. Iron/ Manganese Fe/Mn ppm less than 0.05, pretreatment sediment

cartridge filter.

f. Organics TOC ppm less than 2, pretreatment carbon filter.

C. Provide Reverse Osmosis water treatment systems serving Research

Laboratory.

1. GENERAL: The system utilizes multiple components including a

pretreatment filter, carbon filter, water softener, brine tank,

packaged reverse osmosis unit, deionization tanks, and booster pump.

This system produces and distributes ASTM Type II Quality RO water.

a. Packaged Reverse Osmosis Unit shall be designed to fit within a

48” X 60” footprint.

b. Packaged Reverse Osmosis Unit shall be a standard OEM product

offering and is not a prototype or first article design. Custom

built systems are not acceptable. Unit data sheets, General

Arrangement Drawing, testing, performance, and characterization

data to be submitted by Vendor with pricing proposal.

c. Packaged Reverse Osmosis Unit shall produce 0.90 Gallons per

minute (GPM) of reverse osmosis permeate water.

d. Research Laboratory Packaged Reverse Osmosis Unit shall store 79

Gallons and deliver 10 GPM of ASTM Type II water to customer use

points.

2. Pretreatment: General: Suitable pretreatment including water

softening shall be provided by the Vendor to ensure feedwater

contaminants are within the following ranges:

a. Calcium Ca ppm (as CaCO3) less than 250, pretreatment softener

b. Total Chlorine CI ppm less than 0.1, pretreatment carbon filter

c. Silica SiO2 ppm less than 30, pretreatment sediment cartridge

filter

d. Fouling Index SDI less than 5, pretreatment sediment cartridge

filter.

e. Iron/ Manganese Fe/Mn ppm less than 0.05, pretreatment sediment

cartridge filter.

f. Organics TOC ppm less than 2, pretreatment carbon filter.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL

COMPONENTS.

B. Systems for service other than boiler plant make-up water, Section

22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.



22 67 19.16 - 3

C. Section 22 31 11, WATER SOFTENERS.

D. Section 23 07 11, HVAC, PLUMBING & BOILER PLANT INSULATION

E. Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

F. SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS. Requirements for



A. Manufacturer shall have been engaged in the manufacture of reverse

osmosis systems as a primary product for at least ten years. The ten

year requirement supersedes any conflicting requirement in other parts

of the project specification.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.


1. Catalog cuts, complete description and specifications of all

equipment and accessories

2. Accessories including filters, product storage tank, pressure gages

and test kit.

3. Performance data including normal and maximum flow and pressure

drop. Certification that required performance will be achieved.

Piping.

C. Complete detailed layout, setting, arrangement, and installation

drawings including elevation, preventative maintenance schedule with

instructions, spare parts list, equipment shipping weight, and

equipment operating weights. Drawings shall also show all parts of the

apparatus including relative positions, dimensions, and sizes and

general arrangement of connecting piping. Vendor to provide a three

dimensional CAD model of the complete unit. The CAD model shall be

compatible with Computer-Aided Design (CAD) / Architectural Design

software. Examples include Revit, AutoCAD, AutoDesk Inventor,

NavisWorks, Microstation, and SolidWorks.

D. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning









22 67 19.16 - 4


equipment.





G. Calculations

1. Vendor shall execute a reverse osmosis performance projection. The

projection must meet the following criteria: Feedwater data is based

on end user site data. Projection must be executed using the reverse

osmosis membrane manufacturers’ proprietary software.

2. Pressure/ Temperature rating calculations.

3. System operation pressure and flow calculations. Pressures and

ranges for each pressure gauge and flow meter shall be provided.

H. Tagging: All valves, instrumentation, filters, membranes, tanks, and

process equipment shall be clearly tagged in accordance with the

following: tags must be traceable to the P&ID and General Arrangement,

tags shall be metallic (paper, adhesive, or handwritten tags are not

permitted, text shall be stamped, etched, or engraved. Font shall be a

minimum text size of 3/16” (18 Point), tags must be affixed to the

system using a means that will not be subject to corrosion or water

damage.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Influent Water Analysis:

Maximum Silt Density Index (SDI) Rating 260mg/L

Turbidity, NTU <1.0

Maximum Free Chlorine and/or Chloramine 0.17mg/L

Color: ________

Maximum pH (continuous) 8.64SU

Minimum pH (continuous) ________

Maximum pH (cleaning-30 minutes) ________

Minimum pH (cleaning–30 minutes) ________

Confirm the analysis with current samples and tests.

B. Design Parameters for Boiler RO System:

Normal System Flow: (80 gpm)

Maximum System Flow: (100gpm)

Daily Water Usage: (115,200 gallons per day)

Daily Hours of Water Demand: 24



22 67 19.16 - 5

Operating Temperature Range: 45-85 degrees F)

1.6 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:





B40.100-2005 ............ Pressure Gages and Gage Attachments

C. ASTM International (ASTM):

A269-07.................Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel

Tubing for General Service.

D1785-06................Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe,

Schedules 40, 80, and 120.

D1998-06................Polyethylene Upright Storage Tanks.

D. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

B300-04.................Hypochlorites

B301-04.................Liquid Chlorine

C651-05.................Disinfecting Water Mains


ICS-6-1993(R2001, R2006)Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures


70- 08 .................National Electrical Code.

G. Department of Health and Human Services, Food and Drug Administration

(FDA):

CFR 21, Chapter 1, Part 175.300, 02 Resinous and Polymeric Coatings

H. NSF/ANSI 61 ............Drinking Water System Components – Health

Effects.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM (BOILER MAKE UP WATER)

A. Packaged automatic reverse osmosis system mounted on steel frame,

designed for project conditions. Equipment arranged on the frame to

allow easy access for operating, maintenance and repair. Unit shall

include reverse osmosis membrane, pressure vessels, pre-filtration

system, high pressure pump and all required piping, wiring and controls

for a fully operational system. Provide with Clean In Place (CIP)

factory assembly.

B. Performance Requirements:

1. Membrane reject ratio: 98% minimum. TDS of product is 2% maximum of

input TDS.



22 67 19.16 - 6

2. Capture rate: 70% minimum. Maximum amount of water to drain 30% of

input.

C. RO Membrane Elements: Thin-film composite with FRP over-wrap, anti-

telescoping device, u-cup brine seal. The design salt rejection shall

be 98% based on 2000 ppm water at 225 psig at 77 degrees F.

D. RO Element Housings: Type 304 stainless steel with PVC end caps held in

place with stainless steel bands. Each housing assembly complete with

one set of O-rings and O-ring lubricant. Housings for systems over 9000

gallons per day shall be constructed of fiberglass reinforced polyester

(FRP). Provide cleaning connections.

E. High Pressure Pumps and Motors: Single vertical multistage high

efficiency centrifugal type with Type 304 stainless steel casing,

shaft, impellers. Tungsten carbide and ceramic shaft seals. Cast iron

frame with flanged piping connections. Premium efficiency TEFC motor

selected to be non-overloading on the entire performance curve. Provide

with variable frequency drive (VFD).

F. Manual Valves:

1. Pump Throttle Valve: Type 316 stainless steel ball valve, socket

welded.

2. Concentrate Throttle Valve, Recycle Throttle Valve: In-line needle

style, stainless steel, rated for 300 psi minimum.

3. Inlet Isolation Valve, Product and Concentrate Check Valves: PVC

with EPDM seats and seals.

4. Feedwater Sample Valve, Product Water Sample Valve: PVC plug valve

with EPDM seats and seals.

5. High Pressure Sample Valve: Type 316 stainless steel plug valve.

G. Automatic Valves:

1. Automatic Inlet Shut Off Valve: Solenoid type, diaphragm actuated,

normally closed, constructed of glass-filled Noryl thermoplastic.

2. Automatic Membrane Flush Valve: Provide for purging the membranes

with fresh water upon machine shut down.

H. Piping:

1. Low Pressure Feed, Reject and Recycle Piping (75 psi and under):

ASTM D1785, Schedule 80 PVC, socket welded and flanged.

2. RO Product Tubing From Each Membrane Housing: ASTM D1785, Schedule

80 PVC, socket welded and flanged.

3. Low Pressure Control and Pressure Gage Tubing: Polyethylene.



22 67 19.16 - 7

4. High Pressure Reject and Recycle Piping (above 75 psi): ASTM A269,

Type 304 Schedule 10 stainless steel with butt welded joints.

5. High Pressure Control and Pressure Gage Tubing: 1000 psi burst

nylon.

I. Controls:

1. Electronic PLC or microprocessor controller providing automatic

control for all operating functions. Motor starter panel. All in FRP

enclosures rated NEMA 4. All wiring factory-installed and tested.

Comply with Section 26 05 21, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (600 VOLTS AND BELOW) and NFPA 70.

2. Autoflush indicator and control to flush RO concentrate at shut down

or at predetermined intervals.

3. Warning Alarms: Low quality product, low feed pressure, high feed

temperature.

4. Automatic Shutdowns and Alarms: Low feed pressure, low product

quality, pretreatment out of service, storage tank full.

5. Status Indicators: Low feed pressure, low quality, flow alarm, high

feed water temperature, product divert to drain valve open,

pretreatment lockout, storage tank full.

6. Low and High pressure safety switches.

7. Tank water level control switches.

8. Pump Motor Starter: Comply with Section 26 29 11, LOW-VOLTAGE MOTOR

STARTERS.

9. Miscellaneous Controls: Elapsed run time indicator, alarm horn,

chemical pump receptacles, convenience receptacles, auxiliary

contacts.

J. Instrumentation and Displays:

1. All instrumentation readouts panel-mounted in FRP enclosures rated

NEMA 4. All factory wiring. Comply with NFPA 70.

2. Digital flow indicators for, product, reject, recycle.

3. Pressure gages for inlet, cartridge filter outlet, RO feed, RO

concentrate, and RO product.

4. Conductivity indicator measuring product quality with digital

displays, alarm relays and automatic temperature compensation.

5. Conductivity probe mounted in the RO product.

K. Skid and Frame Assembly:



22 67 19.16 - 8

1. RO machine shall be built on a skid and frame constructed of welded

structural carbon steel. The entire surface shall be sand-blasted

and coated with high solids epoxy coating.

L. Reassembly:

1. Unit shall be shipped to the site completely assembled and tested.

If units or sections are to be disassembled at the site to allow for

installation in a limited space, the unit shall be reassembled and

tested for intended operation.

M. Pre-filter

1. Single multi-media filter sized for the RO machine inlet flow rate.

Filter designed for suspended solids removal down to 10 microns and

automatic backwash cycle.

2. Media Tank: FRP designed for 150 psi. Pre-piped internal backwash

distributor and filtered water collector.

3. Filter Media: Top layer of anthracite, middle layer of silica sand,

bottom layer of multi-grade garnet. Install filter media at job

site.

4. Backwash Cycle: Top-mounted, piston-operated control valve with pre-

sized drain line flow control orifice. The cycle shall be initiated

by and adjustable seven day electronic time clock. Include RO

lockout switch.

5. Replacement Filter Media: Provide elements for one complete

replacement.

N. Activated Carbon Filter

1. Single filter sized for the RO machine inlet flow rate. Designed to

remove chlorine and prevent RO membrane damage.

2. Media Tank: FRP designed for 150 psi. Pre-piped internal backwash

distributor and filtered water collector.

3. Filter Media: 12 x 40 mesh bituminous coal-based activated carbon.

Install media at job site.

4. Backwash Cycle: Top-mounted, piston-operated control valve with pre-

sized drain line flow control orifice. The cycle shall be initiated

by and adjustable seven day electronic time clock. Include RO

lockout switch.

O. RO Water Storage Tank

1. Free-standing, closed-top, flat-bottom, (1)668 cubic feet total

volume. Top access manway, PVC bulkhead fittings for high- and low-

level alarm switches, RO permeate inlet, RO permeate discharge and



22 67 19.16 - 9

drain. Install 0.2-micron tank vent filter at the top head. Vented

to atmosphere.

2. Provide skid mounted duplex close coupled end suction stainless

steel housing and impeller transfer pumps with variable frequency

drive (VFD) controller.

3. Materials of Construction: Linear polyethylene in one piece.

4. Tank Water Level Control: Adjustable float switch that signal

starting and stopping RO pump. High- and low-level alarm switches.

2.2 REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM (PATHOLOGY LABORATORY AND STERILE PROCESSING)

A. DESIGN

1. The unit shall be complete with two reverse osmosis membranes, one

ultra-violet (UV) disinfection unit, one multi-cartridge filter

(MCF). All pumps shall be mounted to a structural frame.

2. Each unit shall be equipped with a polypropylene 4-1/2” x 20” 20µ

filter

a. Filter must be accessible from the front of the unit and

positioned for easy replacement and service.

b. Filter inlet and outlet must be equipped with a sampling valve

and pressure gauges for easy pressure drop (dP) and water quality

determination.

3. All piping assemblies and weldments shall be joined with ANSI B16.5

fittings. All piping assemblies and weldments shall be pre-

fabricated and available as replacements.

4. The Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) shall be an Allen Bradley

MicroLogix™ 1000.

a. The PLC inputs and outputs shall be 24V DC.

b. The PLC shall be mounted within a control panel enclosure rated

to NEMA 4X or greater.

c. The PLC shall have the following dry alarm contract outputs: (1)

N/O Dry and (1) N/C Dry.

5. All control panels shall be UL listed and must be enclosed within an

enclosure rated to NEMA 4X or greater.

6. All control panel enclosures must meet the following criteria:

a. Minimum NEMA rating of 4X.

b. One filter fan with a minimum NEMA rating of 4X.

c. Must be readily accessible for all maintenance and repair work.

d. Shall have at least one access panel.

e. All feedthrough connections shall be water tight.



22 67 19.16 - 10

f. Shall feature a touchscreen HMI.

7. The unit shall be equipped with dry-run protection on all motors.

8. Each unit shall utilize pressure gauges, flow meters, and sample

valves for diagnostics and troubleshooting. A pressure gauge, sample

valve, and isolation valve shall be located adjacent to all filter

and membrane inlets and outlets.

9. All pipes and fittings shall be ANSI Schedule 80 minimum.

10. All connection points shall conform to ANSI B16.5/ASME

11. All wetted surfaces must be free from transition metals.

12. Tank shall be factory equipped with the following features: cone

bottom with 2” FNPT fitting, open top with 8” non-venting lid.

13. Tank shall be furnished with one Clean-in-place (CIP) tank wash

nozzle to prevent biofilm proliferation on interior tank surfaces.

Nozzle must be directed to cover the top and sides of the tank.

Spray coverage is to be equal to or greater than 240º.

14. Deionization tanks shall be unobstructed and easily accessible from

the front of the unit for maintenance and replacement.

15. Deionization media shall be monitored for quality. The unit shall

feature a deionized water quality meter to indicate when the

deionization media requires replacement. Each deionization tank

shall be equipped with one water quality indicator.

16. Deionization media tanks shall be provided with quick-disconnect

fittings to allow for easy replacement.

17. The unit shall include a pre-treatment carbon filter and water

softener. The unit must include the following control logic:

a. The unit must control all backflush and backwash operations by

means of relay outputs from the control valves,

b. The unit must feature controls to prevent a carbon filter, media

filter, or water softener to execute any backwash, backflush, or

regeneration operations during permeate water production.

B. PERFORMANCE

1. Main power: 230V/480V, 3 Phase, 60Hz

2. Incoming feedwater operating range: 40-60PSI at 5 GPM

3. The unit shall be factory programmed to provide real-time water

conductivity readings in microSiemens (µS/cm) for incoming

feedwater, permeate water, and distribution.

a. The unit shall be factory programmed to provide real-time system

reject rate on an integrated HMI screen.



22 67 19.16 - 11

b. Multi-channel conductivity meter shall function integrally with

the system PLC

c. Multi-channel conductivity meter shall feature the following

derived measurements: Difference, Sum, Ratio, % Recovery, %

Rejection, % Passage.

d. Unit enclosure must be rated to meet or exceed NEMA 4X

e. All parameters must be protected with security passcodes to

prevent unauthorized or accidental modifications.

4. HMI screen pages shall be tabulated to display separate operating

screens. The unit shall at a minimum display the following

information:

a. System operating status

b. Pump status and runtimes

c. Inlet and process valve status and position(open/close).

d. System shutdown, startup, and delay timers.

e. System alarms, including: Low incoming feedwater pressure, High

feedwater conductivity, High feedwater temperature, High permeate

water conductivity, High distribution loop conductivity, Water

detection/ surface sensor leak alarm, two (2) locations, Pump

failure or trouble condition, Motor protection circuit breaker

faulty condition.

5. All system parameters and timers must be protected with security

passcodes.

6. The unit shall be equipped with two (2) leak detection devices to

provide a signal to close a solenoid valve and shut off the incoming

water supply.

7. The unit shall be equipped with tank overflow detection

instrumentation.

8. The unit shall be capable of monitoring the operating temperature of

the ultra-violet disinfection unit. The unit shall trigger an alarm

if the ultra-violet unit exceeds the maximum operating temperature.

C. MANUFACTURERS

1. Basis of Design System Manufacturer: Elga/Veolia.

2. Basis of Design System Model Number

a. Pathology Laboratory QL275-300-15

b. Sterile Processing QL275-300-40

D. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION



22 67 19.16 - 12

1. Piping and fittings upstream of reverse osmosis membranes: Grey

Schedule 80 PVC manufactured in the USA and must meet or exceed the

following specifications: ASTM D1784, ASTM D1785, ASTM D2464, ASTM

2467, ASTM F1498, ASTM D2672, ASTM F1970, ANSI B16.5, ANSI B1.20.1,

NSF/ ANSI 14, NSF/ ANSI 61.

2. Piping and fittings downstream of reverse osmosis membranes: Natural

or pigmented Schedule 80 100% virgin polypropylene rated to 150PSI.

All piping must be produced in a Class 100 clean room environment.

Piping must meet or exceed the following specifications: ASTM

D4101, ASTM D2837, ISO 15494, ANSI B16.5, ANSI B1.20.1, NSF/ ANSI

61-G.

3. Main Frame: Aluminum extrusion with protective anodized treatment to

resist corrosion. Frame shall be constructed and designed to be

movable with a standard sized pallet truck.

4. Tank Frame: Steel with black power coat.

5. Storage Tank: Medium or high-density polyethylene with a minimum

wall thickness of 0.22” (5.6mm). Only virgin grade material shall be

used. Tank must be translucent to allow for water level viewing.

Tank must bear markings and text in Gallons/Liters to allow for

level quantification. Tank must be suitable for storage of Deionized

water up to 100ºF (38ºC). Tank must meet or exceed the following

specifications: ASTM D1998-06, NSF/ ANSI 61, UL94HB.

6. Deionization Tank(s): Woven fiberglass and glass-filled epoxy resin

outer shell with a polypropylene inner shell. Maximum operating

pressure shall be no less than 150PSI (10 Bar) at 120ºF (50ºC). Tank

must be opaque to prevent growth of algae and micro-organisms. Tank

shall be equipped with a rubber base. Tank must meet or exceed the

following specifications: NSF/ ANSI 44.

7. Deionization Media: Shall be premium grade spherical bead component

resin rated for semiconductor applications. Only mixed bed

deionization is permitted. Deionization media must be replaced with

new media only. Bed must be capable of producing 18 megohm

resistivity. Resin must be factory tested to ensure less than 50ppb

of leachable TOC in less than 50 bed volumes from the start of

service. Resin must meet or exceed the following specifications:

CFR173.25.



22 67 19.16 - 13

8. Reverse Osmosis pump: All wetted material must be rated for NSF

applications. The pump motor shall be NEMA and UR or UL rated. Pump

motor must utilize a TEFC design.

9. Delivery/ Distribution pump: All wetted surfaces must be 316

Stainless Steel. The pump motor shall be NEMA, UR, or UL rated. Pump

motor must utilize a TEFC design.

10. Pretreatment Softener:

a. Tank: Mineral volume capacity shall be 1.5ft³. Media shall be

high capacity ion exchange resin. Material of construction shall

be Woven fiberglass and glass-filled epoxy. All internal piping

shall be 1” NPS.

b. Brine Tank: Shall be included. Salt capacity shall be 240lbs or

greater

c. Control Valve: Shall be capable of automatic backwashing and

fully programmable.

11. Pretreatment Carbon Filter:

a. Tank: Mineral volume capacity shall be 1.5ft³. Media shall be

high performance coconut shell activated carbon. Material of

construction shall be Woven fiberglass and glass-filled epoxy.

All internal piping shall be 1” NPS.

b. Control Valve: Shall be capable of automatic backwashing and

fully programmable.

12. Pretreatment Cartridge Filter:

a. Filter: 4-1/2” x 20” 20µ polypropylene melt blown construction.

b. Filter inlet and outlet must be equipped with a sampling valve

and pressure gauges for easy pressure drop (dP) and water quality

determination.

2.3 REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM (RESEARCH LABORATORY)

A. The system utilizes multiple components including a pretreatment

accessory, packaged reverse osmosis unit, deionization tanks, and

booster pump. This system produces and distributes ASTM Type II Quality

RO water.

1. Pretreatment accessories include the following: pretreatment kit,

20” diameter prefilter, 14” diameter service carbon filter, 12”

water softener, and 18” diameter brine tank.

2. Packaged Reverse Osmosis unit is a 53 gal/hr RO system with integral

79-gallon tank, in-line UV treatment, in-line filtration (0.2um),

distribution loop SDI connection, distribution pump & controls.



22 67 19.16 - 14

Designed to deliver 53 gallons per hour of primary grade water to

the tank and supply purified water up to ultra-pure water quality

(dependent on SDI cylinders) through laboratory ring mains. The

system utilizes pre-filter, reverse osmosis module, 53-gallon

integral tank & distribution pump. It also includes UV treatment,

0.2um filtration & SDI treatment within the distribution loop to

maintain post RO water quality & guarantee water quality within the

laboratory distribution loop. It has user initiated automatic

sanitation and comprehensive status display with user definable

alarms monitoring essential functions. Multi-level ownership

protection for user level (view performance), maintenance level

(alarm set points) & service levels (calibration). System can also

be connected to Building Management System

3. Features include RS232 (D9 connector for printer and PC) and RS485

outputs for remote monitoring of the loop. Provide remote display

for monitoring system performance at separate locations to the unit.

System is supplied with a complete set of consumables. Main power

supply 220-240 volts, 50 Hz, power consumption 2200 VA.

4. Additional system components:

a. Loop booster module

b. High recovery kit

c. SDI treatment: two 14” diameter deionization vessels

d. TOC analyzer to provide real time Total Organic Carbon

measurement. The TOC analyzer is a Thornton Model 4000 used in

conjunction with an M300 TOC transmitter. The TOC analyzer will

continuously monitor the distribution loop water quality and

requires ~ 100 ml/minute sample drawn from the distribution loop.

5. Manufacturer

a. Basis of Design System Manufacturer: Elga/Veolia.

b. Basis of Design Packaged Reverse Osmosis Unit Model No. Centra

R200 Hi-Flow with loop boost module

2.4 PRODUCT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING

A. Boiler make up water distribution shall be Schedule 40 316L stainless

steel welded piping with flanged 150-pound WOG rated connections. All

valve types wetted parts shall be 316L stainless steel fitted.

B. All laboratories and sterile processing water distribution shall be

high purity virgin polypropylene schedule 40 or 80 piping meeting ASTM

D 4101 and socket fusion fittings and valves meeting ASTM D 2657.



22 67 19.16 - 15

2.5 PRESSURE GAGES

A. ASME B40.100, Grade A, 1% accuracy, 4-1/2 inches diameter, all metal

case, bottom connected. White dials, black hands, graduated from 0 to 0

to 100 psi and identity labeled.

2.6 WATER TESTING EQUIPMENT:

A. Furnish water testing equipment in a portable cabinet specially made

for the installed equipment. Include sufficient materials for 6 months

of normal testing procedures.

B. Silt Density Index (SDI) apparatus to measure degree of suspended

solids feeding the RO membranes. Include pressure regulator, pressure

gage, filter holder, 600 mL beaker, sample valve, tubing and 0.45

micron filter papers.

C. Test kit to measure total water hardness, total iron, free chlorine,

pH.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 REQUIRED TECHNICAL SERVICES:

A. Provide services of a qualified manufacturer's representative to check

complete installation for conformance to manufacturer's

recommendations, put system into service, make all adjustments required

for full conformance to design and specified requirements, and perform

all demonstrations and tests.

3.2 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTING:

A. Flush and disinfect new water lines and RO system and tank interiors in


B. Material:

Liquid chlorine: AWWA B301.

Hypochlorite: AWWA B300.

3.3 STARTUP AND TESTING:

A. Operating: Tests shall be run in presence of Resident Engineer.

B. Procedure:

1. Operate RO system at constant maximum required capacity for one hour

after demineralized RO product water is produced. When necessary,

waste product water to sewer to maintain above flow rate. Product

water production shall begin when a sample shows that

demineralization complies with requirements.

2. Demonstrate all features of the control system including diagnostics

and flow and cycle indications.



22 67 19.16 - 16

C. The Commissioning Agent will observe startup and contractor testing of


schedules with the Resident Engineer and Commissioning Agent. Provide


3.4 COMMISSIONING:

A. Provide commissioning documentation accordance with the requirements of

Section 22 08 00 – COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS for all

inspection, startup, and contractor testing required above and required

by the System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning Agent.


tested as part of a larger system. Refer to Section 22 08 00,

COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS and related sections for contractor

responsibilities for system commissioning.

3.5 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING:





SYSTEMS.

- - - E N D - - -



22 70 00 - 1

SECTION 22 70 00 FACILITY FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Diesel fuel, fuel oil and gasoline tanks, piping, and accessories

located underground as shown on contract drawings. Refer to contract

drawings for type of fuel and application (Boilers, Generators or

Dispensing to fleet vehicles) and for tank capacities.

B. Emergency Generator day tanks with transfer pumps, overflow pumps,

piping and accessories.

C. Tank Level and Leak Sensor Management Systems.

D. Fuel transfer pumps and controls.

E. Tank fluid level monitoring and alarm systems.

F. Leak detection system for tanks and underground piping.

G. Fuel oil quality maintenance system (water and particulate removal).

H. Gasoline and fuel oil dispensing system with remote monitoring, controls

and alarms.

I. A complete listing of common acronyms and abbreviations are included in


1.2 RELATED WORK




D. Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.

E. Section 05 50 00, METAL FABRICATIONS.

F. Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.


COMPONENTS.

H. Section 23 05 10, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR BOILER PLANT AND STEAM

GENERATION.

I. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.

J. Section 23 07 11, HVAC AND BOILER PLANT INSULATION.

K. Section 23 09 11, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR BOILER PLANT.

L. Section 23 21 11, BOILER PLANT PIPING SYSTEMS.

M. Section 23 50 11, BOILER PLANT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT.

N. Section 26 05 41, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION.

O. Section 26 32 13, ENGINE GENERATORS.

P. Section 31 20 00, EARTHWORK.



22 70 00 - 2




basic designation only. Where conflicts occur, these specifications and

the VHA standard will govern.

B. American Petroleum Institute (API):

RP 1631-2001 Interior Lining and Periodic Inspection of

Underground Storage Tanks

C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):

B16.5-2013 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through

NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard.

B16.9-2012 Factory Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings

B16.11-2011 Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded

B31.1-2014 Power Piping


A36/A36M-2014 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

A53/A53M-2012 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and

Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless

A105/A105M-2014 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for

Piping Applications

A106/A106M-2015 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe

for High-Temperature Service

A126-04(R2014) Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for

Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings

A234/A234M-2015 Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought

Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High

Temperature Service

B62-2015 Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or

Ounce Metal Castings

D2996-2015 Standard Specification for Filament-Wound

“Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-

Resin) Pipe

E. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):

A-A-60005-1998 Frames, Covers, Grating, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin,

Manhole

F. NACE International (NACE):

SP0169-2013 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or

Submerged Metallic Piping Systems



22 70 00 - 3

3/SSPC–SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning

4/SSPC-SP7 Brush-off Blast Cleaning


250-2014 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts

Maximum)


30-2015 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code

31-2016 Standard for the Installation of Oil-Burning

Equipment

70-2014 National Electrical Code (NEC)

99-15 Health Care Facilities

I. Steel Tank Institute (STI):

F001-2014 Flameshield® Standard for Fire Tested Tanks

F841-2006 Standard for Dual Wall Underground Steel Storage

Tanks

F894-2015 ACT-100® Specification for External Corrosion

Protection of FRP Composite Steel Underground Storage

Tanks

F941-2015 Fireguard: Specification for Fireguard Protected

Aboveground Storage Tanks

F961-2015 ACT-100U Specification for External Corrosion

Protection of Composite Steel Underground Storage

Tanks

P3-2015 Specification and Manual for External Corrosion

Protection of Underground Steel Storage Tanks

R891-2006 Recommended Practice for Hold Down Strap Isolation

J. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

58-1996 (R1998) Standard for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable

and Combustible Liquids

142-2006 (R2014) Standard for Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable

and Combustible Liquids

971-2008 Standard for Nonmetallic Underground Piping for

Flammable Liquids

1316-2008 Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Underground Storage

Tanks for Petroleum Products, Alcohols, and Alcohol-

Gasoline Mixtures

1746-2007 (R2014) Standard for External Corrosion Protection Systems

for Steel Underground Storage Tanks



22 70 00 - 4

2085-2003 Standard for Protected Aboveground Tanks for

Flammable and Combustible Liquids.

1.4 SUBMITTALS




“SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 70 00, FACILITY FUEL OIL SYSTEMS”, with





capacity.

D. Underground Tanks:

1. Drawings of tanks, anchoring devices, tank manholes, tank

manhole enclosures, access doors for the tank manhole

enclosures and all accessories. Include overall dimensions

and dimensional locations and sizes of all anchoring devices,

pipe connections, and access openings.

2. Manufacturer's installation instructions describing

recommended foundation, bedding and backfill material,

support and anchoring devices, and method of installation.

3. Weight of entire tank assemblies, empty and flooded.

4. Certification of compliance with specified standards.

5. Certification that steel tank manufacturer participates in

the Steel Tank Institute (STI) Quality Assurance Program.

6. Data certifying that tanks are designed for surcharge loads

of backfill, traffic and other construction.

7. Design and construction of tanks, secondary containment, pipe

connections, manholes, anchoring devices, access doors for

tank manhole enclosures.

8. Generator Fuel Oil Application and performance data on tank

coating (steel tanks) from manufacturer of coating.

9. Design of cathodic protection system (when specified) for

steel tanks.

E. Day Tanks

1. ASTM, UL and EMA compliance.

2. Catalog cuts.

3. Pumps and pump arrangement.



22 70 00 - 5

4. Motor horsepower and electrical requirements.

5. Motor drive and/or disconnect requirements.

6. Flow and pressure rating.

7. Manufacturer.

F. Tank Level and Leak Sensor Management Systems.

1. Submit reports to the Owner documenting testing

activities/results for all tests required under this Section.

2. Level Transmitters

3. Leak Detectors

4. ASTM, UL compliance.

5. Catalog cuts.

6. Control panel construction, size and power requirements.

7. Pump control.

8. Sequence of Operation.

9. Manufacturer.

G. Fuel Transfer Pumps

1. ASTM, UL and EMA compliance.

2. Catalog cuts.

3. Pump arrangement.

4. Motor horsepower and electrical requirements.

5. Pump Controller drive and disconnect requirements.

6. Flow and pressure rating.

7. Manufacturer.

H. Fuel Piping:

1. ASTM and UL compliance.

2. Grade, class or type, schedule number.

3. Manufacturer.

I. Pipe Fittings, Unions, Flanges:

1. ASTM and UL compliance.

2. ASTM standards number.

3. Catalog cuts.

4. Pressure and temperature rating.

J. Foot Valves, Check Valves, Overfill Prevention Valves:

1. Catalog cuts showing design and construction.

2. Pressure and temperature ratings.

3. Pressure loss and flow rate data.

4. Materials of construction.

5. Accessories.



22 70 00 - 6

K. Secondary Containment System for Fuel Piping:

1. Sizes, materials, construction of containment system

including end seals, sumps, coatings and pipe supports.

2. Layout of system.

3. Installation instructions.

4. Design of cathodic protection system (steel casing).

L. Leak Detection System:

1. Drawings, description and performance data on sensors,

control units.

2. Description of operation.

3. Layout of system.

4. Installation and operating instructions.

5. Data on interconnecting wiring systems to be furnished.

M. Tank Fluid Level Monitoring Instrumentation System:

1. Drawings showing instruments and in-tank sensing units, with

dimensions.

2. Design and construction of all elements of system.


N. Fuel dispenser

1. Drawings and description of all components and arrangement of

system.

2. Design and performance of dispensers, pumps, filters, control

and monitoring

3. Catalog data and operation of control system.


O. Fuel Management System


system.

2. Design for control and monitoring


4. Installation instructions

P. Tank and Piping Accessories: Design, construction, and dimensions of

vent caps, fill boxes, fill caps, spill containers and other

accessories.

Q. Fuel Quality Maintenance System:


system.

2. Design and performance of pumps, filters.



22 70 00 - 7



R. Complete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams,

technical data sheets, information for ordering replacement parts, and

troubleshooting guide:

1. Include complete list indicating all components of the

systems.

2. Include complete diagrams of the internal wiring for each

item of equipment.



S. Completed System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning Agent

and completed by the contractor, signed by a qualified technician and

dated on the date of completion.

T. Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with

the requirements of this section.


A. Approval by Contracting Officer is required of products or services of

proposed manufacturers, suppliers and installers, and will be based on

Contractor’s certification that:

1. Manufacturers regularly and currently manufacture tanks, tank

and piping accessories, tank fluid level monitoring and leak

detection systems, and fuel quality management systems.

2. Manufacturers of steel tanks participate in the Quality

Assurance Program of the Steel Tank Institute (STI).

3. The design and size of each item of equipment provided for

this project is of current production and has been in

satisfactory operation on at least three installations for

approximately three years. Current models of fluid level and

leak detection systems with less than three years’ service

experience are acceptable if similar previous models from the

same manufacturer have at least three years’ service

experience.

B. Apply and install materials, equipment and specialties in accordance

with manufacturer’s written instructions. Conflicts between the

manufacturer’s instructions and the contract drawings and specifications

shall be referred to the COR for resolution. Provide copies of



22 70 00 - 8

installation instructions to the COR two weeks prior to commencing

installation of any item.

C. All equipment shall be free from defects that would adversely affect the

performance, maintainability and appearance of individual components or

overall assembly.

D. Tanks, Secondary Containment Systems for Piping, Plastic Piping and

Containment Systems, Tank Level Monitoring Systems, Leak Detection

Systems, Fuel Quality Management Systems: Authorized manufacturer’s

representatives shall provide onsite training of installers and

supervision of the installation and testing of the equipment and systems

to assure conformance to written instructions of manufacturers.

E. Tank, pump and piping installation contractor shall be certified as

acceptable by local and state pollution control authorities.

F. Entire installation shall conform to requirements of local and state

pollution control authorities.

G. Pipe Welding: Conform to requirements of ASME B31.1. Welders shall show

evidence of qualification. Welders shall utilize a stamp to identify

their work. Unqualified personnel will be rejected.

H. Assembly of Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Piping: Installation

personnel shall have been trained, tested and certified under a

procedure approved by the manufacturer of the piping. Proof of

certification, in writing, shall be provided to the COR.

I. Where specified codes or standards conflict, consult the COR.

J. Label of Conformance (definition): Labels of accredited testing

laboratories showing conformance to the standards specified.

K. Equipment and materials installed shall be compatible in all respects

with other items being furnished and with existing items so that the

result will be a safe, complete and fully operational system which

conforms to contract requirements and in which no item is subject to

conditions beyond its design capabilities.

L. Factory authorized service representative shall inspect and approve the

installation. The representative shall submit a comprehensive check list

of quality and safety items critical to the system and shall verify that

the installation is in accordance with these standards and applicable

fire and environmental codes and regulations.






22 70 00 - 9


review comments, VA approved substitutions and construction revisions

shall be in electronic version on CD or DVD and inserted into a three-

ring binder. All aspects of system operation and maintenance procedures,

including applicable piping isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits,

a written description of system design, control logic, and sequence of

operation shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. The


techniques and procedures for emergency situations. Notes on all special

systems or devices shall be included. A List of recommended spare parts





completed phase for verification; and, shall provide the complete set at

the time of final systems certification testing. Should the installing

contractor engage the testing company to provide as-built or any portion

thereof, it shall not be deemed a conflict of interest or breach of the

‘third party testing company’ requirement. Provide record drawings as

follows:

1. Red-lined, hand-marked drawings are to be provided, with one

paper copy and a scanned PDF version of the hand-marked

drawings provided on CD or DVD.

2. As-built drawings are to be provided, with a copy of them on

AutoCAD version 2014 provided on CD or DVD. The CAD drawings

shall use multiple line layers with a separate individual

layer for each system.

D. The as-built drawings shall indicate the location and type of all

lockout/tagout points for all energy sources for all equipment and pumps

to include breaker location and numbers, valve tag numbers, etc.

Coordinate lockout/tagout procedures and practices with local VA

requirements.

E. Certification documentation shall be provided to COR 21 working days


shall include all test results, the names of individuals performing work

for the testing agency on this project, detailed procedures followed for

all tests, and provide documentation/certification that all results of

tests were within limits specified. Test results shall contain written



22 70 00 - 10

sequence of test procedure with written test results annotated at each

step along with the expected outcome or setpoint. The results shall

include all readings, including but not limited to data on device (make,

model and performance characteristics), normal pressures, switch ranges,

trip points, amp readings, and calibration data to include equipment

serial numbers or individual identifications, etc.

F. Reports shall be submitted to the Owner, documenting testing

activities/results for all tests required under this Section.

1.7 PERMITS

A. Contractor shall obtain and complete all tank permit and registration

forms required by governmental authorities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 UNDERGROUND STEEL TANKS

A. Factory-fabricated all welded double-wall steel, horizontal cylindrical

configuration, atmospheric pressure, internal and external corrosion

protection as specified. Tanks shall be fabricated in accordance with

Steel Tank Institute (STI) design standards by manufacturer that

participates in STI Quality Assurance Program.

B. Construction:

1. ASTM A36/A36M steel, UL 58 double-wall, 360-degree secondary

containment.

2. Conform to NFPA 30 or NFPA 31 as applicable.

3. The bottom 60 degrees of all lap or offset circumferential

interior seams shall be seal welded 30 degrees each way from

bottom centerline to retard corrosion.

4. Design for surcharge loads such as backfill and paving as

shown. In addition, in paved areas, design for AASHTO H-20

14,515 kg (32,000 pound) axle loading.

5. Leaks and abrasions are prohibited. Maximum out-of-roundness

is one percent of the diameter.

6. Outer wall shall provide leak tight secondary containment

that covers 100 percent of tank volume and shall permit

migration of any inner tank leakage to the lowest part of the

tank where leak detectors are located. Make provisions for

leak detectors to be furnished at lowest part of interstitial

space between tank walls.

C. Factory Cleaning: Clean interior and exterior. Remove all mill scale,

dirt, rust, oil, welding debris, loose coatings and coatings and



22 70 00 - 11

material incompatible with fuel stored or protective coating to be

furnished. Sandblast exterior in accordance with NACE 3/SSPC-SP6 and STI

corrosion protection system requirements.

D. Factory Applied Exterior Corrosion Protection System: Steel Tank

Institute (STI) STI P3 coating/cathodic protection technology. Tank

shall be labeled to indicate compliance. Provide signed holiday test

results. Provide STI standard limited 30-year warranty against internal

and external corrosion penetrating the tank.

E. Factory Applied Interior Coating: API RP 1631 coating from bottom of

tank to 1 m (3 feet) from bottom.

F. Cathodic Protection: Conform to UL 1746 and STI P3 and NACE SP0169

consisting of galvanic anodes, wire conductors welded to the tank and

connected to test stations and anodes, insulating devices to

electrically isolate the tank from piping, test stations properly

connected to permit required tests.

G. Cathodic Protection System Test Stations:

H. STI P3 system for tanks.

I. Weatherproof high-impact-resistant plastic housing. Provide means to

securely anchor housing. Locking cover for terminal board. Yellow color.

Identification "CP TEST STATION" molded in cover or otherwise

permanently marked.

J. High-impact-resistant plastic terminal board, cadmium-plated or zinc-

plated hardware, accessible from front and rear, sufficient terminals

for all required connections.

K. SPEC WRITER NOTE: Verify that drawings are coordinated with the

following paragraph. Revise as necessary if concrete enclosure is to be

provided.

L. Tank Manhole Enclosures:

M. Rectangular or cylindrical enclosures, sized as shown, designed to

contain fuel spills from leaking piping. Locate all tank manholes and

tank piping connections within the enclosure. Watertight pipe

penetrations.

N. Steel, fiberglass or polyethylene. Reinforce to prevent deflection.

Leak-tight attachment to tank. Clean and coat interior and exterior of

steel enclosure as specified for exterior of tank.

O. In traffic areas, enclosure must be designed to withstand traffic loads

(AASHTO H-20 wheel loading, 14,515 kg, (32,000 pound)) and must have



22 70 00 - 12

flexible isolation system to prevent wheel loads being transmitted to

tank.

P. For steel enclosures, provide cathodic protection system and test

station as specified for the tanks.

Q. Access to Manhole Enclosure: Cast iron manhole frames and covers, rated

for traffic, minimum opening as shown. Comply with Fed. Spec. A-A-60005

R. Pipe Connections to Tanks:

1. Conform to UL 58.

2. Pipe sizes 100 mm (4 inches) and smaller, threaded. Pipe

sizes 6 inches and larger, raised faced slip-on flanges, 150

psig ASME rating.

3. Welded joints required on steel piping located inside tanks.

4. Provide and coordinate tank connection quantities, sizes and

types with requirements of fluid level gauge unit; leak

detector sensor; sounding rod; vent, fill, supply and return

pipes; and other pipes as shown.

5. Dielectric insulation on all connections to steel piping.

6. All tank piping connections, except vent, shall be within the

tank manhole enclosure.

S. Tank Manholes: Provide quantity shown. Bolted cover type, gasketed. Zinc

plated bolts, nuts, washers.

T. Internal Ladder: Provide as shown and shall have 2 inch x 1/4 inch

sides, 3/4 inch diameter rungs on 12 inch centers. Provide slide

supports to allow for tank movement.

U. Wear (Striker) Plates: Provide 12 inch square, 1/4 inch thick steel

plates rolled and seal-welded to bottom of tank directly under all

openings.

V. Lifting Lugs: Provide for rigging tanks.

W. Hold Down Straps: Provide quantity and design of EPDM-type rubber

encased steel straps as recommended by tank manufacturer to anchor tank

to concrete ballast slab. Hold down strap electrical isolation shall

conform to STI R891. Straps shall have tension load capability equal to

hold-down capability of ballast slab, with a minimum safety factor of

two. Provide complete anchorage devices, including turnbuckles, for

adjusting tension.



22 70 00 - 13

2.2 UNDERGROUND FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC TANKS

A. Type: Factory-fabricated, double-wall, fiberglass reinforced polyester

(FRP), horizontal cylindrical configuration, atmospheric pressure, for

underground installation as shown.

B. Construction:

1. UL 1316. Provide label of conformance.

2. Conform to NFPA 30 or NFPA 31 as applicable.

3. Design for surcharge loads due to backfill and paving as

shown. In addition, in paved areas, design for AASHTO H-20

32,000 pound axle loading.

4. Leaks and abrasions are prohibited. Maximum out-of-roundness

is one percent of the diameter.

5. Outer wall shall provide leak-tight secondary containment

that covers entire tank. Provide annular space between the

walls arranged with flow channels to allow tank leakage at

any point to flow to a leak detector at the bottom of the

annular space. Provide connection point to outer wall and

plastic pipe from tank connection to grade designed to

accommodate leak detection device.

C. Internal load – Tank shall withstand a 5 psig air pressure test with 5:1

Safety factor. Contractor shall individually test tanks for leakage

prior to installation. Maximum test pressure is 5 psig.

D. Vacuum Test – To verify structural integrity, the tank shall be vacuum

tested at the factory to 11.5” Hg.

E. External Hydrostatic Pressure – Tank shall be capable of being buried in

ground with 7-feet of overburden over the top of the tank, the hole

fully flooded and a safety factor of 5:1 against buckling.

F. Factory Cleaning: Clean interior and exterior. Remove all dirt, debris,

and coatings and material incompatible with fuel being stored.

G. Fiberglass Manhole Enclosures:

H. Cylindrical enclosures sized as shown on drawings, designed to contain

fuel spills from tank piping. Locate all tank manholes and all tank

piping connections within the enclosures.

I. Same material type and thickness as tank. Reinforce to prevent

deflection. Provide leak-tight connection to tank designed to allow

removal of tank manway cover without disturbing connection between

enclosure and tank. Coat all exposed steel surfaces, such as bolting,

with two coats of urethane.



22 70 00 - 14

J. In traffic areas, enclosures and tank must have flexible isolation

system to prevent wheel loads from being transmitted to the tank.

K. Access to Manhole Enclosure: Fed. Spec. A-A-60005 cast iron manhole

frames and covers rated for AASHTO H-20 32,000 pound axle loading

minimum with opening size as shown on drawings.

2.3 DAY TANK:

A. Each engine generator shall be provided with a 400-gallon welded steel

separate self-supporting integral day tank with double-wall fuel

containment.

B. Each day tank shall have capacity to supply fuel to the engine for a 4-

hour period at 100% rated load without being refilled, including fuel

that is returned to the main fuel storage tank. The calculation of the

capacity of each day tank shall incorporate the requirement to stop the

supply of fuel into the day tank at 90% of the ultimate volume of the

tank.

C. Secure, pipe, and connect the tank adequately for maximum protection

from fire hazards and oil leaks.

D. Incorporate emergency and normal vents, drain cock, shutoff cocks, fuel

filter, fuel oil cooler, unions, check valves, solenoid valves, leak

detection, day tank transfer and overflow pump, day tank and pump(s)

control panel and gauge glass. Terminate the vent piping outdoors with

mushroom vent cap.

E. Generator mounted transfer pumps are energized to circulate fuel oil

from day tank to each generator.

F. Incorporate a float switch in the day tank to actuate an alarm in the

engine generator control room when the oil level in the tank drops to

critical low fuel alarm and an alarm in the engine generator control

room and start the overflow pumps when the oil level in the tank reaches

the high fuel alarm.

1. Float switch contacts controlling the fuel oil transfer pump

shall be set to energize the pump when the liquid level in

the tank reaches one-third of the total volume of the tank.

2. Float switch contacts in the day tank initiate the following

response:

a. Critical low fuel alarm – alarm at the fuel oil control panel.

b. Low fuel level – open solenoid valves and allow fuel oil into the

tank.

c. High fuel level – close solenoid valves.



22 70 00 - 15

d. High fuel alarm – alarm at the fuel oil control panel and start

day tank overflow pump. Return surplus fuel oil back to the

underground storage tank (UST)

e. Day tank and engine supply line elevations shall be below the

elevation of the injector return outlet on the engine.

2.4 TANK LEVEL AND LEAK SENSOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS:

A. Fuel Supply System: Provide packaged controllers. One to manage boiler

fuel oil systems another to manage generator fuel oil systems and

another to manage (E85 and Diesel) fuel dispensing. Monitor fuel levels

in the tanks, leak detectors in the storage tank manholes and transition

sumps. In addition to monitoring, the management system will energize a

fuel oil pump and determine which tank to operate and each tanks

position in the queue. Systems utilize "integrated" electronic controls

between the storage tanks and management system(s) to provide automated

operation whenever there is a call for fuel.

B. Provide HOA Switch on the control panel to allow manual overrides and to

remove a tank/pump system from the queue for serving and inspection.

C. Interface with the Building Automation System (BAS)thru the operators

workstation.

D. Acceptable product and Manufacturer’s (Basis of Design)

1. Pneumercator Model TMS4000 to control and manage boiler and

generator monitoring and operations

2. Pneumercator Model TMS2000 to control and manage fuel

dispensing.

2.5 GENERATOR AND BOILER - FUEL OIL TANK AND TRANSFER PUMP CONTROLLER

A. The Control Panel shall be a U/L-508A control panel with power indicator

light shall be a NEMA 4 enclosure.

B. Provide Automatic control of tanks, pumps and accessory operations.

C. Automatic duplex pump controls lead-lag operation with automatic

alternation of pumps and tanks on successive starts, identify lag pump

and tank as back-up with selector switches in “auto”. With control

switches in "automatic" position the closure of a remote contact in the

boiler or generator control, start and run the lead pump in the lead

tank continuously. If flow is not sensed within 15-99 Seconds

(adjustable) stop the lead pump and start and run the lag pump

continuously. Send an alarm to the pump control panel stating “Lead Pump

Failure”. Operate pump until remote contact opens and the fuel oil need

is satisfied.



22 70 00 - 16

D. During normal operations the duplex pumps in tanks 1, 2, and 3 shall

serve Boiler loads only and duplex pumps in tanks 4, 5, and 6 serve the

Generator loads only.

E. Pump motor starter, full voltage type non-reversing, with adjustable

overload relay and disconnect switch with lockable, externally operable,

weatherproof handle mechanism.

F. Pump Selector Switch is illuminated when the pump is operating. There

will be one switch per each pump with "automatic" - "off"- "manual/hand"

G. Automatic Control of Motorized Ball Valves. Motorized Control Valves in

each fuel oil return line direct oil to the operating tank. Valve

selector switch is illuminated when it is open. There will be one switch

per each valve with "automatic" - "off"- "manual/hand" NOTE: These

valves can also be used to transfer fuel between tanks.

H. Pump overloads shall be displayed at the display screen.

I. Pump selector switch not in auto shall be displayed at the display

screen.

J. Tank Levels in Percentage shall be displayed at the display screen for

each storage tank.

K. Tank Leak shall be displayed at the display screen for each tank and

containment sump.

L. Tank Critical Low shall be displayed at the display screen, provide

automatic pump shut down remove it from the queue and switch to lag tank

and pump.

M. Provide audible alarm horn with acknowledge, reset and silence push-

buttons.

N. Monitor and record the running time for each pump in auto mode only.

O. All wiring run in raceways terminated at numbered terminal blocks and

shall be color-coded per the as-built drawings supplied with the system.

P. Power inlet to the Fuel Oil Control Panel thru a door mounted main

disconnect switch mechanically interlocked so the power must be turned

off prior to opening the enclosure.

Q. Provide a battery operated “UPS” power source in the control panel to

continue operation through a power failure.

R. The system shall be supplied with an isolation type control power

transformer with fused primary. Control power circuits shall be

subdivided into discrete fused branches such that critical circuits are

isolated among each other and from non-critical circuits.

S. The system shall include ModBus RTU communications.



22 70 00 - 17

T. Sequence of Operation

1. Display screen Receives “Pump On” signal from the Boiler

Controller or Generator Controller via dry contact at such

time the lead pump shall engage.

2. Pump Set Receives “Pump Off” signals from the Boiler

Controller or Generator Controller via dry contact at such

time the lead pump shall disengage.

3. If no flow is indicated in 30 seconds (Adjustable 15 to 99

seconds) the Lag Pump shall engage and run until Pump Set

Receives “Pump Off” signal from the Boiler(s) or Generator(s)

via dry contact at such time the lag pump shall dis-engage.

4. Pump shall alternate lead lag operations on each call for

fuel.

5. Control Panel shall monitor Tank, Level information via 4-20

mA for Continuous Level.

6. Pump Set shall Tank, Low Level and leak information via Dry

Contact Relays.

7. Pumps will not engage if pump switches are in the off

position, or both pumps have a failure, or the tank has a

leak, or there is a critical low level condition in that

tank.

2.6 FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMPS IN UNDERDROUND STORAGE TANKS:

A. Electric motor-driven, duplex arrangement, close-coupled, single-stage,

positive-displacement type with built-in pressure relief valves. When

the fuel is used for cooling components of the fuel injection system,

the engine's fuel return line shall be returned to the main storage

tank, rather than the day tank.

B. Include a heavy-duty automatic alternator and H-O-A switch to alternate

sequence of pumps. Pumps shall be controlled with the float switch on

the day tank and H-O-A selector switch such that the day tank will be

refilled automatically when the oil level lowers to the low limit for

the float switch. The H-O-A selector switches shall enable the pumps to

be operated manually at any time.

C. For all engines, the related transfer pump and its electrical and

plumbing connections shall be sized to provide a flow rate of at least

four times the engine's fuel pumping rate.

D. Provide a manually-operated, rotary-type transfer pump connected in

parallel with the electric motor-driven transfer pumps so that oil can



22 70 00 - 18

be pumped to the day tank while the electric motor-driven pumps are

inoperative.

E. Piping System: Black steel standard weight ASTM A-53 pipe and necessary

valves and pressure gauges between:

F. The engine and the day tank as shown on the drawings.

G. The day tank and the supply and return connections at the underground

storage tank as shown on the drawings. Connections at the engine shall

be made with flexible piping suitable for the fuel furnished.

H. Pipe Connections to Tanks:

1. Conform to UL 1316.

2. Pipe sizes 4 inches and smaller, threaded. Pipe sizes 5

inches and larger, 150 psig ASME flanged.

3. Welded joints required on steel piping located inside tanks.

4. Provide and coordinate tank connection quantities, sizes and

types with requirements of level gauge unit; tank leak

detector; sounding rod; vent, fill, supply and return pipes;

and other pipes as shown.

5. All tank piping connections shall be within the tank manhole

enclosures and sump/risers.

I. Tank Manholes: Provide size and quantity shown. Bolted cover type,

gasketed, zinc-plated bolts, nuts and washers. Provide 24” FRP manhole

extensions as needed.

J. Internal Ladder: Provide as shown with 2 inch x 1/4 inch sides and 3/4

inch diameter rungs at 12 inches on center. Provide slide support to

allow tank movement.

K. Wear (Striker) Plates: Provide 12 inch square, 1/4 inch thick steel

plates attached to bottom of tank directly under the sounding opening,

the fuel return discharge, and the fill discharge.

L. Lifting Lugs: Provide for rigging tanks.

M. Hold-Down Straps: Provide quantity and design of FRP straps as

recommended by tank manufacturer to anchor tank to concrete ballast

slab. Straps shall have tension load capability equal to hold-down

capability of ballast slab, with a minimum safety factor of two. Provide

complete anchorage devices, including turnbuckles, for adjusting

tension.

2.7 SOIL SEPARATOR MAT

A. Material: Porous, non-woven polypropylene geotextile, Weight: 4 ounces

per square yard, resistant to all alkalies and weak acids.



22 70 00 - 19

2.8 FUEL DISPENSER

A. Island-oriented remote dispenser with two displays and hoses accessible

from only one side delivering Gasoline from one hose and Diesel fuel

thru another.

B. Dispenser will be compatible with standard petroleum products like

gasoline and diesel fuel or alternative fuels in the future.

1. Current Fuel types: Gasoline and Diesel Fuel.

C. Performance up to 23-gpm per hose.

D. Dispenser shall have the following components: 2 - 14 ft. hoses, 2

product suction pumps, pulse transmitter, junction box, solenoid valve.

hose retractor, automatic nozzle, whip hose with breakaway coupling and

nozzle swivel. Provide decals for both sides of dispenser

E. Acceptable product and Manufacturer(Basis of Design):

1. Bennett Go Pump Commercial Electronic Dispenser Low Hose

Style with 2-hoses serving 2-products in an island-oriented

configuration.

2. Bennett 3722SNS-11 Fuel Control System

F. Fuel Management System:

1. FuelMaster 2500PLUS System by Syntech Systems (Basis of

Design).

2. Microprocessor: Capable of reprogramming without changing

hardware, and communicates with communication controller by

internal network, analog phone, or optional cellular modem.

3. Keypad: Heavy duty, alpha numeric membrane type with

separate key for each letter (no shift function required).

4. Display: Backlit LCD with contrast adjustment that is highly

visible and easy to read in total darkness or direct

sunlight.

5. Modifiable Prompts: The FMS shall have the capability to

customize initial entry, User ID and Vehicle Prompts Mag

stripe card reader and keyboard entry.

6. Expandable Interface: The FMS shall have the capability of

upgrading to accept credit cards, fleet cards, and/or HID

proximity badges or fobs.

7. Hose Controls: Able to control up to 8 hoses simultaneously.

8. Tank Monitor Integration: Ability to interface with

electronic tank monitors to allow for precise inventory

reconciliation.



22 70 00 - 20

9. RF Technology: Upgradeable to Fully Automatic RF/TAG System.

The FMS shall be capable of a future upgrade to a fully

automated system, requiring no human intervention for the

system to operate while collecting key vehicular telematics.

10. Design: The FMS shall be designed in a modular manner to

permit replacement of components with little to no tools

required.

11. Quality: Construction must be of high-grade aircraft

quality aluminum.

12. Environment: The FMS should have an operating range between

-60 degrees F to +140 degrees F able to withstand rain, snow,

and blowing sand.

13. Self-Diagnosis Capability: The system shall permit

diagnostic testing of boards, LCD, and keypad using the

supervisor’s key/card.

14. Toll-Free Support: The manufacturer shall provide toll-free

support during the warranty and available extended

maintenance periods for hardware and software.

15. Safety: The FMS shall be provided with all necessary safety

placards to warn operator or maintenance personnel of

hazardous areas.

16. Certifications: The FMS must meet the National Electrical

Code, NFPA #70-2002, the Uniform Fire Code, FCC Part 15,

Underwriters Laboratories 1238 and is listed under ETL.

17. Spare Parts: The manufacture shall agree to inventory spare

parts for the operating life of the system, estimated to be

15 years.

18. Software:

a. Compatible with Windows 7, 8, 10, Windows Server

2008/R2, and Windows Server 2012.

b. Custom exports available to automatically push data into

other fleet management or accounting programs.

c. Upgradeable to Real-Time, Cloud-Based Application.

2.9 TANK AND PIPING ACCESSORIES

A. Vent Caps: Galvanized cast iron or cast aluminum with 40-mesh brass or

bronze screens, arranged to permit full venting and to prevent entry of

foreign material into the vent line. Same pipe size as vent pipe.

B. Fill Boxes:



22 70 00 - 21

1. Spill-container type enclosing a fill cap assembly with

camlock hose connector with closure coordinated with fittings

used by fuel supplier.

2. Watertight assembly, cylindrical body, quick-opening

corrosion-resistant watertight sealable cover, polyethylene

spill containment compartment with minimum 5 gallon capacity.

Integral drain valve with discharge to fill pipe.

3. Fill cap shall be lockable, tight-fill design with provision

for padlock on the top of the cap. Fill cap shall screw onto

threaded adapter that can be removed without removing fill

box. Entire assembly shall seal tight with no leakage during

filling and when cap is in place.

4. Provide special tools necessary for opening fill boxes and

fill caps.

5. Protect spill container from traffic by ramped, drain-slotted

cast iron body ring and cover. Design shall prevent

transmission of traffic loads to the underground tank. Spill-

container type not required at locations designated only for

sounding tanks.

C. Support horizontal portion of pipes located inside tank every 7 feet

maximum.

D. Furnish gauging chart, liters versus mm and gallons versus inches depth.

E. Furnish sounding rod for each tank size. Mark rods in increments

representing five percent of tank capacity. Provide length of rod

suitable for tank burial depth (if applicable). Rods shall be graduated

in gallons.

F. Fill Point Identification:

1. Fill Boxes at Grade Level: Aluminum, brass or bronze plate,

anchored to concrete fill box pad with stamped or engraved

letters 3/4 inch) high.

2. Fill Caps above Grade: Aluminum, brass or bronze plate,

clamped to fill pipe, with stamped or engraved letters 3/4

inch high.

3. Legend: "BURNER FUEL OIL FILL" "DIESEL FUEL FILL” “GASOLINE

FUEL FILL” or "SOUNDING" as appropriate.

2.10 PIPING, VALVES, FITTINGS

A. Fuel supply and return, tank fill, vents, sounding, and pump out.

B. Steel Pipe and Fittings:



22 70 00 - 22

1. Piping: Steel, seamless or electric resistance welded (ERW),

ASTM A53/A53M Grade B or ASTM A106/A106M Grade B, Schedule

40. Aboveground piping shall be painted. Refer to Section 09

91 00, PAINTING.

2. Joints: Socket or butt-welded. Threaded joints are prohibited

except at valves, unions and tank connections.

3. Fittings:

C. Butt-welded joints: Steel, ASTM A234/A234M, Grade B, ASME B16.9, same

schedule as adjoining pipe.

D. Socket-welded joints: Forged steel, ASME B16.11, 2000 psig class.

1. Unions: Malleable iron, 300 psig class.

2. Companion flanges: Flanges and bolting, ASME B16.5.

3. Welding flanges: Weld neck, ASME B16.5, forged steel ASTM

A105/A105M, 150 psig.

E. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Pipe and Fittings:

1. Conform to UL 971 and ASTM D2996 using a filament-winding

process and epoxy or vinyl ester resins.

2. Design pipe, fittings and joining system for required fuel

service, 150 degrees F, 150 psig pressure, 20 inches Hg

vacuum.

3. Provide an integral resin-rich liner, 0.020 inches minimum

thickness to enhance the corrosion resistance. Outer layer

shall include ultra-violet inhibitors. Joining adhesive shall

be designed for the pipe furnished and shall be supplied by

the pipe manufacturer.

4. Plastic piping allowed in underground use only.

F. Check Valves - Fuel Pump Suction.

1. Pipe Sizes 2 inches and under: Rated for 200 psig water-oil-

gas, swing-type, threaded ends, ASTM B62 bronze body. Provide

union adjacent to valve.

2. Pipe Sizes 2-1/2 inches and above: Rated for 200 psig water-

oil-gas, swing-type, 125 pounds ASME flanged ends, ASTM A126

class B cast iron body.

G. Foot Valves - Fuel Pump Suction: Double poppet, lapped-in metal-to-metal

seats, double-guided stems, 20 mesh inlet screen, same size as fuel

suction piping. Foot valve shall be removable to above grade through the

tank manhole enclosure or through extractor fitting.



22 70 00 - 23

H. Extractor Fittings: Arranged to permit removal of foot valves, overfill

prevention valves, and other devices that are located below grade.

Access point shall be through a cast iron fill box-type manhole located

at grade. Provide extractor wrench.

I. Overfill Prevention Valve: Aluminum automatic valve designed for

underground or aboveground tanks, as applicable. Removable through the

extractor fitting on underground tanks. Locate valve near the top of the

tank in the fill pipe. On underground tanks with gravity fill, provide

two stage automatic float-operated valve. First stage operation at 92

percent tank capacity shall reduce flow to 5 gpm or less. Second stage

operation shall stop flow completely when tank is no more than 95

percent full. On aboveground tanks, or tanks pressure-filled, provide

single stage valve, rated for fill flow and pressure, which stops flow

completely at 95 percent of tank capacity. Valve shall include method

for draining oil trapped above the valve into the tank.

2.11 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT FOR UNDERGROUND FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS

A. Enclose the fuel supply, return and fill pipes in factory-engineered and

fabricated secondary containment conduit systems. The systems shall be

complete with end seals, with 1 inches minimum continuous annular space,

1-1/2 inches between carrier pipes, which shall contain all leakage and

which has provisions for leak detection system as specified.

B. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Conduit:

1. Conform to UL 971 and ASTM D2996 using a filament-winding

process and epoxy or vinyl ester resins.

2. Design pipe, fittings and joining system for carrier pipe

fuel service, 150 degrees F, 150 psig, 20 inches Hg vacuum.

3. Provide an integral resin-rich liner, minimum thickness 0.010

inch. Outer layer shall include ultra-violet inhibitors.

4. Minimum total wall thickness 0.07 inch for diameters below 8

inches, 0.11 inch for diameters 8 inches and 10 inches, 3/16

inch for diameters 10 inches through 20 inches, and 1/4 inch

for diameters above 20 inches.

C. Pipe Supports: Provide supports within conduit for fuel carrier pipes

spaced 7 feet apart except 10 feet apart for carrier pipe size 2 inches

through 4 inches. Support design shall permit differential movement of

pipes, allow drainage of leakage to sumps, and maintain alignment of

carrier pipes.

D. Conduit End Seals: Same material and coating as conduit; leak tight.



22 70 00 - 24

E. Leak Detector Sensor Locations: On each piping system, provide sumps at

the low points with water-tight openings above grade for access to leak

detector sensors. Design sumps to intercept all potential leakage.

Maximum spacing between sumps, 10 feet.

2.12 LEAK DETECTION SYSTEMS

A. Automatic digital continuous monitoring systems responsive to the

presence of water and hydrocarbons in the interstitial space of the

double-wall tanks, in the tank manhole access enclosures, and in the

secondary containment of fuel piping systems. System shall distinguish

between hydrocarbon and water and identify location of leak as to

individual tank and piping system. System may be combined with tank

fluid level monitor and alarm system specified in paragraph, TANK FLUID

LEVEL MONITOR AND ALARM SYSTEM.

B. Functions and Arrangement:

1. Single control station to monitor all sensing probes.

2. Visual indicator to monitor and identify leaks as water or

hydrocarbon and location.

3. Indicators on panel showing system status and which probe

has detected a release, fault or alarm.

4. On board printer that provides complete reports and log of

all system functions upon command.

5. Panel circuit test button.

6. 95 dB audible alarm with silencing control to sound when leak

is detected.

7. Eight-hour memory backup system with battery.

8. NEMA 250 Type 4 cabinet.

9. UL or other accredited testing laboratory listing.

10. RS232 Modbus communications with boiler plant computer workstation

to indicate system in service and alarm conditions.

C. Sensors:

1. Designed for required locations including: Insertion between

walls of double-wall tanks, in sumps in double-wall piping

systems and in tank manhole enclosures. Sensing points shall

be at lowest point of each tank or sump. Intrinsically safe

design.

2. Sensing units shall detect presence of water and a minimum

1/8 inch thick layer of hydrocarbon on surface of water and



22 70 00 - 25

minimum 2 inch thickness of hydrocarbon in area that has no

water present.

3. Sensors shall be arranged to allow replacement of individual

sensors without disturbing other portions of leak detection

system or fuel storage and piping system. Underground sensors

shall be accessed through caps as grade.

4. Materials of construction shall be non-corroding.

5. Transmit status signal to control unit.

D. Components:

1. Provide manholes at grade for each sensor cap similar in

construction to fill boxes. Manholes shall be cast iron,

quick-opening cover, watertight, minimum size necessary to

accommodate sensor caps. Provide identification plates,

similar to those specified for fill points, labeled

“MONITORING/OBSERVATION WELL-DO NOT FILL”. Provide special

tools if necessary for opening covers.

2. Sensor housings from tank and piping to grade shall be

Schedule 40 PVC, or stainless steel.

3. Underground wiring between probes and control unit: Place in

water-tight corrosion-resistant conduit system conforming to

Section 26 05 41, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION.

2.13 TANK FLUID LEVEL MONITOR AND ALARM SYSTEMS

A. Digital systems for central monitoring of fuel and water levels in all

fuel oil storage tanks in the project. High and low level visual and

audible alarms. Volumetric tank-tightness testing. Complete with all

transducing, transmitting, and receiving devices. On board printer to

provide complete report of all system functions upon command. System may

be combined with leak detection system specified in paragraph, LEAK

DETECTION SYSTEMS.

B. Fluid Level Monitor:

1. Digital continuous readout, showing tank oil and water levels

in gallons, smallest reading one gallon. Provide

identification of product measured, measuring units, and the

tank number.

2. Tank and fuel characteristics contained in preprogrammed non-

volatile field-replaceable databases. Protected power supply.

C. High and Low Fluid Level Alarm System:

1. Automatic continuous on-line monitoring of all tanks.



22 70 00 - 26

2. Visual and audible indicators combined with fluid level

monitor. Identify the tank that is in alarm condition.

3. Manual alarm test and silencing controls.

4. Low level alarm actuation adjustable 0-25 percent of tank

capacity. High level alarm actuation adjustable 75-100

percent of tank capacity.

D. Locate all indicators, selector switches, alarms on face of wall-mounted

NEMA 250, Type 4 panel.

E. Remote Alarm Annunciator:

1. Visual and audible high-level alarms adjacent to tank fill

box locations. Locate in NEMA 250 Type 4X weatherproof

exterior wall or pole-mounted panels.

2. Alarm shall include flashing red light with 180-degree

visibility for each tank and 95 dB horn or 4 inch diameter

bell. Provide alarm silence control.

3. Provide identification sign: "WHEN ALARM SOUNDS - FUEL TANK

FILLED TO CAPACITY - DO NOT OVERFILL".

F. Modbus communication to boiler plant computer workstation to indicate

tank fluid level and alarm conditions. Provide telephone modem

communication capability.

G. System Performance: Accuracy plus or minus 0.10 inch of fluid height in

inventory mode and 0.01 inch in leak detection mode. Automatic

compensation for fluid temperature changes. Volumetric tank tightness

sensitivity of 0.1 gph.

H. Sensors:

1. Provide sensor types such as magnetostrictive, capacitance,

float, hydrostatic and other types as necessary for the

applications.

2. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions with

provisions for easy future replacement without need for

excavation.

3. Provide for each hydrostatic sensor a constant flow

differential pressure regulator and transmitter protected

from fuel contamination. Air supply shall include filter and

over-pressure protection. Provide desiccant-type dryer on air

supply designed for removal of water vapor. Dryer rating,

minimum 10 SCFM. Provide moisture indicator. Dryer may be

deleted if air supply source has a refrigerated dryer.



22 70 00 - 27

4. Float-type units shall be designed for installation and

removal through a 4 inch diameter vertical pipe mounted in

the top of the tank.

I. Underground Wiring and Piping: Enclose in water-tight corrosion-

resistant conduit system sized and arranged as recommended by system

manufacturer and conforming to Section 26 05 41, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL

CONSTRUCTION.

J. Code Conformance: NFPA 70.

2.14 FUEL OIL QUALITY MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS

A. Complete factory-assembled automatic particulate filtration and

dewatering system to maintain the purity of No. 2 fuel oil in storage.

The system shall circulate the oil from the storage tank, through the

system, and back to the storage tank. Provide quantity and capacity of

systems to serve tanks as shown, connected to the tank pump-out and

return pipes. Drawings show multiple tanks served by one system. Units

with water storage tanks shall be floor-mounted on steel skids on

concrete foundations.

B. Performance: Design for nearly 100 percent water removal. Provide 2-

micron particulate filtration. Each system shall have capacity to turn

over the largest connected full tank one time within 28 hours. System

shall be designed to allow continuous operation with brief interruptions

to manually change filters and clean strainers.

C. Components:

1. Strainer: 100 mesh perforated stainless steel basket. Clamped

covers. 125 psig design pressure.

2. Water Separation Unit: Two stage, designed to reduce water

content of fuel to less than 10 ppm. Centrifugal separator

for removal of large droplets and renewable resin-impregnated

cellulose water coalescing elements. Water removed shall flow

to water holding sump in the unit. Water sensing probe to

alert the operator when water level in bowl has reached

capacity. Automatic pumped drain to holding tank actuated by

electronic water level sensing devices in the separation

unit.

3. Filter: 2-micron filtration with 96 percent removal

efficiency, valved manual drain. Replaceable elements.

4. Filtration Pump: Submersible pumps, one in each underground

storage tank circulates oil from the storage tank, through



22 70 00 - 28

the water separation and filter units and back to the storage

tank.

D. Controls:

1. Digital PLC electronic controls for all system control and

alarm functions. Relay logic not acceptable.

2. Control panel with selector for modes of operation,

indicators to show system status, and visual and audible

alarms to signal the need for operator intervention. Operator

interface shall be 2 x 20 LCD and keypad.

3. Controls shall include:

1) Control power “on-off”.

2) “Cycle Start”.

3) “Cycle Cancel”.

4) Programmable Digital Timer

5) Start and Stop select fuel oil filtration pumps.

6) Open/Closes solenoid control valves to filter up to (6) fuel

oil storage tanks weekly.

7) Pump cycle timer set function.

8) Cycle duration selector.

9) “Auto-Off” switch for water transfer pump.

10) Indicator on panel shall include:

11) “Control Power Indicator, Green Indicator, external

display”.

12) “Pump Running Indicator, Amber Indicator, External

Display.”

13) “Pump operating hour counter”.

14) “Pump Failure”.

15) “Excess Water in Fuel”.

16) “Filter Water Level High”.

17) “Rupture Basin Leak” alarm.

18) “High Pressure Drop in Strainer” alarm.

19) “High Pressure Drop in Filters” alarm.

20) “High Pressure” alarm and automatic shutdown.

21) “High Water Level” in water storage tank.

22) Emergency Stop Mushroom push button, Red, Latching, Turn

Reset, External Access.

23) Alarm Reset, push button, external access.



22 70 00 - 29

24) Filter and strainer differential pressure gauges,

differential pressure switches and control. Provide

indication when filters should be changed.

25) Over pressure switch and control to shut down pump if

filter inlet pressure exceeds limits.

4. All primary wiring exiting the enclosure shall be encased in

conduit.

5. Control signals to filtration pump magnetic motor starters

with overload protection.

6. Circuit breakers.

7. Control enclosure shall be NEMA 4, fully gasketed doors with

3 point lockable latching. Interior shall have white gloss

finish; exterior shall be chemical-resistant gray enamel. All

controls and indicating devices shall be mounted on front of

enclosure and labeled with black Phenolic labels with white

lettering.

8. Modbus communication to boiler plant computer workstation for

alarms and system status.

E. Enclosure – Wall Mounted Units: 14-gauge steel, NEMA Type 4 enclosure,

continuously welded, framed cabinet. Provide doors for complete access

to all equipment. Doors shall have a turned edge, piano hinges, three-

point locking mechanisms. Corrosion-resistant prime and finish coatings

on all interior and exterior surfaces.

F. Waste Water Holding and Removal System: Automatic system with gear pump

and 55 gallon holding tank. System shall sense water in the filter

enclosure, automatically start the pump to remove water from the water

separation/filter system and pump it into the holding tank. If water

collected in the filter enclosure exceeds the pumping capacity, the

filtration system shall automatically stop. Provide hand pump with

outlet hose connection for emptying water from holding tank. Provide

automatic valves that prevent oil flow into the tank or water flow out

of the tank back into the oil system when the system is idle. Tank

construction shall be centrifugally cast fiberglass reinforce

isophthalic polyester resin. Tank shall have high level alarm and

interlock to shut down the filtering system when the tank is full.

G. Piping: Refer to Section 23 21 11, BOILER PLANT PIPING SYSTEMS.

H. Pressure Gauges: Refer to Section 23 09 11, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL

FOR BOILER PLANT.



22 70 00 - 30

2.15 CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS

A. Concrete ballast foundations for underground tanks and concrete pads for

day-tanks are specified under Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.

Ballast foundations shall be sized for buoyancy of entire tank when

empty. Credit for overburden is allowed.

2.16 BURIED UTILITY WARNING TRACING TAPE

A. Tape shall be 0.004 inch thick, 6 inches wide, yellow polyethylene with

a metallic core, acid and alkali-resistant and shall have a minimum

strength of 1740 psig lengthwise and 1500 psig crosswise with an

elongation factor of 350 percent. Provide bold black letters on the tape

identifying the type of system. Insulating and labeling shall be

unaffected by moisture and other substances contained in the backfill

material.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the COR, the Contractor shall

correct the installation at no additional cost or time to the

Government.

3.2 INSTALLATION AND TESTING, UNDERGROUND STEEL TANKS

A. Conform to NFPA 30 or NFPA 31 as applicable.

B. Install tanks on 6 inch thick beds of clean, washed, inert sand that is

placed on concrete foundation. Secure tank to concrete ballast

foundation with specified straps. Slope tank. Completed tank

installation shall successfully resist buoyant forces of flooding to top

of tank when tank is empty.

C. After tanks are set in place, prior to backfilling, test tanks by

applying internal air pressure of 5 to 7 psig. Also test air space

between tank walls at pressure recommended by tank manufacturer. Repair

leaks in steel tanks by chipping to bare metal and rewelding. Repair

leaks in plastic tank jackets (if furnished) as recommended by tank

manufacturer. Retest tanks until all leaks are repaired. Test manhole

enclosures by filling with water and proving no leakage for 24 hours.

Tests shall be witnessed by COR.

D. Prior to backfilling, repair all damage to tank coating with the same

coating material. Coat all metal parts that will be below grade,

including tie-down fittings and straps, bolts, rings, pipes, with the

tank coating material. Perform 10,000-volt holiday test on all areas of

coating which have been repaired.



22 70 00 - 31

E. Excavation, trenching and backfilling around the tanks is specified

under Section 31 20 00, EARTHWORK. Backfill material shall be same as

bedding material and shall conform to printed instructions of tank

manufacturer. In addition, there shall be no stones, ashes, or corrosive

materials in contact with the tanks. Unstable and unsuitable soil shall

be removed and replaced with suitable material. Provide a soil

separation mat to keep soil separate from sand and pea gravel. Minimum

depth of cover shall conform to NFPA 30 or NFPA 31 as applicable. After

completion of backfilling, measure tanks internally for out-of-roundness

(deflection).

F. Do not place fluid in the tank until the backfilling and the piping

connections to the tanks are complete, and the tanks have been inspected

internally by the COR. Keep the tank excavation dewatered.

3.3 INSTALLATION AND TESTING, UNDERGROUND FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC

TANKS

A. Conform to NFPA 30 or NFPA 31 as applicable.

B. Place tanks on 12 inch thick beds of pea gravel (naturally rounded

aggregate, clean and free flowing, conforming to the written

requirements of the tank manufacturer).

C. Place gravel beds for tanks on concrete ballast foundations. Secure

tanks to foundations with fiberglass reinforced plastic straps. Slope

tanks. Completed tank installation shall successfully resist buoyant

forces of flooding to top of tank when tank is empty.

D. After tanks are set in place, test by applying internal air pressure of

5 psig, using soapsuds to locate leaks. On double-wall tanks, test

airspace between tank walls. Repair leaks in accordance with the

instructions of the manufacturer under the onsite supervision of a

representative of the manufacturer. Retest until all leaks are repaired.

Tests shall be witnessed by the COR. Test manhole enclosures by filling

with water and proving no leaks for 24 hours.

E. Prior to backfilling, clean and coat all metal parts that will be below

grade (including straps, bolts, piping) with protective coats of

urethane, using quantities and methods recommended by the manufacturer

of the coating for underground service.

F. Backfill around the tanks as recommended by the tank manufacturer.

Backfill material shall be gravel identical to the bed material. If

earth is to be placed above gravel, provide soil separator mat on top of

gravel. Lap 12 inches at joints. Minimum depth of cover shall be in



22 70 00 - 32

accordance with recommendations of tank manufacturer. Earth backfilling

shall conform to Section 31 20 00, EARTHWORK. Where soil conditions are

unsuitable for tank installation, unsuitable soil shall be removed and

replaced with suitable material. After completion of backfilling,

measure tanks internally for out-of-roundness.

G. Do not place fluid in tanks until backfilling and piping connections to

tanks are complete, and tanks have been inspected internally by COR.

Keep tank excavation dewatered.

3.4 INSTALLATION AND TESTING OF FUEL OIL CONTROL PANEL.

A. Installation shall include all labor, equipment, and materials to

provide the systems indicated.

B. All work shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's

installation instructions/drawings and NFPA 30, NFPA 30A, NFPA 70

(National Electrical Code), and all applicable State and local codes.

C. Individuals performing actual installation of tank level monitoring

system and associated wiring and conduit shall be factory certified by

the manufacturer. Individuals performing installation checkout, startup,

programming, operations training, and warranty registration shall also

be factory-certified.

D. Signal/communications wiring (low voltage - less than 100 volts) shall

be installed in separate conduits from power wiring (120V and 208V). AC

and DC wiring shall be installed in separate conduits from each other.

E. Extreme care shall be exercised t0 ensure that wire insulation is not

damaged or stripped (anywhere) during installation. Carefully ream

conduit and remove burrs after cutting. Neatly dress each end of

conduit.

F. INSTALLATION AND TESTING, UNDERGROUND PIPING SYSTEMS

G. Leak Detection System: Arrange fuel and tracing media (if required for

heated oil) carrier piping, enclosed in secondary containment piping, to

accommodate leak detection system. Slope piping down toward tanks and

leak detectors at 1 inch in 40 feet.

H. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Fuel Carrier Piping and Secondary

Containment Piping: Install in accordance with printed instructions of

pipe manufacturer. Installation personnel trained in accordance with

paragraph, QUALITY ASSURANCE. Plastic piping is prohibited in the same

secondary containment system with steam or condensate piping.



22 70 00 - 33

3.5 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPING:

A. Provide sand bedding and backfill material for steel piping and pea

gravel for FRP piping.

B. Top of system 18 inches minimum below grade.

C. Design and locate leak detector sumps to intercept all potential

leakage. Maximum spacing along each system, 10 feet.

D. Seal all building and manhole wall penetrations with a modular,

watertight flexible penetration seal system. The modular penetration

seal shall have a nitrile rubber seal, or if a fire separation is

required, a high temperature silicone fire seal.

E. After placing system, prior to backfill, repair all damage, including

coatings, as recommended in printed instructions of system manufacturer.

Perform 10,000-volt holiday test on coated steel systems.

F. Fuel oil piping is prohibited in the same secondary containment system

as steam or condensate piping.

G. On steel systems that do not have FRP cladding, install cathodic

protection system.

H. Anchorage of System: When heated oil system is provided, anchor systems

and provide expansion loops and bends as shown and as recommended by

manufacturer of system. Pipe stress due to thermal expansion shall not

exceed the limits in ASME B31.1.

I. Leak Test: Test carrier pipes with air pressure at 100 psig, and test

the containment piping with air pressure at 8 psig. Systems shall hold

the pressure for 30 minutes. Repair all leaks and retest.

J. Coatings for Steel Piping not in Secondary Containment System: Provide

urethane coating and cathodic protection.

3.6 INSTALLATION, FILL BOXES AND ACCESS MANHOLES AT GRADE

A. Provide for tank fill, tank sounding, leak detector sensors, and

extractor fittings. Set at grade in concrete pads. Refer to fill box

detail. Provide identification plate set into the concrete pad that

identifies the purpose of the device and type of fuel in the tank.

3.7 INSTALLATION AND TESTING, LEAK DETECTOR SYSTEMS FOR TANKS AND PIPING

A. Wiring shall conform to NFPA 70.

B. Locate control monitor panels 5 feet above the floor on inside wall of

boiler room, generator room or garage, depending on type of fuel tank

served, unless shown otherwise.



22 70 00 - 34

C. Test operation of each probe, and monitoring system with fuel and water.

If type of probe utilized is damaged by exposure to fuel, provide

temporary probe for testing monitoring system.

3.8 INSTALLATION, TANK FLUID LEVEL INDICATOR AND ALARM SYSTEM

A. Wiring shall conform to NFPA 70.

B. Locate level indicator and alarm panel 5 feet above the floor on inside

wall of boiler room, generator room or garage, depending on type of fuel

tank served, unless shown otherwise.

C. Locate remote high-level alarm on exterior wall or pole in view of tank

fill point, 8 feet above grade.

3.9 INSTALLATION, BURIED UTILITY WARNING TRACING TAPE

A. Install tracer wire in the trench approximately 18 inches above the non-

metallic pipe. The tracer wire shall be taped approximately every 10

feet to the pipe, where practical. The tracer wire shall be installed so

that electrical continuity is maintained throughout the pipe system. As

few connections as possible shall be made in the tracer wire. The wire

shall be contiguous except at test stations, valve boxes, and where

splicing is required. All splices shall be encased. Connections will be

made by stripping the insulation back one inch and joining the two ends

using an approved mechanical connector and a split bolt connector.

Twisting of copper wire is prohibited. To complete this connection, wrap

all exposed wire thoroughly with electrical tape. A minimum 5 foot of

additional tracer wire will be coiled, buried and terminate aboveground

at the ends of the pipeline.

3.10 INSTALLATION, FUEL OIL QUALITY MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS

A. Locate systems within easy reach of persons standing on floor, with

sufficient elevation to allow gravity flow of water from system to water

storage tank sitting on the floor.

B. Connect to tank suction and return piping systems with isolation valves.

Provide compound pressure gauges at suction and discharge piping

connections. Refer to Section 23 09 11, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR

BOILER PLANT for gauge requirements.

3.11 TANK MANHOLE ENCLOSURES

A. All pipe penetrations shall be leak tight permitting no groundwater into

enclosure.


A. Perform tests as recommended by product manufacturer and listed

standards and under actual or simulated operating conditions and prove



22 70 00 - 35

full compliance with design and specified requirements. Tests of the

various items of equipment shall be performed simultaneously with the

system of which each item is an integral part.

B. When any defects are detected, correct defects and repeat test at no


C. Provide sufficient fuel (E85 , diesel & #2 fuel oil) in underground

storage tanks and day tanks, as applicable for testing, certifying and

commissioning of boiler, generator, vehicular and fueling system

components.



schedules with COR and Commissioning Agent. Provide a minimum notice of

10 working days prior to startup and testing.

3.13 INSTALLATION, CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST STATIONS

A. Provide separate station for each tank and each piping system, anchor

firmly, locate so that terminal board is 2 feet minimum above grade.

Connect wiring from all anodes and protected structures to the test

stations.

3.14 TESTING, CATHODIC PROTECTION

A. Testing performed by NACE-certified corrosion specialist; witnessed by

COR.

B. Test Instruments:

1. Volt-Ammeter.

2. Saturated copper-copper sulfate reference electrode.

3. Other instruments as required.

C. Procedures: Conform to NACE SP0169.

D. Test Results Required for Acceptance:

1. Potential of minus 0.85 volt between protected structure and

reference electrode.

2. Minimum shift of minus 300 millivolts upon application of

protective current. Voltage measured between protected

structure and reference electrode.

3. Minimum shift of minus 100 millivolts upon interruption of

protective current. Voltage measured between protected

structure and reference electrode.

E. Test Report: Provide complete report to COR showing all test

measurements, calculations, list of instruments used.



22 70 00 - 36

3.15 COMMISSIONING


of this section.




A. Provide services of manufacturer’s technical representative for 4 hours

to instruct each VA personnel responsible in operation and maintenance

of the system.


the requirements of Section 23 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS and

Section 01 79 00, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING.

C. Fuel Oil Control Panel and Tank Level and Leak Sensor Management

Systems.

1. Upon completion of the work and at a time approved by the

Owner, furnish the services of a factory-authorized service

representative for instruction of the Owner's personnel.

2. Schedule training shall take place immediately following

startup with at least 14 days advance notice to

Manufacturer’s Representative and Owner.

3. Instruction of operating personnel shall include:

a) Review of procedures and schedules related to startup and

shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing and preventive maintenance.

b) Review of Operating and Maintenance Manuals.

c) Instruction shall include hands-on training using the equipment

provided under this Section.

- - - E N D - - -


Solicitation For - Amazon AWS

Documents

Transcript of Solicitation For - Amazon AWS